VR Engg College NBA

Self Assessment Report (SAR)
For Accreditation of Undergraduate Engineering Programme (TIER I) B.Tech

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
PART- A & PART B
Submitted by
DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY Velagapudi Ramakrishna
SIDDHARTHA ENGINEERING COLLEGE

(AUTONOMOUS)
VIJAYAWADA-520 007 (A.P) March, 2013 To
NATIONAL BOARD OF ACCREDATION (NBA)

New Delhi 110 003, India
(January 2013 format)
Table of Contents
Part A ........................................................................................................ 13 1. Institutional Information ..................................................................... 13

1.1. Name and address of the institution and affiliating university: .................... 13 1.2. Name, designation, telephone number, and e-mail address of the contact person for the NBA: .................................................................................... 13 1.3. History of the institution (including the date of introduction and number of seats of various programs of study along with the NBA accreditation, if any) in a tabular form: ................................................................... 13 1.4. Ownership status: Govt. (central/state) / trust / society (Govt./NGO/private) / private/ other: ...................................................................... 15 1.5. Mission and Vision of the Institution:........................................................... 15 1.6. Organisational Structure: .............................................................................. 16 1.7. Financial status: Govt. (central/state) / grants-in-aid / not-for-profit / private self-financing / other: .................................................................................. 16 1.8. Nature of the trust/society: ............................................................................ 16 1.9. External sources of funds: ............................................................................. 17 1.10. Internally acquired funds: ............................................................................. 18 1.11. Scholarships or any other financial assistance provided to students? .......... 18 1.12. Basis/criterion for admission to the institution: ............................................ 19 1.13. Total number of engineering students:.......................................................... 19 1.14. Total number of employees ........................................................................... 20
2. Departmental Information ................................................................... 22

2.1. Name and address of the department : ......................................................... 22 2.2. Name, designation, telephone numbers, and e-mail address of the contact person for interaction with NBA ................................................................ 22 2.3. History of the department including ate of introduction and number of seats of various programs of study along with the NBA accreditation ,if any ....... 22 2.4. Mission and Vision of the Department ......................................................... 22 2.5. List of the programs/ departments which share human resources and/or the facilities of this department/program (in %) ..................................................... 23 2.6. Total number of students: 493..................................................................... 23 2.7. Minimum and maximum number of staff on roll during the current and two previous academic years (1st July to 30th June) in the department ........... 23 2.8. Summary of budget for the Current Financial Year (CFY) and the actual expenditures incurred in the CFYm1and CFYm2 (for the Department) ...... 23
3. Program Specific information ............................................................. 25

3.1. Name of the Program : .................................................................................. 25
March 2013 Department of IT, V R Siddhartha Engineering College January 2013 Format,
3.2. Title of the Degree : ..................................................................................... 25 3.3. Name, designation, telephone numbers, and e-mail address of the Program coordinator for the NBA .......................................................................... 25 3.4. History of the program along with the NBA accreditation, if any ............... 25 3.5. Deficiencies, weaknesses/concerns from previous accreditations ................ 25 3.6. Total number of students in the program : 421 ............................................ 25 3.7. Minimum and maximum number of staff for the current and three previous academic years (1st July to 30th June) in the program ............................ 25 3.8. Summary of budget for the CFY and the actual expenditures incurred in the CFYm1 and CFYm2 (exclusively for this program in the department) ....... 26
PART B ..................................................................................................... 27 1. Vision, Mission and Program Educational Objectives (100) ..................... 27
1.1. Mission and Vision (5) .................................................................................... 27
State the Vision and Mission of the institute and department (1) ..............................27 Indicate how and where the Vision and Mission are published and disseminated (2) ........28 Mention the process for defining Vision and Mission of the department (2) ....................28 Describe the Programme Educational Objectives (PEOs) (2) ...................................29 State how and where the PEOs are published and disseminated (2) .........................29 List Stakeholders of the Program (1) .........................................................................29 State the process for establishing PEOs (5) ...............................................................30 Establish consistency of PEOs with Mission (5) .......................................................31 1.1.1. 1.1.2. 1.1.3.
1.2.
Program Educational Objectives (15) ............................................................... 29
1.2.1. 1.2.2. 1.2.3. 1.2.4. 1.2.5.
1.3.
Attainment of Program Educational Objectives (30) ......................................... 33
1.3.1. Justify the contributions of the Programme Curriculum towards attainment of PEOs (15) ...................................................................................................................................33 1.3.2. Explain how administrative system helps in ensuring the attainment of PEOs (15) .37
1.4.
Assessment of the attainment of Programme Educational Objectives (40) .......... 39

Indicate tools and processes used in assessment of the attainment of PEOs (10) .....39 Give evidences for the attainment of PEOs (30) ......................................................41
1.4.1. 1.4.2.
1.5. Indicate how results of the assessment of achievement of PEOs have been used for redefining PEOs (10) .................................................................................... 49
2. Program Outcomes (225) ....................................................................... 51

2.1. (30) Definition and Validation of Course Outcomes and Programme Outcomes) ....................................................................................................................... 51
List the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs) (2) ........................51 State how and where the POs are published and disseminated (3) ............................60 Indicate processes employed for defining of POs (5) ................................................60 Indicate how defined POs aligned to Graduate Attributes prescribed by NBA (10) .61 Establish the correlation between POs and PEOs (10) ..............................................62 Illustrate how course outcomes contribute to POs (10) .............................................63 Explain how modes of delivery of courses help in attainment of POs (10) ..............71
March 2013 Department of IT, V R Siddhartha Engineering College
2.1.1. 2.1.2. 2.1.3. 2.1.4. 2.1.5.
2.2.
Attainment of Program Outcomes (40) ............................................................. 63
2.2.1. 2.2.2.
January 2013 Format,
2.2.3. Indicate how assessment tools used to assess the impact of delivery of course/course content contribute towards the attainment of course outcomes/programme outcomes (10).............................................................................................................................74 2.2.4. Indicate up to what extent the laboratory and project course work are contributing towards attainment of POs (10) .................................................................................................76
2.3.
Assessment of the attainment of Programme Outcomes (125) ............................ 83

Describe assessment tools and processes used for assessing the attainment of each ....................................................................................................................................83 Indicate results of assessment of each PO (100) ........................................................94
2.3.1. (25) 2.3.2.
2.4.
Use of assessment results towards improvement of programme (30) ............... 135
2.4.1. Indicate how results of assessment used for curricular improvements (5) ..............135 2.4.2. Indicate how results of assessment used for improvement of course delivery and assessment (10) .......................................................................................................................135 2.4.3. State the process used for revising/redefining the POs (15) ....................................136
3. Program Curriculum(125) .................................................................... 137

3.1. Curriculum(20).............................................................................................. 137
Describe the Structure of the Curriculum (5) ..........................................................137 Give the Prerequisite flow chart of courses Prerequisite flow chart (5) ..................139 Justify how the program curriculum satisfies the program specific criteria (10) ....142 Mathematics and Basic sciences ..............................................................................147 3.1.1. 3.1.2. 3.1.3.
3.2.
1.
State components of Curriculum and their relevance to POs and PEOs (15) ..... 145
3.3. State Core Engineering subjects and their relevance to Program Outcomes including design experience ..................................................................................... 147 3.4. Industry interaction/internship (10) ................................................................ 153 3.5. Curriculum Development (15)........................................................................ 153
3.5.1. 3.5.2. State the process for designing the program curriculum (5) ....................................153 Illustrate processes to improve courses and curriculum (10)...................................154
3.6. 4.1. 4.2. 4.3. 4.4.
Course Syllabi(5)........................................................................................... 155 Success Rate (20) ........................................................................................ 156 Academic Performance (20) ....................................................................... 157 Placement and Higher Studies (20) ............................................................. 158 Professional Activities (15) ......................................................................... 160
Professional societies/ chapters and organizing engineering events (3) ..................160 Organization of paper contests, design contests etc. and their achievements (3) ....161 Publication of technical magazines, newsletters etc. (3) .........................................163 Entrepreneurship initiatives, product designs, innovations (3) ................................163 Publications and awards in inter institute events by students of the programme of ..................................................................................................................................164
4. Students Performance in the Programme (75) ................................. 156
4.4.1. 4.4.2. 4.4.3. 4.4.4. 4.4.5. study (3)
5. Faculty Contributions (175) ................................................................. 168

5.1. 5.2. 5.3. 5.4. Student-Teacher Ratio (STR) (20) .................................................................. 171 Faculty Cadre Ratio (20) ............................................................................. 171 Faculty Qualifications (30) ......................................................................... 172 Faculty Competencies correlation to Program Specific Criteria (15) ................ 172
5.5. Faculty as participants/resource persons in faculty development/training activities (15) ........................................................................................................... 176 5.6. Faculty Retention (15) ................................................................................... 177 5.7. Faculty Research Publications (FRP) (20) ...................................................... 178 5.8. Faculty Intellectual Property Rights (FIPR) (10) ............................................. 179 5.9. Funded R&D Projects and Consultancy (FRDC) Work (20) ..................... 180 5.10. Faculty Interactions with Outside World (10) ................................................. 181
6. Facilities and Technical Support (75) ............................................... 183

6.1. Class rooms in the Department (20) ........................................................... 184
6.1.1. Adequate number of rooms for lectures (core/electives), seminars, tutorials, etc for the program (10) ......................................................................................................................184 6.1.2. Teaching aids multimedia projectors, etc. (5) .......................................................184 6.1.3. Acoustics, class room size, conditions of chairs/benches, air circulation, lighting, exits, ambiance, and such other amenities/facilities (5) ..........................................................184
6.2.
Faculty Rooms in the Department (15) ....................................................... 185
6.2.1. Availability of individual faculty rooms (5) ............................................................185 6.2.2. Room equipped with white/black board, computer, Internet, and such other amenities/facilities (5) ..............................................................................................................185 6.2.3. Usage of room for discussion/counseling with students (5) ....................................185
6.3. Laboratories in the Department to meet the Curriculum Requirements and the Pos (25) ..................................................................................................... 186
6.3.1. Adequate, well-equipped laboratories to meet the curriculum requirements and the POs (10) ..................................................................................................................................186 6.3.2. Availability of computing facilities in the department (5).......................................186 6.3.3. Availability of laboratories with technical support within and beyond working hours (5) ..................................................................................................................................187 6.3.4. Equipments to run experiments and their maintenance, Number of students per experimental set up, Size of the laboratories, overall ambience etc. (5) .................................187
6.4.
Technical Manpower Support in the Department (15) ............................... 187
6.4.1. Availability of adequate and qualified technical supporting staff for program specific laboratories (10)..........................................................................................................187 6.4.2. Incentives, skill-up gradation and professional advancement (5) ............................188
7. Academic Support Units and Teaching-Learning Process (75) ............... 189

7.1. Academic Support Units (35) ......................................................................... 192
7.1.1. Assessment of First Year Student Teacher Ratio (FYSTR) (10) .............................192 7.1.2. Assessment of Faculty Qualification Teaching First Year Common Courses (15) .193 7.1.3. Basic science/engineering laboratories (adequacy of space, number of students per batch, quality and availability of measuring instruments, laboratory manuals, list of experiments) (8) .......................................................................................................................193 7.1.4. Language laboratory (2) ...........................................................................................197
7.2.
Teaching Learning Process (40) .................................................................. 197
7.2.1. Tutorial classes to address student questions: size of tutorial classes, hours per subject in timetable (5).............................................................................................................197 7.2.2. Mentoring system to help at individual levels (5) ...................................................199 7.2.3. Feedback analysis and reward / corrective measures taken, if any (5) ....................202
January 2013 Format, March 2013 Department of IT, V R Siddhartha Engineering College
7.2.4. Scope for self learning (5)........................................................................................203 7.2.5. Generation of self-learning facilities, and availability of materials for learning beyond syllabus (5) ..................................................................................................................204 7.2.6. Career Guidance, Training, Placement, and Entrepreneurship Cell (5) ..................205 7.2.7. Co-curricular and Extra-curricular Activities (5) ....................................................210 7.2.8. Games and Sports facilities, and qualified sports instructors (5).............................221
8. Governance, Institutional support and financial resources (75) ............... 228

8.1. Campus Infrastructure and Facility (10) .......................................................... 228
Maintenance of academic infrastructure and facilities (4) .......................................228 Hostel (boys and girls), transportation facility, and canteen (2) ..............................231 Electricity, power backup, telecom facility, drinking water, and security (4) .........231 8.1.1. 8.1.2. 8.1.3.
8.2.
Organization, Governance, and Transparency (10) .......................................... 233
8.2.1. Governing body, administrative setup, and functions of various bodies (2) ...........233 8.2.2. Defined rules, procedures, recruitment, and promotional policies, etc. (2) .............236 8.2.3. Decentralization in working including delegation of financial power and grievance redressal system (3)..................................................................................................................237 8.2.4. Transparency and availability of correct/unambiguous information (3) .................241
8.3.
Budget Allocation, Utilization, and Public Accounting (10) ............................ 242

Adequacy of budget allocation (4)...........................................................................243 Utilization of allocated funds (5) .............................................................................243 Availability of the audited statements on institutes Web site (1) ...........................244 Adequacy of budget allocation (5) ...........................................................................244 Utilization of allocated funds (5) .............................................................................244
8.3.1. 8.3.2. 8.3.3.
8.4. 8.5.
Program Specific Budget Allocation, Utilization (10) ..................................... 244 Library (20) ................................................................................................... 245
8.4.1. 8.4.2.
8.5.1. Library space and ambience, timings and usage, availability of a qualified librarian and other staff, library automation, online access, networking, etc. (5) ...................245 8.5.2. Titles and volumes per title (4) ................................................................................246 8.5.3. Scholarly journal subscription (3) ............................................................................246 8.5.4. Digital Library (3) ....................................................................................................246 8.5.5. Library expenditure on books, magazines/journals, and miscellaneous contents (5)247
8.6. 8.7.
Internet (5) .................................................................................................... 247 Safety Norms and Checks (5) ......................................................................... 248
8.7.1. Checks for wiring and electrical installations for leakage and earthing (1) ............248 Fire-fighting measurements: Effective safety arrangements with emergency / multiple exits and ventilation/exhausts in auditoriums and large classrooms/labs, fire-fighting equipment and training, availability of water, and such other facilities (1) ..............................................250 8.7.2. Safety of civil structure (1) ......................................................................................251 8.7.3. Handling of hazardous chemicals and such other activities (2) ...............................251
8.8. 9.1. 9.2. 9.3. 9.4.
Counseling and Emergency Medical Care and First-aid (5) ............................. 252 Improvement in Success Index of Students (5) ................................................ 255 Improvement in Academic Performance Index of Students (5) ........................ 255 Improvement in Student-Teacher Ratio (5) ..................................................... 255 Enhancement of Faculty Qualification Index (5) ............................................. 255
9. Continuous improvements ................................................................ 255
9.5. Improvement in Faculty Research Publications, R&D Work and Consultancy Work (10) ............................................................................................ 256 9.6. Continuing Education (10) ............................................................................. 256 9.7. New Facility Created (15) .............................................................................. 257 9.8. Overall Improvements since Last Accreditation, if any, Otherwise, since the Start of the Program (20) .......................................................................................... 258 Declaration 260
APPENDIX I ............................................................................................................................... 261 APPENDIX II .............................................................................................................................. 266 APPENDIX III ............................................................................................................................. 279 APPENDIX IV............................................................................................................................. 294 APPENDIX V .............................................................................................................................. 307 APPENDIX VI............................................................................................................................. 309 APPENDIX VII ........................................................................................................................... 311 APPENDIX VIII .......................................................................................................................... 464 APPENDIX IX.474 APPENDIX X .510
March 2013
Department of IT, V R Siddhartha Engineering College
List of Figures
Figure I.1:Organisational chart showing the hierarchy of academics & administration .............. 16 Figure 1.1: Process for defining Vision and Mission of the Department ...................................... 28 Figure 1.2: Process for establishing PEOs ..................................................................................... 31 Figure 1.3: Contribution of courses with PEOs of the Department ............................................... 33 Figure 1.4: Graduates placement information for last three years ................................................. 42 Figure 1.5: Graduates satisfaction in Training.............................................................................. 42 Figure 1.6: Graduates employment progress ................................................................................ 42 Figure 1.7: Graduate results for last three years ........................................................................... 43 Figure 1.8: Graduates performance and higher education interest ............................................... 44 Figure 1.9: Graduates in higher education .................................................................................... 44 Figure 1.10: Graduates projects handling in profession ............................................................... 45 Figure 1.11: Graduates expertise in profession............................................................................. 45 Figure 1.12: Graduates participation in teams .............................................................................. 46 Figure 1.13: Graduates pursuing diploma courses ........................................................................ 46 Figure 1.14: Redefining PEOs process ......................................................................................... 50 Figure 2.1: Process for defining POs ............................................................................................. 61 Figure 2.2: Pass Percentage of Principles of Operating Systems .................................................. 72 Figure 2.3 : Pass Percentage of Discrete Mathematical Structures .............................................. 73 Figure 2.4: Pass Percentage of Middleware Technologies ............................................................ 73 Figure 2.5: Pass Percentage of Network Security ......................................................................... 74 Figure 2.6: Mapping of theory and practical courses .................................................................... 77 Figure 2.7: Program Outcome Assessment process ....................................................................... 84 Figure 2.8: Direct assessment analysis for IT 3004 ....................................................................... 96 Figure 2.9: Home Assignment analysis for IT 3004 ...................................................................... 96 Figure 2.10: Analysis of IT 3004..................................................................................................... 100 Figure 2.11: Analysis of IT 6005..................................................................................................... 100 Figure 2.12: Analysis of IT 8052..................................................................................................... 101 Figure 2.13: Analysis of IT 5001, IT 5003 and IT 6005 .................................................................... 105 Figure 2.14: Analysis of IT 3051 based on student capability of doing experiment ............................ 109 Figure 2.15: Analysis for guidance required for new tool ........................................................... 112 Figure 2.16 :Performance analysis based on selection of tools ................................................... 113 Figure 2.17: Tools used by students in developing mini projects................................................ 113 Figure 2.18: Performance analysis based on selection of tools ................................................... 113 Figure 2.19 : Tools used by students in developing major projects............................................. 114 Figure 2.20 : Result analysis in IT5002 and IT6002 ................................................................... 116 Figure 2.21: Result analysis in Mini, Major projects and Term paper ........................................ 116 Figure 2.22: Analysis for curriculum aspect of knowledge in contemporary issues ................... 119 Figure 2.23: Analysis for questionnaire for assessing knowledge in contemporary issues ......... 119 Figure 2.24: Analysis for co-curricular aspects of knowledge in contemporary issues .............. 119 Figure 2.25 : Result analysis of FY 1006 and IT 8002 ................................................................ 121
Figure 2.26 :Aanalysis of IT 8052 based on rubric ..................................................................... 121 Figure 2.27: Workshops and seminars conducted in program..................................................... 122 Figure 2.27: Analysis of IT6051 and 6052 courses ..................................................................... 124 Figure 2.28: Analysis for individual and team work ................................................................... 124 Figure 2.29. Assessment for Technical English and Communication Skills Courses ................. 126 Figure 2.30: Assessment for Term Paper ..................................................................................... 126 Figure 2.31: Assessment for IT 7052 ........................................................................................... 127 Figure 2.32: Assessment analysis for IT 8052 ............................................................................. 127 Figure 2.33: Student participation in various activities ............................................................... 128 Figure 2.34: Student participation in entrance examinations....................................................... 128 Figure 2.35: Analysis of term paper course IT 6054 ................................................................... 131 Figure 2.36: Analysis of Mini project course IT 7053................................................................. 131 Figure 2.37: Analysis of Major project course IT 8052............................................................... 132 Figure 2.38: Indirect assessment analysis with Program Level Statistics ................................... 132 Figure 2.39: Assessment of IT 7053 and IT8052 with Rubrics ................................................... 134 Figure 2.40: Process for Revising/Redefining POs ..................................................................... 136 Figure 3.1: Contact hour allocation of the curriculum ................................................................. 139 Figure 3.2 Prerequisite chart ........................................................................................................ 141 Figure 3.3 : Course content distribution of VRSEC-IT compared with well reputed national level institutions .................................................................................................................................... 146 Figure 3.4: Curriculum development process ................................................................................... 154 Figure 3.5: Process involved in improving the curriculum ......................................................... 155 Figure 4.1: Success chart of students ........................................................................................... 157 Figure 4.2: Improvement in Academic performance ................................................................... 158 Figure 4.3: Progress of Placements and Higher Studies for last 3 years ..................................... 159 Figure 5.1: Faculty retention rate ................................................................................................. 178 Figure 8.1: Internal Organization Structure ................................................................................. 234
March 2013
List of Tables
Table I.1: History of the Institution ............................................................................................... 15 Table I.2: Institutes in Siddhartha Academy.................................................................................. 17 Table I.3: External Source of Funds .............................................................................................. 18 Table I.4:Internal Funds ................................................................................................................. 18 Table I.5: Engineering Students ..................................................................................................... 19 Table I.6: Non Engineering Students ............................................................................................. 20 Table I.7: Teaching and Supporting Staff ...................................................................................... 21 Table I.8: Contract Staff ................................................................................................................ 21 Table II.1: Department History ...................................................................................................... 22 Table II.2: Department Human Resources..................................................................................... 23 Table II.3: Total number of students in department ...................................................................... 23 Table II.4: Department Staff .......................................................................................................... 23 Table II.5: Department Budget details ........................................................................................... 24 Table III.1: Staff details ................................................................................................................. 25 Table III.2 Program Budget Details ............................................................................................... 26 Table 1.1: PEOs consistency with Mission of the Department ..................................................... 32 Table 1.2: Course Component distribution of credits and PEOs of the Department .................... 33 Table 1.3: Curriculum mapping with PEOs of the Department.................................................... 37 Table 1.4: Assessment of PEOs of the program ............................................................................ 41 Table 2.1: Outcomes of courses in curriculum .............................................................................. 60 Table 2.2: Alignment of Program Outcomes to Graduate Attributes ............................................ 62 Table 2.3: Mapping between Program Outcomes to Program Educational Objectives ................ 63 Table 2.4: Impact of Program Courses on Program Outcomes ..................................................... 71 Table 2.5: Generalized mapping of course delivery methods to the program outcomes ............... 72 Table 2.6: Effectiveness of course delivery methods for the attainment of POs ........................... 73 Table 2.7: Program outcomes assessment tools ............................................................................. 76 Table 2.8: Laboratory tasks............................................................................................................ 81 Table 2.9: Best and Average Project.............................................................................................. 82 Table 2.10: Step-by-step process for assessing Program Outcomes............................................. 83 Table 2.11: Assessment process of all program outcomes ............................................................ 94 Table 2.12: Assessment results of sample courses for program outcome 1 .................................. 97 Table 2.13:Indirect assessment methods to assess Program outcome 1 ........................................ 98 Table 2.14: Assessment results of sample courses for program outcome 2 ................................ 103 Table 2.15:Indirect assessment methods to assess Program outcome 2 ...................................... 103 Table 2.16: Assessment results of sample courses for program outcome 3 ................................ 106 Table 2.17:Indirect assessment methods to assess Program outcome 3 ...................................... 107 Table 2.18: Assessment results of sample courses for program outcome 4 ................................ 110 Table 2.19:Indirect assessment methods to assess Program outcome 4 ...................................... 111 Table 2.20 :Indirect assessment methods to assess Program outcome 5 ..................................... 114 Table 2.21:Indirect assessment methods to assess Program outcome 6 ...................................... 116
10
Table 2.22: Student performance in contemporary issues questionnaire .................................... 118 Table 2.23:Indirect assessment methods to assess Program outcome 7 ...................................... 120 Table 2.24:Indirect assessment methods to assess Program outcome 8 ...................................... 123 Table 2.25:Indirect assessment methods to assess Program outcome 9 ...................................... 125 Table 2.26:Indirect assessment methods to assess Program outcome 10 .................................... 129 Table 2.27:Indirect assessment methods to assess Program outcome 11 .....Error! Bookmark not defined. Table 2.28:Indirect assessment methods to assess Program outcome 9 ...................................... 135 Table 3.1: Curriculum Structure .................................................................................................. 139 Table 3.2 Distribution of curriculum ........................................................................................... 145 Table 3.3 Distribution of curriculum under different components .............................................. 146 Table 4.1: Program Admission details ......................................................................................... 156 Table 4.2: Students success rate of recent four years of the program.......................................... 156 Table 4.3: Student success index showing students successfully completed graduation in 4 years ...................................................................................................................................................... 157 Table 4.4: Student Academic Performance ................................................................................. 158 Table 4.5: Details of students placed and opted for higher studies ............................................. 159 Table 4.6: Technical and Cultural events details ......................................................................... 162 Table 4.7: Entrepreneurship initiative details .............................................................................. 164 Table 5.1: Faculty allotted to program details ............................................................................. 171 Table 5.2: Student-Teacher Ratio ................................................................................................ 171 Table 5.3: Faculty Cadre Ratio .................................................................................................... 172 Table 5.4: Faculty Qualification Index details .................................................................................. 172 Table 5.5: Faculty Development activities Assessment Details .................................................. 177 Table 5.6. Faculty Retention details ............................................................................................ 178 Table 5.7: Faculty Research Publications Quality assessment details ......................................... 179 Table 5.8: Faculty Intellectual Property Rights (FIPR) details.................................................... 180 Table 5.9: R&D and Consultancy work assessment details ............................................................... 181 Table 5.10: Faculty interaction with outside world assessment details ....................................... 182 Table 6.1: Department Facilities and Technical Support............................................................. 184 Table 6.2: Laboratory Facility details .......................................................................................... 186 Table 6.3: Technical Manpower Support details ......................................................................... 187 Table 7.1 Academic Intake Details .............................................................................................. 189 Table 7.2: Seat Allotment Details ................................................................................................ 189 Table 7.3: First Year Faculty Details ........................................................................................... 192 Table 7.4: First Year Student Teacher Ratio .................................................................................... 192 Table 7.5: First Year Faculty Qualification Details ..................................................................... 193 Table 7.6: Laboratory Equipment Details .................................................................................... 196 Table 7.7: Language Laboratory Details ..................................................................................... 197 Table 7.8: Details of Courses with Tutorial hours ....................................................................... 199 Table 7.9: Mentoring System Details .......................................................................................... 202 Table 7.10: Facilities for Student self-learning............................................................................ 205
11
Table 7.11: Student Training facilities for placement details ...................................................... 206 Table 7.12: Outsource training details for students ..................................................................... 208 Table 7.13: Student Training by experts details .......................................................................... 210 Table 7.14: Extra-curricular activities(Summit) details............................................................... 213 Table 7.15: NSS Activity Details................................................................................................. 215 Table 7.17: NCC Activity details................................................................................................. 221 Table 7.18: Physical Department Details..................................................................................... 222 Table 7.19: Gymnasium Equipment Details ................................................................................ 222 Table 7.20: Physical Department Equipment Details .................................................................. 222 Table 8.1: Academic Infrastructure & Facilities Maintenance details ........................................ 229 Table 8.2: Hostel Details.............................................................................................................. 231 Table 8.3: Transportation Details ................................................................................................ 231 Table 8.4: Canteen Details ........................................................................................................... 231 Table 8.5: Water Plant Equipment details ................................................................................... 233 Table 8.6: List of faulty with Academic responsibilities ............................................................. 239 Table 8.7: Budget Report ............................................................................................................. 243 Table 8.8: Fund Utilization report ............................................................................................... 243 Table 8.9: Details of Audited Statements .................................................................................... 244 Table 8.10: Program Budget Details ............................................................................................ 244 Table 8.11: Fund Utilizations report ........................................................................................... 245 Table 8.12: Details of Library ...................................................................................................... 246 Table 8.13: Details of Titles and Volumes in Library ................................................................. 246 Table 8.14: Scholarly journal subscription details ....................................................................... 246 Table 8.15: Digital Library Details .............................................................................................. 247 Table 8.16: Library Budget Details ............................................................................................. 247 Table 8.17: Internet Facility Details ............................................................................................ 248 Table 8.18: Safety Norms and checks details .............................................................................. 249 Table 8.19: Fire-Fighting equipment details................................................................................ 250 Table 9.1: Success Index of Students .......................................................................................... 255 Table 9.2: Academic Performance Index of Students ................................................................. 255 Table 9.3: Student-Teacher Ratio ................................................................................................ 255 Table 9.4: Faculty Qualification Index ........................................................................................ 255 Table 9.5: Faculty Research Publications, R&D Work and Consultancy ................................... 256 Table 9.6: List of Workshops, short term courses for continuing education ............................... 257 Table 9.7: List of facilities for strengthening curriculum ............................................................ 258 Table 9.8: Improvements since last accreditation ........................................................................ 259
March 2013
12
Part A
1. Institutional Information
1.1. Name and address of the institution and affiliating university:
(Instruction: The name, address of the institution, and the name of the university, which has given affiliation to this institution, are to be listed here.)
1.2. Name, designation, telephone number, and e-mail address of the contact person for the NBA:
VELAGAPUDI RAMAKRISHNA SIDDHARTHA ENGGINEERING COLLEGE Kanuru,Vijayawada-520 007, Andhra Pradesh, India. JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY KAKINADA Kakinada- 533 003 East Godavari District Andhra Pradesh, India. (Instruction: The name of the contact person, with other details, has to be listed here.) Name Designation Telephone No. Fax No. E-mail .Id : Dr. G. Sambasiva Rao : Principal : 0866-2582 333, 2584930 : 0866-2582 672 : principal@vrsiddhartha.ac.in info@vrsiddhartha.ac.in gutta39@yahoo.com
1.3. History of the institution (including the date of introduction and number of seats of various programs of study along with the NBA accreditation, if any) in a tabular form:
(Instruction: History of the institution and its chronological development along with the past accreditation records need to be listed here.)
March 2013
13
Year 1977
1985 1995 1998
2000 2003 2004
2005
2006 2007
2009
2010 2011
Description College /Institution started with the following programmes and with an intake Strength of 180 CIVIL ENGINEERING ---60 ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING--- 40 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING --- 20 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING --- 60 New Programme : Computer Science & Engineering was Started with an intake strength 20 New Programme : Instrumentation Engineering was Started with an intake strength 60 The college was accredited by NBA (from 11-12-1998 to 10-12-2001) for the following Programmes : ECE, EEE , and CIVIL-w.e.f 11-12-1998 ME-w.e.f 12-05-1999. New Programme : M.Tech Structural Engineering(CE) was started with an intake strength-10. New Programme : Information Technology was started with an intake strength 60 Nomenclature of Instrumentation Engineering is changed to Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering. The strength of the Existing Programmes: Computer Science & Engineering and Electronics & Communication Engineering were increased to 120. New Programme : MCA was started with an intake strength-60. The college was accredited by NBA, Second Time (from 15-02-2005 to 14-02-2009) for the following Programmes : EEE, ME, CIVIL, and CSE w.e.f15-02-2005 ECE w.e.f 31-03-2006 Increase in intake of the Existing Programmes: Civil Engineering and Mechanical Engineering were increased to 120. Increase in intake of the Existing Programmes: Information Technology, Electrical & Electronics Engineering, Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering were increased to 120. New Programme: MBA was started with an intake strength-60. New Programmes in M.Tech -Communication Engineering and Signal processing (ECE), Power Systems Engineering (EEE), CAD-CAM (ME) and Computer Science & Engineering (CSE) were started with an intake strength of 18 each. The college has been accredited by NBA, Third Time(from 16-04-2009 to 15-04-2012) for the following Programmes :EC, EEE, CIVIL, ME, CSE, EIE, and IT. New Programmes in M.Tech -Thermal Engineering(ME) and Telematics(ECE) were started with an intake strength of 18 each. Increase in intake of the Existing Programmes: Civil Engineering,
14
2012
Electronics & Communication Engineering and Computer Science & Engineering were increased to 180. Increase in intake of the Existing Programme:M.Tech(CSE) was increasesd to 36. New Programme in M.Tech Computer Science & Technology (IT) was started with an intake strength -36. New Programme in M.Tech VLSI Design & Embedded Systems sanctioned by AICTE with an intake strength 18 Increase in intake of existing programme : M.Tech (CE) Structural Engineering was increased to 18 Increase in intake of the Existing Programmes: Electronics & Communication Engineering was increased to 240 & Mechanical Engineering was increased to 180. Table I.1: History of the Institution
1.4. Ownership status: Govt. (central/state) / trust / society (Govt./NGO/private) / private/ other:
(Instruction: Ownership status of the institute has to be listed here.) Private Self Financing College run by Siddhartha Academy of General and Technical Education, a Society registered under Societies Registration Act 1860.
1.5. Mission and Vision of the Institution:

(The institution needs to specify its Mission and Vision). MISSION To impart high quality technical education in order to mould the learners into globally competitive technocrats who are professionally deft, intellectually adept and socially responsible. The institution strives to make the learners inculcate and imbibe pragmatic perception and proactive nature so as to enable them to acquire a vision for exploration and an insight for advanced enquiry.
VISION To nurture excellence in various fields of engineering by imparting timeless core values to the learners and to mould the institution into a centre of academic excellence and advanced research.
March 2013
15
1.6. Organisational Structure:
Figure I.1:Organisational chart showing the hierarchy of academics & administration
1.7. Financial status: Govt. (central/state) / grants-in-aid / not-for-profit / private self-financing / other:
(Instruction: Financial status of the institute has to be mentioned here.) Private Self Financing
1.8. Nature of the trust/society:

Also list other institutions/colleges run by the trust/society (Instruction: Way of functioning and activities of the trust/society have to be listed here.) Siddhartha Academy of General and Technical Education had been formed in 1975 by a team of 250 philanthropists with a vision for future to setup and promote such educational institutions of excellence that would reorient general, technical and professional education with a holistic approach. Assimilating the advances made in various areas of activity and considering the educational needs of the region, many institutions dealing with various
16
academic disciplines have been started. S.No 1 Name Year of Establishment Parvathaneni Brahmayya Siddhartha College of 1975 arts and Science Post Graduated Center established Veeramachaneni Paddayya Siddhartha Public 1977 School Velagapudi RamaKrishna Siddhartha Engineering 1977 College Sri Durga Malleswara Siddhartha Mahila Kalasala 1982 Y.V.Rao Siddhartha College of Education 1984 Smt Velagapudi Durgamba Siddhartha Law 1987 College KCP Siddhartha Adarsh Residential Public School 1991 Kommareddy Venkata sadasiva Rao Siddhartha 1994 College of Pharmaceutical Sciences Prasad V Potluri Siddhartha Institute of 1998 Technology A.G & S.G Siddhartha Arts & Sciences 1975 Siddhartha institute of Hotel Management & 2001 Catering Technology Dr.Pinnamaneni Siddhartha Institute of Medicsl 2003 Sciences & Research Foundation Siddhartha School of Nursing 2003 Dr.Sudha & Nageswara Rao Siddhartha Institute 2005 of Dental Sciences Dr.C.Sobhanadri Siddhartha College of Nursing 2008 Table I.2: Institutes in Siddhartha Academy
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Besides the mentioned above educational institutions, the Academy established Siddhartha Kala Peetham in 1989 for the promotion of Indian arts and Culture. Further, Siddhartha Foundation, a charitable society, was also sponsored by the Academy to grant scholarships to the poor students irrespective of caste, creed, color, race or religion.
1.9. External sources of funds:

(Instruction: The different sources of the external funds over the last three financial years are to be listed here.) Amt. in Rs. Lakhs Name of the External Source 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11 (upto 31/12/2012) (Upto 31/03/2012) Research Grants 142.30 30.00 17.46 From the Society(SAGTE) ------Others ------January 2013 Format, March 2013 Department of IT, V R Siddhartha Engineering College
17
Table I.3: External Source of Funds
1.10.
Internally acquired funds:
(Instruction: The different sources of the internal funds over the last three financial years are to be listed here.) Amt. in Rs. Lakhs Name of the External 2012 13 2011-12 2010-11 Source (upto 31/12/12) Students Fee Other Receipts Interest on Bank Deposits Consultancy Income Examinations(Autonomous) receipts Total 1.11. 2145.93 97.91 40.98 102.99 102.14 2026.83 166.86 69.59 142.30 245.98 1699.68 106.91 32.33 196.37 93.01 2128.30
2489.95 2651.56 Table I.4:Internal Funds
Scholarships or any other financial assistance provided to students?
(Instruction: If any scholarship or financial assistance is provided to the students then the details of these assistances over the last three financial years have to be listed here. Also mention the basis for the award of such scholarship).
(a).SC/ST/BC/EBC Scholarships from A.P.State Government: Number of Assistance Number of Assistance Number of Assistance Number of Assistance 2442 2016 1743 1649 Amount Rs. 188.90 lakhs in 2012-13(upto 7/3/13) Amount Rs. 691 lakhs in 2011-12 Amount Rs. 557 lakhs in 2010-11 Amount Rs. 491 lakhs in 2009-10
As per AP state Government norms Parental Income must be below Rs.1,00,000/- for sanction of scholarship to BC,EBC category students and Rs.2,00,000/- for sanction of scholarship to SC and ST category students. (b).Scholarships from Society & Alumni: Number of Assistance Number of Assistance Number of Assistance Number of Assistance 96 48 31 13 Amount Rs. 12.70 Lakhs in 2012-13 Amount Rs. 6.78 Lakhs in 2011-12 Amount Rs. 4.68 Lakhs in 2010-11 Amount Rs. 4.88 Lakhs in 2009-10
Based on State wide entrance examination rank and the parental annual income is below Rs.1, 00,000/January 2013 Format, March 2013 Department of IT, V R Siddhartha Engineering College
18
(c).Scholarships from other organizations: Number of Assistance Number of Assistance Number of Assistance Number of Assistance 3 3 5 4 Amount Rs.0.34 lakhs in 2012-13 Amount Rs.0.45 lakhs in 2011-12 Amount Rs.0.75 lakhs in 2010-11 Amount Rs.0.60 lakhs in 2009-10
1.12.
Based on highest percentage of marks and also student should not get any other scholarship and parental income is below Rs.1,00,000/Basis/criterion for admission to the institution:
All India entrance / state-level entrance / university entrance / 12th standard mark sheet / others: (Instruction: The basis/criterion for student intake has to be listed here.) Manual for Accreditation of Undergraduate Engineering Programs 19 70% of Seats are filled by APSCHE based on a state level Entrance EAMCET 30% of Seats are filled under Management quota as per APSCHE guidelines. *APSCHE Andhra Pradesh State Council for Higher Education. EAMCET- Engineering, Agriculture And Medical Common Entrance Test
1.13.
Total number of engineering students:

Engineering Total No. of Boys UG PG Total No. of Girls UG PG Total No. of Students UG PG 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11 2569 214 1729 143 4298 357 2404 172 1498 107 3902 279 2273 126 1334 74 3607 200 2009-10 2144 96 1259 56 3403 152
Table I.5: Engineering Students Total number of other students, if any (Instruction: Total number of engineering students, both boys and girls, has to be listed here. The data may be categorized in a tabular form as under graduate or post graduate engineering, or other program, if applicable.)
19
MBA(Boys) MBA(Girls) Total No. of students in MBA MCA(Boys) MCA(Girls) Total No. of students in MCA
PG PG PG PG PG PG
2012-13 73 45 118 105 70 175
2011-12 75 46 121 107 66 173
2010-11 74 44 118 110 65 175
2009-10 75 44 119 113 67 180
Table I.6: Non Engineering Students 1.14.
Total number of employees
(Instruction: Total number of employees, both men and women, has to be listed here. The data may be categorized in a tabular form as teaching and supporting staff.) Minimum and maximum number of staff on roll in the engineering institution, during the CAY and the previous CAYs (1st July to 30th June): A. Regular Staff
CAY 2012-13 Min. Max. M Teaching staff in engineering F Teaching staff in science & humanities Non-teaching staff MBA MCA M F M F M F M F 56 21 17 92 28 3 5 9 4 368
March 2013
CAYm1 2011-12 Min. Max. 137 148
CAYm2 2010-11 Min. Max. 109 126
133
157
88 24 16 89 26 3 5 9 3 420
74 20 16 87 22 3 5 9 3 376
79 20 17 94 25 3 4 9 3 402
56 21 11 89 25 3 4 9 3 330
59 20 13 89 23 3 5 9 3 350
20
TOTAL
Table I.7: Teaching and Supporting Staff
(Instruction: Staff strength, both teaching and non-teaching, over the last three academic years has to be listed here.)
B. Contract Staff Items Teaching staff in engineering M F
: CAY Min.
NIL CAYm1 Max. Min. Max. CAYm2 Min. Max.
Teaching staff in M science & F humanities Non-teaching M F staff M Table I.8: Contract Staff
March 2013
21
2. Departmental Information
2.1. Name and address of the department :
Department of Information Technology, V.R. Siddhartha Engineering College, Kanuru, Vijayawada-07
2.2. Name, designation, telephone numbers, and e-mail address of the contact person for interaction with NBA
Dr. Koteswara Rao Anne Professor & HOD Dept. of Information Technology Phone : +91 866 2582333,2584930 Fax : +91 866 2582672 Mobile : +919494533809 Email : raoanne@gmail.com
2.3. History of the department including ate of introduction and number of seats of various programs of study along with the NBA accreditation ,if any
Programme of Study B.Tech. in Information Technology Description Started with 60 seats in the year 2000 Enhanced to 120 in the year 2007 Accredited by NBA During 2008-09 M.Tech in Computer Science and Started with 36 seats in the year Technology 2011 Table II.1: Department History
2.4. Mission and Vision of the Department

Mission To offer high quality graduate and post graduate programs in information technology and computer science education and to prepare students for professional career or higher studies. The department promotes excellence in teaching, research, collaborative activities and positive contributions to society Vision To provide excellent information technology and computer science education by building strong teaching and research environment
March 2013
22
2.5. List of the programs/ departments which share human resources and/or the facilities of this department/program (in %)
Program I Year UG UG M.Tech CST CAY CAYm1 12% 10% 77% 84% 12% 6% Table II.2: Department Human Resources CAYm2 10% 90% -
2.6. Total number of students: 493

B.Tech 421 M.Tech 72 Table II.3: Total number of students in department
2.7. Minimum and maximum number of staff on roll during the current and two previous academic years (1st July to 30th June) in the department
Academic Year 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11 Maximum No of staff 35 33 28 Minimum No of Staff 29 28 20
Table II.4: Department Staff
2.8. Summary of budget for the Current Financial Year (CFY) and the actual expenditures incurred in the CFYm1and CFYm2 (for the Department)
Items Budgeted in CFY 2012-13 Actual expenses in CFY (till March 15th 2013) 13,50,000 Budgeted in CFYm1 2011-12 Actual Expenses in CFYm1 Budgeted in CFYm2 2010-11 Actual Expenses in CFYm2
Laboratory equipments Software purchase R&D Laboratory consumables Maintenance and spares Travel
24,35,000
15,00,000
13,50,000
10,66,000
8,76,800
7,00,000 -
3,06,720 3,50,000
2,40,670 2,60,000
2,55,926
4,50,000
80,135
50,000
4950
50,000
4,000
March 2013
23
Miscellaneou s expenses 3,50,000 for academic activities Total

39,35,000
1,10,000
24,274
50,000
32,472
17,36,855
20,10,000
16,19,894
14,26,000
11,69,198
Table II.5: Department Budget details
March 2013
24
3. Program Specific information

3.1. Name of the Program : UG 3.2. Title of the Degree : INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY 3.3. Name, designation, telephone numbers, and e-mail address of the Program coordinator for the NBA
Dr. Koteswara Rao Anne Professor & HOD Dept. of Information Technology Phone : +91 866 2582333,2584930 Fax : +91 866 2582672 Mobile : +919494533809 Email : raoanne@gmail.com
3.4. History of the program along with the NBA accreditation, if any
Under Graduate Program B.Tech (Information Technology) Started with 60 seats in the year 2000 Enhanced to 120 seats in the year2007 Accredited by NBA during 2008-09
3.5. Deficiencies, weaknesses/concerns from previous accreditations

Faculty qualifications are poor Need Improvement in Research & Publications Inadequate building space for running the program
3.6. Total number of students in the program : 421 3.7. Minimum and maximum number of staff for the current and three previous academic years (1st July to 30th June) in the program
Academic Year 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11 Maximum No of staff 27 27 26 Table III.1: Staff details Minimum No of staff 25 24 21
March 2013
25
3.8. Summary of budget for the CFY and the actual expenditures incurred in the CFYm1 and CFYm2 (exclusively for this program in the department)
Items
Budgeted in CFY 2012-13
Actual expenses in CFY (till March 15th 2013) 13,50,000 3,06,720 80,135 17,36,855 -
Budgeted in CFYm1 2011-12
Actual Expenses in CFYm1
Budgeted in CFYm2 2010-11
Actual Expenses in CFYm2
Laboratory equipments Software purchase R&D Laboratory consumables Maintenance and spares Travel Miscellaneous expenses for academic activities Total
24,35,000 7,00,000 4,50,000 3,50,000 39,35,000
15,00,000
13,50,000 2,40,670 4950 24,274 16,19,894
10,66,000
8,76,800 -
2,60,000 50,000 50,000 14,26,000
2,55,926 4,000 32,472 11,69,198
3,50,000 50,000 1,10,000 20,10,000
Table III.2 Program Budget Details
March 2013
26
PART B
1. Vision, Mission and Program Educational Objectives (100)
1.1. Mission and Vision (5) 1.1.1. State the Vision and Mission of the institute and department (1)
(List and articulate the vision and mission statements of the institute and department) Velagapudi Ramakrishna Siddhartha Engineering College (VRSEC) established in the year 1977, is the first private engineering college in the state of Andhra Pradesh, It is a self financing institution founded by Siddhartha Academy of General and Technical Education, Vijayawada. The vision of the VRSEC is:
To nurture excellence in various fields of engineering by imparting timeless core values to the learners and to mould the institution into a center of academic excellence and advanced research
Institute Mission in pursuance of its vision is:

To impart high quality technical education in order to mould the learners into globally competitive technocrats who are professionally deft, intellectually adept and socially responsible. The institution strives to make the learners inculcate and imbibe perception and pro-active nature so as to enable them to acquire a vision for exploration and an insight for advanced enquiry
Towards the accomplishment of its vision, at present the institute offers 7 UG programs (all accredited by NBA) and 9 PG Programs. In addition to these engineering programs, institute also offers computer application and business administration at master level. In recognition of its academic excellence, the institute was granted autonomous status by UGC in the year 2006 and further extended for 6 years in 2012. The institute is permanently affiliated to Jawaharlal Nehru Technological University Kakinada (JNTUK), Kakinada Andhra Pradesh. The institute is scaling up its post graduate education and research through TEQIP Sc 1.2. Department of Information Technology (IT) is established in the year 2000 to meet the requirements of the emerging IT industry/discipline after the consultation with various stakeholders. The Vision of the department is:
To provide excellent information technology and computer science education by building strong teaching and research environment
The mission of the IT department is:

To offer high quality graduate and post graduate programs in information technology and computer science education and to prepare students for professional career or higher studies. The department promotes excellence in teaching, research, collaborative activities and positive contributions to society
March 2013
27
The department started with an initial intake of 60 students in UG Program in IT and the intake is enhanced to 120 in the year 2007. In 2011, the department started a PG Program in Computer Science and Technology (CST) with an intake of 36 students. 1.1.2. Indicate how and where the Vision and Mission are published and disseminated (2) (Describe in which media (e.g. websites, curricula books) the vision and mission are published and how these are disseminated to stakeholders) The Mission and Vision are published at Department website http://www.vrsiddhartha.ac.in/it/ College website http://www.vrsiddhartha.ac.in/ Curriculum books Notice boards Apart from this, Mission and Vision is disseminated to all the stakeholders of the programs through faculty meetings, student awareness workshops, student induction programs, and parent meetings. 1.1.3. Mention the process for defining Vision and Mission of the department (2) (Articulate the process involved in defining the vision and mission of the department from the vision and mission of the institute.) The department established the vision and mission through a consultative process involving the stakeholders of the department, the future scope of the department and the societal requirements as shown in Figure 1.1. In establishing the vision and mission of the department, the following steps were followed: Step 1: Vision and Mission of the institute are taken as basis. Step 2: Views are taken from stakeholders of the Department such as industry, management, parents and professional bodies Step 3 : The accepted views are analyzed and reviewed to check the consistency with the vision and mission of the institute.
Figure 1.1: Process for defining Vision and Mission of the Department
28
1.2. Program Educational Objectives (15) 1.2.1. Describe the Programme Educational Objectives (PEOs) (2)
(List and articulate the program educational objectives of the program under accreditation) Program Educational Objectives (PEOs) of the UG in IT are established through a consultation process as described in Sec.1.2.4 and these address the following broad aspects. What our graduates could do best How our graduates would approach problem solving, using what skills What values our graduates should have Program Educational Objectives of the UG Information Technology are:
PEO 1. Excel in professional career and/or higher education by acquiring knowledge in mathematical, computing and engineering principles PEO 2. Analyze real life problems, design computing systems appropriate to its solutions that are technically sound, economically feasible and socially acceptable PEO 3. Exhibit professionalism, ethical attitude, communication skills, team work in their profession and adapt to current trends by engaging in life long learning
1.2.2. State how and where the PEOs are published and disseminated (2)
(Describe in which media (e.g. websites, curricula books) the PEOs are published and how these are disseminated to stakeholders) The PEOs are published at Department website http://vrsiddhartha.ac.in/it/ College website http://vrsiddhartha.ac.in/ Curricula books Notice boards Additionally, the dissemination of PEOs to all the stakeholders of the program is done through student awareness programs, student induction programs and faculty meetings.
1.2.3. List Stakeholders of the Program (1)

(List stakeholders of the program under consideration for accreditation and articulate their relevance) Our program has identified the following constituencies as Student, Alumni, Industry, Faculty, Employer and Parents.
March 2013
29
Student Most prominent role in the program. Students feedback is considered to introduce innovative teaching and learning methodologies Students input will help in program to introduce the elective courses to meet current trends.
Faculty Involve a vital role in working of the program. Faculty involves in various committees to check the consistency of the program. Faculty provides inputs for designing the program, PEOs/POs establishment, Course Objectives and assessment.
Alumni Focus group because they are a measure of the long-term success of our program. Alumni feedback helps in curriculum design to meet recent trends in engineering. Recollect their existence during their program study and advise the department with necessary inputs in point of student career.
Employer

Represents the major end users of our graduates. Gives higher focus to the program on future data to create awareness with current industry Gives inputs which overcome the gap between program and industry.
Parents
Expects their wards in good professional career and higher education.
1.2.4. State the process for establishing PEOs (5)

(Describe the process that periodically documents and demonstrates that the PEOs are based on the needs of the programs various stakeholders.) The Program Educational Objectives are established through a consultation process involving the core constituents such as: Students, Alumni, Industry, Faculty and Employer. The PEOs are established through the following process steps:
March 2013
30
Step 1: Vision and Mission of the Department are taken as a basis to interact with various stake holders and graduate attributes defined by NBA are also kept in view. Step 2: Program Coordinator consults the key constituents and collects their views and submits the views to Program Assessment Committee. Step 3: Program Assessment Committee summarizes the collected views and expresses its opinion on the views and forwards the same to Department Advisory Board. Step 4: Department Advisory Board deliberates on the views expressed by the Program Assessment Committee and formulate the accepted views based on which PEOs are to be established
Figure 1.2 illustrates the process for establishing PEOs.
Figure 1.2: Process for establishing PEOs
1.2.5. Establish consistency of PEOs with Mission (5)

(Describe how the Programme Educational Objectives are consistent with the Mission of the department.) Table 1.1 indicates the consistency of PEOs with the Mission of the department.
March 2013
31
Key components From Department Mission To offer high quality graduate and post graduate programs in information technology and computer science education and to prepare students for professional career or higher studies. The department promotes excellence in teaching, research, collaborative activities and positive contributions to society Quality education Professional career Higher education Socially responsible Research
PEO 1 Excel in professional career and/or higher education by acquiring knowledge in mathematical, computing and engineering principles.
PEO 2 Analyze real life problems, design computing systems appropriate to its solutions that are technically sound, economically feasible and socially acceptable.
PEO 3 Exhibit professionalism, ethical attitude, communication skills, team work in their profession and adapt to current trends by engaging in life long learning.
Table 1.1: PEOs consistency with Mission of the Department The mission of the program is to offer high quality UG and PG education such that the students prosper in their career or pursue the higher education to further enhance the knowledge. The first program educational objective of the UG program aims at attaining this by providing the sound fundamental knowledge. The second program educational objective strongly addresses the mission component of positive contribution to the society. The graduates of the program are expected to provide computing solutions which are economically feasible to real world problems to carter the needs of society. The third program educational objective what values our graduates will have positively aims at contributing to the society.
March 2013
32
Furthermore, social, scientific, and technological development is mentioned in the department mission, which is referred to by PEO 3 through considering social and ethical dimensions.
1.3. Attainment of Program Educational Objectives (30) 1.3.1. Justify the contributions of the Programme Curriculum towards attainment of PEOs (15)
(Describe the broad curricular components that contribute towards the attainment of the Program Educational Objectives.) The curriculum is one of the main tools to prepare students in achieving PEOs. Therefore, the relevance of the courses in the program specific curriculum to PEO needs be quantified in order to establish their level of support to PEO. The description of IT Program broad curricular components relevant to PEOs is shown in Table 1.2 and Figure 1.3. The curriculum mapping with PEOs of the program is shown in Table 1.3. Course Component PEOs Curriculum Content (% of total number of credits of the program ) 14 16 7 56 7
Mathematics and Basic Sciences Basic Engineering courses HSS Professional core Electives
PEO 1 & PEO 2 PEO 1 & PEO 2 PEO 3 PEO 1, PEO 2, & PEO 3 PEO 1 & PEO 2
Table 1.2: Course Component distribution of credits and PEOs of the Department
90.60% 59.30% 23.40%
PEO1
PEO 2
PEO 3
Figure 1.3: Contribution of courses with PEOs of the Department
March 2013
33
Observaiion: In program curriculum, nearly 90% of the courses address PEO 1 and 60% of courses address PEO 2 and 23% of courses contributing towards PEO 3. However, to attain PEO2 and PEO 3, the department provides the necessary educational eco system through guest lectures, industry visits, workshops and professional associations.
PEO1 Excel in profession al career and/or higher education by acquiring knowledge in mathemati cal, computing and engineerin g principles.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Mathematics and Basic Sciences
FY 1001 FY 1002C FY 1051C FY 2001 FY 2002P FY 2051P IT 3001 IT 3003 IT 4001
Engineering Mathematics I Engineering Chemistry Engineering Chemistry Lab Engineering Mathematics II Engineering Physics Engineering Physics Lab Engineering Mathematics III Discrete Mathematical Structures Probability and Statistics
1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 4
PEO2 Analyze real life problems, design computing systems appropriat e to its solutions that are technically sound, economica lly feasible and socially acceptable .
PEO3 Exhibit profession alism, ethical attitude, communic ation skills, team work in their profession and adapt to current trends by engaging in life long learning.
Course Component
Semester
Course
Code
S.No
March 2013
34
1 2 Basic Engineering courses 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 HSS (Humanity & Social Sciences) 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
FY 1004M FY 1003B FY 1005 FY 1052 FY 1053 FY 2005 FY 2006G FY 2052C IT 3002 IT 4005 FY 1006 FY 2003E FY2004E N IT 3052 IT 6003 IT 7001 IT 3004 IT 3005 IT 3006 IT 3051 IT 4002 IT 4003 IT 4004 IT 4051 IT 4052 IT 4053
Mechanics for Engineers Basics of Civil and Mechanical Engineering Introduction to Computing Basic Computing Lab Workshop Practice Programming in C Engineering Graphics Programming Lab Basic Electrical Engineering Basic Electronics Professional Ethics Technical English and Communication Skills Environmental Science Communication Skills Lab Engineering Economics and Management Operations Research Data Structures Computer Organization Principles of Operating System Data structures Lab Data Base Management Systems Operating System: Use and Configuration Object Oriented Programming Data Base Management Systems Lab Object Oriented Programming Lab Operating Systems Lab
1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 4 1 2 2 3 6 7 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4

35
Professional core
March 2013
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 1
IT 5001 IT 5002 IT 5003 IT 5004 IT 5005 IT 5006 IT 5051 IT 5052 IT 6001 IT 6002 IT 6004 IT 6005 IT 6051 IT 6052 IT 6053 IT 6054 IT 7002 IT 7003 IT 7004 IT 7051 IT 7052 IT 7053 IT 8001 IT 8051 IT 8052 IT 7005 IT 7005A IT 7005B IT 7005C IT 7005D IT 7005E IT 7006 IT 7006A
Software Engineering Advanced Data Base Management System Design And Analysis of Algorithms Java Programming Computer Networks Distributed Systems Java Programming Lab Networking Lab Fundamentals Of Computer Vision Data Warehousing Network Security Web Programming and development Computer Vision Lab Data Warehousing Lab Web Technologies Lab Term Paper Data Mining Object Oriented Analysis and Design Wireless Networks Data Mining Lab Wireless Networks Lab Mini Project Software Testing Methodologies Software Testing Tools Lab Major Project
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 8
Elective I 7 Industry Need Based Elective Virtual Reality Software Project Management Grid Computing Network Management Systems Elective II 7 Industry Based Elective
Electives
March 2013
36
IT 7006B IT 7006C IT 7006D IT 7006E IT 8002 IT 8002A IT 8002B IT 8002C IT 8002D IT 8002E 4 IT 8003 IT 8003A IT 8003B IT 8003C IT 8003D IT 8003E
Real Time Systems Design Patterns Introduction To MainFrame Systems Artificial Intelligence Elective III Industry Based Elective Information Retrieval Systems Bioinformatics E-Commerce Advanced Computer Architecture Elective IV Soft Computing Business Intelligence And Its Application Principles Of TCP/IP Pattern Recognition Middleware Technologies
Total number of courses for each PEO Percentage of contribution of courses for each PEO
58 90%
38 59.6%
15 23.4%
Table 1.3: Curriculum mapping with PEOs of the Department
1.3.2. Explain how administrative system helps in ensuring the attainment of PEOs (15)
(Describe the committees and their functions, working process and related regulations.) The following administrative setup is put in place to ensure the attainment of PEOs and Pos Program Coordinator Module Coordinator Program Assessment Committee Department Advisory Board Program Coordinator Interacts and maintains liaison with key stake holders, students, faculty, Department Head and employer. Monitor and reviews the activities of each year in program (II/IV,III/IV& IV/IV ) independently with course coordinators Schedules program work plan in accordance with specifications of program objectives and outcomes
37
Oversees daily operations and coordinates activities of program with interrelated activities of other programs, departments or staff to ensure optimum efficiency and compliance with appropriate policies, procedures and specifications given by HOD. Conducts and interprets various surveys required to assess POs and PEOs
Module Coordinator Coordinates and supervise the faculty teaching the particular course in the module Responsible for assessment of the course objectives and outcomes Recommend and facilitate workshops, faculty development programs, meetings or conferences to meet the course outcomes Analyzes results of particular course and recommends the Program coordinator and/or Head of the Department to take appropriate action Liaise with students, faculty, program coordinator and Head of the Department to determine priorities and policies
Program Assessment Committee Program Assessment Committee consists of Program Coordinator, Module Coordinator and faculty representatives Chaired by Program Coordinator, the committee monitors the attainment of PO and PEOs. Evaluates program effectiveness and proposes necessary changes Prepares periodic reports records on program activities, progress, status or other special reports for management key stake holders. Motivates the faculty and students towards attending workshops, developing projects, working models, paper publications and research Interact with students, faculty, Program Coordinators, Module Coordinator and outside/community agencies (through their representation)in facilitating program educational objectives PAC meets atleast once in 6 months to review the program and submits report to Department Advisory Board.
Department Advisory Board(DAB) DAB consists of head of the department, program coordinators, and the representatives of key stake holders DAB chaired by head of the department, receives the report of the Program Assessment Committee and monitors the progress of the program DAB on current and future issues related to programs Develops and recommends new or revised program goals and objectives
38
PAC meets atleast once in a year to review the programs
1.4. Assessment of the attainment of Programme Educational Objectives (40) 1.4.1. Indicate tools and processes used in assessment of the attainment of PEOs (10)
Describe the assessment process that periodically documents and demonstrates the degree to which the Programme Educational Objectives are attained. Also include information on: a) A listing and description of the assessment processes used to gather the data upon which the evaluation of each programme educational objective is based. Examples of data collection processes may include, but are not limited to, employer surveys, graduate surveys, focus groups, industrial advisory committee meetings, or other processes that are relevant and appropriate to the programme; b) The frequency with which these assessment processes are carried out; PEOs (Program Educational Objectives) relate to the career and professional accomplishments of students after they graduate from the program. Consequently, assessment and evaluation of the objectives requires assessment tools that can be applied after graduation. The PEOs assessment process and methods are tabulated in Table 1.4. However, keeping the significance of contribution of the curriculum and the assessment opportunities such as placement data and higher education entrance performance, these assessments are taken as supplementary evidence. . In order to assess the attainment of PEOs, each PEO is further subdivided as follows: PEO 1 : Excel in professional career and/or higher education by acquiring knowledge in mathematical, computing and engineering principles PEO 1.1. Progress in professional career PEO 1.2. Higher education PEO 2 : Analyze real life problems, design computing systems appropriate to its solutions that are technically sound, economically feasible and socially acceptable PEO 2.1. Analyse real life problem PEO 2.2. Design and develop economically feasible and socially acceptable Computing Solutions PEO 3 : Exhibit professionalism, ethical attitude, communication skills, team work in their profession and adapt to current trends by engaging in life long learning. PEO 3.1. Professional conduct and interpersonal skills PEO 3.2. Adapting to current trends in technology PEOs Assessment Process and Methods PEO PEO Assessment Assessment Criteria
January 2013 Format, March 2013
Data
Faculty
Goal
39
PEO 1
PEO 1.1
Tool Placement record
PEO 1.2
PEO 2
PEO 2.1
PEO 2.2
Program Assessment Committee Employer How satisfied are you with After 3,4, Department survey the performance of our 5 years of Advisory graduates graduation Committee Alumni How comfortable were After 3, 4, Program survey you in the training/initial 5 years of Assessment months in your first graduation Committee employment What is your progress in After 3, 4, Program the employment 5 years of Assessment graduation Committee Performance How many students Once in Program in the passed with year Assessment program distinction/First class Committee Entrance test GATE/GRE/TOEFL/CAT Once in Program year Assessment Committee Alumni Have you pursued any Once in Program survey higher education year Assessment Committee Alumni What is your masters Once in Program survey degree that you had year Assessment pursued? ( M.S / M.Tech / Committee MBA / Any other ) Employer Do our graduates have After 3 Department survey inclination to identify years of Advisory problems in society graduation Committee Alumni What is the nature of After 3 Program survey projects you handled after years of Assessment your graduation (either in graduation Committee employment or individually) Alumni To meet the current job After 3 Program survey requirements, please years of Assessment specify the graduation Committee tools/technologies you used other than what you
Number of students placed in campus interview (during graduation) Number of students placed after graduation
Collection Once in year
Responsible Program Assessment Committee
7080%
Once in year
1520% 5060% 7080%
7080% 7080% 5060% 5060% 5060%
3040% 5060%
5060%
40
PEO 3
PEO 3.1
Alumni Survey Employer survey
PEO 3.2
Alumni Survey
have learnt during the program What is the size of your After 3 Program team in profession when years of Assessment working in teams graduation Committee How do you rate our After 3 Department graduates written and years of Advisory oral communication graduation Committee abilities How have taken any After 3 Program Diploma courses years of Assessment minimum 6 months graduation Committee duration since graduation
5060% 3040%
5060%
Table 1.4: Assessment of PEOs of the program
1.4.2. Give evidences for the attainment of PEOs (30)

a) The expected level of attainment for each of the program educational objectives; b) Summaries of the results of the evaluation processes and an analysis illustrating the extent to which each of the programme educational objectives is being attained; and c) How the results are documented and maintained. The Program assessment Committee and Program Coordinator measure the level to which our program has met each of the PEOs independently as explained. The collected evidences are depicted below. PEO 1.1. Progress in professional career Target : 70-80% Supplementary Evidences from the above tools Placement -> Number of Students placed in campus interview
90% 80% 70% 60% 50% 40% 30% 20% 10% 0% In campus Off campus 2006-07 47% 26% 2007-08 82% 10% 2008-09 71% 13%
March 2013
41
Figure 1.4: Graduates placement information for last three years
From the figure 1.4 the placement data (both during campus interviews and after graduation) indicates that atleast around 70% of graduates are places before one year after the graduation.
Confirmed Evidences for PEO 1.1 Alumni Survey -> How comfortable were you in the training/initial months in your first employment?
Figure 1.5: Graduates satisfaction in Training

From Figure 1 .5, observed that most of our alumni of (years) (87%) expressed that they were satisfied during their training period of their first employment indicates their understanding of the fundamentals required for professison.
Alumni Survey -> What is your progress in the employment?

40% 30% 15% 5% Trainees 5% Consultants 5% Sofware/Systems Engineers
Initial Position
Current Position
Figure 1.6: Graduates employment progress

42
Data is received from 50% of our alumni of (years). From these responses, from Figure 1.6 it is identified that nearly 40% of them were Trainees as their initial position in profession and about 10% of them were directly designated as Software Engineers in their first employment itself. After two years in profession, majority of them are progressed in their profession as Software Engineers.
PEO 1.2. Higher education Supplementary Evidences from the above tools Performance in the program-> Results
83% 77% 60%
Target : 20-30%
2006-07
2007-08
2008-09
Figure 1.7: Graduate results for last three years
From the Figure 1.7 graduate results of the past before three years are 75% which indicates the performance level is at Satisfactory Level.
Performance in the program ->How many students passed with distinction/First class and How many graduates showed interest in higher education
70% 60% 50% 40% 30% 20% 10% 0% Passed in Appeared Qualifies in Pursued Distinction for Entrance entrance Higher exams exams Education 2006-07 2007-08 2008-09
March 2013
43
Figure 1.8: Graduates performance and higher education interest
From Figure 1.8, it is observed that nearly 55-65% of our graduates passed with Distinction and among these 55% of them showed interest towards pursuing higher studies. In order to get the eligibility for higher studies either locally or abroad, our students appeared for entrance tests like GATE, GRE, etc & nearly most of our graduates could achieve qualified, out of which 15% of them succeeded in higher education
Confirmed Evidences for PEO 1.2 Alumni Survey-> What is your masters degree that you had pursued? ( M.S / M.Tech / MBA / Any other )
4% 3% Masters degree pursued
1%
M.S
M.Tech
MBA
Figure 1.9: Graduates in higher education

From Figure 1.9, about 8-10% of our graduates were successful in pursuing their Higher education.
PEO 2.1. Societal problem analysis and development of feasible and acceptable solutions Target : 40-50% Confirmed Evidences for PEO 2.1 Alumni Survey -> What is the nature of projects you handled after your graduation (either in employment or individually)
March 2013
44
Figure 1.10: Graduates projects handling in profession

Figure 1.10 indicates, 60% of graduates are in Application Development to obtain engineering solutions that are globally acceptable. About 18-20% of our graduates were handling projects in Testing, Information Security and E-Governance projects.
PEO 2.2. Design and develop technically sound Computing Solutions
Target : 50-60%
Confirmed Evidences for PEO 2.2 Alumni Survey -> To meet the current job requirements, please specify the tools/technologies you used other than what you have learnt during the program
Figure 1.11: Graduates expertise in profession

From Figure 1.11, it is observed that our graduates are adopting to new technologies to develop technically sound computing solution for their problems. used their skill set in new ways in realizing and handling societal problems with feasible solutions.
PEO 3.1. Professional conduct and interpersonal skills
Target : 50-60%
Confirmed Evidences for PEO 3.1 Alumni Survey -> What is the size of your team in profession when working in teams
45
Figure 1.12: Graduates participation in teams

From Figure 1. 12, It is observed all of our graduates are working in large teams. This created an evidence of Interpersonal skills of graduates in their profession.
PEO 3.2. Adapting to current trends in technology Confirmed Evidences for PEO 3.2
Target : 50-60%
Alumni Survey -> Have you taken any diploma courses (minimum 6 months duration) since graduation? If yes, specify below
Figure 1.13: Graduates pursuing diploma courses

Figure 1.13 evidences about 13% of our graduates could obtain diploma courses with a minimum of 6months duration that include Jaffagrophy, Testing, SAP, Web Development and IOS Development courses This is an indication that our graduates participate in lifelong learning.
PEOs Attainment Rubric PEO Level of PEOs Attainment Assessment Methods with Satisfactory (5) Moderate (3)
Unsatisfactory (1)
46
weightage PEO 1 Placement record (15%) 70-80% of students placed in campus 50-70% of students placed in campus and 10-20% placed out 55-65% with distinctions Out of 60% appeared, 40% qualified in competitive exams 10-20% of graduates successful completion 70-75% satisfied their training Less than 50% of students placed either in campus or out Below 55% with distinctions Only 30% qualified in competitive exams
Supplementar y Evidence (30%)
Confirmed Evidence (70%)
Performance 60-75% with in the distinctions program (7%) 50% students appear for Entrance test qualifying (3%) exams and atleast 20% qualify. Above 20% of Higher graduates education pursue higher (5%) education 80% or above completed training successfully Alumni survey (45%) 50% graduates upgraded in profession Highly satisfied graduates performance Above 60% graduates are in Application development. 85% graduates handled societal problems. Above 60% of graduates were able to analyze societal problems.
Below 10% of graduates successful completion 65-70% satisfied their training
Employer survey (25%) PEO 2 Confirmed Evidence (100%)
30-50% graduates upgraded in profession Satisfied graduates performance 40-60% graduates are in Application development. .
30% graduates upgraded in profession Below 60% satisfied graduates performance Belo 40% graduates are in Application development. .
Alumni survey (80%)
Employer survey (20%)
40-60% of graduates were able to analyze societal problems.
Below 40% of graduates were able to analyze real time problems.

47
March 2013
PEO 3
Confirmed Evidence (100%) Alumni survey (80%)
Above 80% graduates working in large teams. 50% pursue self learning or diploma courses. Above 60% of graduates posses good communication abilities
50-80% graduates working in large teams. 30-50% obtained diploma courses.
Below 60% graduates working in large teams. Less than 30% obtained diploma courses Below 40% of graduates posses good communication abilities
Employer survey (20%)
50- 60% of graduates posses good communication abilities
Scoring Function : (Assessment Tool weightage*actual rubric level)/Maximum rubric value PEO 1 Scoring 87.2%
Supplementary Evidences (30%) [(Placement record(15%)*Satisfactory(5)+ (Performance in the program(7%)* Moderate (3)) + (Entrance test(3%) * Satisfactory(5)) + Higher education(5%) * Moderate(3)]/5 -> 25.2% Confirmed Evidence (70%) [Alumni survey(50%)* Satisfactory(5) + Employer Survey(20%) * Moderate(3)]/5 -> 62%
PEO 2 Scoring Confirmed Evidence (100%) [Alumni survey(80%)* Satisfactory(5) + Employer Survey(20%) * Unsatisfactory(1)]/5 -> 84%
84%
PEO 3 Scoring Confirmed Evidence (100%) [Alumni survey(80%)* Satisfactory(5) + Employer Survey(20%) * Unsatisfactory(1)]/5 -> 84%
87.2%
March 2013
48
PEOs Attainment Summary:

PEO1 is said to be reached 87.2% of attainment in terms of professional career. This attainment level can be improved further with more emphasis of graduates in Higher Education. PEO2 is attained in the level of 84% with respect to graduate participation in handling societal problem with sound computing solutions.
PEO3 assessment evidences that 84% graduates exhibit professionalism in team work and engage in continuous education.
Evidences: Results analysis and placement data files are placed in department office. Competitive entrance exams data files are placed in department office. Alumni Survey data is collected through Web Survey Master and 50% of alumni were responded. The template is enclosed in APPENDIX I. The results are archived in www.websurveymaster.com. Employer Survey is done through email and documents files are available in the department office.
1.5. Indicate how results of the assessment of achievement of PEOs have been used for redefining PEOs (10)
(Articulate with rationale how the results of the evaluation of PEOs have been used to review/redefine the PEOs) Figure 1.14 illustrates the process of redefining the existing PEOs. The process is initiated by Department Advisory Board during PEOs assessment and attainment process. To redefine, the existing PEOs assessment data is gathered through direct and indirect assessment methods. To improve the program performance, the collected data is analyzed to identify the need for redefining PEOs. Based on identified changes in terms of curriculum, regulations and PEOs, the administrative system like BOS, Academic Council and Program Assessment Committee involve appropriate actions.
March 2013
49
Figure 1.14: Redefining PEOs process
March 2013
50
2. Program Outcomes (225)

2.1. Definition and Validation of Course Outcomes and Programme Outcomes) (30) 2.1.1. List the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs) (2)
(List the course outcomes of the courses in program curriculum and program outcomes of the program under accreditation) Program Outcomes
POs describe what students are expected to know or be able to do by the time of graduation from the program. Program Outcomes are established as per the process described in 2.1.3. The Program Outcomes of UG in Information Technology are: 1. An ability to apply knowledge of computing, mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals appropriate to the discipline. 2. An ability to analyze a problem, and identify and formulate the computing requirements appropriate to its solution. 3. An ability to design, implement, and evaluate a computer-based system, process, component, or program to meet desired needs with appropriate consideration for public health and safety, cultural, societal and environmental considerations. 4. An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data. 5. An ability to use current techniques, skills, and modern tools necessary for computing practice. 6. An ability to analyze the local and global impact of computing on individuals, organizations, and society. 7. Knowledge of contemporary issues. 8. An understanding of professional, ethical, legal, security and social issues and responsibilities. 9. An ability to function effectively individually and on teams, including diverse and multidisciplinary, to accomplish a common goal. 10. An ability to communicate effectively with a range of audiences. 11. Recognition of the need for and an ability to engage in continuing professional development. 12. An understanding of engineering and management principles and apply these to ones own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects.
March 2013
51
Course Outcomes: On completion of these courses, the students will be able to:
Course Course Outcomes CO1: Explain the Knowledge of solving System of equations, Eigen value problems. CO2: Identify the shape of the geometrical figures from the study of quadratic forms CO3: Discuss the convergence and Divergence of infinite series it is useful in the study of communication systems. CO4: Determine the solutions for differential equations which are useful in the Study of Circuit theory and oscillatory systems. CO5: Apply partial differential equations for Electro- magnetic theory, Transmission lines and Vibrating membranes. CO1: Understand various water treatment methods, boiler troubles understand conduction mechanism in conducting polymers. CO2: Understand construction and the working principle of different electrodes batteries/ sensors and their applicability. CO3: Understand the types of corrosion and protection methods. CO4: Understand the instrumental mechanism and its applicability CO1: Gain fundamental knowledge about the basics of manufacturing methods. CO2: Understand the principle of operation of different I. C. engines. CO3: Describe the performance of different types of refrigeration systems. CO4: Learn about gear nomenclature, and the simple calculations in transmission of Power CO1: Construct free body diagrams and calculate the reactions necessary to ensure static equilibrium. CO2:Understand internal forces in members. CO3:Locate centroids and determine moment of inertia for composite areas. CO4:Analyze the systems with frictional forces. CO5:Determine the mass moment of inertia of rigid bodies CO6:Apply Newtons second law of motion and dynamic equilibrium to particle motion. CO1:Explain the changes in hardware and software components CO2:Explain the history and classifications of the computers CO3:Explain Internal and External data representation CO4:Explain Input and output devices, Different types of memories CO5:Know the introduction to Programming Languages CO6:Develop algorithms and prepare flow charts to simple mathematical and logical problems CO7:Classify different functions of the operating system and the types of OS CO8: Know the introduction to Computer Networks and classify the types of networks. CO1: Understand the Human and Moral values of people in the society. CO2: Understand the Codes of Ethics, rules and regulations of professional bodies. CO3: Develop knowledge about ethics and apply in real life and professional services. CO1: Perform the analytical experiments; improve analytical skills and attitude which help them to apply these skills in their field of engineering. CO2: Understand the handling maintenance and performance of analytical instruments. CO3: Understand the practical knowledge of various chemical phenomena by demonstration of experiments.
FY1001-Engineering Mathematics
FY1002 CEngineering Chemistry
FY1003 B-Basic of Civil and Mechanical Engineering
FY1004M-Mechanics for Engineers
FY1005-Introduction to Computing
FY1006PEProfessional Ethics
FY1051C-Engineering Chemistry Lab
March 2013
52
FY1052-Basic Computing Lab
FY1053W-Workshop Practice
FY2001-Engineering Mathematics
FY2002P-Enginnering Physics
FY2003E-Technical English and Communication Skills
FY2004ENEnvironmental Science
FY2005-Programming in C
CO1: Apply MS Office tools CO2: Design & develop basic softwares (Application and System software) CO3: Attain basic knowledge on hardware (I/O devices, Mother board, processor etc...) CO1: Model and design various basic prototypes in the carpentry trade such as Lap joint, Lap Tee joint, Dove tail joint, Mortise & Tenon joint, Cross-Lap joint CO2: Design and model various basic prototypes in the trade of Welding such as Lap joint, Lap Tee joint, Edge joint, Butt joint and Corner joint. CO3: Make various basic prototypes in the trade of Tin smithy such as plain Cylindrical pipe, Cylindrical pipe one end inclined, Cylindrical pipe both ends inclined, Hexagonal pipe one end inclined, and funnel preparations. CO4: Perform various basic House Wiring techniques such as connecting one lamp with one switch, connecting two lamps with one switch, connecting a fluorescent tube, Series wiring, Go down wiring CO1: State Mean value theorems & apply it in communication systems, equilibrium states of physical systems CO2: State generalized mean value theorems to express any differentiable function in Power series in signals and systems. CO3: Simplify the complicated integrals by changing variables CO4: Interpret the divergence (physically), Grad and Curl in electromagnetic fields. CO5: Provide interpolation techniques which are useful in analyzing the data that is in the form of unknown function CO1: Analyse and understand the basics of electricity and how these basic ideas are used to enhance our current prosperity. CO2: Understand the differences between classical and quantum mechanics and learn about semiconductor technology. CO3: Analyse and learn about how materials behave at low temperature, causes for their behaviour and applications. CO4: Analyse and understand various types of lasers and optical fibers and their applications. CO5: Understand the fabrication of nanomaterials, carbon nanotubes and their applications in various fields. CO1: aware of the elements of functional English in order to make them authentic users of language in any given academic and/or professional situation CO2: proficient in making academic presentations CO3: exposed to the real-time career oriented environment CO4: Develop felicity of expression and familiarity with technology enabled communication CO5: exposed to the corporate etiquette and rhetoric CO1: Understand the importance of environment CO2: Identify the environmental problems and issues on local, regional and global scale CO3: Identify problems due to human interactions with the environment CO4: Get encouragement to contribute solutions for the existing environmental issues CO5: Understand the enforcement of environmental acts in our constitution CO1: Recognize the changes in hardware and software technologies with respect to the evolution of computers and describe the function of system softwares (operating Systems) and application softwares CO2: Illustrate the flowchart and inscribe an algorithm for a given problem Inscribe C programs using operators CO3: Develop conditional and iterative statements to write C programs CO4: Exercise user defined functions to solve real time problems CO5: Inscribe C programs that use Pointers to access arrays, strings and functions. CO6: Exercise user defined data types including structures and unions to solve problems
March 2013
53
FY2006G-Engineering Graphics
FY2051P-Engineering Physics Lab
FY2052-C Programming Lab
IT3001-Engineering Mathematics
IT3002-Basic Electrical Engineering
IT3003-Discrete Mathematical Structures
CO7: Inscribe C programs using pointers and to allocate memory using dynamic memory management functions. CO8: Exercise files concept to show input and output of files in C CO1: Representing various conics and curves. CO2: Perform dimensioning to a given drawing. CO3: Construction of Plain and Diagonal scales. CO4: Orthographic projections of Lines, Planes, and Solids. CO5: Construction of Isometric Scale, Isometric Projections and Views. CO6: Sectioning of various Solids and their representation. CO7: Understand Development of surfaces and their representation. CO8: Conversion of Pictorial views to Orthographic Projections CO1: Elucidate the concepts of physics through involvement in the experiment by applying theoretical knowledge CO2: Illustrate the basics of electro magnetism, optics, mechanics, semiconductors & quantum theory CO3: Develop an ability to apply the knowledge of physics experiments in the later studies CO1: Illustrate flowchart and algorithm for a given problem CO2: Understand basic Structure of the C-PROGRAMMING, declaration and usage of variables CO3: Inscribe C programs using operators CO4: Exercise conditional and iterative statements to inscribe C programs CO5: Exercise user defined functions to solve real time problems CO6: Inscribe C programs using Pointers to access arrays, strings and functions. CO7: Inscribe C programs using pointers and allocate memory using dynamic memory management functions. CO8: Exercise user defined data types including structures and unions to solve problems. CO9: Exercise files concept to show input and output of files in C. CO1: Provide the Knowledge of solving linear differential equations with constant coefficients. CO2: Analyze general periodic functions in the form of an infinite convergent series of sine and cosines useful in digital signal processing. CO3: Exercise Fourier transforms in designing the computer storage devices in Circuit theory. CO4: Apply the numerical methods for transitioning a mathematical model of a problem to an programmable algorithm obtaining solution numerically or graphically CO5: Afford Mathematical devices through which solutions of numerous boundary value problems of engineering can be obtained CO1: Identify the basic elements of the electrical engineering CO2: To write the programs for controlling electrical elements CO3: The significance of electrical engineering for software fields CO1: Interpret statements presented in disjunctive normal form and determine their validity by applying the rules and methods of propositional calculus CO2: Reformulate statements from common language to formal logic using the rules of propositional and predicate calculus, and assess the validity of arguments CO3: Apply basic counting principles including the pigeonhole principle and rules for counting permutations and combinations. CO4: Determine when a relation is reflexive, symmetric, anti-symmetric or transitive, apply the properties of equivalence relations and partial orderings, and explain the connection between equivalence relations and partitioning a set. CO5: Explain basic definitions and properties associated with simple planar graphs, including isomorphism, connectivity, and Euler's formula, and describe the difference between Euclidian and Hamiltonian graphs..
March 2013
54
IT3004-Data Structures
IT3005-Computer Organization
IT3006-Principles of Operating Systems
IT3051-Data Structures Lab
IT3052Communication Skills Lab
IT4001-Probability and Statistics
IT4002-Data Base Management Systems
CO 1: Interpret and compute asymptotic notations of an algorithm to analyze the consumption of resources (time/space). CO 2: Exemplify and implement stack, queue and list ADT to manage the memory using static and dynamic allocations. CO 3: Implement binary search tree to design applications like expression trees. CO 4: Identify, model, solve and develop code for real life problems like shortest path and MST using graph theory. CO 5: Develop and compare the comparison-based search algorithms and sorting algorithms. CO 6: Identify appropriate data structure and algorithm for a given contextual problem and develop in C. CO1: Analyse the designing process of combinational and sequential circuits CO2: Express arithmetic logic and shift micro operations in symbolic form at a register transfer level. CO3: Identify the addressing modes used in macro instructions. CO4: Apply algorithms for arithmetic operations and implementation for ALU design CO5: Develop micro code for typical instructions in symbolic form CO1: Analyze the concepts of Operating System and process. CO2: Illustrate the Scheduling of a processor for a given problem instance. CO3: Identify the dead lock situation and provide appropriate solution. CO4:Analyze memory management techniques and implement page replacement Algorithm. CO5: Understand the implementation of file systems and directories. CO1: Interpret and compute asymptotic notations of an algorithm to analyze the consumption of resources (time/space). CO2: Exemplify and implement stack, queue and list ADT to manage the memory using static and dynamic allocations CO3: Implement binary search tree to design applications like expression trees CO4: Identify, model, solve and develop code for real life problems like shortest path and MST using graph theory. CO5: Develop and compare the comparison-based search algorithms and sorting algorithms. CO6: Identify appropriate data structure and algorithm for a given contextual problem and develop in C CO1: Analyse the designing process of combinational and sequential circuits CO2: Express arithmetic logic and shift micro operations in symbolic form at a register transfer level. CO3: Identify the addressing modes used in macro instructions. CO4: Apply algorithms for arithmetic operations and implementation for ALU design CO5: Develop micro code for typical instructions in symbolic form CO1: Analyze the concepts of Operating System and process. CO2: Illustrate the Scheduling of a processor for a given problem instance. CO3: Identify the dead lock situation and provide appropriate solution. CO4:Analyze memory management techniques and implement page replacement Algorithm. CO5: Understand the implementation of file systems and directories. CO 1: Analyze the basic concepts and architecture associated with DBMS CO 2 : Apply normalization steps in database design and removal of data anomalies CO 3 : Describe the characteristics of database transactions and how they affect database integrity and consistency. CO 4 : Create, maintain and manipulate a relational database using SQL
March 2013
55
IT4003-Operating System: Use and Configuration
IT4004-Object Oriented Programming
CO 5: Employ the conceptual and relational models to design large database systems CO 1: Analyze basic system information, perform troubleshooting and optimize the system performance. CO 2: Configure a Linux distribution to perform common system administrator tasks. CO 3: Develop shell scripts and programming and employ these principles in solving technical problems. CO 4: Examine the differences and similarities of Linux GUIs and select the appropriate Linux GUI. CO 5: Generate local or domain users accounts and implement security policies. CO 6: Design FTP servers and Web servers to deploy services for the clients. CO1: Familiar to map real world problems into the Programming language. CO2: Can solve the problems in systematic way CO3: Efficiently implement linear, nonlinear data structures and various searching and sorting techniques CO1: It is expected that the course would refurbish and fortify the linguistic abilities of the 4 learners CO2: It is expected that the learners would develop familiarity with different linguistic patterns including forms of writing CO3: It is expected that the aplomb of learners would develop by multifold CO 1: Analyze the basic concepts and architecture associated with DBMS CO 2 : Apply normalization steps in database design and removal of data anomalies CO 3 : Describe the characteristics of database transactions and how they affect database integrity and consistency. CO 4 : Create, maintain and manipulate a relational database using SQL CO 5: Employ the conceptual and relational models to design large database systems CO1:Analyze basic system information, perform troubleshooting and optimize the system performance. CO2: Configure a Linux distribution to perform common system administrator tasks. CO3: Develop shell scripts and programming and employ these principles in solving technical problems. CO4: Examine the differences and similarities of Linux GUIs and select the appropriate Linux GUI. CO5: Generate local or domain users accounts and implement security policies. CO6: Design FTP servers and Web servers to deploy services for the clients. CO 1: Distinguish Oops features with procedural Oriented and analyse these features to a real world object. CO2: Analyse and implement memory allocation at run-time through LateBinding. CO 3: Analyse generic data type for the data type independent programming which relate it to reusability. CO 4: Interpret and implement the Exception Handling Techniques for resolving run-time errors. CO 5: Design, develop and implement programs using file operations for the large data. CO1: Identify and build an appropriate process model for a given project CO2: Analyze the principles at various phases of software development. CO3: Translate a specification into a design, and identify the components to build the architecture for a given problem, all using an appropriate software engineering methodology
IT4005-Basic Electronics
IT4051DataBaseManagement Systems
IT4052-Object Oriented Programming
IT4053- Operating Systems Lab
IT5001-Software Engineering
March 2013
56
CO4: Define a Project Management Plan and tabulate appropriate Testing Plans at different levels during the development of the software CO5: Understand the software project estimation models and estimate the work to be done, resources required and the schedule for a software project CO1: Select appropriate technique implemented over disks and files to allocate relations and conclude the best among. CO2: Develop a good query evaluation plan for evaluating user query, an access path and produce the tuples satisfying the constraints. CO3: Examine the generic architecture of Parallel and Distributed database systems, differentiate the properties for concurrent execution of transactions. CO4: Illustrate the concepts of Object Database systems and explore the features of R DBMS and ODBMS. CO5: Analyze access control over the Database system and implement internet applications using scripting languages. CO1: Understand asymptotic notations to analyze the performance of algorithms CO2: Identify the differences in design techniques and apply to solve optimization problems. CO3: Apply algorithms for performing operations on graphs and trees. CO4: Solve novel problems, by choosing the appropriate algorithm design technique for their solution and justify their selection CO5: Analyze deterministic and nondeterministic algorithms to solve complex problems CO1: Implement object oriented principles for reusability CO2: Assign priorities and resolve run-time errors with Multithreading and Exception Handling techniques CO3: Interpret Events handling techniques for interaction of the user with GUI CO4: Analyze JDBC drivers to connect Java applications with relational databases CO5: Develop client/server applications using socket programming CO 1: Analyse the concepts of networks, types and architectures CO 2: Identify error free transmission of data and analyse data collision with various protocols. CO 3: Apply various routing algorithms over a network to provide optimal path. CO 4: Illustrate the real time applications of networks CO 5: Examine the addressing entities of a network with implementation of TCP, UDP protocols. CO1: Gain knowledge in issues for constructing the distributed systems CO2: Examine how the message oriented communication can be done in a Distributed system to achieve the synchronous and asynchronous communication CO3: Implement the suitable clock Synchronization algorithms to manage the resources in a distributed operating system environment. CO4: Compare the client and data centric consistency models to improve performance and scalability in terms of memory. CO5: Analyze issues dealing with recovery failure and able to implement Distributed file system in Network file system CO1: Implement Object Oriented Programming Concepts. CO2: Use and create packages and interfaces in a Java program CO3: Use graphical user interface in Java programs CO4: Create Applets CO5: Implement exception handling in Java. CO6: Implement Multithreading. CO7: Use Input/output Streams. CO8: Handle security implementations in Java
IT5002-Advanced Data Base Management System
IT5003-Design and Analysis of Algorithms
IT5004-Java Programming
IT5005-Computer Networks
IT5006-Distributed systems
IT5051-Java Programming Lab
March 2013
57
IT5052-Networking Lab
CO1: Demonstrate techniques to correct and detect errors during transmission. CO2: Demonstrate understanding of how computers communicate with each other and the routing algorithms employed to assure that the communication is reliable CO3: Implementation of client server applications with protocols TCP and UDP. CO1: Calibrate a geometric camera by using mathematical model of image formation process. CO2: Implement algorithms to segment, label, and compute the position and orientation of a set of objects in an image. CO3: Implement the main gradient based edge detection operations and apply techniques to extract useful features from an image CO4: Analyze the suitable Expectation-Maximization algorithm for missing data problems of image and camera models. CO5: Exemplify the aspect graphs for object recognition CO1: Describe the differences between OLTP systems and data warehouses, the need for data warehousing CO2: Summarise the dominant data warehousing architectures and their support for quality attributes. CO3: Assess the data quality in terms of accuracy, completeness and consistency. CO4: Explore the real world applications of data warehousing using OLAP technologies CO5: Extract, transform, and load data from an operational data source to a data warehouse CO1: Understand Henri Fayols principles of management, CO2: Appreciate the functions of a Personnel Department and evaluate a job for wage determination. CO3: Apply Law of diminishing Utility and Law of equimarginal utility for any market condition CO4: Understand Factors influencing demand, and Elasticity of demand ,the relations between ATC and MC and relations between AC and MC. CO5: Understand how to maximize profit under competition. CO6: Apply various work study techniques to reduce work content and ineffective time CO7: Familiarize with various functions of marketing and market research. CO8: Choose the best alternative from various options and calculate depreciation using different methods. CO1: Analyze the basic concepts of network security to predict and classify attacks on a network CO2 : Illustrate the process for hiding the information with cryptographic algorithms CO3 : Apply authentication techniques to provide secure communication CO4 : Analyze public cryptosystems and disseminate from conventional systems for the quality of security CO5 : Understand the security implementations in real time applications of OSI & TCP/IP models CO1: Compare and Contrast HTML, DHTML, CSS, JavaScript, XML and other Web technologies. CO2: Implement JavaScript Language to perform functionalities at client side application areas which include Banking. CO3: Develop Graphical User Interface applications in Java by importing Applets and AWT. CO4: Assess and evaluate the role of WEBSERVERS for the management and delivery of electronic information. CO5: Design well formed JSP and Servlets Documents. CO6: Develop Web based applications by Servlets and JSP to have an interactive applications such as Client Server Architecture.
IT6001-Fundamentals of Computer Vision
IT6002-Data Warehousing
IT6003-Engineering Economics and Management
IT6004-Newtwork Security
IT6005-Web Programming and Development
March 2013
58
IT6051-computer Vision Lab
CO1: Capture digital images, and master low-level, mid-level and high-level computer vision techniques, such as noise cleaning, feature extraction, object recognition CO2: Become proficient with computer skills for the analysis of digital Images. CO1: Design and implement a simple data warehouse. CO2: Design a data warehouse or data mart to present information needed by Management in a form that is usable for management clients. CO3: Implement a high quality data warehouse or data mart CO4: Effectively administer a corporate data resource in such a way that it Will truly meet managements needs CO5: Evaluate standards and new technologies to determine their potential impact on your information resource CO1: To study hypertext markup language, specialized commands and tags for WWW documents that allow one to specify hyperlinks , lists, paragraph and attributes CO2: design web pages for applications such as railway ticket reservation, hotel management etc. CO1: Identification of real world problems CO2: Awareness of current trends in specific area of interest CO3: Technical report writing CO1: Understand the usage Linear programming for the optimal allocation of limited resources such as men, machine, material and money CO2: Solve transportation problems to minimize cost and understand the principles of assignment of jobs CO3: Solve problems of Scheduling and sequencing of production runs. CO4: Use Game theory to identify the optimal strategies for the players CO5: Use Queuing theory to solve problems of traffic congestion, counters in banks, railway bookings etc CO6: Use PERT/CPM: (Project scheduling and allocation of resources) to schedule and control construction of dams, bridges, roads etc. in an optimal way. CO1: Characterize a data mining system to examine the given database with an architecture. CO2: Improve the data quality by performing data preprocessing routines. CO3: conclude patterns, associations and correlations among real world data instances. CO4: design classifier models to predict future trends. CO5: Compute dissimilarities between objects by describing types of variables. CO6: Detect fraudulent activity by observing abnormal deviations in the data CO1: Develop the skills to determine which processes and OOAD techniques should be applied to a given project CO2: Build use case diagrams by identifying use cases, actors and their relationships for a given application. CO3: Differentiate Sequence & Collaboration diagrams and generate interaction overview diagrams working out the exact time constraints for behaviour of the system. CO4: Construct State diagrams and Implementation diagrams for a given problem CO5: Identify classes, class protocols, stereotypes, relationships among the classes and construct class diagrams for a given real time application. CO1: Analyze the technology trends for next generation wireless networks with various multiple access techniques CO2: Exemplify and implement how the IEEE 802.1X standards can be used to build an authentication CO3: Understands the advancements in wireless LAN standards and assess its performance in communication CO4: Implement an algorithm to connect nearby Blue tooth devices and predict their activity required for transmission of data. CO5: Examine and Analyze how CDMA offers increased capacity and improved
IT6052-Data Warehousing Lab
IT6053-Web Technologies Lab
IT6054-Term Paper
IT7001-Operational Research
IT7002-Data Mining
IT7003-Object Oriented analysis and Design
IT7004-Wirless Networks
March 2013
59
IT7051-Data Mining Lab IT7052-Wireless Networks Lab IT7053-Mini Project
performance CO1: different methods of pre-processing data. CO2: Understands the main concepts of data mining. CO3: Applying data mining on various applications. CO1: Applications for various mobile technologies. CO2: Applications for Bluetooth and Wi-Fi Technologies. CO1: Identification of real world problems CO2: Awareness of design methodologies & its implementation CO3: Advanced programming techniques CO4: Technical report writing CO1: Identify the reasons for bugs and analyse the principles in software testing to prevent and remove bugs. CO2: Implement various test processes for quality improvement CO3: Apply the software testing techniques in commercial environments CO4: Provides practical knowledge of a variety of ways to test software and an understanding of some of the trade-offs between testing techniques. CO5: Familiar with the industry-standard testing tools such as JUnit, Win-runner, and IBM Rational Functional Tester CO1: Writing test plans for different application programs CO2: Test different applications manually and by automation using different test tools CO1: Identification of real world problems CO2: Awareness of design methodologies & its implementation CO3: Advanced programming techniques CO4: Technical report writing
IT8001-Software Testing Methodologies
IT8051-Software Testing Tools Lab
IT8052-Major Project
Table 2.1: Outcomes of courses in curriculum
2.1.2. State how and where the POs are published and disseminated (3)
(Describe in which media (e.g. websites, curricula books) the POs are published and how these are disseminated to stakeholders)
The Program Outcomes are published at Department website http://www.vrsiddhartha.ac.in/it/ College website http://www.vrsiddhartha.ac.in/ Curriculum books Notice boards Apart from this, Program outcomes are made reachable to all the stakeholders of the program through education, faculty workshops, student awareness workshops, programs, student induction programs and faculty meetings.
2.1.3. Indicate processes employed for defining of POs (5)

(Describe the process that periodically documents and demonstrates that the POs are defined in alignment with the graduate attributes prescribed by NBA.) Program Outcomes are established through the consultation process with stake holders keeping the Graduate Attributes defined by NBA as basis. Department Vision, Mission and Program Educational Objectives are also kept in view. The professional society namely ACM guidelines on curriculum and graduate outcomes are also considered in The detailed establishment process is depicted in Figure 2.1.
60
Figure 2.1: Process for defining POs
2.1.4. Indicate how defined POs aligned to Graduate Attributes prescribed by NBA (10)
(Indicate how the POs defined for the program are aligned with the Graduate Attributes of NBA as articulated in accreditation manual.)
The Graduate Attributes of NBA and the Program Outcomes defined for the program are aligned to each other as shown in Table 2.2. Graduate Attributes prescribed by NBA: i. Engineering Knowledge ii. Problem Analysis iii. Design & Development of Solutions iv. Investigation of Complex Problem v. Modern Tools Usage vi. Engineer and Society vii. Environment & Sustainability viii. Ethics ix. Individual & Team work x. Communication xi. Lifelong Learning xii. Project management & Finance
March 2013
61
PO PO1 GA I Ii Iii Iv V Vi Vii Viii Ix X Xi Xii X X X X X X X X X X X X PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO1 0 PO11 PO1 2
Table 2.2: Alignment of Program Outcomes to Graduate Attributes
2.1.5. Establish the correlation between POs and PEOs (10)

(Explain how the defined POs of the program correlate with the PEOs)
As the outcomes are expected to attain by the prime of graduate and PEOs are expected to attain few years after graduation, they have as many contributions as shown in Table 2.3. Each PEO is contributed to at most 6-7 Program Outcomes and each program outcomes are in contributing to one or more PEOs as shown in Table 2.3. In this table the letters L and H indicate low and high correlations of the outcome with the PEO and a blank indicates absence of correlation.
PO PEO PEO1 PEO 1.1: Progress in professional career PEO 1.2: Higher education PEO2 PEO2.1: Societal problem analysis and development of feasible and acceptable solutions PEO2.2: Design and develop technically sound Computing 1 L 2 L 3 4 5 H 6 7 8 H 9 10 H 11 12 H
March 2013
62
Solutions PEO3 PEO3.1:Professional conduct and interpersonal skills PEO3.2: Adapting to current trends in technology
Table 2.3: Mapping between Program Outcomes to Program Educational Objectives
2.2. Attainment of Program Outcomes (40) 2.2.1. Illustrate how course outcomes contribute to POs (10)
(Provide the correlation between the course outcomes and the program outcomes. The strength of the correlation may also be indicated)
The program outcomes are achieved through curriculum that offers a number of mandatory courses as well as elective courses. Each course has defined course outcomes that are mapped to the program outcomes and a set of performance criteria that are used to provide quantitative measurement of how well course outcomes are achieved. The linkage among program outcomes and course outcomes is shown in Table 2.4. The course outcomes are thus directly and quantitatively assessed, and are tied to the program outcomes as shown in the course syllabi. Therefore if the course outcomes are met, the program outcomes are met. The course outcomes of each core course are mapped to the Program Outcomes with a level of emphasis being either strongly correlated (2) and moderately correlated (1). The level of emphasis of a program outcome is determined by the weight used for assessing the outcome in each course. The level of emphasis for an outcome is determined by the weight as follows: When the course outcome weightage is < 40%, it will be given as moderately correlated (1). When the course outcome weightage is >40%, it will be given as strongly correlated (2).
Courses
Program Outcomes
Program
March 2013
63
1 C Programming CO1: Recognize the changes in hardware and software technologies with respect to the evolution of computers and describe the function of system softwares (operating Systems) and application softwares CO2: Illustrate the flowchart and inscribe an algorithm for a given problem CO3: Develop conditional and iterative statements to write C programs. Exercise user defined functions to solve real time problems CO4: Exercise user defined functions to solve real time problems CO5: Inscribe C programs using pointers and to allocate memory using dynamic memory management functions. 1 1 1
2 2
3 2
4 2
10
11 2
12
Specific Criteria
2 Programming
CO6:Exercise files concept to show input and output of files in C
Data Structures CO1: Interpret and compute asymptotic notations of an algorithm to analyze the consumption of resources (time/space). CO2: Exemplify and implement stack, queue and list ADT to manage the memory using static and dynamic allocations CO3: Implement binary search tree to design applications like expression trees CO4: Identify, model, solve and develop code for real life problems like shortest path and MST using graph theory. CO5: Develop and compare the comparisonbased search algorithms and sorting algorithms. CO6: Identify appropriate data structure and algorithm for a given contextual problem and develop in C
Programming
March 2013
64
Object Oriented Programming CO1: Distinguish OPs features procedural Oriented and analyse features to a real world object. with these
CO2: Analyse and implement memory allocation at run-time through Late-Binding. CO3: Analyse generic data type for the data type independent programming which relate it to reusability. CO4: Interpret and implement the Exception Handling Techniques for resolving run-time errors. CO5: Design, develop and implement programs using file operations for the large data. Design and Analysis of Algorithms CO1: Understand asymptotic notations to analyze the performance of algorithms CO2: Identify the differences in design techniques and apply to solve optimization problems. CO3: Apply algorithms for operations on graphs and trees. performing 2
2 Programming
2 Programming
CO4: Solve novel problems, by choosing the appropriate algorithm design technique for their solution and justify their selection CO5: Analyze deterministic and nondeterministic algorithms to solve complex problems Jaya Programming CO1: Implement object oriented principles for reusability CO2: Assign priorities and resolve run-time errors with Multithreading and Exception Handling techniques CO3: Interpret Events handling techniques for interaction of the user with GUI CO4: Analyze JDBC drivers to connect Java applications with relational databases
1 1
2 2
2 2
2 2
Programming
CO5: Develop client/server applications using socket programming
March 2013
65
Web Programming and Development CO 1: Compare and Contrast HTML, DHTML, CSS, JavaScript, XML and other web technologies CO 2: Implement JavaScript Language to perform functionalities at client side application areas which include Banking. CO 3: Develop Graphical User Interface applications in Java by importing Applets and AWT. CO 4: Assess and evaluate the role of WEBSERVERS for the management and delivery of electronic information. CO 5: Design well formed JSP and Servlets Documents. CO 6: Develop Web based applications by Servlets and JSP to have an interactive applications such as Client Server Architecture. Data Base Management Systems CO 1: Analyze the basic concepts and architecture associated with DBMS CO2 : Apply normalization steps in database design and removal of data anomalies CO3 : Describe the characteristics of database transactions and how they affect database integrity and consistency. CO4 : Create, maintain and manipulate a relational database using SQL CO5: Employ the conceptual and relational models to design large database systems Advanced Data Base Management Systems CO1: Select appropriate technique implemented over disks and files to allocate relations and conclude the best among. CO2: Develop a good query evaluation plan for evaluating user query, an access path and produce the tuples satisfying the constraints. CO3: Examine the generic architecture of Parallel and Distributed database systems, differentiate the properties for concurrent execution of transactions.
2 Information Management
2 2
2 2
Information Management
2 1 2 2
2 2 2 2
2 2
March 2013
66
CO4: Illustrate the concepts of Object Database systems and explore the features of R DBMS and ODBMS. CO5: Analyze access control over the Database system and implement internet applications using scripting languages. Data Warehousing CO1: Describe the differences between OLTP systems and data warehouses, the need for data warehousing CO2: Summarise the dominant data warehousing architectures and their support for quality attributes. CO3: Assess the data quality in terms of accuracy, completeness and consistency. CO4: Explore the real world applications of data warehousing using OLAP technologies CO5: Extract, transform, and load data from an operational data source to a data warehouse Data Mining CO1: Characterize a data mining system to examine the given database with an architecture. CO2: Improve the data quality by performing data preprocessing routines. CO3: conclude patterns, associations and correlations among real world data instances. CO4: design classifier models to predict future trends. CO5: Compute dissimilarities between objects by describing types of variables. CO6: Detect fraudulent activity by observing abnormal deviations in the data Software Engineering CO1: Identify and build an appropriate process model for a given project CO2: Analyze the principles at various phases of software development
1 1 2 2 2 2
2 2
2 2 2 Human Computer Interaction
March 2013
67
CO3: Translate a specification into a design, and identify the components to build the architecture for a given problem, all using an appropriate software engineering methodology CO4: Define a Project Management Plan and tabulate appropriate Testing Plans at different levels during the development of the software CO5: Understand the software project estimation models and estimate the work to be done, resources required and the schedule for a software project Object Oriented Analysis & Design CO1: Develop the skills to determine which processes and OOAD techniques should be applied to a given project CO2: Build use case diagrams by identifying use cases, actors and their relationships for a given application CO3: Differentiate Sequence & Collaboration diagrams and generate interaction overview diagrams working out the exact time constraints for behaviour of the system CO4: Construct State diagrams and Implementation diagrams for a given problem CO5: Identify classes, class protocols, stereotypes, relationships among the classes and construct class diagrams for a given real time application Software Testing Methodologies CO1: Identify the reasons for bugs and analyse the principles in software testing to prevent and remove bugs. CO2: Implement various test processes for quality improvement CO3: Apply the software testing techniques in commercial environments CO4: Provides practical knowledge of a variety of ways to test software and an understanding of some of the trade-offs between testing techniques. CO5: Familiar with the industry-standard testing tools such as JUnit, Win-runner, and IBM Rational Functional Tester 1
Human Computer Interaction
March 2013
68
Fundamentals of Computer Vision CO1: Calibrate a geometric camera by using mathematical model of image formation process CO2: Implement algorithms to segment, label, and compute the position and orientation of a set of objects in an image CO3: Implement the main gradient based edge detection operations and apply techniques to extract useful features from an image CO4: Analyze the suitable ExpectationMaximization algorithm for missing data problems of image and camera models. CO5: Exemplify the aspect graphs for object recognition Computer Networks CO 1: Analyze the concepts of networks, types and architectures CO 2: Identify error free transmission of data and analyse data collision with various protocols CO 3: Apply various routing algorithms over a network to provide optimal path CO 4: Illustrate the real time applications of networks CO 5: Examine the addressing entities of a network with implementation of TCP, UDP protocols Network Security CO1: Analyze the basic concepts of network security to predict and classify attacks on a network CLO 2 : Illustrate the process for hiding the information with cryptographic algorithms CLO 3 : Apply authentication techniques to provide secure communication CLO 4 : Analyze public cryptosystems and disseminate from conventional systems for the quality of security CLO 5 : Understand the security implementations in real time applications of
2 1 1 2 2 2 2
2 2 2
2 Networking
2 Networking
March 2013
69
OSI & TCP/IP models Wireless Networks CO 1 : Analyze the technology trends for next generation wireless networks with various multiple access techniques CO 2: Exemplify and implement how the IEEE 802.1X standards can be used to build an authentication CO 3: Understands the advancements in wireless LAN standards and assess its performance in communication CO 4: Implement an algorithm to connect nearby Blue tooth devices and predict their activity required for transmission of data CO 5: Examine and Analyze how CDMA offers increased capacity and improved performance 1 2 2 2 2 2
2 Networking
Principles Of Operating Systems CO1: Analyze the concepts of Operating System and process CO2: Illustrate the Scheduling of a processor for a given problem instance CO3: Identify the dead lock situation and provide appropriate solution CO4:Analyze memory management techniques and implement page replacement Algorithm CO5: Understand the implementation of file systems and directories Operating Systems:Use and Configuration CO1-Analyze basic system information, perform troubleshooting and optimize the system performance CO2-Configure a Linux distribution to perform common system administrator tasks CO3-Develop shell scripts and programming and employ these principles in solving technical problems CO4-Examine the differences and similarities of Linux GUIs and select the appropriate Linux GUI
1 1
2 2
System Administration and Maintenance
1 1
2 1 2 2
2 2 System Administration and Maintenance
March 2013
70
CO5-Generate local or domain users accounts and implement security policies CO6-Design FTP servers and Web servers to deploy services for the clients
Table 2.4: Impact of Program Courses on Program Outcomes
2.2.2. Explain how modes of delivery of courses help in attainment of POs (10)
(Describe the different course delivery methods/modes (e.g. Lecture interspersed with discussion, Asynchronous mode of interaction, group discussion, project etc.) used to deliver the courses and justify the effectiveness of these methods for the attainment of POs. This may be further justified using the indirect assessment methods such as course-end surveys) Content delivery methods:
POGIL: POGIL is an acronym for Process Oriented Guided Inquiry Learning. POGIL activities involve giving students a model to work with, and then asking a series of leading and challenging questions. This allows them to construct their own knowledge of a concept. The following are the various other content delivery methods used to deliver the courses: M0: POGIL M1: Lecture interspersed with discussions M2: Lecture with a quiz M3: Tutorial M4: Demonstration ( Such as model, laboratory, field visit ) M5: Group Discussion M6: Group Assignment/ Project M7: Presentations M8: Asynchronous Discussion
Learning Resources sharing
On-line learning system - Moodle is in use to perform asynchronous activities to assign various tasks like group assignments / group projects and to share the materials. In addition to the syllabus mentioned in the curriculum, the students are exposed themselves as they are provided with the e-content through national and international portals such as: NPTEL http://nptel.iitm.ac.in Stanford Engineering Everywhere (SEE) http://see.stanford.edu/ MIT Open Courseware http://ocw.mit.edu/index.htm The delivery methods are chosen appropriate to meet the Program Outcomes. The generalized mapping of the of the course delivery methods to the program outcomes is shown in Table 2.5. With the implementation of the specified delivery methods, the effectiveness of the courses is enhanced which is illustrated in Figure 2.2 to Figure 2.5 for few sample courses. Effectiveness of course delivery methods for the attainment of Program
71
Outcomes is represented in Table 2.6 for sample course.
Program Outcomes
10
11
12
Content Delivery Methods POGIL Lecture interspersed with discussions Lecture with a quiz Tutorial Demonstration Group Discussion Group Assignment/ Project Presentations Asynchronous Discussion
Table 2.5: Generalized mapping of course delivery methods to the program outcomes Principles of Operating systems
Principles of Operating Systems
78 76 Pass % 74 72 70 68 2010-11 : M1, M7 2011-12 : M1, M3 M7 Academic year
CPU Scheduling, Process Synchronization and memory management principles were demonstrated with live examples during 2011-12 academic years. Hence results are improved.
Figure 2.2: Pass Percentage of Principles of Operating Systems

Course Methods M1 M3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
March 2013
72
M7
Table 2.6: Effectiveness of course delivery methods for the attainment of POs
Strongly attained moderately attained
Discrete Mathematical Structures

Discrete Mathematical Structures 100 95 Pass % 90 85 80 2010-11 : M1, M3 2011-12 : M1, M3, M5 Academic year
During 2011-12 academic year, the additional tutorial classes were conducted for complex concepts like graphs and lattices.
Figure 2.3 : Pass Percentage of Discrete Mathematical Structures
Middleware Technologies
Middleware technologies
100 Pass 98 % 96 94 92 90 2009-10 : M1, M5 2010-11 : M1, M6, M8 Academic year
The students gained good result by imparting additional programming skills with group assignments and projects.
Figure 2.4: Pass Percentage of Middleware Technologies
Network Security
March 2013
73
Network Security
105 100 Pass % 95 90 85 80 2009-10 : M3, M8 2010-11 : M1,M4, M8 2011-12 : M1,M4, M7
The network security algorithms were explained with the help of NS2 simulation tool. And so, there was an improvement in pass percentage in the academic year 2011-12.
Academic year
Figure 2.5: Pass Percentage of Network Security Data Warehousing and Data Mining The classification and clustering algorithms were explained in depth with the aid of open source data mining tool (weka) during 2010-11. Data Base Management Systems The pass percentage is low due to lack of knowledge in application programming. This can be overcome by demonstration and group assignments for applications.
2.2.3. Indicate how assessment tools used to assess the impact of delivery of course/course content contribute towards the attainment of course outcomes/programme outcomes (10)
(Describe different types of course assessment and evaluation methods (both direct and indirect) in practice and their relevance towards the attainment of POs)
Assessment Tools used: 1. Direct Assessment Tools
Home Assignment-Each and every student is assigned with course related tasks during every course work once or twice and assessment will be done based on their performance. Grades are assigned depending on their innovation in solving/deriving the problems. Assignment-The assignment is a qualitative performance assessment tool designed to assess students' knowledge of engineering practices, framework, and problem solving. An analytic rubric was developed to assess students' knowledge with respect to the learning outcomes associated with the scenario tool. Online Examination- Online Examination System is a Multiple Choice Questions (MCQ) based examination system that provides an easy to use environment for both Test Conductors and Students appearing for Examination. Sessional-This type of performance assessment is carried out during the examination sessions which are held twice a semester. Each and every sessional is focused in attaining the course outcomes.
March 2013
74
Semester End Examination-Semester End examination is a metric for assessing whether all the POs are attained or not. Examination is more focused on attainment of course outcomes and program outcomes using a descriptive exam. Rubrics- A rubric explains to students the criteria against which their work will be judged with the scoring rules. It makes public key criteria that students can use in developing, revising, and judging their own work. The Pos Assessment Rubrics is enclosed in APPENDIX II 2. Indirect Assessment Tools Program level statistics- At the end of every academic year annual report is developed where the statistics of students who have participated in professional bodies/student chapters/workshops/seminars/conferences/paper presentations /internships/industry visit etc.. is prepared. This statement is considered to indirectly assess the POs Survey reports- Indirect assessment strategies may be easily implemented by embedding them in the end-of-course evaluation form, Alumni Survey and Employer Survey. Graduate/Exit Survey: during the program Alumni Survey: after one year of graduation Employer Survey: after one year of graduation The assessment tools used for attainment of Program Outcomes are tabulated in Table 2.7.
Program Outcomes Course Assessment Tools Home Assignment Assignments Direct Assessmen t Tools Online Examinations Sessional Semester End Examination Rubrics Indirect Assessmen t Tools Program Level Statistics Exit Survey 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
March 2013
75
Alumni Survey Employer Survey
Table 2.7: Program outcomes assessment tools
2.2.4. Indicate up to what extent the laboratory and project course work are contributing towards attainment of POs (10)
(Justify the balance between theory and practical for the attainment of POs. Justify how the various project works (a sample of 20% best and average projects from total projects) carried as part of the program curriculum contribute towards the attainment of POs.)
Balance between theory and project with the attainment of PO is shown in Figure 2.6 Course Associated Laboratory
March 2013
76
Figure 2.6: Mapping of theory and practical courses

The laboratory and project works tasks which are performed for the curriculum are Table 2.8 and Table 2.9.
Laboratory and Project course work with tasks IT 3051: Data Structures Lab Stack and Queue using arrays and dynamic memory allocation. Application of Stacks Circular Queue. Single linked list, Double linked list, Circular linked list Polynomial addition using Circular linked list Binary search tree operations and traversal Operations on AVL tree and B-tree. Graph traversal techniques.
tabulated
in
Type
Program Outcomes 1, 2 1, 2, 4 1, 4 1, 4 1,2,4 1,4 1,2,4 1,2,3,4
Design Problem analysis Design Design Design Problem analysis Design Design Design Problem analysis
77
Shortest path algorithms. Linear and Binary Searching. Bubble, Selection, Insertion, Quick, Merge, Heap Sort techniques IT 4052: Object Oriented Programming Lab Parameter passing mechanism using Pass by value Pass by address Pass by reference Fibonacci series using classes Implementation of a) Static data member b)Static member functions. Function overloading Implementation of a) Constructors overloading b) Copy constructor Operator overloading Implementation of a) Single Inheritance b)Multiple Inheritances c)Hybrid Inheritance Implementation of a)Virtual functions b) Pure Virtual functions c) Abstract classes Function templates Class templates Exception handling Command line Arguments IT 4053: Operating Systems Lab Administration a) Windows b) Linux CPU scheduling Algorithms First come first serve Shortest job first Priority scheduling Page Replacement Algorithms First in first out Least recently used Optimal page replacement Semaphore solution for producer-consumer problem Dinning Philosophers problem Semaphore solution Monitor solution Memory Management Techniques Paging Segmentation IT 5051: Java Lab Inheritance Packages and Interfaces
Design Problem analysis Design Design Design
1,2,3,4 1,2,4 1,2,4
Demonstration
Problem Analysis Demonstration
1,2,4 4
Demonstration Demonstration
4 4
Demonstration Design
4 4
Problem Analysis
Design Design Demonstration Demonstration Demonstration
4 4 4 4 1,2
Demonstration
Demonstration
Design Complex Problem investigation Demonstration
4 4
Design Design
2,4 2,4
78
Strings. Exception handling Multithreading. IO Streams Stream Classes. Character Streams. Applets. Event Handling and Abstract Window Toolkit (AWT) Abstract Window Toolkit (AWT) Components Java Database Connectivity (JDBC) Networking. IT 5052: Networking Lab Implement Data Link Layer framing methods Implement Data Link Layer protocols Implement Error detection using CRC Implementation of Routing Algorithms Implement error correction using Hamming Distance Method Design TCP client and server application using Socket Programming Design UDP client and server application using Socket Programming IT 6051: Computer Vision Lab Install OPENCV library and create project with visual Studio Loading, displaying, and saving images Basic operations I: Conversions: Gray scale, binary and Reshape, Repeat, Flip, CvtPixToPlane, CvtPlaneToPix, ConvertScale, ConvertScaleAb Basic Operations II: Add, Adds, Sub, Subs, SubRS, Mull, Div, and, Ands, Or,OrS, Xor, XorS, Not Implementation of Contour detection Computing and equalizing the histogram of an image Implementation of Edge detection Implementation of Morphology Operations: Erosion, Dilation, open, close operations Comparison of Contrast enhancement methods Object recognition IT 6052: Data Warehousing Lab Analyzing data with ROLAP, CUBE Cube slicing come up with 2-D view of data Drill-down or Roll-down- going from summary to more detailed data Roll up summarize data along a dimension hierarchy and Dicing projecting 2-D view of data Building dimensions. Creating and populating FACT Table. Creating Star Schema/Snowflake Schema. Creating Fact constellation Schema ETL: Extraction Options - Full extraction, Incremental extraction, Change Data Capture(CDC)
Demonstration Demonstration Problem Analysis Problem Analysis Demonstration Demonstration Design Design Design Demonstration Design Problem analysis Case study Problem analysis Problem analysis Problem analysis Demonstration Demonstration
2 1,2 2 3 2 2 1,3 3 3 2 2,4 4 2,4 2 2 2 4 4
Problem Analysis Problem Analysis Demonstration
5 4 4
Demonstration Demonstration Demonstration Demonstration Demonstration Case study Complex problem Investigation Problem Analysis Demonstration Demonstration Demonstration Design Design Design Demonstration
4 4 4 4 4 2 2
5 4 4 4 4 4 4
79
ETL: Transformation Options Transformation: During extraction, in staging area, during load, etc. Multi-state transformation Pipelined transformation Implementing data pre-processing techniques using WEKA IT 6053: Web Technologies Lab Design the static web pages JavaScript to validate CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) Complex tags using XML Document Type Definition (DTD) simple visual bean. Install different Web Servers. Passing Parameter Using Html Form Send Redirect in Servlet Access Multiple values for a single parameter Get Initialization Parameter Names Determine whether the Session is New or Old Display session values Using Servlet Retrieve data from access table and print it using Servlet Print date Retrieving the data posted to a JSP file from HTML File IT 7051: Data Mining Lab Implementing association rule mining for a sample dataset. for a given dataset, list all candidate item sets by Candidate generation method Implementing Predictive Modeling Using Decision Trees Frequent item sets generation with FP-growth Algorithm Implementing classification techniques Association rule analysis with WEKA Performing Data Pre-processing for Data Mining with WEKA Performing clustering with WEKA Classification using the WEKA Tool Kit IT 7052: Wireless Networks Lab Implementation of Midlets and Midlet Networking Applications Menu design with MIDP GUI Interfaces Wireless Messaging API Java APIs for Bluetooth Wireless Technology IT 8051: Software Testing Tools Lab Unit testing implementations a) Logical decisions b) Loops Internal data and program structure Top-down and bottom-up integration testing Functional specification based testing and User Interface testing
Demonstration
Demonstration
Design Program Analysis Design Demonstration Design Demonstration Case Study Demonstration Demonstration Demonstration Prototype Case study Design Complex problem Investigation Design Complex problem Investigation Case study Design Problem Analysis Demonstration Problem Analysis Demonstration Demonstration Demonstration Demonstration Case Study Design Demonstration Design Design Demonstration
3,4 2 3,4 2 3 3,4 2 3 4 3.4 3,4 4 2 3 3 3,4
4 2 5 3,4 5 3,4 3,4 3,4 3,4 4 4 4 4 4 1
Problem Analysis Problem Analysis
2 2
80
Check Points using win Runner: a) GUI b) Bitmap c) Database d) Text Functional testing using Load Runner: a) Performance Testing b) Procedure Testing c) Configuration Testing Silk Tester for the following a) Load testing b) Usability Testing c) Storage testing Check Tester for the following: a) Recovery testing b) Load/Stress Testing c) Procedure testing Performance, Procedure, Configuration Tests by using Following tools a) Use CASE Tool b) Use HP Win Runner c) Use WET Web Tester d) Use CF-Test e) Use Load Runner
Demonstration
Problem Analysis
1,2
Demonstration
Problem Analysis
Case Study
Table 2.8: Laboratory tasks

Academic Year 2010-11 Project Title Area of specialization Contribution / Achievements/Research Output Best Real time implementation Published Best Implemented for Indian cars Published Best Published in IEEE xplore Digital library Best, Problem definition and implementation is good Published Best Real time implementation Average Live project Average Performance and report writing are good Average Implemented with MATLAB Average Outcome is satisfactory Average A new approach of problem
Number plate Localization using connected components Automatic number plate reorganization for Indian number plates using mat lab Automatic Text categorization
Computer vision
Computer vision
Web Mining
Contrast enhancement (adaptive histogram equalization) Text categorization using simple KNN algorithm Real time Report generation for rail testing at South central railway Face detection in videos using viola- Jones algorithm Skew detection and correction of images using matlab Video surveillance Comparative study of Contrast enhancement techniques
Image Processing
Text Mining
Data Mining Image Processing
Computer vision Web technologies Image processing
81
2011-12
A Novel Approach for Text Categorization of Unorganized Data based on Information Extraction Minimizing Delay and Maximizing Lifetime for Wireless Sensor Networks with Any cast Analysis of Effectiveness of Apriori Algorithm in Medical Billing Implementation of edge detection on Beagle embedded board Extraction of Facial features in video sequences for the Real-time Human Gender Recognition. Corpus based Automatic Text Summarization System with POS Tagging Data privacy in secure shared processing using commutative encryption symmetric crypto systems Text Summarization with Fuzzy Logic Clustering of Web Search Results
Text Mining
solving Best Real time implementation Best Problem definition and implementation is good Best Real time implementation Best Real time implementation Best Performance and report writing are good Best Real time implementation Average A new approach of problem solving Average Outcome is satisfactory Average Performance and report writing are good Average Implemented with NS2 Tool Average Real time implementation Best Real time implementation Best Problem definition and implementation is good Best Performance and report writing are good Best Real time implementation Best Real time implementation Average Outcome is satisfactory Average Performance and report writing are good Average Implemented with NS2 tool Average Performance and report writing are good Average Live project
Wireless Networks
Data Mining Computer Vision Computer Vision
Text Mining Network Security
Text Mining Web Mining
Route Stability in MANETs under the Random Direction Mobility Model Groups - Sharing Information 2012-13 Text Categorization using Distributional Features-Extension Multiple Routing configuration for fast IP n/w recovery Extracting acoustic features of driver for driver monitoring system Implementation of character segmentation & Template matching Algorithm using open CV for optical character reorganization Web Document Classification using FeaturesExtension Online Training and Placements Portal Localization of nonstandard licence plate
Wireless Networks Web Technologies and Development Text Mining Computer Networks
Computer Vision
Computer Vision
Web Mining Web technologies development Computer Vision
Methods for identifying security attacks Implementation of black box testing strategy
Network Security Software Engineering
Android application for academic student track
Operating Systems
Table 2.9: Best and Average Project
March 2013
82
2.3. Assessment of the attainment of Programme Outcomes (125) 2.3.1. Describe assessment tools and processes used for assessing the attainment of each (25)
Describe the assessment process that periodically documents and demonstrates the degree to which the Programme Outcomes are attained. Also include information on: a) A listing and description of the assessment processes used to gather the data upon which the evaluation of each the programme educational objective is based. Examples of data collection processes may include, but are not limited to, specific exam questions, student portfolios, internally developed assessment exams, senior project presentations, nationally-normed exams, oral exams, focus groups, industrial advisory committee; b) The frequency with which these assessment processes are carried out; Program Outcome Assessment Process
The step by step process for assessing program outcomes is tabulated in Table 2.10. The assessment process involved in the assessment of Program Outcomes is shown in Figure 2.7: Step 1: The Program coordinator analyses each outcome into elements (different abilities specified in the outcome) and a set of attributes are defined for each element (actions that explicitly demonstrate mastery of the abilities specified). In addition, generate well designed surveys to assess the outcome. Step 2: For each outcome define performance indicators (Assessment criteria) and their targets. Step 3: Identify/select courses that address the outcome (each course contributes to at least one of the outcomes). Hence, each outcome is assessed in several courses to ensure that students acquire an appropriate level in terms of knowledge/skills of an outcome. Step 4: The module coordinators collects the qualitative and quantitative data and were used for outcome assessment in a continual process. Step 5: The Program Assessment Committee analyze the collected data. If the assessed data meets the performance targets which are specified in step 2, the outcome is attained. Otherwise, consider step6. Step 6: The Department Advisory Board recommends content delivery methods/course outcomes/ curriculum improvements as needed. Table 2.10: Step-by-step process for assessing Program Outcomes
March 2013
83
Figure 2.7: Program Outcome Assessment process
Program Outcome assessment Tools Program Outcome 1: An ability to apply knowledge of computing, mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals appropriate to the discipline
Courses considered
Performance Criteria
Method of Assessment
Source for data collection
Target for Performance
Length of Assessment Cycle/when data is collected
March 2013
84
FY2005:C programming IT 3002: Basic Electrical Engineering IT 3004: Data Structures IT 3051: Data structures Lab IT 4002: Data Base Management Systems IT 4004: Object Oriented Programming IT 4005: Basic Electronics IT 4051: Data Base Management Systems Lab IT4052: Object Oriented Programming Lab IT 5001: Software Engineering IT 5002: Advanced Data Base Management System IT 5003: Design And Analysis of Algorithms IT 5005: Computer Networks IT 6001: Fundamentals Of Computer Vision IT 6002: Data Warehousing IT 6004: Network Security IT 6005: Web Programming and Development IT6052: Data Warehousing Lab IT6053: Web Technologies Lab IT 7001: Operations Research IT 7002: Data Mining IT 8001: Software Testing Methodologies
Applies knowledge of mathematics/Science principles to provide numerical solution to model the problem
Internal/External evaluation Home assignments/group tasks
FY2005: IT3002: CO3 IT3004: CO1 IT4002: CO1,CO2, CO3 IT4004: CO1,CO3 IT4005: CO4 IT4051: CO5 IT5003: CO1,CO3 IT6001: CO1,CO4 IT6004: CO1,CO3 IT4002: CO1,CO2, CO3 IT4051: CO5 IT6001: CO1,CO4 IT6004: CO1,CO3 IT3004: CO4,CO6 IT3051: CO1 IT4004: CO5 IT4052: CO3,CO4 IT5001: CO4 IT5002: CO2,CO5 IT5005: CO3,CO5 IT6002: CO4,CO5 IT6005: CO5,CO6 IT6052: CO2 IT6053: CO2 IT7001: CO2,CO3 IT7002: CO4,CO5 IT8001: CO2,CO5
2 years
70%
End of the semester
2 years End of the semester End of the program
Course end survey Graduate survey Alumni survey
70%
solve problems by computing principles effectively
70%
2 years End of the semester
Course end survey Graduate survey
Survey reports
60%
Program Outcome 2: An ability to analyze a problem, and identify and formulate the computing requirements appropriate to its solution.
Courses considered Performance Criteria Method of Assessment Source for data collection Target for Performance Length of Assessment Cycle/when
March 2013
85
data is collected
FY2005:C programming IT3004 Data Structures IT3005: Computer Organization IT4002: Database Management Systems IT4003: Operating System: Use and Configuration IT4004 Object Oriented Programming IT5001 Software Engineering IT5003: Design and Analysis of Algorithms IT5004: Java Programming IT 6005: Web Programming and Development IT7003:Object Oriented Analysis and Design IT 8001: Software Testing Methodologies IT 8052: Major Project Internal/External evaluation Home assignments/group tasks
IT3004: CO1 IT3005: CO2 IT4002: CO1,CO2 IT4003: CO1,CO2 IT4004: CO1, CO2 IT5001: CO1,CO2 IT5003: CO1,CO2 IT 7003:CO1
2 years
70%
Understand the definition of the problem to formulate its specifications
End of the semester
2 years Course end survey Graduate survey End of the semester End of the program
IT3004: CO4,CO6 IT3005: CO4,CO5 IT4002: CO3,CO4 IT4003: CO3,CO4,CO5 IT4004: CO3, CO5 IT5001:CO3 IT5003: CO3,CO4,CO5 IT5004: CO2 IT6005:CO1, CO2,CO5 IT 7003:CO3,CO4,CO5 IT 8001:CO1,CO2 IT8052:CO2,CO3
60%
Recognize the data requirements. Identify algorithms and specify the software tools, hardware requirements needed for a given problem
60%
Survey reports
50%
Program Outcome 3: An ability to design, implement, and evaluate a computer-based system, process, component, or program to meet desired needs with appropriate consideration for public health and safety, cultural, societal and environmental considerations.
Courses considered
March 2013
86
FY2005: IT3004: IT5001: IT5003: IT5004: IT7003:
2 years 70% End of the semester
FY2005:C programming IT 3004:Data Structures IT 5001:Design and Analysis of Algorithms IT 5003:Software Engineering IT 5004:Java Programming IT 7003: Object Oriented Analysis and Design
ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs within realistic constraints.
70%
2 years End of the semester End of the program After one year of graduation
70%
2 years End of the semester End of the program After one year of graduation
60%
Program Outcome 4: An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data
Courses considered
March 2013
87
FY1052:Basic Computing Lab FY2052:C Programming Lab IT 3051:Data Structures Lab IT 4051:DBMS Lab IT 4052:OOPs IT 6053:Web Technologies Lab IT 7053: Mini Project IT 8052: Major Project FY 1051:Engg. Chemistry Lab FY 1053:Workshop Practice FY 2051:Engg. Physics Lab IT 4053:Operating System Lab IT 5052:Networking Lab IT 7052:Wireless Networks Lab IT 7053: Mini Project IT 8052: Major Project IT 4051:DBMS Lab IT 7053: Mini Project IT 8052: Major Project
Designing the experiments: Selection of topic, identify problems, formulate questions, design and carry out experiments
Internal/External evaluation in lab practice Internal/External evaluation in project
Lab tasks Project Evaluation rubrics
Interpreting data: Faculty provides a set of data from which student discuss possible reasons for deviations between predicted and measured results from an experiment
2 years Course end survey Graduate survey Survey data 70% End of the semester End of the program
Program Outcome 5: An ability to use current techniques, skills, and modern tools necessary for computing practice.
Courses considered Performance Criteria Method of Assessment Source for data collection Target for Performance Length of Assessment Cycle/when data is collected
March 2013
88
IT 7052: Wireless networks lab IT 6054: Term paper IT 6054: Term paper IT7051:Mini Projects IT8052: Major Projects
Explore the new tool and able to develop programs/reports Use current software development methodologies, processors, web and internet development tools and techniques
Internal/External evaluation in lab practice and project evaluation
Lab tasks Term paper, Mini and Major projects rubrics
2 years Course end survey Graduate survey End of the semester End of the program
Survey data
50%
Program Outcome 6: An ability to analyze local and global impact of computing on individuals, organizations and society.
2 years Implementation of design methodologies and usage of advanced techniques in problem solving. Internal/External evaluation Term paper, Mini and Major projects rubrics 70% End of the semester 2 years Course end survey Graduate survey End of the semester End of the program
Courses considered
IT5002: Advanced Database Management System IT6002 : Data Warehousing IT7002: Data Mining IT 6054: Term paper IT7051:Mini Projects IT8052: Major Projects
Survey data
50%
Program Outcome 7: Knowledge of contemporary issue

Performance Criteria Method of Assessment Target for Performance Length of Assessment Cycle/when data is
Courses considered
March 2013
89
collected
2 years embedded questions Internal/External evaluation and home assignment Rubrics Home assignment tasks Rubrics data 70% End of the semester
FY 1006: Professional Ethics IT 6004: Network Security IT 8002: ECommerce (Elective)
Understand various security issues and approaches related to webcommerce, Ecash, Visa cards
2 years Course end survey Graduate survey Alumni survey Survey data 70% End of the semester End of the program 2 years
Participation and attaining credit in any of the student practice courses (SP) NSS (SPA 906) NCC (SPA 907) Social service (SPA 908) Rural development (SPA 909).
No. of students who gained credits in this category of SPA Identify the contemporary societal issues Course end survey Graduate survey Alumni survey
Service units
40%
End of the semester End of the program 2 years End of the semester End of the program
Survey data
50%
Program Outcome 8: An understanding of professional, ethical, legal, security and social issues and responsibilities
2 years Internal/External evaluation Evaluation data, Major project rubrics 70% End of the semester
Courses considered
FY1006 : Professional Ethics IT 8052: Major Project IT 8002 E-Commerce (Elective)
Understand ethical issues relevant to information technology
March 2013
90
2 years Course end survey Graduate survey End of the semester End of the program Knowledge of code of ethics as outlined by various professional societies (e.g. IEEE, ACM) Understand the concept of plagiarism and its effects
Survey data
50%
Workshops by ACM student chapter on Ethics and professional conduct
2 years Number of students participation Annual report 70% End of the semester
Program Outcome 9: An ability to function effectively individually and on teams, including diverse and multidisciplinary, to accomplish a common goal.
2 years 70% End of the semester 2 years Course end survey Graduate survey Alumni End of the semester End of the program
IT6051: Computer Vision Lab IT6052: Data Warehousing Lab IT7052: Mini Project IT 8052: Major Project
Information gathering, design, implementation presentations and reports Work in individual and team
Internal/External evaluation Rubrics
Mini and Major projects rubrics data
Survey data
50%
Program Outcome 10: An ability to communicate effectively with a range of audiences.

Courses considered Performance Criteria Method of Assessment Source for data collection Target for Performance Length of Assessment Cycle/when data is 91
March 2013
collected
FY2003: Technical English and Communication Skills IT 3052: Communication skills Lab IT 6054: Term paper IT7051:Mini Projects IT8052: Major Projects Oral and written communication shown by the students in curriculum Internal/External evaluation 2 years Rubrics 70% End of the semester 2 years End of the semester End of the program Workshops and seminars participated in other institutions and our institute. 2 years Annual report 60% End of the semester
Course end survey Graduate survey Alumni
Survey data
50%
Program Outcome 11: Recognition of the need for and an ability to engage in continuing professional development.
2 years Rubrics 70% End of the semester 2 years Course end survey Graduate survey Alumni End of the semester End of the program
IT 6054: Term paper IT7051:Mini Projects IT8052: Major Projects
Independently identify and use information sources (such as textbooks, scientific and technical journals, library system as a whole, World Wide Web and tools) to accomplish a given assignment
Internal/External evaluation
Survey data
50%
March 2013
92
Recognize the importance of professional development
Membership and participation in Professional body activities Unsupervised projects done on the interest of students Participation in Paper presentations, workshops and seminars/Internships/ Visits to industry Appearance and Qualification in GATE and PGCET Annual report 60%
Program Outcome 12: An understanding of engineering and management principles and apply these to ones own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects
2 years Rubrics 70% End of the semester 2 years End of the semester End of the program IT7051:Mini Projects IT8052: Major Projects Learn to apply planning, organizing, motivating, and controlling resources to achieve specific goals
IT 6003: Engineering Economics and Management
Understand different scientific methods used in various departments of organization.
Course end survey Graduate survey Alumni
Survey data
50%
Rubrics
70%
March 2013
93
2 years Course end survey Graduate survey Alumni End of the semester End of the program
Survey data
50%
Table 2.11: Assessment process of all program outcomes
2.3.2. Indicate results of assessment of each PO (100)

c) The expected level of attainment for each of the program outcomes; d) Summaries of the results of the evaluation processes and an analysis illustrating the extent to which each of the programme outcomes are attained; and e) How the results are documented and maintained.
The program outcomes are assessed with the help of course outcomes of the relevant courses through direct and indirect methods. Direct measures are provided through direct examinations or observations of student knowledge or skills against measureable course outcomes. The knowledge and skills described by the course outcomes are mapped to specific problems on internal exams/home assignment/group task. Throughout the semester the faculty records the performance of each student on each course outcome. The sample course assessment is enclosed in APPENDIX III. At the end of the semester students receive grades from external exams. Indirect assessment strategies are implemented by embedding them in the course end survey, Graduate survey and Alumni Survey which are enclosed in APPENDIX V & VI Finally, program outcomes are assessed with above mentioned data and Program Assessment Committee concludes the Po attainment level. The sample PO assessment is enclosed in APPENDIX IV Program Outcomes Assessment and Attainment Program Outcome 1: An ability to apply knowledge of computing, mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals appropriate to the discipline The program assessment committee reviews all course outcomes which are relevant to this PO. Specifically the task was to review the course outcome assessment results towards PO assessment for each course and to draw some conclusion on how the program outcomes are attained. This program outcome is considered as two sub program outcomes namely ability of applying the knowledge of mathematics and sciences and Engineering/Computing fundamentals. The abilities are broadly assessed with programming skills, logical thinking, problem solving and design of engineering
March 2013
94
problems. The student ability in apply knowledge of mathematics/Science principles to provide numerical solution to model the problem is evaluated with course outcomes towards tabulated courses. From the tabulated courses, one course IT 3004 Data structures is considered as an example for assessment. Tools for assessment are both direct and indirect tools which are specified in the above Table. The Course Outcome 1: able to interpret and compute asymptotic notations of an algorithm to analyze the consumption of resources (time/space) is related to this program outcome. For the assessment of this CO, the question Write a C program to construct a Data structure where Traversal requires less space complexity and traversal is allowed in both directions is given in Assignment-I. From the scripts analysis, it is observed that above 70% of students performed well. Likewise, other question is Write a program to solve the following problem: You have two jugs, a 4-gallon and a 3-gallon. Neither of the jugs has markings on them. There is a pump that can be used to fill the jugs with water. How can you get exactly two gallons of water in the 4 gallon jug? is given in Sessional-II. This involves solving of computing fundamentals. This is related to course outcomes 4: Identify, model, solve and develop code for real life problems like shortest path and MST using graph theory and course outcome 6: Identify appropriate data structure and algorithm for a given contextual problem and develop in C. More than 75% students are good in course attainment. The number of students appeared and succeeds in internal exams/home assignment for the example course is shown in Figure 2.8 and Figure 2.9.
March 2013
95
Number of Students
160 140 120 100 80 60 40 20 0
Assig Assig Sessi Sessi nmen nmen onalonal-I t-I t-II II AY:2011-12
Assig Assig Sessi Sessi nmen nmen onalonal-I t-I t-II II AY:2012-13 140 140 79 140 68 24 140 137 120 140 85 65
Registered Appeared Attained
146 146 105
143 97 84
144 144 130
144 111 99
Figure 2.8: Direct assessment analysis for IT 3004
Number of students
160 140 120 100 80 60 40 20 0
AY:2011-12 149 103 44
AY:2012-13 140 127 10
Registered Completely attained Attained
Figure 2.9: Home Assignment analysis for IT 3004 The same type of analysis is done for all course outcomes related to this PO which are mentioned in the Table.2.12
A: Appeared
P: Performed to the expectation*
moderately attained
strongly attained
Direct Assessment methods Course : CO Assignment 1 Sessional 1 Assignment 2 Sessional 2 Practical Session Q3 Home Assignment Attainment level of CO
Q1
Q2
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q1
Q2
Q1
Q2
March 2013
96
P
104
A
114
P
104
A/P
114
A/P
102
FY2005:CO1 IT3002: CO3 IT3004: CO1 IT4002:CO1
111
113
114 105
78
113
148
123
IT4002:CO2 IT4002:CO3
12 8 10 6 91 63
14 8
77
IT4004: CO1
IT4004:CO3 IT4005: CO4 IT4051: CO5

12 6 98 12 5 87 47 63 40 9 8 111 64
13 2
68
127
128
IT5003: CO1
IY5004:CO3 IT6004: CO1 IT6004:CO3
112
Table 2.12: Assessment results of sample courses for program outcome 1 In the same way the PO assessmet is done using course end survey, Grduate survey. Finally, the PO assessment is evaluated with the following equation.
In direct assessment methods Survey Data Survey type Course end survey Question Number of Responses 148 Satisfaction number 136
Have you learned the fundamental principles underlying the major areas of mathematics and sciences in your courses? Have you applied knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering / computing, fundamentals in solving engineering problems in your program? What is your general impression of the Bachelors degree program in Mathematics and Sciences?
148
108
75 75
64 52
Graduate survey
Are you able to develop a broad appreciation for mathematics and science both as a discipline and as a
March 2013
97
tool for solving real world problems
Table 2.13:Indirect assessment methods to assess Program outcome 1
PO Assessment =
= ( )
+ Indirect Assessment data
Where m = Number of course outcomes considered for PO assessment
From the above Figure 2.8 and 2.9, it is noticed that in home assignment tasks Course outcomes 4 and 6 are partially attained in the A.Y 2011-12 due to improper content delivery method for the specific concept. In the A.Y. 2012-13, the performance of the students improved towards the attainment of course outcomes 4 and 6 by adopting the POGIL Teaching and Learning method. Similarly, the PO assessment is done for the remaining course outcomes for tabulated courses. At the end based on PO assessment function, it is concluded that students achieved up to 98% towards the abilities in programming skills, logical thinking, problem solving and design of engineering problems related to mathematics and sciences. Evidences: Internal and external exam papers for these courses are available in examination section. Course end survey, Graduate survey, and Alumni Survey documents files are available in the department office. Program Outcome 2: An ability to analyze a problem, and identify and formulate the computing requirements appropriate to its solution. The program assessment committee reviews all course outcomes relevant to this PO. Specifically the task was to review the courses assessment results towards PO assessment for each course and to draw some conclusion on how the program outcomes attained. This program outcome is considered as two sub program outcomes namely: Analyze a given problem and Identify and define the computing requirements for a given problem
98
which are appropriate to its solution The ability of the students in understanding the description and definition of the problem is assessed from the term paper and apply this knowledge in development of mini and major projects. The student ability to analyze a problem, and identify and formulate the computing requirements appropriate to its solution is evaluated with the above mentioned PO assessment equation with course outcomes towards tabulated courses. From the tabulated courses, one course IT 3004 Data structures is considered as an example to illustrate the assessment. Tools for assessment are both direct and indirect tools which are specified in the above Table.
The question asked in the Assignment I in the year 2011-12 "Write a program in C to evaluate a postfix expression? meets the CO1: Interpret and compute asymptotic notations of an algorithm to analyze the consumption of resources (time/space). In understanding the problem, the question was answered by all the students and 72% of students attained. The question asked in the Sessional II in the year 2011-12 To explain Dijkstras algorithm for a given graph? CO4: Identify, model, solve and develop code for real life problems like shortest path and MST using graph theory. Above 80% of the students answered this question and 89% of these students attained the desired criteria of attainment. The question asked in Assignment I in the year 2012-13 "Execute a search algorithm in C Language for unsorted data whose time complexity is o(n) meets the CO1: Interpret and compute asymptotic notations of an algorithm to analyze the consumption of resources (time/space). The above 70% of students have attempted this question and only 56% of the students attained. So CO is in the moderate attained state of level. Later the similar type of question was asked in Sessional II in the year 2012-13 Write a recursive C code for all traversal techniques in a non linear data structures whose time complexity is O(logn) meets the CO1. In this case 63% have attempted and 96% of the students have attained. So CO is strongly attained. The number of students appeared and succeeds in internal exams/home assignment for the example course is shown in Figure 2.10 to Figure 2.12.
March 2013
99
146 146 105
143 84 73
144 144 144 130 111 99
140 140 79
140
Registered Answered 140137 140 116 95 89 85 63
Sessional II
Assignment II
2011-12
2012-13
Figure 2.10: analysis of IT 3004

160 140 120 100 80 60 40 20 0
Number of Students
Assig Assig Sessio Sessio nmen nmen nal I nal II tI t II 2010-11
Assig Assig Sessio Sessio nmen nmen nal I nal II tI t II 2011-12 117 114 80 117 113 98 117 114 110 117 110 78
Registered Answered Attained
137 118 90
137 110 90
137 116 115
137 110 100
Figure 2.11: analysis of IT 6005
March 2013
Assignment II
Assignment I
Assignment I
Sessional II
Sessional I
Sessional I
100
Strongly Competent 105 90
Competent 95
Beginner 108
26 14 14 11
25 13
17
Problem Statement
Requirement Specifications 2010-11
Problem Statement
Requirement Specifications
2011-12
Figure 2.12: analysis of IT 8052 The same type of analysis is done for all course outcomes related to this PO which are mentioned in Table 2.14.
A: Appeared
moderately attained
strongly attained
Direct Assessment methods Course : CO Assignment 1 Sessional 1 Assignment 2 Sessional 2 Practical Session Q3
P A P A/P A/P
Home Assignment
Attainment level of CO
Q1
A 14 6 P 12 6
Q2
A P
Q1
A 10 0 P 9 6
Q2
A P
Q3
A P
Q1
A 14 4 P 1 2 8
Q2
A P
Q1
A P
Q2
A
IT3004:CO1 IT3004:CO4
111 9 7 8 4
99
145/128
IT3004:CO6
146
1 0
84
73
March 2013
101
5 147 6 0 12 1 61 83 42 145/92 10 6
IT3005:CO2
IT3005:CO4 IT3005:CO5 IT4002:CO1

67
IT4002:CO2 IT4002:CO3
91 126 7 4 117 6 9 96 1 1 1
66
IT4004: CO1
IT4004:CO3 IT4004:CO5
10 4
65
145/126
136
IT5001: CO1
62
54
IT5001:CO2
62 45 10 6 114 6 9 6 6 50 3 3 13 7 8 9 77 58
1 0 6
8 7
13 7
8 9 145/118
IT5001:CO3
IT5003: CO1
7 5
98
84
4 7
3 2
71
61
IT5003: CO2
IT5003:CO3
7 4
5 9 11 6 9 7 145/118
IT5003:CO4
78 5 6
IT5004:CO2
IT5004:CO4
10 8 98 10 2
8 6
7 8
145/132
IT6005:CO1
IT6005:CO2 IT6005:CO5
112
112
10 2 145/105 145/96
145/126
IT8052:CO2 IT8052:CO3
March 2013
102
Table 2.14: Assessment results of sample courses for program outcome 2 In addition, the PO assessmet is done with the indirect assessment methods like surveys as shown in Table 2.15. Finally, the PO assessment is evaluated with the following equation.
In direct assessment methods Survey Data Survey type Question Number of Responses
148 Satisfaction number
Course end survey
Are you understand thoroughly the description and definition of the given problem For a given task, are able to write a computing solution
136
148
108
Graduate survey
Are you able to analyze a problem and formulate the computing requirements appropriate to its solution
75
52
PO Assessment =
= ( )
In the micro analysis of the internal marks of IT 6005, the average attainments are 87.03% and 83.80% in the years 2010-11 and 2011-12 respectively. It is a clear evidence that the students are capable in understanding and formulating the computing requirements of the given problem which is suitable to its solution. IT 8052 is assessed with the predefined rubrics. From Figure 2.12, it clearly signifies that as compared to the year 2010-11, there was an increase in clear understanding of the
103
problem and identifying the computing requirements needed to its solution. This is achieved with the help of conducting Guest lecturers/seminars/workshops in the department. Group Tasks are assigned to the students to solve using the new technologies based on already learnt technologies so that they can check the optimality interms of cost and time complexities. To make Students become globally talented, they should be a registered member of online courses like Coursera, MOOC etc., Student is get recognized globally if he/she is certified by third agency. So students are encouraged to obtain professional certifications in the core area from different vendors like Brain Bench, Microsoft, Oracle etc Similarly, the PO assessment is done for the remaining course outcomes for tabulated courses. At the end based on PO assessment function, it is concluded that students achieved up to 72% towards the abilities in understanding the definition of the problem and recognize the data requirements and output of a problem. Evidences: Internal and external exam papers for these courses are available in the examination section. Samples copies of Term Paper, Mini Project and Major Project are available in the department Library. Program Outcome 3: An ability to design, implement, and evaluate a computer-based system, process, component, or program to meet desired needs with appropriate consideration for public health and safety, cultural, societal and environmental considerations. This outcome is assessed using direct and indirect assessment methods with selected courses and student participation in research projects. The student is able to design a system which may consist of components or processes which should be realistic in terms of its functions. The student should also be able to evaluate the performance of the system. The program assessment committee is reviewed all course outcomes which are relevant to this PO. Specifically the task was to review the courses assessment results towards PO assessment for each course and to draw some conclusion on how the program outcomes attained. This program outcome is considered as two sub program outcomes namely Mathematics and sciences and Engineering/Computing fundamentals. The abilities
104
listed in Table? are broadly assessed with programming skills, logical thinking, problem solving and design of engineering problems. The student ability in apply mathematics/Science principles to provide numerical solution to model the problem is evaluated with the PO assessment equation with course
outcomes towards tabulated courses.
From the tabulated courses, three course IT 5001, IT 5003 and IT 6005 are considered as an example for assessment and the analysis is shown in Figure 2.13. Tools for assessment are both direct and indirect tools which are specified in the above Table. For the CO assessments, the entire students evaluation data is collected and analyzed with a focus on attainment of PO.
160 140 120 100 80 60 40 20 0 Sess-1 Sess-2 Sess-1 Sess-2 ASS-1 Sess-1 Sess-2 Ass-1 Ass-2 Ass-1 Ass-2 Ass-2
0-5 05--07 07--10
DAA 2012-13
SE 2012-13
WT 2011-12
Figure 2.13: analysis of IT 5001, IT 5003 and IT 6005 The same type of analysis is done for all course outcomes related to this PO which are mentioned in Table2.16.
A: Appeared
moderately attained
strongly attained
Direct Assessment methods Course : CO Assignment 1 Sessional 1 Assignment 2 Sessional 2 Practical Session Q3
P A P A/P A/P
Home Assignment
Q1
A P
Q2
A P
Q1
A P
Q2
A P
Q3
A P
Q1
A P
Q2
A P
Q1
A P
Q2
A
March 2013
105
FY2005:CO4 IT3004: CO2 IT3004: CO5 IT3004: CO6

1 0 4 8 2 1 0 2 1 0 0
12 3
109
130/115
136
111
IT5001: CO1
137
89
IT5001: CO4
IT5001: CO5
53
38
8 5 4 7
5 9 3 2
81
66
IT5003: CO4
5 0 3 3 77 58 7 4 5 9 5 0 33
98
84
71
61
IT5004:CO3
IT5004:CO4
IT5004:CO5 IT6004: CO3 IT6004:CO4

112 98
77
58
7 4
5 9
1 1 3 86 54
8 7
IT7003:CO4 IT7003:CO5
92
65
Table 2.16: Assessment results of sample courses for program outcome 3 In addition, the PO assessment is done with the indirect assessment methods like surveys. Finally, the PO assessment is evaluated with the following equation.
Satisfaction number
Course end survey
Are you able to demonstrate an understanding of professional responsibility issues as they relate to public
148
108
March 2013
106
interest, health, and safety?
Graduate survey
Do you follow non-technical constraints such as environmental, social, political, ethical, health and safety, and sustainability? In problem definition processes, do you consider broad determinants of health by using the domains social, natural and economic environment?
75 75 45
64 52 32
Alumni survey
PO Assessment =
= ( )
In the micro analysis of the internal marks of IT 3004, the average attainments are 81% and 92% in the years 2010-11 and 2011-12 respectively. It is clearly evident that the students have capability to design, implement, and evaluate a computer-based system. From the analysis of FY 2005, noticed that the students are succeed in learning how to write modular, efficient and readable C programs, utilize pointers to efficiently solve problems and use functions from the portable C library. Form the Figure 2.13, it observed that basic techniques for design and analysis of algorithms and the problems in NP-complete are thoroughly analyzed by the students. Course outcome 4 is strongly attained and there by PO attained in the A.Y 2011-12. Similarly, the PO assessment is done for the remaining course outcomes for tabulated courses. At the end based on PO assessment function, it is concluded that students achieved up to 78% towards the abilities in design, implement and evaluate a process or program for a given problem. Evidences: Sample copies of internal examinations are available in the department examination cell. Course end survey, Graduate survey and Alumni survey documents files are available in the department office The assessment rubric given prior to the students published in the department website: http://www.vrsiddhartha.ac.in/it and notice board.
Program Outcome 4: An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data
March 2013
107
The program outcome refers to the four different learning levels of Blooms taxonomy as: Designing experiments, Conducting experiments, Analyzing data, Interpreting data. The order of difficulty flows from top to bottom. Students are able to select topic, identify problems, formulate questions, design and carry out experiments in various lab courses in the program curriculum. Faculty provides a set of data from which student analyzes the data, discuss possible reasons for deviations between predicted and measured results from an experiment. From the lab courses, this outcome is assessed with student abilities in design, test analytical and experimental solutions. The evaluation is done based on how the student designed solution for a given problem and draw conclusions from a range of results. The program assessment committee is reviewed all course outcomes which are relevant to this PO. Specifically the task was to review the courses assessment results towards PO assessment for each course and to draw some conclusion on how the program outcomes attained. From the tabulated courses, one course IT 3051 Data structures Lab is considered as an example for assessment. Tools for assessment are both direct and indirect tools which are specified in the Table.2.11 The course is conducted in a challenge lab fashion where the student is provided the basic knowledge and he/she is asked to design the experiment in an inquiry model. The student estimates the data structure model needed to get the desired output (provided by the faculty), identify variables required and executes the program. Some of the tasks given to the students in Academic year 2011-12 as challenge lab is provided below.
1. How many temporary pointers do you require to traverse in a linked list whose node structure has only one address field? Reduce the number of pointers used by modifying the structure of the node. 2. Consider the railway switching network in the figure below. Railroad cars are numbered from 0,1,2,3,4,5,6. All these cars are on the right in the order shown. Each car has to be brought on to the maintenance track one by one. If maintenance is completed the car can be send to the left. What data structure will you use to implement if this process is completely automated. Write code for this.
3. Set A Input 1 : Key : Output 1: Input 2 : Key : Output 2:

12 6 8 5 6 6 Key value 6 is present at index 2. 12 0 9 6 7 6 Key value 6 is present at index 4.
92
March 2013
108
Input 3 : Key : Output 3: Input 1 : Key : Output 1: Input 2 : Key : Output 2: Input 3 : Key : Output 3:
12 0 9 6 7 5 3 8 Key value 8 is not present. Set B 12 6 8 5 6 92 4 6 Key value 6 is present at index 2. Key value 6 is present at index 5. 12 0 9 6 7 5 3 6 Key value 6 is present at index 4. 12 0 9 6 7 5 3 8 Key value 8 is not present. Analyze the data sets A, B and interpret what modifications are to be done in code.
Even though the same course during the academic year 2010-11 is not conducted in the challenge fashion the performance in the end examination is nearly the same. But the difference is identified during the course end survey and viva-voce as a part of semester end examination and is shown in Figure 2.14. Similarly, the course IT 6051: Computer Vision Lab use both challenge lab method and analyze data, methods. In general the experiments given to the students in challenging way yielded good skill set for the students. Some experimentation part in computer vision lab deals with analyzing and interpreting data. Sample experiments in this fashion are given below.
1. Apply Gaussian smoothening in OpenCV on the image with varies values and analyse the blurring factor. Also tabulate a chart indicating the variations with changes in . 2. Given the data set of images with faces and face detection function, experiment and interpret in which images face detection is not perfect. Identify the situations to be considered for 100% accuracy.
AY 2010-11 54% 20% 60%
AY 2011-12
36% 20% 10%
Design experiments
Able to conduct Need help to experiments on conduct experiment own
Figure 2.14: analysis of IT 3051 based on student capability of doing experiment

109
The same type of analysis is done for all course outcomes related to this PO which are mentioned in Table.
A: Appeared
moderately attained
strongly attained
Table 2.18: Assessment results of sample courses for program outcome 4

Direct assessment methods Course : CO
Designing experiments
A P 8 7 6 8 8 11 10 8 11 6 7 7 10 10 16 9 10 8 6 5 6 8 6 7 8 8 9 5 6 5 8 8 14 8 8 6 A
Conducting experiments
P 8 7 6 8 8 11 10 8 11 6 7 7 10 10 16 9 10 8 8 7 6 8 8 11 10 8 11 6 7 7 10 10 16 9 10 8 A
Analyzing data
Interpret data
P 8 7 6 8 8 11 10 8 11 6 7 7 10 10 16 9 10 8 6 5 6 8 6 7 8 8 9 5 6 5 8 8 14 8 8 6
A 8 7 6 8 8 11 10 8 11 6 7 7 10 10 16 9 10 8
P 6 5 6 8 6 7 8 8 9 5 6 5 8 8 14 8 8 6
FY1051: FY1052: FY1053: FY2051: FY2052: IT3051: IT3052: IT4051: IT4052: IT4053: IT5051: IT5052: IT6051: IT6052: IT6053: IT7052: IT7053 IT8052
In addition, the PO assessment is done with the indirect assessment methods like surveys.
110
By the end of the course what level of change has you noticed in taking the programming challenge by your self Are you able to design your problem statement and experiment on it before your customer requires it.
108
74
62
Table 2.19:Indirect assessment methods to assess Program outcome 4 Finally, the PO assessment is evaluated with the following equation.
= ( )
PO Assessment =
It is evident that the students ability in AY 2012-13 to design experiment has improved consistently by having a challenge based laboratory style. It is not the intent to say that the structured experiments does not meet the CO but implementing Student designed Inquiry based and challenge based laboratories can serve as models to help students develop the basic skills as well as the basis for more complex experimentation. However, the design of experiments, a very high-level skill, requires several opportunities for practice and a variety of laboratory experiments. Hence, in our courses we are trying to have more open-ended experiments. In summary, considering the various courses of the program it is evident that the student is able to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data. Also, acquire all the higher level of practical skills. The survey reports aggregate leads to 72% which can be retrieved that the CO and there by PO is attained but it is necessary to take more initiations and innovations in conducting these courses in future years. Evidences: Course end survey, Graduate survey and Alumni Survey documents files are available in the department office Course manuals, lab experiments list of courses are placed in department office.
March 2013
111
Program Outcome 5: An ability to use current techniques, skills, and modern tools necessary for computing practice. The integral role of a graduate ability to use modern operating systems, computing languages, environments and tools is used for measuring this outcome. Utilizing the wide range of internet tools, techniques and hardware is assessed from the courses tabulated in the above Table, rubrics and survey reports. Experiments, programs and home assignments are conducted for the courses IT 6051, IT 6052 (as per new curriculum IT 7052, IT 8051 are not yet started).The analysis is based on the performance of the student in the internal performance of laboratory and is provided in Figure 2.15. The analysis spot lights the ability of ease in using and adapting to the new tools of students
Analysis of IT 6051, IT 6052 in terms of guidence to new tool Implemented solution with minimal guidence Implemented solution with guidence 99 50 95 54
IT 6051
IT 6052
Figure 2.15: Analysis for guidance required for new tool IT 7051 course work is evaluated with the student performance in a dimension of their expertise of using modern tools or current technology to develop the modules. As the project work starts initially from this course work, students showed much interest towards the modern programming languages and tools that they were aware of. The Figure 2.16 shows the status of the abilities exhibited in developing modules. Figure 2.17 shows the percentage of students utilizing different tools. The modern tools used by the students during IT 8052 is shown in Figure 2.17 to Figure 2.19. It shows a constant improvement in using the modern tools from previous years.
March 2013
112
76
Selection of tool and technique 84 45 38 16 Highly competence Beginner Competent Competent
4 Beginner 18% 25% 8 Beginner
Highly competence
AY 2010-11
AY 2010-11
Figure 2.16 :Performance analysis based on selection of tools

AY 2010-11 40% 45% 17% 15% 20% AY 2011-12
12%
J2EE/C#
Web technologies
Data mining
Computer vision
Figure 2.17: Tools used by students in developing mini projects

Selection of tool and technique 81 25 Highly competence Competent 24 Beginner Highly competence 99 26 Competent AY 2010-11
AY 2010-11
Figure 2.18: Performance analysis based on selection of tools
March 2013
113
Analysis of IT 8052 based on tools used AY 2010-11 45% 40% 25% 20% 20% 15% 14% 9%9% 12% 27% 24% 5%8% 4%8% AY 2011-12
Figure 2.19 : Tools used by students in developing major projects Some students apart from the projects done in IT 7051 and IT 8052 develop modules and projects as part of student research initiatives. Weber a social networking site, Beagle board an animal board with entirely different environment, Arduino board, (a micro controller with special features, Social Mining (mining twitter tweets) are some of the project initiatives where students are motivated and use modern tools, hardware and technology. Based on the above analysis it is concluded that this PO is attained in the program. In addition, this PO is assessed with the help of indirect assessment methods such as surveys. The survey reports shows that, above 65% of reports in satisfactory level.
How strong are you in using and implementing the new tools?
108
Given a new tool or environment how much confident are you to utilize and develop with it. Are you flexible in using new software/environment?
74
62
Alumni survey
53
46
Table 2.20 :Indirect assessment methods to assess Program outcome 5
March 2013
114
Evidences: Sample copies and evaluation copies of Term Paper, Mini Project and Major Project are available in the department Library. Course end survey, Graduate survey and Alumni survey documents files are available in the department office The assessment rubric given prior to the students published in the department website: http://www.vrsiddhartha.ac.in/it and notice board.
Program Outcome 6: An ability to analyze local and global impact of computing on individuals, organizations and society. The ability of students in terms of design, manipulate and manage databases is assessed by internal and external examinations with the above tabulated courses. And this outcome is assessed by students participation in presentations of conference papers, seminars organized by other colleges/universities by learning implementation design methodologies and usage of advanced techniques in problem solving. Experiments, programs and home assignments are conducted for the courses IT 5002 and IT 6002.The analysis is based on the performance of the student in the internal and external is provided in Figure 2.20. IT 6054, IT7053 and IT8052 course works are asses with rubrics to evaluate the student performance in their expertise to develop the modules. The students showed much interest towards the current techniques and tools. In addition, this PO is assessed with the help of indirect assessment methods such as surveys. The survey reports show that, above 45% of reports in satisfactory level.
Course end survey
Do you have a personal perspective on the importance of computing todays world? Will leisure time increase due to the use of computers in society? How will you use it if it does? How will you describe "invasion of privacy, a computer threat and its impact on individual, organizations and
March 2013
108
Graduate survey
74
62
115
society? Alumni survey Does your education give an understanding the impact of the discipline on relevant social issues?
53 46

80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 2012-13 ADBMS 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012
Data Warehousing and Data Mining Excellent Good Average
Figure 2.20 : Result analysis in IT5002 and IT6002
Knowledge 81
Comprehension 85 75 54
Application 86 76 58 88
75 57 65
73
2010-11 Term Paper
2011-12
2010-2011 MiniProject and Major Project
2011-2012
Figure 2.21: Result analysis in Mini, Major projects and Term paper
March 2013
116
A score of 2.45 over 3 is derived from the PO attainment rubric which shows that PO is achieved. Good performance was shown by students in the A.Y 2011-12 in IT8004 and for IT5002 an average performance is achieved.
Evidences:
Sample copies of internal examinations are available in the department examination cell. Samples copies of Term paper, Mini Project and Major Project are available in the department Library. Annual report of the department for workshops, seminars, professional body activities, is placed in department office. Exit survey, Alumni and Employer Survey documents files are available in the department office. The assessment rubric given prior to the students published in the department website: http://www.vrsiddhartha.ac.in/it and notice board. Result analysis of IT 5002, IT8004 are placed in the department office. Program Outcome 7: Knowledge of contemporary issue Our program is expected to equip future engineers not only with professional knowledge, abilities and skills but also the ability to address Environmental and safety issues Global and Societal issues These abilities were assessed with the tabulated courses from the above Table during the program with the help of direct and indirect assessment tools. To identify the importance of understand and discuss the societal and contemporary issues as part of Program level statistics and survey reports are considered. At the end of every academic year annual report is developed where the statistics of students who have participated in professional bodies/ student chapters/workshops/seminars/conferences/paper presentations/internships/industry visit etc.. is prepared.ACM Student chapter and department student organization SUMMIT conducts debates and group discussions on contemporary issues like Effects of Facebook utilization on student community-a platform for discussing issues or a privacy threat. Over depending on Google hinders the natural way of learning things? Is reservation hindering the Indian growth? Is hanging terrorists necessary or objectionable? How often do you use Right to information act?
Apart from this the students participate widely in Blood donation camps Greenery enrichment programs
117
Participate in road safety workshop conducted by Traffic Police, Vijayawada In order to exposes the students in identifying the contemporary issues, understanding the global and societal context to fulfill community and societal needs a test questionnaire is given to final year students. It consists of questions, asking students about contemporary issues and sometimes asks them to discuss each in a short paragraph. Number of Students answered appropriate to the questionnaire is considered as one of the assessment tool. Sample Questionnaire is given to final year students during AY 2011-12 is shown below.
S.No Question Total no. of students Answered 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. RTI is a powerful act. What did it say? Estimate the average salary offer to IT engineers graduating with a bachelors degree? What is the Ladli scheme of government of India? How can we protect ourselves against Internet hackers? Are electronic voting machines a good idea? What do you know about HIV 65 132 46 130 132 130 53 130 40 130 130 127 Answered correctly
Table 2.22: Student performance in contemporary issues questionnaire For understanding the social effects of malware and the effects of computing and networking on society selected tabulated curriculum courses are assessed where more than 95% students gained knowledge. The analysis is shown in Figures 2.22 to 2.24. Even a considerable number of student increments are shown for student performance, courses improvising the attainment towards the PO. In addition, students participation in co curricular activities like participation in debate, general quiz, group discussions etc. during the activities of student chapters is considered for the assessment of this PO.
March 2013
118
Assessment of FY 1006 IT, 6004, IT 8002, SP FY 1006 129 130 IT 6004 130 IT 8002 132 Paticipation in SP 133 133
27
32
No. of students AY 2010-11
No. of students AY 2011-12
Figure 2.22: Analysis for curriculum aspect of knowledge in contemporary issues

Analysis of questionnaire on contemporary issues Total no. of students answered 132130 130130 Answered correctly 132130 130127
65
53
46 40
Figure 2.23: Analysis for questionnaire for assessing knowledge in contemporary issues
Analysis of activities conducted and student participation in events No. of events in 2010-11 No. of participants 2010-11 160 0 8 0 No. of events in 2011-12 No. of participants 2011-12 219 190 5 12 SUMMIT activites 20 32 57 64
ACM student chapter activities
Workshops and seminars
Figure 2.24: Analysis for co-curricular aspects of knowledge in contemporary issues
March 2013
119
In addition, this PO is assessed with the help of indirect assessment methods such as surveys. The survey reports show that, above 45% of reports in satisfactory level.
How often do you participate in events related to societal issues? Did you ever participate in NGO activities or any external social welfare association during the college? Are you participating in any social welfare activities Are you able to implement global issues, security and safety issues learnt during your course?
65
72
45
65 65
28 25
Table 2.23:Indirect assessment methods to assess Program outcome 7 Evaluating the curricular, extracurricular and survey assessments, it is evident that a positive impact is being made throughout the curriculum in developing knowledge and an awareness of contemporary issues. Within the curriculum, students were exposed to contemporary issues related to engineering especially. Evidences: Annual report of the department for extracurricular activities placed in department office. Course end survey, Exit survey and Alumni Survey documents files are available in the department office. Result Analysis and number of students enrolled for subjects considered are placed in the department office. Program Outcome 8: An understanding of professional, ethical, legal, security and social issues and responsibilities Graduates are intended to understand ethics and professional conduct related to IT and should be able to identify the legal issues related to patents, plagiarism etc..To achieve this as a part of curriculum, extra curriculum aspects are considered. Knowledge of security issues, cyber laws and hacking are considered as major for present generation technocrats in general and for IT graduate in particular. These skills are imparted and assessed through number of student participations in Seminar on Cyber laws and Ethical hacking
March 2013
120
Having the knowledge of social responsibilities as an IT graduate in fact improves professional growth and serves the society. To impart this, a workshop is conducted on General moral imperatives and more specific professional responsibilities by ACM student chapter. The assessment tool for this aspect is taken as number of students participated in the workshop and the survey reports.
Excellent 52 59 45 48 37 16
Good 63
Average 52 59 37 28 13
FY 1006
IT 8002
FY 1006
IT 8002
AY 2010-2011
AY 2011-2012
Figure 2.25 : Result analysis of FY 1006 and IT 8002

Highly competent 60 40 30 20 55 35 Competent 59 50 40 30 32 29 36 29 Beginner 62 55
30 28
Originality Professional competency AY 2010-11
Security
Originality Professional competency AY 2011-12
Security
Figure 2.26 :Aanalysis of IT 8052 based on rubric
March 2013
121
Workshop by ACM student chapter on Ethics and professional conduct"" Seminar on Cyber laws and Ethical hacking Workshop onGeneral moral imperatives and more specific professional responsibilities by ACM student chapter 130 82
75
No of students attended
Figure 2.27: Workshops and seminars conducted in program
Good number of students had shown excellent performance in both FY 1006 and IT 8002.It is shown in Figure 1.The snippet of rubrics used for evaluating major projects for assessing ethics and professional conduct is given in Appendix .The analysis graph for students performance in IT 8052 is shown in Figure 2.26. Among 130 students the number of students attended the workshop and attained the knowledge on ethical, security and social issues .More than 50% students acquired the required knowledge attending them. In addition, this PO is assessed with the help of indirect assessment methods such as surveys. The survey reports show that, above 65% of reports in satisfactory level.
How often do you participate in events related to societal issues? Did you ever participate in NGO activities or any external social welfare association during the college? Are you participating in any social welfare activities Are you able to implement global issues, security and safety issues learnt during your course?
65
72
45
65 65
28 25
March 2013
122
Table 2.24:Indirect assessment methods to assess Program outcome 8 The score of 2.2 over 3 is obtained from the PO attainment rubric which shows that PO is achieved. The score from both academic years is same which is the result ofless number of students have high competence levels in FY 1006, IT 8002. Based on the analysis of the results, the faculty members who were introducing and/or reinforcing the code of ethics in their courses were asked to reinforce the importance of knowing the ACM code of ethics and professional conduct. Evidences: Samples copies of Major Project are available in the department Library. Annual report of the department for workshops, seminars, professional body activities, is placed in department office. Exit survey, Alumni and Employer Survey documents files are available in the department office The assessment rubric given prior to the students published in the department website: http://www.vrsiddhartha.ac.in/it and notice board. Result analysis of FY 1006, IT 6004, IT 8002 is place in department office Program Outcome 9: An ability to function effectively individually and on teams, including diverse and multidisciplinary, effectively individually and on teams. Team work has always been common element in engineering learning. This PO is evaluated by developing the professional skills which includes responsible teamwork, creativity and communication skills with professional and to prepare them for the complex actual work environment and for life-long learning. The attainment of these can be accessed through the tabulated courses that are part of the curriculum using direct and indirect assessment tools. Laboratory experiments and home assignments are conducted for the courses IT 6051 and IT 6052.These laboratory exercises are complex and are generally entailed coordinated planning and execution. Teams of approximately five students are formed to accomplish the assigned laboratory task. The predefined rubric is used to assess these courses. From the result, it is observed there is good team work among all the team members which is shown in Figure 2.27. The rubric considers planning, sharing, listening, and other aspects of team work. As appropriate, findings from course end survey, graduate survey and alumni surveys and discussions were compiled to determine how well graduates are performing relative to this outcome. The assessments for all students in the program were collected and analyzed with a focus on individual work and on teams to accomplish common goals.
March 2013
123
IT 7052 and IT 8052 courses were assessed for individual and team work. The predefined rubric is used to assess these courses in terms of information gathering, presentations, reports. The results analysis is shown in Figure 2.28.
90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 Researched Fulfill Team and gather role's infirmation duties Share equally Listen to other teammates
Moderate Good Excellent
Figure 2.27: Analysis of IT6051 and 6052 courses

70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
Individual and team work Efficient of team members
Figure 2.28: Analysis for individual and team work Based on the above analysis, it is concluded that this PO is attained in the program. In addition, this PO is assessed with the help of indirect assessment methods such as surveys. The survey reports show that, above 65% of reports in satisfactory level.
Course end survey
Are you able to test and validate the developed prototype against the original requirements of the problem? Do you express technical ideas, strategies and methodologies in written
65
March 2013
124
form?
Graduate survey
How far you are able to self-learn new tools, algorithms, and/or techniques that contribute to the software solution of the given team project?
72
45

Evidences:
Samples copies of Major Project are available in the department Library. Annual report of the department for workshops, seminars, professional body activities, is placed in department office Course end survey, Graduate survey and Alumni Survey documents files are available in the department office. The assessment rubric given prior to the students published in the department website: http://www.vrsiddhartha.ac.in/it and notice board Program Outcome 10: An ability to communicate effectively with a range of audiences. The ability of the students to communicate effectively is assessed regularly during the program through various courses. The communication abilities are broadly categorized into oral and written communication skills. Precisely, these abilities are assessed over the tabulated courses during the program using appropriate assessment tools for each course. In addition to these courses, these abilities are also assessed by the faculty in other courses when students present the seminars and write the home assignments. Measurements considered under this section to assess the PO are: Number of students participated in various extracurricular activities like Workshops, Seminars, Paper Presentations, and Technical Quiz etc. Number of students participated in entrance examinations like TOFEL, IELTS etc At the end of every academic year annual report is developed where the statistics of students who have participated in professional bodies/ student chapters/workshops/seminars/conferences/paper presentations/internships/industry visit/TOFEL/GATE/IELTS etc. is prepared. A comparative statement with the previous academic year is considered to indirectly assess the PO. The communication abilities were assessed with student data which was collected during the course work. Both course level assessment and FY 2003 oral assessment by the faculty indicate that most of the students presentation and writing skills are good. Some difficulty in answering questions precisely and accurately was observed. The Figure
2.29 lustrates these observations.
March 2013
125
100% 80% 60% 40% 20% 0% 60%
80% 50% 35%
Two spoken Observation activities book
Rapid speaking session
Written task
Figure 2.29. Assessment for Technical English and Communication Skills Courses The students performance in the course IT 6054 was evaluated along five dimensions with rubric. The first three are mainly concerned with the individual student's oral skills and how well the student relates to the audience. The fourth and fifth evaluate the students writing skills. Each of these dimensions is assigned a score. The Figure 2.30 gives the Term Paper assessment results analysis.
100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
Very Good (5) Acceptable (3) Unacceptable (1)
Figure 2.30: Assessment for Term Paper The course IT 7052 was evaluated the student performance along five dimensions. The first three are mainly concerned with the individual student's presentation delivery, subject knowledge skills and how well the student relates to the audience. The fourth and fifth evaluate the students writing skills. The Figure 2.31 gives the assessment results analysis. The students performance in IT 8052 was evaluated along six dimensions. The first three are mainly concerned with the individual student's presentation skills, what types of visual aids were used to enhance the presentation skills and how well the student relates to the audience. The fifth and sixth evaluate the students writing skills in terms
126
of content, clarity and reference section. The Figure 2.32 gives the assessment results analysis.
90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
Excellent (5) Acceptable (3) Unacceptable (1)
Figure 2.31: Assessment for IT 7052

90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 Visuals References Visuals Content and Knowledge Content and Knowledge Relating to Audience Clarity and composition Relating to Audience Clarity and composition Expresses Ideas Clearly Expresses Ideas Clearly References
Figure 2.32: Assessment analysis for IT 8052 In addition, the number of students participated in various extracurricular activities like workshops, paper presentations conducted at various institutions and our institute is collected at end of the each academic year. This data is used for communication abilities assessment. Also, the number of students appeared and qualified for TOEFL/IELTS entrance exams were used for the assessment of the outcome. The assessment result analysis is shown in Figure 2.33 and Figure 2.34.
127
80% 70% 60% 50% 40% 30% 20% 10% 0% 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12 Paper Presentation Work shop
Figure 2.33: Student participation in various activities

80% 70% 60% 50% 40% 30% 20% 10% 0% 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12 Appeared Qualified
Figure 2.34: Student participation in entrance examinations In IT 3052 some difficulties were observed in graduates with respect to group discussions and individual communications. The necessary actions were taken to overcome the identified weaknesses by inviting external bodies to give appropriate practices. Around 100s of our graduates were participated in various co-curricular activities. Apart from participation our students secured prizes for events like technical paper presentation, model exhibition etc.,. Students exhibited their talent by presenting their papers at IIT Delhi , IIT Kharagpur and BITS Hyderabad. Nearly 50-60% of our graduates showed interest towards pursuing higher education. Most of our graduates were qualified. Total 150 student records were used for the assessment of Mini Project course during the academic year 2010-11. Which indicates that the presentation and delivery skills of students were good (>85% scored 5s and 3s, <5% scored 1s). In the oral assessment, students performed well on two dimensions, some weakness were apparent in subject knowledge (>5% scored 1s and <70% scored 5s and 3s). It was observed that most students were able to perform acceptable performance on both oral and written
128
communication for the academic year 2011-12. More than 70% of the students scored above level 3 and less than 12% of the students scored below level 3in Mini Project. With the help of guest lectures and workshops students were gained relevant subject knowledge and improved their performance in this course as compared to last year. With the help of indirect assessment, the students communication abilities were evaluated. The survey template was used for the assessment of communication abilities. Program Outcome attainment is said be completely attained from the rubrics of evaluation in both AY 2010-11 and AY 2011-12. From direct assessment tool, 70% of our graduates are able to exhibit their inter personal skills through various courses in graduate program. 80 -85% of students were able to achieve higher education/placement by succeeding communication skills There was an increase in proportion in participation of our graduates in entrance exams like TOFEL/IELTS and 80-85% of the participants obtained eligibility to pursue higher education. The students participation in Paper Presentations, Workshops and various activities were increased and 50-60% of the participants secured prizes in prestigious institutions. In addition, this PO is assessed with the help of indirect assessment methods such as surveys. The survey reports show that, above 65% of reports in satisfactory level.
Course end survey
Do you express technical ideas, strategies and methodologies in written form Are you able to Demonstrate an ability to function effectively on teams to accomplish a common goal Are you able to work effectively in multidisciplinary teams How far you are able to self-learn new tools, algorithms, and/or techniques that contribute to the software solution of the given team project
65
Graduate survey
72
45
Alumni survey
65
28
65
25

Evidences:
March 2013
129
Internal and external exam papers for these courses are available in examination section. Samples copies of Term Paper, Mini Project and Major Project are available in the department Library. Annual report of the department for co-curricular activities and competitive exams data is placed in department office. Exit survey, Alumni and Employer Survey documents files are available in the department office. Program Outcome 11: Recognition of the need for and an ability to engage in continuing professional development. The ability of the students to identify and use information sources by her/him self to prepare term papers and develop mini and major projects in general for curriculum based courses are considered for assessing lifelong learning capabilities. Precisely, these abilities are assessed over the tabulated courses during the program using appropriate assessment tools for each course. Importance to Lifelong learning skills is observed using tools during and after the program completion. Independent identification of information resources and best utilization of it as a part of engaging in professional development is observed from coursesIT6054, IT7053, IT8052. This aspect is measured in two dimensions and the rubric for assessing IT 6051 and IT7053/IT8052 are also provided. The assessment analysis is shown in Figure 2.35 to Figure 2.38.The students participation in the following activities as part of Program level statistics and survey reports are considered. Membership and participation in Professional body activities Unsupervised projects done on the interest of students Participation in Paper presentations, workshops and seminars Internships/ Visits to industry Appearance and Qualification in GATE and PGCET
March 2013
130
Highly competent 83 45 22 Research/Inform ation gathering 76 61 13
competent 95 43 12
Begginer 89 51 10 Research/Inform ation gathering AY 2011-2012 Begginer 78 45 25 15 Research/Information gathering AY 2011-12
Selection of task
AY 2010-2011
Figure 2.35: Analysis of term paper course IT 6054

Highly competent 72 47 25 55 competent 72 46 37 47
Selection of task
AY 2010-11
Figure 2.36: Analysis of Mini project course IT 7053
March 2013
Research/Information gathering
Selection of task
Selection of task
131
Highly competent 65 27 38 76 23 31
competent 78 39
Begginer 80 39 16 Research/Informatio n gathering AY 2011-12 93% 96% 85% Industrial visits 14
Research/Informatio n gathering
Selection of task
AY 2010-11
Figure 2.37: Analysis of Major project course IT 8052
2009-10
2010-11
75% 65% 55% 42% 54%
68%
70% 60% 50%
Paper Presentation
Work shop
Membership in Professional bodies
Figure 2.38: Indirect assessment analysis with Program Level Statistics
Indirect assessment strategies are implemented by embedding them in the course end survey, Exit survey and Alumni Survey.
March 2013
Selection of task 2011-12 2% 6% 6% Unsupervised projects
132
132 65 Satisfaction number
Have you joined any professional societies? Which one(s)? Have you planned to continue on for Post graduate studies, either immediately or eventually? Have you pursued any higher education? If yes please specify the following. i) What is your masters degree that you had pursued? ( M.S / M.Tech / MBA / Any other ) ii) What is the duration taken to complete the masters program?
72
45
65
28
Table 2.27:Indirect assessment methods to assess Program outcome 11 Based on the rubric a score of 2.6 is obtained during academic year 2010-11 and 3 score in 2011-12.This shows perfect evidence that PO k is attained in the program. The faculty members have been encouraged to increase the number of students' site visits. So that student insight towards need of professional development improves. Home assignments of some advanced courses like Computer vision, Data ware housing, Data Mining, etc. are designed to work with new IT tools which can enhance the student ability to engage in continuity professional development such as IT strategy and management. Students were encouraged to take professional certification exams like Brain Bench, as part of a global learning process. This will help students to gain more qualifications and prepare them for the future IT workforce requirements Students are encouraged to take some online courses in MOOCs and Coursera, to enhance their self learning capabilities.
Evidences:
Samples copies of Term Paper, Mini Project and Major Project are available in the department Library. Annual report of the department for workshops, seminars, professional body activities, and industrial visits data is placed in department office. Exit survey, Alumni and Employer Survey documents files are available in the department office
March 2013
133
The assessment rubric given prior to the students published in the department website: http://www.vrsiddhartha.ac.in/it and notice board. Program Outcome 12: An understanding of engineering and management principles and apply these to ones own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects The ability of applying engineering and management principles as an individual, team member and team head to manage projects is assessed by the activities done on time, and according to specifications. The students are encouraged to perform individual projects or group projects. Abilities of the students are assessed using the rubrics. Students are assessed by the internship projects inside/outside college. The understanding of engineering and management principles abilities are assessed by the course IT 6003 in the curriculum and thus is a logical place to assess program management skills of graduating students. IT7053 and IT8052 reflects all aspects of managing a firm in a competitive environment, it requires students to exercise program management skills to ensure all components are accomplished in an effective and timely manner. The observations are shown in Figure 2.39. Indirect assessment strategies are implemented by embedding them in the course end survey, Exit survey and Alumni Survey.
100 80 60 40 20 0 Project Planning Project Process Project Delivery 2010-11 2011-12
Figure 2.39 : Assessment of IT 7053 and IT8052 with Rubrics

In direct assessment methods Survey type Course end survey Question Survey Data Satisfaction Number of number Responses
148 108
Because projects involve so many variables that change so often, do you plan the project with maximum flexibility?
March 2013
134
Graduate survey Alumni survey
Do you prepare a specific timeline and sequence of activities, and use them to manage the overall project to ensure its timely completion? When giving people a deadline to complete their project work, do you expect them to coordinate with others if and when they need to?
75
64
62
34
Table 2.28:Indirect assessment methods to assess Program outcome 9 A score of 3 is derived from the PO attainment rubric which shows that PO is achieved. Based on the analysis of the results, the faculty members were asked to reinforce the importance of engineering and management principles and apply these to manage projects.
Evidences:
Samples copies of Mini Project and Major Project are available in the department Library Sample copies of internal examinations are available in the department examination cell. Exit survey and Alumni Survey documents files are available in the department office The assessment rubric given prior to the students published in the department website: http:// www.vrsiddhartha.ac.in/it and notice board.
2.4. Use of assessment results towards improvement of programme (30) 2.4.1. Indicate how results of assessment used for curricular improvements (5)
(Articulate with rationale the curricular improvements brought in after the review of the attainment of POs)
By analyzing the results of program outcome assessment in terms of direct and indirect assessments, necessary actions are recommended to improve the program curriculum. After each semester, faculty analyzed and evaluated the collected data from each course and from all other sources(surveys). The Module coordinators discuss the results with faculty to identify the need for improvement. Prepare an action plan accordingly. Once the action has been completed, data for that performance indicator should again be collected, analyzed, and evaluated by the program assessment committee to see the performance. This process continues until the performance improve to the target value The results are discussed with Department Advisory Board The same procedure is followed for alumni surveys, employer surveys, rubrics etc.
2.4.2. Indicate how results of assessment used for improvement of course delivery and assessment (10)
(Articulate with rationale the curricular delivery and assessment improvements brought in after the review of the attainment of POs)
March 2013
135
With the implementation of specified delivery methods (M1..M8 from 2.2.2), the effectiveness of the courses is enhanced.
2.4.3. State the process used for revising/redefining the POs (15)
(Articulate with rationale how the results of the evaluation of POs have been used to review/redefine the POs in line with the Graduate Attributes of the NBA.)
Figure 2.40 Illustrates the process of revising/redefining existing program outcomes. The need for revise / redefine of existing Pos is identified with the help of the assessment results of PO attainment from direct/indirect assessment methods. The improvement of PO attainment is considered in three possible phases : Curriculum, Delivery methods/course outcomes and program outcomes. For curriculum, the program coordinator initiates the process with the views of Module coordinator. The Department advisory board notices the required changes and takes approval with BOS The module coordinator initiates the process to change delivery methods/course outcomes in course assessment and discuss with program assessment committee To improve the program performance, the Program Coordinator analyze the PO assessment and attainment and discuss the necessary revise changes in existing Pos with program assessment committee/department advisory board.
Figure 2.40: Process for Revising/Redefining POs
March 2013
136
3. Program Curriculum(125)
3.1. Curriculum(20) 3.1.1. Describe the Structure of the Curriculum (5)
The UG in Information Technology program is spread over 8 semesters and designed to have a total of 210 credits, out of which 4 credits are for audit courses. Two audit courses on personality development during third year are mandatory. For the other two audit courses, the student can choose from the available student practice courses. The course credits are broadly fixed based on the following norms. Lectures-One Lecture period per week is assigned one credit. Tutorials-Two tutorial periods per week are assigned one credit Practical-Two tutorial periods per week are assigned one credit Practice course/Personality development course and Mini project/Term paper shall have one credit each Major project shall have 12 credits. However, some courses are prescribed with fixed number of credits depending on the complexity of the subject and relative importance. The structure of the curriculum is described along with the distribution of contact hours in the Table 3.1
Course Code FY 1001 FY 1002C FY 1003B FY 1004M FY 1005 FY 1006 FY 1051C FY 1052 FY 1053W FY 2001 FY 2002P FY 2003E FY2004EN FY 2005 FY 2006G FY 2051P FY 2052 IT 3001 IT3002 IT 3003 IT 3004 IT 3005 IT 3006 IT 3051 Course Title Engineering Mathematics I Engineering Chemistry Basics of Civil and Mechanical Engineering Mechanics for Engineers Introduction to Computing Professional Ethics Engineering Chemistry Lab Basic Computing Lab Workshop Practice Engineering Mathematics II Engineering Physics Technical English and Communication Skills Environmental Science Programming in C Engineering Graphics Engineering Physics Lab C Programming Lab Engineering Mathematics III Basic Electrical Engineering Discrete Mathematical Structures Data Structures Computer Organization Principles of Operating System Data structures Lab Total Number of Contact hours Tutorial Practical# Lecture (L) Total Hours (T) (P) 4 3 4 4 2 2 4 3 2 3 3 2 4 4 3 4 4 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 2 0 6 3 3 3 5 4 4 5 2 2 3 3 3 5 4 4 3 4 8 3 3 5 4 4 5 4 4 3 Credits
4 3 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 4 3 3 3 3 5 2 2 4 4 3 4 4 4 2
March 2013
137
IT 3052 IT 4001 IT 4002 IT 4003 IT 4004 IT 4005 IT 4051 IT 4052 IT 4053 IT 5001 IT 5002 IT 5003 IT 5004 IT 5005 IT 5006 IT 5051 IT 5052 IT 6001 IT 6002 IT 6003 IT 6004 IT 6005 IT 6051 IT 6052 IT 6053 IT 6054 IT 7001 IT 7002 IT 7003 IT 4004 IT 7005 IT 7005A IT 7005B IT 7005C IT 7005D IT 7005E IT 7006 IT 7006A IT 7006B IT 7006C IT 7006D
Communication Skills Lab Probability and Statistics Data Base Management Systems Operating System: Use and Configuration Object Oriented Programming Basic Electronics Data Base Management Systems Lab Object Oriented Programming Lab Operating Systems Lab Software Engineering Advanced Data Base Management System Design and Analysis of Algorithms Java Programming Computer Networks Distributed Systems Java Programming Lab Networking Lab Fundamentals Of Computer Vision Data Warehousing Engineering Economics and Management Network Security Web Programming and Development Computer Vision Lab Data Warehousing Lab Web Technologies Lab Term Paper Operations Research Data Mining Object Oriented Analysis and Design Wireless Networks Elective-I Industry Need Based Elective Artificial Intelligence Software Project Management Grid Computing Network Management Systems Elective-II Industry Need Based Elective Real Time Systems Design Patterns Introduction To Main-Frame Systems
4 4 3 4 4 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 4 4 3 4 3 4 4
1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 -
2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 -
2 5 4 5 5 4 3 3 3 4 5 4 5 4 4 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 3 3 3 1 4 4 5 4 4
1 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 4 4 4 4 3 2 2 4 4 3 4 4 2 2 2 1 3 4 4 4 3
March 2013
138
IT 7006E IT 7051 IT 7052 IT 7053 IT 8001 IT 8002 IT 8002A IT 8002B IT 8002C IT 8002D IT 8002E IT 8003 IT 8003A IT 8003B IT 8003C IT 8003D IT 8003E IT 8051 IT 8052
#
Virtual Reality Data Mining Lab Wireless Networks Lab Mini Project Software Testing Methodologies Elective III Information Retrieval Systems Advanced Computer Architecture Bioinformatics E-Commerce Industry Need Based Elective Elective IV Soft Computing Business Intelligence And Its Application Principles Of TCP/IP Middleware Technologies Pattern Recognition Software Testing Tools Lab Major Project Total
4 4
1 -
3 3 2 -
3 3 3 4 4
2 2 1 4 4
153
3 28
3 9 72
3 12 253
2 12 206
Seminars, project works may be considered as practical Table 3.1: Curriculum Structure
The distribution of the courses in the curriculum is shown in Figure3.1, indicates that 60% of contact hours are allocated for theoretical sessions and 40% of the contact hours are utilized for designing the engineering problems and implementing the programs in the labs.
60.50%
28.50% 11%
Lecture Hours
Tutorial Hours
Practical Hours
Figure 3.1: Contact hour allocation of the curriculum
3.1.2. Give the Prerequisite flow chart of courses Prerequisite flow chart (5)
(Draw the schematic of the prerequisites of the courses in the curriculum)
March 2013
139
March 2013
140
Figure 3.2 Prerequisite chart
March 2013
141
3.1.3. Justify how the program curriculum satisfies the program specific criteria (10)
(Justify how the program curriculum satisfies the program specific criteria specified by the American professional societies relevant to the program under accreditation) Program specific Criteria for Information Technology and Similarly Named Computing Programs specified as per Lead Society: CSAB CSAB (Computer Science Accreditation Board) includes the Association for Computing Machinery (ACM) and the IEEE Computer Society (IEEE-CS), The program specific criteria given by CSAB A. Coverage of the fundamentals of 1. The core information technologies of information management, human computer interaction, programming, networking, web systems and technologies. Information management The courses in this module provide an efficient knowledge in designing and managing the large databases and develop their own databases to solve real world problems. . With the study of Data Modeling, SQL and normalization, the students are able to illustrate query processing and optimization techniques. With the study of data mining models and algorithms, the students acquires the sufficient knowledge to cluster or predict the data. The study of these courses makes the student to select and apply proper data mining algorithms to build analytical applications. Also enables the student to analyze the data for extracting relevant information from huge data. The courses specified in this module focus on design models to predict future trends for decision making.
Information Management Data Base Management Systems Advanced Data Base Management Systems Data Warehousing Data Mining Information Retrieval Systems
The programming courses helps the students in identifying appropriate data structures and algorithms for a given contextual problems. The study of these courses enhances the programming skills of the students. In addition, students are able to interpret event handling techniques and develop client/server applications by learning Event Handling and AWT Components. With the study of Object Oriented Programming Concepts , the students develop solutions for a real time problem. The Study of HTML and DHTML enables the students to develop Static and Dynamic Web pages.
March 2013
142
Programming Programming in C Data Structures Object Oriented Programming Java Programming Web Programming and Development
The study of the courses included in this module equips the students with the knowledge and understanding in the design, building, assessment or management of advanced data communication networks. The students get familiar with wireless networking concepts, network tools, network programming and contemporary issues in networking technologies. The students are demonstrated with the Wireless techniques with transmission technologies which can be applied in mobile based applications. The course enables the students to analyze the recovery techniques and implement distributed file system in network file system.
Networking Computer Networks Network Security Distributed Systems Wireless Networks Principles of TCP/IP
The study of these courses provides an insight of developing effective user interfaces including the design of menus and other interaction styles. With the study of Computer Vision algorithms, Students will be able to develop vision techniques to real time applications. The students acquire the knowledge in the core information technologies of human computer interaction with the study of Artificial Intelligence techniques which can be used to design knowledge based, adaptive systems. The study of web methodologies helps to design and implement web applications. With the study of UML models the students will be able to represent the possible interactions between the instances. Through servelets and JSP, the students acquire sufficient knowledge in designing the interfaces. The student performance will be enhanced by implementing intelligence tools with hand on experience.
Human Computer Interaction Computer Vision Object Oriented Analysis & Design Web Programming and Development Artificial Intelligence Business Intelligence and its Applications
March 2013
143
2. Information assurance and security The students can understand, apply and manage information assurance and security in computing, communication or organizational systems with the security mechanisms, authentication and intrusion detection.
Information Assurance & Security Network Security E-Commerce Advanced Data Base Management Systems Network Management Systems Information Retrieval Systems
3. System administration and maintenance. The process of information sharing and communication systems will be understood by the students through network architectures and protocols. The students are able to interpret data transmission techniques on various connected media.
System Administration & Maintenance Computer Networks Network Management Systems Principles of Operating Systems Operating System : Use and Configuration Distribution Systems
4. System integration and architecture. The courses provide the student with a detail understanding of computer hardware and system software. Additionally, systems integration process, approaches, drivers, tools and techniques were also covered. The students get familiar with the industry standard testing tools for assuring the software quality.

System Integration & Architecture Computer Organization Advanced Computer Architecture Software Engineering Software Project Management Software Testing Methodologies
144
B. Advanced course work that builds on the fundamental course work to provide depth. Data Warehousing, Data Mining, Wireless Networks and all elective courses are the advanced courses that builds on the fundamental course work to provide depth
Advanced Courses that provide depth Data Warehousing Data Mining Wireless Networks Software Testing Methodologies Business Intelligence And Its Applications Grid Computing
3.2. State components of Curriculum and their relevance to POs and PEOs (15)
Program curriculum grouping based on different components The institutional guidelines on the distribution of curriculum to various components is shown in Table 3.2
S.No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Courses Basic Science Core Courses Basic Engineering Science Core Courses Humanities and Social Science Core Courses Professional Courses and Electives Major Project Mandatory Learning Courses Personality Development Courses: One Personality development course in each semester of 3rd year is offered. Each course carries one credit. Students have to participate and achieve satisfactory level of performance in these courses Student Practice Courses: Students are offered from 2nd year onwards. Each course carries one credit. Student will have to participate and achieve satisfactory level of performance in order to earn the credit in each course. Students have to acquire a minimum of 2 credits before completion of 6th semester of B.Tech. Industry Practice: Students should undergo summer training for a minimum of 2 weeks. Self learning: Students should prepare and submit a report on a totally new topic relevant to the programme. Co-Curricular participation: Student should have participated in Technical Quizzes/Student paper contest/Seminars/Conferences etc., Extra-curricular participation: Student should have participated in Sports & Games/Cultural activities/Drawing/ Photography etc., National Service Scheme(NSS): Student should have enrolled as a member of NSS at least for one semester. National Cadet Corps(NCC): Cadet of NCC for a minimum period of one year. Weightage 10-15% 12-20% 2-5% 55-65% 4-6% 2-3% 1%
1%
Table 3.2 Distribution of curriculum

145
Distribution of courses in the program curriculum of UG in IT in various components is as shown in table 2Course Component Mathematics and Basic Sciences Basic Engineering courses HSS
Curriculum Content (% of total number of credits of the program ) 14 16 7
Total number of contact hours
Total Number of credits
Pos
PEOs
38 40 19
29 32 15
a,b,d a, b, c f, g, h, i, j
1, 2 1, 2 3
Professional core Electives
56 7
140 16
116 14
a, b, c, d, e, k, l e, k
1, 2, 3 1, 2
Table 3.3 Distribution of curriculum under different components The curriculum components and their relevance to the Pos and PEOs is specified in Table 3.3. The course components distribution of IT program is compared with well reputed National level institutions that include IIT Delhi, IIT Chennai, IIT Roorke which is shown in Figure 3.3.
60 50 40 VRSECIT 30 20 10 0 Basic Sciences Engineering courses HSS Professional core Electives IITD IITC IITR
Figure 3.3 : Course content distribution of VRSEC-IT compared with well reputed national level institutions
March 2013
146
1. Mathematics and Basic sciences The Courses under this components covers topics such as ordinary and partial differential equations, Differential , Integral and vector Calculus, Fourier series and transforms, Numerical methods, Relations and graphs, Distributions, Inferences concerning Means and Variances and Queuing Theory for solving engineering problems 2. Basic Engineering Courses The study of topics like Moment of Inertia of Plane Figures & Rigid Bodies, Kinematics, Basic Manufacturing Methods, Electrochemistry and Electrochemical energy systems, Civil Engineering Materials, Power Transmission and Plants, Forces and Friction, Electricity and semiconductors, Magnetic circuits, Transformers builds the student with the ability to analyse real life problems, design and provide appropriate solutions that are socially acceptable which enhances excellence in professional career 3. Humanities & Social Sciences(HSS) The focus will be on the courses related to communications, Ethics, Operations Research and Environment Science. Main topics are Solid waste management, Energy resources, Theory of Games, Project Management. The awareness of these courses, make the student to function and communicate effectively in teams for computing the problem with global impact maintaining professionalism and ethical attitude. 4. Professional Core As per the program specific criteria developed by CSAB, the core courses cover the all topics envisaged by professional bodies. 5. Electives The advanced core courses that build on the fundamental course work to provide depth are included in this component.
3.3. State Core Engineering subjects and their relevance to Program Outcomes including design experience
(Describe how the core engineering subjects in the curriculum are giving the learning experience with the complex engineering problems) Following are the core engineering courses and their relevance to POs: IT 4002 Database Management Systems This course is a hand on introduction to database systems, namely their internal architecture, data structures, mathematical concepts and use. Expose the students, the concepts of data modeling and database design principles. Students will able to emphasis on the use of DBMS in solving information processing problems which will include database design case studies as well as SQL programming assignments. A class project may be assigned to each team. Also, students will aware the concepts of storage
147
devices, data administration, and database administration, as well as database analysis, design, and implementation. The projects are intended to introduce students to challenging engineering design problems, including real world difficulties of integrating with legacy code inside a production database design. Hands on and group based projects are required during the semester, there by students will communicate ideas effectively. The course provides a capstone design experience. IT 5002 Advance Database Management Systems The students will examine the basic ideas and techniques underlying the design of large database and management of the systems. The course also provides an understanding of new developments and trends such as Internet database environment and Database connection management. The course intended to introduce students to challenging engineering design problems. Course uses a problem-based approach to learning. Students will familiarize Query Processing and Evaluation algorithms for recurring computational problems. Empirical benchmarking exercises require students to go beyond design and implementation. Project requirements definitely contribute to program objectives in that students learn to design systems to meet desired needs.
IT 6002 Data Warehousing The course provides approximately 75% design experience. This course is a study of the techniques for design and construction of data warehouse. A specific focus will be given to various principles and techniques for Dimensional modeling, ETL, Data Quality and Cleansing, and OLAP. This course introduces students to data warehousing concepts and emphasizes hands on approach to reinforce the theory. Star schema, fact tables and dimension tables will be examined. Multi-dimensional databases are emphasized. A team project will be used to handle the process of moving data from an OLTP system to a DW with management reports through the cube and pivotal tables. Business Intelligence tools will be used to develop OLAP cubes and Microsoft Excel for OLAP reporting. The course is fully design and implementation oriented. IT 7002 Data Mining This course gives a wide exposition of data mining techniques and their software tools. Topics include: association analysis, classification, clustering, numeric prediction, pattern discovery in sequential data, and Bayesian networks. The students will do programming project and assignments which explore the ways of implementing data mining concepts and techniques. The project and assignments require the use of tools and skills learned in this course and programming skills in a programming language. The understanding of the subject is assessed via coursework and written examination. The coursework includes a data mining mini project. The project provides students an opportunity to go through every stage of the data mining process and make decisions and judgement over issues such as pre-processing, mining, evaluation and interpretation. The project aims to enhance the knowledge and understanding of the subject through a practical experience. The course, which is a reputation for demanding assignment/project work, is approximately 70% design.
148
IT5001 Software Engineering Software Engineering is a course which provides a significant hands-on design experience. The course introduces the concepts of software engineering and various process models that emphasize the students to select an appropriate process model for a given project. The course contains the software engineering practices that are to be followed at different stages during the development of product and the principles of design that can be implemented in project work. The course also focuses on testing, debugging and estimation that makes the students to formulate the test plans. The students are given the assignments such as 1) develop data flow diagrams for a given application, 2) specify the valid requirements 3) build the model that helps the student to explore the concepts during the problem design. The concepts that were introduced in this course help the students in their project work in writing code that is robust and bug free. The course is approximately 60% design and provides an excellent software design experience. IT 4004 Object Oriented Analysis And Design This course will cover concepts of object-oriented analysis and design techniques, Unified Process (an iterative methodology), and Unified Modelling Language (UML). Using a case-cantered, scenario-based approach, the learner will be able to apply object-oriented concepts and modelling techniques to simulate real-life situations. Students are exposed to use a UML-based software tool for modelling the software development process, and will experience the transition from UML diagrams to program code. Topics to be discussed will include CRC technique, software development methodologies, requirements gathering and analysis, system architecture and design, implementation, testing and deployment. The study of this course helps in design part for the project work
IT8001 Software Testing Methodologies Software testing methodologies is a course that introduces the need for testing, consequences of bugs and various testing methodologies. With the study of this course the student can understand the process of validating and verifying a computer application so that the requirements of the stakeholder are met and satisfied. The course introduces various testing methodologies that can be implemented for their projects in finding the software bugs. The student will be aware of implementing the testing method at different stages during the development of process. Students will be able to specify the test cases for a given project. The students work in teams of 4 to 5 members implementing the testing methodologies for a given application. The concepts are explained through lecture hours and implementation is done through tutorial hours. IT3005 Computer Organization Computer Organization is a course that provides an in-depth understanding of the inner workings of digital computer system. Students learn the working of digital logic circuits and various digital components. The course covers Register Transfer Language, Micro Programmed control, Memory and input output organization. With the study of this
149
course, the students will understand the steps to be followed internally during the execution of an instruction. With these concepts the students gain the basic knowledge in developing the programs in Assembly language. IT 4005 Operating Systems This course teaches the basic concepts of the operating system. The subject covers the CPU scheduling, Memory Management, Thread management and Virtual memory. Students are exposed to resolve the Deadlock problem and synchronization problems. The concepts were explained through lecture hours and the problems were implemented through tutorial hours. The students are asked to develop the case studies that include the comparative analysis about any concept of operating system or comparison between the different versions of same operating systems. IT 4003 Operating Systems: Use and Configuration Operating Systems: Use and Configuration is a course which provides hands on experience to the students. The course introduces the administrative tasks and desktop environments. With the study of this course, the students are exposed to configure the web servers and FTP servers. The students are given the assignments to create the file directories with access control and develop shell scripting for the given problem. Students will be aware of latest windows environment features. This is of more practical course which needs more implementation. The students are given the tasks to configure the systems and install the OS. IT 5006 Distributed Systems The course provides the overview of design principles and issues in developing the distributed systems, namely the internal working communication process in different distributed environments. The course coverage includes basics of distributed system; ability to connect remote users with remote resources in an open and scalable way; distributed operating system design issues, consistency, failure and file system models , distributed system application design and use. Moreover designs must aim to provide inter-operability, transparency and autonomy. The first involves the efficient remote system communication through RMI using Java Object oriented concepts and also through messages; software and hardware design concepts; the second involves algorithm design of synchronized clocks in both physical and logical; and the third includes the different distributed shared memory consistency models including effect of fault tolerance. Emphasis of this module is on gaining understanding of the principles and concepts that are used to design distributed systems and experience of software platforms which underpin their development. The coursework is comprised of homework assignments, case studies; these assignment works are intended to introduce students to challenging engineering design problems. IT 5003 Design and Analysis of Algorithms This course introduces students about algorithm specifications and different areas of algorithms like design, analysis. Students will examine different design techniques like divide and conquer dynamic programming etc... The main intention of this course is to
150
introduce students to challenging engineering design problems. Course uses a problembased approach to learning. A specific focus will be given to various principles and techniques for solving optimization problems. Different types of problems like NP hard NP complete were also introduced and applicable in all most all engineering disciplines. IT 3004 Data Structures This course introduces the requirement of different data structures in computer science area and wide applications of them. Students are exposed to both linear and non-linear data structures and basic operations like searching insertion deletion and sorting. All the data structures along with the operations are practically implemented using C language. Every student is given a scenario where some basic programming has to be implemented using a specific data structure as home assignment. This enables the student to explore the concepts learnt and identify which data structure suits the objective. Apart from this the student answers the tutorial papers which are designed in a pattern of guided enquiry learning. With this exercise the student raises interest in the subject as well as improves his learning methodologies. IT 4004 Object Oriented Programming The aim of the course is to help the students to gain a better understanding of OO design and program implementation by using OO language features. The course provides the students an insight into object oriented programming concepts and also provides practical programming experience to solve engineering problems. Students will be able to analyze simple programming problem specifications and design a high-level solution to the problem using functional abstraction and general object oriented programming language constructs. This course provides in-depth coverage of object-oriented programming principles and techniques using C++. Topics include classes and objects, data abstraction, information hiding, encapsulation, function overloading, operator overloading, inheritance, polymorphism, file processing, templates, exception handling and File I/O. Understanding of the subject is assessed through home assignments, internal exams and programming quizzes. At the end of the course the students will be comfortable with all the major features of the language, including pointers, dynamic storage allocation, classes, abstract types, inheritance, and templates to become proficient in writing high-performance C++ programs. IT 5004 Java Programming This course provides students with insight into Java SDK environment to create, debug and run simple Java programs with differentiate procedural, object-based, objectoriented and generic programming. Students are exposed to create and deploy applications as well as event driven Graphical User Interface (GUI) programming. Students will also able to organize program code into modules using methods and method access control to ensure modularity and abstraction. The topics include the concept of OOP as well as the purpose and usage principles of inheritance, polymorphism, encapsulation and method overloading, packages and listing the various packages available in Java. The students may describe the use of containers and layout managers and select an appropriate GUI component for a given I/O task. The students
151
will familiarize how Internet clients and servers communicate using protocols like TCP and sockets and the structure of relational databases and SQL commands. Understanding of the subject is assessed thorough home assignments, exams and programming contests. Also a mini project may be given at the end of course. The course will help the students in doing their major project in turn help in lifelong learning. IT 6005 Web Programming This course provides the students with hands on experience with a study of the techniques for design and construction of Dynamic Websites. The course mainly focuses on various HTML elements and DHTML, Java Script, CSS, XML, JSP, Servlets. With these concepts the students are explored to Develop Online Applications dynamically and learn how to maintain databases like sql, mysql, oracle, etc..,. The students are given the assignments to develop Web based applications using Servlets and JSP. Students can develop interactive applications such as Client Server Architecture. This course provides approximately 75% design experience. Theoretical concepts will be explained through contact hours and implementation can be done through tutorial and lab hours. With the study of this course the students can implement the web programming in their project works. Computer Networks This course starts with the basic information of how a network can be designed, possible choice of various models for designing a network. The students will be able to understand the protocol layer specific communication between two trusted entities. They will analyse the possible attacks on a network to interrupt the transmission and mislead the communication between different entities. Students will be able to analyse the shortest path over which data can be transmitted, able to design a routing protocol implementing security mechanisms for secure transmission of data from sender to the receiver. The understanding of the subject can be assessed based on course work, assignments and through implementation on a specific platform. The students can design a network topology with the available networking elements and can implement a routing protocol along with a secure mechanism ensuring the error free transmission of data. Wireless Networks Students will get to know the various multiple access techniques available in mobile communications. They will analyse the differences between the wired and wireless networks along with the techniques available to establish a communication line between two parties. They should design a project implementing the multiple access techniques over wireless medium between two mobile nodes, distinguishing the forward and reverse channels over the medium ensuring the effective full-duplex communication. Students can be assessed based on their project work, assessments and course work. Students will get to know the latest mobile technologies available for communication like Bluetooth, infrared, various network architectures like GSM, CDMA etc. The study will be exposed to various wireless parameters like signal strength, coverage area, Mobile IP.
March 2013
152
3.4. Industry interaction/internship (10)

(Give the details of industry involvement in the program such as industry attached laboratories and partial delivery of courses and internship opportunities for students) A expert from Industry is considered to be a member of Board of Studies who takes active role in the curriculum design The institution has MOUs with Virtusa, a multinational company headquartered at Massachusetts, USA to strengthen the relationships with industry Department is active member with Infosys campus connect program. Students are provided and given internship facility in INFOSYS Pvt Limited, Hyderabad for completion of project work. The department has conducted a workshop on Data Warehousing Tools for B.Tech III/IV students and invited Mr. Rajesh Vasireddy. Technology Lead, Infosys Pvt Ltd to train the students with the concepts of Business Intelligence and Data Warehousing Tools. UG program has an industry need based elective. These courses are delivered by industry experts through webinars apart from regular faculty Experts from Infosys delivers lectures via video conference. Faculty participates in faculty development programs conducted by Infosys and TCS. Department organizes several workshops with industry experts for the benefit of the students.
3.5. Curriculum Development (15) 3.5.1. State the process for designing the program curriculum (5)
(Describe the process that periodically documents and demonstrates how the program curriculum is evolved considering PEOs and POs) The department has taken several measures in framing the curriculum for the attainment of the program outcomes. Various workshops and seminars were conducted on the aspects of curriculum design to enrich the faculty with the best practices. An awareness of PEOs / Pos and the relevance to program criteria by Dr S. Kode. A workshop on Curriculum Design by Dr.N.J.Rao, from Bangalore. - Several ideas were provided to faculty regarding identification of domains, subjects to be grouped, content framing towards the benefit of the students. - Interactive sessions were held for better understanding on design steps Course outcomes and learning resource design by Dr. D.V.L.N. Somayajulu After these awareness workshops detailed procedure as shown in figure 3.4 is followed to design the curriculum.
March 2013
153
Figure 3.4: Curriculum development process -
3.5.2. Illustrate processes to improve courses and curriculum (10)

(Articulate the process involved in identifying the requirements for improvements in courses and curriculum and provide the evidence of continuous improvement of courses and curriculum) Following is the process in identifying the requirements for improvements in the curriculum and is shown in Figure 3.5. The process is initiated by Department Advisory Board for the improvement of the curriculum To redefine, the feedback data on existing curriculum is gathered through direct and indirect assessment methods. To improve the courses, the collected data is analyzed to identify the need for redefining. Based on identified changes in terms of courses, data on future, current industry need, program outcomes, program educational objectives, the administrative system like BOS, Academic Council and Program Assessment Committee involve appropriate actions to revise the curriculum
March 2013
154
Figure 3.5: Process involved in improving the curriculum
3.6. Course Syllabi(5)

(Include, in appendix, a syllabus for each course used. Syllabi format should be consistent and shouldnt exceed two pages.) The syllabi format may include: Department, course number, and title of course Designation as a required or elective course Pre-requisites Contact hours and type of course (lecture, tutorial, seminar, project etc.,.) Course Assessment methods(both continuous and semester end assessment) Course outcomes Topics covered Text books, and/or reference material The course syllabi is enclosed in APPENDIX VII
March 2013
155
4. Students Performance in the Programme (75)

Admission Intake in the Programme Item Sanctioned Intake Strength in the program (N) Number of total admitted students in first year minus Number of students migrated to other programmes at the end of 1st year (N1) Number of laterally admitted students in 2nd year in the same batch (N2) Number of total admitted students in the program (N1 + N2) CAY 120 120 CAYm1 120 120 CAYm2 120 120 CAYm3 120 120
---
24
24
13
120
144
144
133
Table 4.1: Program Admission details
4.1. Success Rate (20)

Provide data for the past 7 batches of students (Successfully completed implies zero Backlogs) Year of Entry (in reverse chronological order Number of Students Admitted in 1st year + Admitted laterally in 2nd year (N1 + N2) 120 120+24 120+24 120+13 120+13 120+10 59+6 Numbers of Students successfully completed 1st year Numbers of Students successfully completed 2nd year Numbers of Students successfully completed 3rd year Numbers of Students successfully completed 4th year
CAY CAYm1 CAYm2 CAYm3 CAYm4 (LYG) CAYm5 (LYGm1) CAYm6 (LYGm2)
72 118 50 61 93 31
68 45 44 51 35
77 63 82 30
101 121 55
Table 4.2: Students success rate of recent four years of the program
March 2013
156
Success rate
Percentage of student successfully passed in 4 years
100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 LYG(133) LYGm1(130) LYGm2(65)
Graduation Year (Number of Students Admitted) Figure 4.1: Success chart of students
Success Rate SI
= 20 * Mean of Success Index (SI) for past 3 batches = (Number of students who cleared the program in the minimum period of course duration) DIVIDED BY (Number of students admitted in the first year of that batch and laterally admitted in 2nd year) Item LYG (CAYm4) LYGm1 (CAYm5) LYGm2 (CAYM6)
Number of students admitted in the 133 130 65 corresponding First Year + laterally admitted in 2nd year Number of students who have graduated in 101 121 55 4 years Success Index (SI) 0.75 0.93 0.84 Table 4.3: Student success index showing students successfully completed graduation in 4 years Av. SI = 0.84 Success Rate = 20 * Av. SI =16.80
4.2. Academic Performance (20)

Academic Performance Where API = 2 * API = Academic Performance Index = Mean of Cumulative Grade Point Average of all successful Students on a 10 point CGPA System OR
March 2013
157
= Mean of the percentage of marks of all successful students / 10 Item LYG (CAYm4) LYGm1 (CAYm5) LYGm2 (CAYm6)
Approximating the API by the following mid-point analysis 9 < Number of students with CGPA < 0 0 10.0 8 < Number of students with CGPA < 18 29 9.0 7<=8 42 63 6<=7 36 28 5<=6 5 1 Total 101 121 Approximating API by Mid-CGPA Mean of CGPA/Percentage of all the 7.72 7.4 students (API) Table 4.4: Student Academic Performance
0 7 28 17 3 55 7.17
Academic Performance
Percentage of Students(%)
100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 LYG LYGm1 LYGm2
7<CGPA<8 8<CGPA<9.0
Year Figure 4.2: Improvement in Academic performance Av. API = 7.43 Academic Performance = 2 x Av. API = 14.86
4.3. Placement and Higher Studies (20)

Assessment Points Where x y
= 20 * (x + 1.25 * y) / N = Number of students placed, = Number of students admitted for higher studies with valid
158
qualifying scores/ranks, = Total number of students who were admitted in the batch including lateral entry.
subject to Max. Assessment Points = 20. Item Number of Admitted students corresponding to LYG including lateral entry (N) Number of students who obtained jobs as per the record of placement office (x1) Number of students who found employment otherwise at the end of the final year (x2) x = x1+ x2 Number of students who went for higher studies with valid qualifying scores/ranks (y) Assessment Point LYG (2008-09) 133 LYGm1 (2007-08) 130 LYGm2 (2006-07) 65
79 18
93 10
16 10
97 3
103 6
26 11
15.15
16.87
12.05
Table 4.5: Details of students placed and opted for higher studies
100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 Through T&P cell Through Other means Gone for Higher Studies
Percentage of Students(%)
LYG LYGM1 LYGM2
Figure 4.3: Progress of Placements and Higher Studies for last 3 years
Av. Assessment Points = 14.69
March 2013
159
4.4. Professional Activities (15) 4.4.1. Professional societies/ chapters and organizing engineering events ( 3)
Department of Information Technology has two student chapters o CSI Student Chapter o ACM- Student Chapter o I E Student Chapter
The Engineering events under CSI and ACM chapters are listed below 2010-11: 1. A course on Certificate in Information Technology (C.I.T) is launched in the department in collaboration with IIIT Hyderabad on 07-07-2010. 2. A one day Seminar on Recent trends in Image Processing is organized by the department with Prof E. Sreenivasa Reddy, Vice Principal, University College of Engineering and Technology on 04-09-2010. 3. A Guest lecture on Applications of Data Mining in Banking Domain was organized with Mr. K V. N. M Ramesh, Vignans LARA Engineering College Guntur on 30-08-2010. 4. A One day seminar on Introduction to Linux Operating System was conducted by Mr M.Siddhartha of SWECHA on 20-09-2010 5. A Two day workshop on Faculty Professional Skills Improvement Program was organized with Dr Suresh on 07th and 08th of November, 2010 6. A Two day workshop on IT Security and Ethical Hacking Organized by Dr.T.Arun Kumar of INNOVIANS Technologies on 27-28th November 2010. 2011-12 1. A Faculty Enablement Program in Data Analytics and Business Intelligence is conducted in collaboration with Infosys Industries Ltd from 13th to 17th, June 2011. 2. A one day hands on training program on Data base Retrieval was conducted on 17th August 2011 by Mr. V. Rajesh from Microsoft. 3. A two day seminar on Linux Operating System was conducted for U.G students of inhouse and outside students under SWETCHA program on October 22nd and 23rd 2011. 4. A one day faculty development program on Research trends in Data Mining by Prof. Ganapathi Panda, Deputy Director IIT- Buvaneswar and Dr. Retanjali Majhi NIT Warangal on 7th Dec 2011. 2012-13 1. A two day workshop was conducted by VRSACM in association with SWECHA on 24thand 25thAugust 2012 related to the topics Introduction to Free Software by Speaker: A.Ashish (Member- Swecha Executive & Resource manager, PMO TCS), Python Speaker: SrikanthVavilla(Member- Swecha Developers workgroup & Freelance IT security Consultant. Topic: Software Testing Methodology & Automation Tools. Speaker: S. Vijay Chandra (Member- Swecha Executive, Developer & Consultant Deloitte Consulting India Pvt. Ltd, Hyderabad). 2. A four day workshop was conducted by VRSACM on in association with SWECHA on from 22nd to 23rd and from 29th to 30th September 2012 related to the topics Android Application development by the Speaker A.Ashish (Member- Swecha Executive & Resource manager, PMO TCS).
160
3. A Two day Workshop was conducted by VRSACM from 15th and 16th November related to the topic Green Computing Technology and Innovation 4. A one day workshop was conducted by VRSACM on 12th January 2013 related to the topic Networked Systems.
4.4.2. Organization of paper contests, design contests etc. and their achievements (3)
S. No 1. Name of the Paper / Design contest Engineers day AFOSEC logo contest Debugging Working model exhibits Paper presentation Achievements 2010-11 16 students from our college have presented posters. 43 technical papers have been presented by students from various colleges. 8 working model have been exhibited by III year students LAN gaming was conducted for the students from different colleges. 20 Papers from various colleges throughout the country were selected. All students from the department participate in the Summit events to enhance their technical and communication skills 2011-12 3 students from our college have presented posters. 15 technical papers have been presented by students from various colleges. 5 working models have been exhibited by third & final year Students Event date
15th September, 2010
2.
AFOSEC-11 LAN gaming Paper presentation Working model exhibits Summit
28-29th January,2011
3.
Biweekly
1.
Engineers day Poster contest Debugging Project Exhibits Paper presentation
March 2013
161
2.
AFOSEC-12 War Zone Paper presentation Model exhibits Summit
3.
1.
Engineers day Poster contest Debugging Project Exhibits Paper presentation
2.
Summit
2.
AFOSEC-13 20-21st Feburary,2013 LAN gaming Paper presentation Model Presentation Poster Presentation Table 4.6: Technical and Cultural events details
Gaming was conducted for the students from different colleges using LAN. 20 Papers from various colleges throughout the country were selected. The agenda of Summit events is to encourage the participation of students and to improve the quality of input in to events 2012-13 5 students from our college have presented posters. 25 technical papers have been presented by students from various colleges. 5 working models have been exhibited by third & final year Students The agenda of Summit events is to encourage the participation of students and to improve the quality of input in to events LAN gaming was conducted for the students from different colleges. 20 Papers from various colleges throughout the country were selected.
3-4th Feburary,2012
Biweekly
Biweekly
Major achievements Improvement in Event management skills among the students Exposure to outside world Knowledge sharing among students from different areas of nation
March 2013
162
Students & Faculty are benefited by understanding various upcoming technologies in the field of research. Models presented on Engineers day are presented in National institution competitions with updates suggested by internal experts.
4.4.3. Publication of technical magazines, newsletters etc. (3)

List the above publications along with the names of the editors, publishers etc. 1. Department has taken the opportunity of publishing e-newsletter which comprises the Intra-mural events, technical innovations or activities conducted/participated. Name of Editor: Head of the department Editorial Board: Faculty members: Ch.Srividhya, G.Jayalakshmi, S.Sriharsha, M.Ashok Kumar Student members: A. Sohail(IV/IV B.Tech), B. Satya Vathi(III/IV B.Tech), Ch. Sruthi(II/IV B.Tech) Publisher: Department of IT, VRSEC 2. Department technical magazine consisting of the articles by students research and practical innovation Name of Editor: Head of the department Editorial Board: Faculty members: Dr. G. Rama Koteswara Rao, M.Sunitha, K.Sita Kumari, S. Suhasini Publisher: Department of IT, VRSEC 3. Annual Report Name of the Editor: Head of the Department Editorial Board: Faculty Members: K. SitaKumari Publisher: Department of IT, VRSEC 4. House Journal Name of Editor: Head, Department of English, PB Siddhartha College of Arts and Science, Vijayawada. Publisher: Siddhartha Academy of General and Technical Education, Vijayawada
4.4.4. Entrepreneurship initiatives, product designs, innovations (3)

Specify the efforts and achievements
Item CAY 2012-2013
Events organised under Entrepreneurship Development Entrepreneurship Awareness Drive - 2012, by E-Cell IITKharagpur and VRSEC on 17/10/2012 Weber Organized by Dreamin, Bangalore on 22nd -23rd
March 2013
163
CAYm1 2011-2012
CAYm2 2010-2011
February 2013 Entrepreneurship Development Cell is organizing one day awareness programme on Credit Guarantee Scheme by Association of Lady Entrepreneurs of Andhra Pradesh (ALEAP) in association with CGTMSE, Mumbai on 18th Nov 2011. An interactive session with Mr. G. Praveen Kumar, a young technopreneur, is organized by Entrepreneurship Development Cell on 8th July 2011. An interactive session with successful entrepreneur of (Dr.Ramachandra N Gall Chairman Amararaja Industries) Tirupati has organized by Entrepreneurship Development Cell on 9th July 2011. Workshop on essential Photoshop is conducted by Department of IT & E.D.C on 10-11-2010 Visit to ALEAP industrial estate, Surampalli to interact with entrepreneurs. An interactive session with successful entrepreneur of Vijayawada has organized by Entrepreneurship Development Cell on 7th Jul 10. Mr. Chandra Shekar, General Manager, VILAN, has delivered a lecture on How to become a successful entrepreneur. A three day workshop from 9th to 11th Aug 10 conducted to develop entrepreneurship qualities in students by Centre for Entrepreneurship Development (CED).
Table 4.7: Entrepreneurship initiative details
4.4.5. Publications and awards in inter institute events by students of the programme of study (3)
Include a Table having those publications, which fetch awards by students in the events/conferences organized by other institutes. Include a tabulated list of all other student publications in a separate annexure. Item Awards fetched Publications Publications Awarded
CAY 20122013 10
Ch. AnjaniSruthiRatna won 2nd Prize in the event semi classical dance at VRSEC. P. Shalini won 2nd prize(100mts),1st prize(200mts),2nd prize(400mts),3rd prize(800mts) in the event athletics at VRSEC. N. Charmili won 2nd prize in the event throwball at JNTUK-Inter college
164
March 2013
CAYm1 2011-2012
CAYm2 2010-2011
10
competitions(MIC) P.Dharmika won 2nd prize in the event throw ball at JNTUK-Inter college competitions(MIC) EdaraManogna won 2nd prize in Vivekananda sevayagna contest at Ramakrishna mission. EdaraManognawon 1st prize in tennicoit (summit) at VRSEC Tummalasiri and Lakshmi durga won 2nd prize in tennicoit(summit) at VRSEC. K.Rohitha is winner in quiz (summit) at VRSEC. Y.Sumanchandu, P. Ravi teja, T. Saisandeep, D. Anuroop, L. Kali kiran, K. Naga murali, Sk. Moulali won 1st prize in volleyball(summit) at VRSEC. P. Srikanth is winner in group dance at PBSiddharthacollege. Kota Virajitha,B. Navya L. N. P Boggavarapu, R S.Vaddi and Hima Deepthi Vankayalapati Simple and Effective Techniques for Skew Correction, Slant Correction and Core-Region Detection for Cursive Word Recognition. published in Springer series Advances in Intelligent and Soft Computing, 2012, Volume 132/2012, 353-361, DOI: 10.1007/978-3-642-274435_40 Amir Sohail and ch.Rishwant won 2nd Prize in paper presentation titled Virtual Surgery at NRI Institute of Technology, Guntur on 1213th September 2011. Praveen Kumar.A and Nishant.B won 3rd Prize in the event Village Planning at MGIT, Hyderabad on 14th -17th September 2011. N.S.L.Poojitha got 2nd Prize in the event of Beg Borrow & Steel at KL University, Guntur on 13th and 14th October 2011. P.Anusha, V.Sravani and T.Neelima participated National Conference on current trends of Information Technology paper presentation titled Audio Stegnagraphy at SRKR Engineering college in 22nd and 23rd feb-2011. A.Harish, Afroz Sultana Published a paper in
March 2013
165
International conference on Systematics Cybernetics and Informatics paper titled Morphological based approach to localize the number plate- an Indian Context Jan 5th to 8th 2011. Pinnika Venkata rao,Palli Asif Basha,Ravilla Manoj,R.Manoj Kumar got certification in 12th international conference on Disributed computing & Networking-2011 at Banglore.2 5th Jan. Shaik Mohd Zaheer Parvez presented paper titled clustering of web search results using suffix tree algorithm and avoidance of repetition of same images in search results using L point comparision algorithm Publication in International conference on Systematics Cybernatics and Informatics Jan 5th to 8th 2011. G. Sukanth won 1st prize in paper presentation at IIT Bhuvaneswar 14 16th Jan-2011 V. Rajesh and P.Sridhar won 1st prize for paper presentation Titled Image Segmentation using Edge and Contour Detection National level Conference on current trends of Information Technology Organised by SRKR Engineering college in 22nd and 23rd Feb-2011. S.Maheswara Sai secured 1st Prize in Paper Presentation at Andhra Loyola Institute of Engineering and Technology 25th Feb 2011 V.N.S.Chaitanya,M.Rishwant,S.Maheswara Sai and K.Srividhya won runner prize in paper presentation at Lakireddy Balireddy College of Engineering in 4th March-2011. M. Rishwanth and V.Lava Kumar won 2nd prize in Iquest at Gayatri college of Engineering in 2011. Shaik Mohd Zaheer Parvez has published a paper in ICETECT in clustering of web search results using suffix tree algorithm and avoidance of repetition of same images in search results using L point comparison algorithm 23-24th March 2011. V. Aneesha, G. B. Krishna, A. Mounica, and R.
166
S. Vaddi, "Cumulative probabilistic approach based histogram equalization for contrast enhancement," in International Conference on Systemics, Cybernetics and Informatics Hyderabad: Pentagram Research, 2011 Table 4.8: Student interaction with the outside world details
March 2013
167
5. Faculty Contributions (175)

List of Faculty Members: Exclusively for the Program / Shared with other Programs
Designation and Date of Joining the Institution Qualification University and year of graduation Inter-action with outside world Name of the Faculty Distribution of teaching load (%) Number of research publications in journals and conferences since joining
R&D and Consulta ncy work with amount UGC-MRP. IPR
Dr.A.Koteswara Rao
Ph.D, 2009 Ph.D, 2011
Dr. G.RamaKoteswara Rao
Professor & Head 5 - 4 -10 Professor 01-06-12
100
12
50
50
M.Suneetha
M.Tech, 2001
Associate Professor 5-10-09 Associate Professor 11-12-07
100
K.Sita kumari
M.Tech, 2007
100
S.Suhasini
M.Tech, 2007
Associate Professor 11-12-07 Assistant Professor 19-8-2005
100
G.Jaya Lakshmi
M.Tech, 2009
100
B.L.N.Phaneendra kumar
M.Tech, 2008
Assistant Professor 17-9-08 Assistant Professor 27-7-07 Assistant
100
V.Radhe syam
M.Tech, 2008
100
M.Ashok kumar
M.Tech,
100
Institute IT Support/Ser vices for Academic Institutions Computing Curriculum & content for schools MIS(College Manageme nt Information system Autonomou s Activities Manageme nt Institute IT Support/Ser vices for Academic Institutions Computing Curriculum and content for Schools Computing Curriculum and content for Schools Web
March 2013
Holding an incubation unit
PG & Other
I Year
UG
168
2008
Professor 1-8-07
Y.Sangeetha
M.Tech, 2008
Assistant Professor 11-6-07
100
T.L.Surekha
M.Tech, 2008
Assistant Professor 22/01/08
100
P.Madhavi Latha
M.Tech, 2010
100
S.Kranthi
M.Tech, 2010
Assistant Professor 23-1-08 Assistant Professor 17-1-07 Assistant Professor 25-9-06
100
K.Pranathi
M.Tech, 2011
100
P.Ramadevi
M.Tech, 2011
100
A.Srisaila
M.Tech, 2008
Assistant Professor 22-1-08 Assistant Professor 11-2-09
100
S.Sriharsha
M.Tech, 2008
100
Y.Sandeep
M.Tech, 2009
Assistant Professor 25-9-10 Assistant Professor 29-9-10
100
M.Varun
M.Tech, 2010
100
D.Madhavi
M.Tech, 2009
50
50
Developme nt for Schools/ind ustry Institute IT Support/Ser vices for Academic Institutions Web Developme nt for Schools/ind ustry MIS(College Manageme nt Information system Autonomou s Activities Manageme nt Skill based course offering with CMTES MIS(College Manageme nt Information System) Autonomou s activities Manageme nt Web Developme nt for Schools/ind ustry Computing Curriculum and content for Schools Web Developme nt for Schools/ind ustry Skill based Course offering with CMTES
March 2013
169
Ch.Srividya
M.Tech, 2010
50
50
K.Madhavi
M.Tech, 2010
Assistant Professor 5-1-11 Assistant Professor 7-1-11 Assistant Professor 19-8-05 Assistant Professor 2-1-06
50
50
N.Praveena
M.Tech, 2010
50
50
S.Sunitha
M.Tech, 2012
100
G.Geetha
M.Tech, 2012
100
Y.Bhanusree
M.Tech 2010
Assistant Professor 08-06-11 Assistant Professor 10-09-11 Assistant Professor 10-09-11
100
J.Ravi
M.Tech, 2010
50
50
M.Ramesh
M.Tech 2011
50
50
MIS(College Manageme nt Information System) Skill based course offering with CMTES Autonomou s Activities Manageme nt Computing Curriculum and content for Schools Web Developme nt for Schools/ind ustry Computing Curriculum and content for Schools Autonomou s Activities Manageme nt MIS(College Manageme nt Information System)
N.Neelima
M.Tech 2010 B.Tech
V Uday Kiran
P.Deepika
B.Tech
B.Amulya
B.Tech
SK.Ruhulla
B.Tech
B.Siva Bhandavi
B.Tech
Assistant Professor 29-02-12 Assistant Professor 01-12-11 Assistant Professor 01-12-11 Assistant Professor 01-12-11 Assistant Professor 01-12-11 Assistant Professor 01-12-12
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
100
50
50
March 2013
170
K.P.M.K.Kumar
B.Tech
50
50
Table 5.1: Faculty allotted to program (Instruction: The institution may complete this table for the calculation of the studentteacher ratio (STR). Teaching loads of the faculty member contributing to only undergraduate program (2nd, 3rd, and 4th year) are considered to calculate the STR.)
5.1. Student-Teacher Ratio (STR) (20)

STR is desired to be 15 or superior Assessment = 20 15/STR; subject to maximum assessment of 20 STR = (x + y + z)/N1 where, x = Number of students in 2nd year of the program z = Number of students in 4th year of the program N1 = Total number o f faculty members in the program (by considering fractional load) Year CAYm2 CAYm1 CAY x 133 144 144 y 133 133 144 z 130 133 133 x+y+z 396 410 421 N1 26 27 27 STR Assessment (Max. is 20) 19.69 19.76 19.24 19.56
15.23 15.18 15.59 Av. Assessment Table 5.2: Student-Teacher Ratio For Item nos. 5. 2 to 5. 8, the denominator term (N) is computed as follows: N = Maximum {N1, N2} N1 = Total number of faculty members in the program (considering the fractional load)
N2 =Number of faculty positions needed for student-teacher ratio of15. Year CAYm2 CAYm1 CAY N1 26 27 27 N2 26 27 28 N = Max. (N1,N2) 26 27 28
5.2. Faculty Cadre Ratio (20)

Assessment where, CRI = 20 CRI = Cadre ratio index = 2.25 (2x + y)/N; subject to max. CRI = 1.0
171
where, x Y Year CAYm2 CAYm1 CAY
= Number of professors in the program = Number of associate professors in the program x 2 2 2 Y 3 3 3 N 26 27 28 CRI 0.60 0.58 Assessment 12 11.6 11.2 11.6
0.56 Av. Assessment Table 5.3: Faculty Cadre Ratio
5.3. Faculty Qualifications (30)

Assessment where, FQI = = = where, x Y Year CAYm2 CAYm1 CAY = = x 2 2 2 4 FQI Faculty qualification index (10x + 6y )/N2 such that, x + y +z0 N2; and z0 z Number of faculty members with PhD Number of faculty members with ME / M Tech y 22 24 26 Z 2 1 0 N FQI Assessment 23.38 24.28 25.12 24.26
26 5.84 27 6.07 28 6.28 Av. Assessment Table 5.4: Faculty Qualification Index details
5.4. Faculty Competencies correlation to Program Specific Criteria (15)

(Provide evidence that program curriculum satisfies the applicable program criteria specified by the appropriate American professional associations such as ASME, IEEE and ACM. You may list the program specific criteria and the competencies (specialization, research publication, course developments etc.,.) of faculty to correlate the program specific criteria and competencies) As per the program criteria specified by the Lead Society : CSAB (Computer Science Accreditation Board) including the association for computing machinery (ACM) and IEEE Computer Society(IEEE-CS), the program curriculum is designed and aligned with the following domain areas as Human Computer Interaction, Programming, Information Management, Networking, System Administration and Maintenance, System Integration and Architecture, Information Assurance and Security.
March 2013
172
The FDPs attended / organized by this group during the last two years to enhance their knoledge in the domain : Data Analytics and Business Intelligence by Infosys Recent trends in Data Mining by IIT, Bhuvaneshwar & NIT, Warangal Computing with Words using Fuzzy Logic from VIT University, Vellore Instructional design for e-content preparation, IIIT Hyderabad Business Intelligence Server, S.R.K.Institute of Technology The group has Published 12 research publications in the areas of data mining, text mining and social mining.
Programming
The FDPs participated / organized by this group during the last two years to improve their programming skills : Teacher training program-Learning by doing methodology conducted for 1month by IIITH
March 2013
173
Real world web services by Microsoft Web applications at CDAC(trained with business applications) Best practices in programming and testing by Infosys at Rise Group of Institutions, Ongole Python programming, Swetcha organization Involved in developing web sites for Alumni, College management information systems, student feedback ,autonomous activities and technical events.
Networking
The FDPs participated / organized by this group during the last two years to upgrade their knowledge in networking: Applications of Engineering solutions using MATLAB by ECE dept, VRSEC Teacher training program-Learning by doing methodology conducted for 1month by IIITH Effective methods of Teaching at Osmania University by the Institute of public enterprise Published 6 papers towards research in the area of applications of computer networks
March 2013
174
The FDPs participated / organized by this group to enhance their technical skills : Geospatial Technology at TCS, Hyderabad Hands on workshop on beagle board and android, Bangalore Effective E-teaching and learning by IIITB Active Teaching Methodology in Engineering by Dr. Clif Kussmaul, Muhlenberg, USA & Mrs Sandya Kode, Director, EnhanceEdu IIITH . Machine Learning, by Indian Statistical Institute and the ACM Student Chapter Evolutionary Algorithms and Machine learning active teaching learning procedures, Projects are being guided for implementing Open Computer vision algorithms on hardware like Beagle board, ORDINO board Published 25 research papers in reputed International Journals
System Administration & Maintenance
The FDPs participated / organized by this group during the last two years to upgrade their knowledge: Fresher Course Program by IIIT, Hyderabad Published 4 research papers in this domain
System Integration & Architecture Web Technologies, CDAC, Hyderabad
March 2013
175
The FDPs participated / organized by this group during the last two years to upgrade their knowledge in the area of Software Reliability and Quality Assurance: Advanced Computer Architecture, AP State Council for Higher Education Software Testing Methodology & Automation Tools., Swetcha Organization Software testing on IBM rationale, SP Software Private Limited Published 6 research publications in software reliability and quality assurance.
Information Assurance & Security
The FDPs participated / organized by this group during the last two years to upgrade their knowledge in the area of Network Security: Open Collaborative Research with emphasis on Engineering, JNTUH Elliptic curve cryptography , SETS, Chennai Information security standards, from SETS(Secure Electronic Transactions), CIT Campus, Chennai. Published 6 research papers in network security and wireless networks
5.5. Faculty as participants/resource persons in faculty development/training activities (15)

(Instruction: A faculty member scores maximum five points for a participation/resource person in a two week depending upon the quality of the research papers and books published in the past three years.) Participant/resource person in two week faculty development program : 5 points Participant/resource person in one week faculty development program : 3 Points
Name of the Faculty CAYm2 Dr.A.Koteswara Rao Dr.C.Narasimham Dr.G.Rama Koteswara Rao M.Suneetha K.Sita kumara S.Suhasini
Max. 5 per Faculty CAYm1 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 176 CAY 5 5 5
G.JayaLakshmi B.L.N.Phaneendra V.Radhe syam M.Ashok Kumar Y.Sangeetha T.L.Surekha P.Madhavilatha S.Kranthi K.Pranathi P.Ramadevi A.Srisaila D.Madhavi S.Sriharsha Y.Sandeep M.Varun K.Madhavi Y.Bhanusree J.Ravi M.Ramesh M.Srujana V.Sreenivas G.Geetha S.Sunitha Srividya N.Praveena Sum N (Number of faculty positions required for an STR of 15) Assessment = 3 Sum/N
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 3 5 5 3 3 3
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
3 3 3 3 3 3 115 26
5 5 5 5 140 27
5 5 5 5 130 28
13.26
15.55 Average Assessment
13.92 14.24
Table 5.5: Faculty Development activities Assessment Details
5.6. Faculty Retention (15)

Assessment where RPI = 3 RPI/N = Retention point index = Points assigned to all faculty members where points assigned to a faculty member = 1 point for each year of experience at the institute but not exceeding 5. Item Number of faculty with less than ly (x0) Number of faculty with 1y <= period <2y (x1)
CAYm2 10 2
CAYm1 7 8
CAY 4 5
177
Number of faculty with 2y <= period <3y (x2) Number of faculty with 3y <= period <4y (x3) Number of faculty with 4y <= period <5y (x4) Number of faculty with more than 5y (x5) N RPI = x1 + 2x2 + 3x3 + 4x4 + 5x5
13 4 26 57 6.57
1 12 4 27
7 1 16 28 102 10.92 8.71
78 Assessment 8.66 Av. Assessment Table 5.6. Faculty Retention details

20 15 10 5 0 CAYm2 CAYm1 CAY
Retention rate with 4 years and above
Figure 5.1: Faculty retention rate
5.7. Faculty Research Publications (FRP) (20)

Assessment of FRP = 4 ( Sum of the research publication points scored by each faculty member)/N (Instruction: A faculty member scores maximum five research publication points depending upon the quality of the research papers and books published in the past three years.) The research papers considered are those ( i ) which can be located on Internet and/or are included in hard-copy volumes/proceedings, published by reputed publishers, and (ii) the faculty members affiliation, in the published papers/books, is of the current institution. Include a list of all such publications and IPRs along with details of DOI, publisher, month/year, etc. The FRP points are specified by considering the following. For a research publication with Scopus index -5 (FRP points), DOI -3(FRP points) and with ISSN 2(FRP points). The list of faculty publications is enclosed in APPENDIX VIII
Name of faculty (contributing to FRP) Dr.tech.A.Koteswara Rao Dr.C.Narasimham
FRP Points (Max. 5 per faculty) CAYm2 5 5 CAYm1 5 5 178 CAY 5
Dr.G.Rama Koteswara Rao M.Suneetha K.Sita kumari S.Suhasini G.JayaLakshmi B.L.N Phaneendra Kumar V.Radhe syam M.Ashok kumar Y.Sangeetha T.L.Surekha P.Madhavilatha S.Kranthi K.Pranathi A.Srisaila V.Sreenivas S.Sriharsha Y.Sandeep Y.BhanuSree M.Varun D.Madhavi Ch.Srividya K.Madhavi N.Praveena S.Sunitha G.Geetha M.Ramesh J.Ravi Sum N (Number of faculty positions required for an STR of 15) Assessment FRP = 4x Sum/N
2 3 3 3
5 5 5 5 5 5
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 3 5 2
2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 2
3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3
30 26 4.61
2 2 70 27 10.37 Av. Assessment
73 28 10.42 8.46
Table 5.7: Faculty Research Publications Quality assessment details
5.8. Faculty Intellectual Property Rights (FIPR) (10)

Assessment of FIPR = 2 (Sum of the FIPR points scored by each faculty member)/N (Instruction: A faculty member scores maximum five FIPR points. FIPR includes awarded national/international patents, design, and copyrights.) Name of faculty member (contributing to FIPR) ................. FIPR points (max. 5 per faculty member) CAYm2 CAYm1 CAY
March 2013
179
Sum N Assessment o f FIPR = 2 Sum/N Average assessment Table 5.8: Faculty Intellectual Property Rights (FIPR) details 5.9. Funded R&D Projects and Consultancy (FRDC) Work (20) Assessment of R&D and consultancy projects = 6 (Sum of FPPC by each faculty member)//N (Instruction: A faculty member scores maximum 5 points, depending upon the amount.) A suggested scheme is given below for a minimum amount of Rs. 1 lakh: Five points for funding by national agency, Four points for funding by state agency, Four points for funding by private sector, and Two points for funding by the sponsoring trust/society.
Name of faculty (contributing to FRP) I. Research and Development Dr.tech.A.Koteswara Rao 5 5 5 I. Private sector funded projects 1. Computing Curriculum and Content for schools Client : ASTRAGEN M.Suneetha 4 4 4 Y.Bhanusree 4 4 B.L.N.Phaneendra kumar 4 4 4 V.Radhesyam 4 4 4 S.Sunitha 4 4 4 Y.Sandeep 4 4 4 2. Web Development for schools/industry Clients : Krishna district private schools association, Small and Medium Scale Industries, Alumni associations M.Ashok kumar 4 4 4 G.Geetha 4 4 4 S.SriHarsha 4 4 4 M.Varun 4 4 4 T.L.Surekha 4 4 4 3. MIS (College Management Information System ) Clients : Pinnamameni Siddhartha Medical College, RVR and JC College of Engineering, PVP Siddhartha Institute of Technology K.Sita kumara 4 4 4 M.Ramesh 4 4 Ch.Srividya 4 4 4 P.Rama devi 4 4 4 FPPC Points (Max. 5 per faculty) CAYm2 CAYm1 CAY
NIL
March 2013
180
P.Madhavilata 4 4 4. Autonomous Activities Management Clients : VRSiddhartha Engineering College, RVR and JC College of Engineering, PVP Siddhartha Institute of Technology S.Suhasini 4 4 J.Ravi 4 A.Srisaila 4 4 S.Kranthi 4 4 N.Praveena 4 4 5. Skill based Course offering with CMTES Clients: Courses developed Multimedia, Computer Hardware and Networking K.Madhavi 4 4 K.Pranathi 4 4 D.Madhavi 4 4 II. Projects funded by sponsoring Trust /Society 6. IT Supports/ Services for Academic Institutions Dr.G.Rama Koteswara Rao G.Jayalakshmi 2 2 Y.Sangeetha 2 2 Sum N ( Number of faculty positions required for an STR of 15 ) Assessment FRP = 4x Sum/N 93 26 14.30 105 27 15.55 Av. Assessment
4 4 4 4 4
4 4 4
2 2 2 107 28 15.28 15.04
Table 5.9: R&D and Consultancy work assessment details
5.10.
Faculty Interactions with Outside World (10)
FIP = Faculty interaction points Assessment = 2 (Sum of FIP by each faculty member)/N (Instruction: A faculty member gets maximum five interaction points, depending upon the type of institution or R&D laboratory or industry, as follows) Five points for interaction with a reputed institution abroad, institution of eminence in India, or national research laboratories, points for interaction with institution/industry (not covered earlier). Points to be awarded, for those activities, which result in joint efforts in publication of books/research paper, pursuing externally funded R&D / consultancy projects and/or development of semester-long course / teaching modules.
Name of faculty CAYm2 CAYm1 (contributing to FRP) Interaction with Outside World resulting in Research Publications Dr.tech.A.Koteswara Rao 5 5 Dr.C.Narasimham 5 5 Dr.G.Rama KoteswaraRao
CAY
5 5 181
M.Suneetha 5 5 K.Sita kumari 5 S.Suhasini 5 5 G.JayaLakshmi 3 B.L.NPhaneendra Kumar 5 5 5 V.Radhe syam 5 5 5 Interaction with Outside World for development of Semester-long course/teaching modules collaboration : IIITH, ASTRAGEN and Muhlenberg college, USA Y.Bhanusree 5 5 J.Ravi 5 5 5 S.Sunitha 5 5 5 G.Geetha 5 5 5 S.Sriharsha 5 5 5 M.Varun 5 5 5 Interaction with Outside World for establishing Consultancy Collaborator : Indian Railways M.Ashok 3 3 3 M.Ramesh 3 3 3 K.Pranathi 3 3 3 P.Ramadevi 3 3 3 Interaction with Outside in joint skill based course development and delivery Collaborator : IIITH, CMTES K.Madhavi 3 3 3 S.Kranthi 3 3 3 D.Madhavi 3 3 3 Sum N (Number of faculty positions required for an STR of 15) Assessment FRP = 2x Sum/N Av. Assessment 66 26 5.07 81 27 6.0 89 28 6.35 5.80
Table 5.10: Faculty interaction with outside world assessment details
March 2013
182
6. Facilities and Technical Support (75)

Description of Class rooms, faculty rooms, and seminar/ conference halls: (Entries in the following table are sampler entries)
Room Description Room -145 Rooms Equipped with PC, Internet, Book rack, meeting space..etc 40 individual chairs, podium, Glass board, internet facility, facility for using projector, adequate number of fans and lights. 25 benches (3 students per bench), Podium, Glass board, internet, facility for projector, adequate number of fans and lights 5 windows with glass doors. 25 benches (3 students per bench), Podium, Glass board, internet, facility for projector, adequate number of fans and lights 5 windows with glass doors. 25 benches (3 students per bench), Podium, Glass board, internet, facility for projector, adequate number of fans and lights 5 windows with glass doors. 25 benches (3 students per bench), Podium, Glass board, internet, facility for projector, adequate number of fans and lights 5 windows with glass doors. 25 benches (3 students per bench), Podium, Glass board, internet, facility for projector, adequate number of fans and lights 5 windows with glass doors. 25 benches (3 students per bench), Podium, Glass board, internet, facility for projector, adequate number of fans and lights 5 windows with glass doors. 30 Individual Chairs, Podium, Glass board.
Usage
Shared / Capacity Exclusive 96 sq.mt
Class room for 1st Exclusive year M.Tech Class room for Exclusive 2ndyear-Section A
Room 150
96 sq.mt
Room -151
Class room for Exclusive nd 2 year-Section B
96 sq.mt
Room -152
Class room for Exclusive 3rdyear-Section A
96 sq.mt
Room -250
Class room for Exclusive 3rdyear-Section A
96 sq.mt
Room -251
Class room for Exclusive 4thyear-Section A
96 sq.mt
Room -252 Room .-126
Class room for 4th Exclusive year-Section A Tutorial room for all 2nd , 3rd , 4th years & M.Tech students For all 2nd , 3rd , 4th years & M.Tech students For all 2nd , 3rd , 4th years & M.Tech students Girls waiting hall for all girl students Faculty Meeting
March 2013
96 sq.mt
Shared
33sq.mt 30 Individual Chairs, Podium, Glass board.
Room-127
Shared
33sq.mt 288 sq.mt 80 sq.mt 44 sq.mt 80 Individual Chairs, LCD, Laptop, Podium. Benches, Chairs for sitting. 30 Chairs and 1 Long table. 183
Room -134
Shared Exclusive Shared
Room-135 Meeting
room No.1 Library 144 Counselling rooms137,138 Faculty rooms (15)
For Reading For counselling academic all weak Students. Faculty Members
Exclusive Exclusive
44 sq.mt 44 sq.mt
30 chairs, 2 long tables, 4 glass racks,5 Iron racks, 1 computer, 1TV, 400 volumes and 300 Titles. 1 Table, 2 Chairs, 1 Fan.
Shared
35sq.mt
29 tables,35 chairs,6 systems & 3printers.
Table 6.1: Department Facilities and Technical Support
6.1. Class rooms in the Department (20) 6.1.1. Adequate number of rooms for lectures (core/electives), seminars, tutorials, etc for the program (10)
(Instruction: Assessment based on the information provided in the above table ) Department has sufficient class rooms for conducting lectures and tutorials for II/IV, III/IV and IV/IV B. Tech IT students. In the IT program every year has two sections each with fully furnished exclusive class rooms Department has a seminar hall to conduct workshops, seminars and guest lectures. Department has two Tutorial Rooms to help students who are lagging in the subjects. Class rooms are provided with good ventilation, high speed LAN Connection and uninterrupted power supply. Counseling room is provided for grievance readdress and to guide students.
6.1.2. Teaching aids multimedia projectors, etc. (5)

(Instruction: Assessment based on the information provided in the above table) All the class rooms were equipped with facilities like black board, fans, tube lights, benches, chairs and podium. Department has good sound proof class rooms. Some class rooms are fixed with LCD projectors for conducting presentation sessions and 2 LCD projectors are kept movable. Internet connection is provided in every class to enable presentation of online information.
6.1.3. Acoustics, class room size, conditions of chairs/benches, air circulation, lighting, exits, ambiance, and such other amenities/facilities (5)
(Instruction: Assessment based on the information provided in the above table and the inspection there of ) All the class rooms are of size 96sq.mt in which adequate no of benches/chairs are provided to accommodate a good number of students. Each and every class room is a sound proof with perfect ventilation (5 windows per
184
class). Class rooms are equipped with lights, fans, chairs/benches, podium with good ambience.
6.2. Faculty Rooms in the Department (15) 6.2.1. Availability of individual faculty rooms (5)
(Instruction: Assessment based on the information provided in the above table) Adequate number of staff rooms with a size of 24sq.mt each is available to accommodate every faculty member. Professors and Associate professors are allotted with individual staff room. Assistant professors are allotted on sharing basis (2 in each room).
6.2.2. Room equipped with white/black board, computer, Internet, and such other amenities/facilities (5)
(Instruction: Assessment based on the information provided in the above table ) Each and every room is provided with internet facility and uninterrupted power supply. Few staff rooms are equipped with Computers, Printers and Scanners. Each and every staff room is provided with glass racks to facilitate the faculty for storing books and files. All the staff rooms are equipped with white boards, High speed LAN connection and Wi-Fi.
6.2.3. Usage of room for discussion/counseling with students (5)

(Instruction: Assessment based on the information provided in the above table and the inspection there of ) All the staff rooms are sufficient to conduct discussions/counseling with students. To clarify the doubts of the students individually, faculty rooms are provided with white boards. Students interact with faculty in the concerned class rooms to carry out project works
Laboratory description in Exclusive the curriculum Use/Share d Data Structures lab Exclusive Data Base Management Exclusive Systems Lab Object Oriented Exclusive
Space. Number of Quality of Laboratory number of experiments instruments manuals Students 198 sq.mt/75 20 Good Available 198 sq.mt/75 198 sq.mt/75 25 20 Good Good Available Available
185
Programming Lab Networking Lab Computer Vision Lab Data Warehousing Lab Web Technologies Lab Data Mining Lab Wireless Networks Lab Exclusive Exclusive Exclusive Exclusive Exclusive Exclusive 198 sq.mt/75 198 sq.mt/75 198 sq.mt/75 198 sq.mt/75 198 sq.mt/75 198 sq.mt/75 198 sq.mt/75 198 sq.mt/75 21 25 20 25 20 20 20 --Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Available Available Available Available Available Available Available Available Available
Software Testing Tools Exclusive Lab Major Project Mini Project Exclusive Major Project
R & D centre 24X7 computer centre
Exclusive Exclusive 198 --Good 198 sq.mt/75 sq.mt/75 Other Laboratory facilities Working beyond Exclusive 25 --Good Exclusive 75 ---Good
-----
Table 6.2: Laboratory Facility details
6.3. Laboratories in the Department to meet the Curriculum Requirements and the Pos (25) 6.3.1. Adequate, well-equipped laboratories to meet the curriculum requirements and the POs (10)
(Instruction: Assessment based on the information provided in the above table) Department has enough labs which are used for all the years on timetable basis to meet the curriculum requirements. The courses which have practical work will be provided labs every week. Labs are equipped with sufficient hardware and licensed software to run program specific curriculum and off program curriculum. Research laboratory is available 24X7 for all faculties and students to carry research work and projects. Exclusively a project lab has been provided for the students to carry out their mini and major project work. Laboratories during two afternoon sessions of a week are absolutely kept free for students to develop core skills.
6.3.2. Availability of computing facilities in the department (5)

(Instruction: Assessment based on the information provided in the above table ) Internet facility has been provided without limitation by the department to the students and faculty 24/7.
186
Around 200 computers are available in the labs with fully loaded licensed softwares to facilitate all students to carry their course work. Research lab is also provided with adequate no of computers to carry research works and projects. All labs are provided with Un-interruptible power supply (UPS).
6.3.3. Availability of laboratories with technical support within and beyond working hours (5)
(Instruction: Assessment based on the information provided in the above table ) Within the working hours all labs are open to the students to carry their project work with a full technical support and beyond the working hours research lab is used. Technical support is provided with central hardware and software team Lab slots are provided depending on the curriculum. Extra lab slots are provided depending on the progress in the course practical work if necessary.
6.3.4. Equipments to run experiments and their maintenance, Number of students per experimental set up, Size of the laboratories, overall ambience etc. (5)
(Instruction: Assessment based on the information provided in the above table ) Each student is allotted individual PC for the lab work assigned. The Lab has good ambience as the PCs are arranged in a way that student can feel comfortable in doing labs.
6.4. Technical Manpower Support in the Department (15)

Name of the tech Staff S. Balaji J. Basha Designation (Pay-Scale) Programmer Programmer Exclusive /Shared work Exclusive Shared Qualifications Date of joining 18/8/2006 24/1/2009 At joining DCME At Now B.Tech, (M.Tech) M.Sc (IT) Other Technical Skills gained C,C++, JAVA, Web Designing Hardware expertise, C, C++, Oracle, Java Multimedia
Responsibility Attends all S/W and N/W problems Looks S/W and N/W problems Looking H/W problems
B.Sc
M. Joseph
Hardware technician
Shared
26/12/2011
B.com (comput ers)
-----
Table 6.3: Technical Manpower Support details
6.4.1. Availability of adequate and qualified technical supporting staff for program specific laboratories (10)
(Instruction: Assessment based on the information provided in the above table
187
) Sufficient technical staff is available to run the course laboratories. Each course specific lab has a qualified supporting staff to guide the students.
6.4.2. Incentives, skill-up gradation and professional advancement (5)

(Instruction: Assessment based on the information provided in the above table ) One technical support staff has upgraded his qualification to B.Tech and will be considered for up gradation. Two technical support staff has already upgraded their qualification to M.tech and are considered for up gradation. Technical staff is provided with sufficient time to upgrade their skills.
March 2013
188
7. Academic Support Units and Teaching-Learning Process (75)

Students Admission Admission intake (for information only) Item 2012-13 Sanc Sanctioned intake strength in the institute N)students admitted on merit Number ( of b a s i s (N1) Number of students admitted on management quota/otherwise (Total N2) number of admitted students in the institute (N1 + N2) 1140 798 342 1140 2011-12 2010-11 Admit 840 588 252 840
Admit Sanc Admit Sanc 1133 1020 1020 795 338 714 306 714 306 840 588 252 840
1133 1020 1020
Sanc Sanctioned Admit Admitted Table 7.1 Academic Intake Details (Instruction: The intake of the students during the last three years against the sanctioned capacity may be reported here.) Admission quality (for information only) Divide the total admitted ranks (or percentage marks) into five or a few more meaningful range Rank Range 0-5,000 2012-13 OC 6.7 BC 0.93 SC -0.13 0.13 0.5 1.6 0.8 13.73 ST ------4.8 OC 10.36 11.34 3.92 6.8 2.24 0.9 15.4 2011-12 BC 0.5 4.48 5.33 6.16 3.64 3.5 16.6 SC -0.14 0.14 0.28 0.7 0.7 14.2 ST -----0.14 6.16 OC 9.18 12.07 5.61 3.06 4.59 2.38 2.21 2010-11 BC 0.85 4.93 4.76 4.76 4.25 2.38 17 SC --0.68 0.34 0.85 0.85 ST ----0.17 --
5,00117.02 4.27 10,000 10,0015.2 5.08 15,000 15,0015.0 5.57 20,000 20,0011.74 5.75 25,000 25,0011.74 3.9 30,000 Above 4.9 11.85 30,000
14.11 4.93
Table 7.2: Seat Allotment Details
March 2013
189
(Instruction: The admission quality of the students in terms of their ranks in the entrance examination may be presented here.) Tabular data for estimating student-teacher ratio and faculty qualification for first year common courses List of faculty members teaching first year courses: Name of faculty member Dr. Ch. BABY RANI J.SIVA RAM PRASAD M.S.V.D.SUDARSAN D.RAJANI R.L.N.CHARYULU A.SANDHYA R.SANDHYA M.SIVAMALA Dr.G.SRIDEVI Qualific ation Ph.D. M.Sc B.Ed , M.Phil M.Sc, M.Phil M.Sc, M.Phil M.Sc, M.Phil M.Sc M.Sc M.Sc, M.Phil M.Sc, M.Phil Ph.D M.Sc, M.Phil., Ph.D. M.Sc, M.Phil M.Sc,M. Phil M.Sc, B.Ed. M.Sc M.Sc., M.Phil M.Sc, Ph.D M.Sc, B.Ed, M.Phil M.Sc., Date of joining the institution 14/07/1998 10/10/2005 12/11/2007 09/07/2008 14/08/2008 02/01/2009 22/10/2009 10/10/2011 05/11/2001 Department Distribution of teaching load (%) with which st associated 1 year UG PG Mathematics 100% ----Mathematics Mathematics Mathematics Mathematics Mathematics Mathematics Mathematics Physics 50% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 50% ---------
Designation Associate Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof
--------
Associate Prof
Dr.K.NARENDRA SK.FAKRUDDIN BABAVALI B.R.VENKATESWARA RAO Y.N.RAJEEV B.VIJAY KUMAR P.NARESH Dr.A.RATNAKAR D.SARADA KALYANI Dr.S.SRINIVASA RAO
Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Professor Sr.Assistant Prof Assistant Prof
27/09/2004 22/11/2007 15/07/2008 25/07/2009 10/10/2011 11/06/2012 08/11/1990 05/09/2003 04/04/2001
Physics Physics Physics Physics Physics Physics Chemistry Chemistry Chemistry
100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
----------
----------
March 2013
190
CH.KAVITHA M.SRI LAKSHMI M.DURGA BHAVANI V.RAJESH N.MURALI KRISHNA
B.NEELAMBARAM
M.JAYA RANJAN P.VENKATA RAMANA U.V.NARAYANA RAO D.BASANTHI Y. RAJA VEERENDRA G.DHARMA TEJA B.SRINIVAS A.PATHANJALI SASTRY S.SUNITHA P.MADHAVI LATHA K.PRANATHI N.PRAVEENA K.MADHAVI N.NEELIMA A.JITENDRA V.V.N.V.PHANI KUMAR S.BABU K.RANI K.RAVI BABU V.SAMBASIVA RAO Dr.CH.NAGA RAJU Dr.V.B.K.MURTHY
Ph.D M.Sc, M.Phil M.Sc, M.Phil M.Sc, B.Ed. M.Sc M.Sc., M.Phil M.A, M.Phil, PGDFE,( Ph.D) M.A, (Ph.D) M.A M.Tech M.S M.S M.Tech MCA (Ph.D) MCA, M.Phil M.Tech M.Tech M.Tech M.Tech M.Tech M.Tech M.Tech B.Tech M.Tech M.Tech B.Tech B.Tech Ph.D. Ph.D.
Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof
11/10/2006 12/11/2007 05/01/2011 16/02/2012 04/06/2012
Chemistry Chemistry Chemistry Chemistry Chemistry
100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
------
------
01/09/2005 Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Professor Professor
English
60%
40%
20/08/2007 05/01/2011 31/08/2009 12/10/2011 25/02/2012 17/11/2011 27/09/2004 18/06/2008 18/07/2005 01/08/2007 12/11/2007 07/01/2011 05/01/2011 29/02/2012 21/06/2008 17/09/2008 18/09/2008 17/06/2010 11/12/2008 21/06/2008 17/09/1993 01/11/2010
English English Civil Department Civil Department Civil Department Civil Department MCA MCA IT IT IT IT IT IT CSE CSE CSE CSE CSE CSE Mechanical Mechanical
60% 60% 100% 20% 30% 30% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 20% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 33% 33%
40% 40% -80% 70% 70% ------80% -------------67% 34%

191
---------------------------33%
March 2013
P.S.SRINIVAS Dr.N.RAVI KUMAR K.RAMANAIAH V.SUDHEER KUMAR M.SUMA LATHA B L V S GUPTA A.SRINIVASULU B.SRINIVASA RAO K.SRINIVAS K.SRINIVASA RAO M.RAJESH M.BALA CHENNAIAH V.SRIDHAR P.NANDA KISHORE V.BAPI RAJU V.VENU MADHAV A.N.PHANI DEEPTHI B.SUPRAJA REDDY T.RAMA KRISHNA
M.Tech
Ph.D. 26/10/1995 Mechanical 40% M.Tech 20/11/2007 Mechanical 40% M.Tech 01/09/2005 Mechanical 75% M.Tech 07/09/2007 Mechanical 60% M.E. 13/11/2007 Mechanical 40% M.Tech 16/06/2008 Mechanical 40% M.Tech 23/06/2008 Mechanical 40% M.Tech 01/07/2008 Mechanical 50% M.Tech 18/07/2008 Mechanical 30% M.Tech 15/12/2008 Mechanical 75% M.Tech 19/01/2009 Mechanical 50% M.Tech 22/01/2009 Mechanical 50% M.Tech 23/01/2009 Mechanical 25% M.Tech 03/02/2009 Mechanical 40% M.Tech 10/10/2011 Mechanical 100% M.Tech 14/10/2011 Mechanical 100% M.E. 01/06/2012 Mechanical 100% M.Tech 01/06/2012 Mechanical 75% M.Tech J.NITYANANDAM Associate Prof 12/11/2007 EIE 30% (Ph.D) Table 7.3: First Year Faculty Details (Instruction: The institution may list here the faculty members engaged in first year teaching along with other relevant data.)
Associate Professor Professor Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof Assistant Prof
25/11/2010
Mechanical
50%
-40% 30% 25% 30% 30% 60% 60% 20% 70% 25% 50% 30% 50% 60% ------25% 70%
50% 20% 30% --30% -------20% 25% -----------
7.1. Academic Support Units (35) 7.1.1. Assessment of First Year Student Teacher Ratio (FYSTR) (10)
Data for first year courses to calculate the FYSTR: Year Number of students (approved intake strength) 840 839 1020 1133 Number of faculty members (considering fractional load) 65 66 71 74 FYSTR Assessment = (10 15)/FYSTR
2009-10 2010-11 2011-12 2012-13
12.92 12.71 14.37 15.3
11.609 11.8 10.43 9.8 10.33
Average assessment Table 7.4: First Year Student Teacher Ratio
March 2013
192
7.1.2. Assessment of Faculty Qualification Teaching First Year Common Courses (15)
Assessment of qualification = 3 (5x + 3 y + 2z0)/N, where x + y + z0 N and z0 Z
x y z N = = = = Number of faculty members with PhD Number of faculty members with ME/MTech/NET-Qualified/MPhil Number of faculty members with BE/BTech/MSc/MCA/MA Number of faculty members needed for FYSTR of 25
Year 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12 2012-13
x 7 7 10 11
Y 48 36 49 51
N 37 34 41 45
Assessment of faculty qualification 14.5 12.6 14.41 13.87 13.73
Average assessment of faculty qualification Table 7.5: First Year Faculty Qualification Details
7.1.3. Basic science/engineering laboratories (adequacy of space, number of
students per batch, quality and availability of measuring instruments, laboratory manuals, list of experiments) (8)
Lab Description Space, Number of Students S/W Used Type of experiments Total:10 Experiments on 1.Sound 2.Electricity 3.Electricity @ Electromag netism 4.Optics Quality of instruments Laboratory Manuals
298.22 Sq.mt Physics Lab 60 students per batch Nil
Procured Standard & Branded instruments, ISI certified instruments; secondary calibration is carried out at regular intervals.
Available
Lab Description
Space, Number of Students
S/W Used
Type of experiments
Quality of instrume nts
Laboratory Manuals
March 2013
193
Chemistry lab
307.58 Sq.mt 60 students per batch
Nil
Total:10 Experiments on 1.Volumetric 2.Photochemical 3.Quantative analysis by instruments In good 4.Synthasis of Working polymer Condition 5.Metalic coating by electrolysis 6. Quantitative determination of corrosion.
Available
Lab Description
Space, Number of Students
Software Used
Type of experiments
Quality of instrumen ts
Laboratory Manuals
Freshmen Computer Centre-I
MS-Office (Package), Turbo C
Total:12 Programmes on 1.MS WORD, 2.MS EXCELL, 3.MS Access, 4.Power point presentation, 5.Mail Creation & Message sent, 6. Mail Search, P4 etc. systems with Latest Total:35 Configurat Programmes on ions Implement on 1.variables 2.List &Describe common operaters 3.Conditional Statements 4.Looping Constructs.
Available
March 2013
194
5.arrays 6.strings 7.functions 8.Procedures Total:12 Programmes on 1.MS WORD, 2.MS EXCELL, 3.MS Access, 4.Power point presentation, 5.Mail Creation & Message sent, 6. Mail Search, etc.
Freshmen Computer Centre-II
MS-Office (Package), C-Language
Total:35 Programmes on Implement on 1.variables 2.List &Describe common operaters 3.Conditional Statements 4.Looping Constructs. 5.arrays 6.strings 7.functions 8.Procedures Total:2 Programmes on Assembling & Disassembling
Available
Hardware Lab
30 students per batch
Available
Central computing laboratory Computing Lab Central Computing lab

Space 235 Sq.meters

March 2013
No. of Computers 60
Varity of SWs MS Office,TurboC,Windows
Usage/Timi ngs 8:00 AM to 8:00PM
Lab Assistance Two programme

195
XP,Internet & Intranet Facilitys are available Manufacturing practices (Mechanical/Electrical) workshop Space, Number of Students Number of experiments Total :5 experiments on 1.House Wiring 2. Welding 3. Carpentry 4. Fin Smitry Quality of instruments Procured Standard & Branded instruments, ISI certified instruments, secondary calibration is carried out at regular intervals
rs work on shifts
Workshop Description
Lab Manuals
Work Shop
200 Sq.mt 60 students per batch
Available
Drawing Hall:
Description Drawing Hall: This course provides the students with the basic information needed to construct a set of working drawings. In doing so the students will learn or understand the basic methods, procedures, and principles used by the Drafting Industry
Space, Number of Students 219 132sq.m/80 220166sq.m/80 301A 260sq.m/120 301B 260sq.m/120
Number of experiments
Quality of instruments
Lab Manuals
All instruments in working condition 2slots/sec/week (Drawing boards and wooden models)
Available
Table 7.6: Laboratory Equipment Details (Instruction: The institution needs to mention the details for the basic science/engineering laboratories for the first year courses. The descriptors a s listed here are o n l y a s u g g e s t i o n ).
March 2013
196
7.1.4. Language laboratory (2)

(Instruction: The institution may provide the details of the language laboratory. The descriptors as listed here are not exhaustive). Language Lab Space, Software Type of Quality of Guidance Number of used experiments instruments Students 141 sq.m English Language Odll G.D,Pyramidal Procured Available Communication softwareof Discussing Standard & (No. of Skills Lab for Point Counter Orell Branded developing Tech. Students Techno instruments, ISI Communication Point Role play Systems certified 30 per Mock Interviews (Licenced instruments, batch) Software) secondary All the Tasks are No. of calibration is Interactive & Systems : 1 Analytical carried out at + 15 regular intervals language (1 : Master exercises console with webcam, 15 : student systems) 30 : Two track audio gadgets Table 7.7: Language Laboratory Details List of experiments for I/IV B.Tech students lab wise are provided in Annexure IV
7.2. Teaching Learning Process (40) 7.2.1. Tutorial classes to address student questions: size of tutorial classes, hours per subject in timetable (5)
(Instruction: Here the institution may report the details of the tutorial classes that are being conducted on various subjects and also state the impact of such tutorial classes). Provision of tutorial classes in timetable: YES Tutorial sheets provided: YES Tutorial classes taken by faculty Number of tutorial classes per subject per week: Depends on course. (Given in table below) Number of students per tutorial class: 30 to 35 Number of subjects with tutorials: 1st year 6 2nd year 6 3rd year 7 4th year 3
March 2013
197
2012-13:
Year/Programme First Year Second Year Third Year Fourth Year 2011-12 : Year/Programme First Year Second Year Third Year Fourth Year 2010-11 : Year/Programme First Year Second Year Third Year Fourth Year `
CE 7 9 11 7
EIE 7 5 5 3
EEE 7 7 7 3
IT 7 7 7 3
CSE 7 8 7 5
ECE 7 7 7 4
ME 7 9 8 5
CE 7 9 11 7 ` CE 7 9 11 7
EIE 7 5 5 3
EEE 7 7 7 3
IT 7 7 7 3
CSE 7 8 7 5
ECE 7 7 7 4
ME 7 9 8 5
EIE 7 5 5 3
EEE 7 7 7 3
IT 7 7 7 3
CSE 7 8 7 5
ECE 7 7 7 4
ME 7 9 8 5
Tutorial periods are conducted in order to give exercises to the students and also to closely monitor their learning ability and achievement. Courses which require more practice, includes critical thinking or programming are provided with tutorial hours. Those courses which are given with two tutorial hours per week are assigned one credit. Tutorial hours are specially marked in the time table and the lesson plan with predefined activities is prepared before the starting of the course. It is taken care by the module incharge that the classes are conducted according to the schedule. Code FY 1001 FY 1002C FY 1004M FY 2001 FY 2002P FY 2005 IT 3001 IT 3003 IT3004 IT 4001 IT 4003 IT 4004 Subject I Year Engineering Mathematics-I Engineering Chemistry Mechanics for Engineering Engineering Mathematics-II Engineering Physics Programming in C II Year Engineering Mathematics-III Discrete Mathematical structures Data Structures Probability & statistics Operating Systems: Use and configuration Object Oriented Programming
Number of Tutorial Hours 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1

198
III Year IT 5001 IT 5002 IT 5004 IT 6003 IT 6004 IT 6005 IT 6054 IT 7001 IT 7003 IT 7053 Software Engineering Advanced database Management Systems Java Programming Engineering Economics and Management Network Security Web Technologies Term Paper IV Year Operations Research Object Oriented Analysis and Design Mini Project Table 7.8: Details of Courses with Tutorial hours 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1
A class is divided in to 30 sized batches and each batch is handled by a single faculty member in separate tutorial rooms. Different exercises related to the topics were given and are solved by the students during the tutorial hours with the guidance of faculty. Students are divided into groups based on their understanding levels and group activity will be assigned to them. IMPACT: Integration of knowledge is possible during the discussion of this activity. Close interaction with the faculty will help to clarify their doubts which is not possible in regular theory classes. Skills like critical thinking, communication skills, team collaboration, Problem solving are improved.
7.2.2. Mentoring system to help at individual levels (5)

Type of mentoring: Professional guidance / career advancement / course work specific / laboratory specific / total development Number of faculty mentors: 29 Number of students per mentor: 20 Frequency of meeting: Monthly (Instruction: Here the institution may report the details of the mentoring system that has been developed for the students for various purposes and also state the efficacy of such system). A faculty member is assigned for a group of 20 members to help them to clarify their doubts and improve their technical aspects of the courses. Mentoring system: A proctor diary is maintained for each student where details like Personal Information Previous Record Academic Performance Competitive Examination Details
March 2013
199
Details of Internship and Industrial Trainings Scholarships Received Co-Curricular and Extra-Curricular activities.
The mentors meet the students periodically and monitor their performance and their activities. Guidance regarding the lagging issues is provided. Occasionally proctor meeting with the parents is conducted based on the requirement. Professional Guidance: The departments are well equipped with knowledgeable Human resources in the form of members of faculty who by keeping themselves of developments offer guidance to the prospective professionals in addition to the classroom teaching. The Industry-institute Partnership cell and Entrepreneurship development cell have been putting efforts in this direction Career advancement: The Training and Placement cell has been active not only in arranging campus recruitment drives, but also offering awareness and training for the students Course work: Members of faculty handling different courses interact with students in clearing all their Concept-oriented and test based mechanics of the respective courses. The teachers after first of formative evaluation guide the students as far as student-specific gray areas are concerned. Lab-specific: Each of the lab sessions are handled by 3 Teachers in order to have special care for the students while experiments are being handled. A demonstrative presentation is given by the teacher concerned before every experiment. The Laboratory records are evaluated after the experiment is held. In other words, there is active involvement of the members of faculty Pre-experiment stage, at the time of experiment and after the experiment. Total Development: As stated above, the college puts forward efforts to realize total development of the student. In addition to academics, literary, cultural and sports activities are conducted which offer leadership qualities, decision making abilities, team spirit, precision, analytical capabilities, socio-psychological awareness etc. which make an individual a intellectually mature being. Specific items are presented below S.No. Type of Mentoring Process Periodicity Weekly/ monthly /etc. 1. Monitoring Regularity of the Monthly
200
Method
Professional
March 2013
2010 11 Counselling
Guidance
2011 12 Counselling 2012 13 Counselling
2. 3. 4.
5.
6.
2.
Career Advancement
Course work specific
Lab Specific
2010 11 Training & Placement 2011 12 Training & Placement 2012 13 Training & Placement 2010-11 Covering Content beyond syllabus 2011-12 Covering Content beyond syllabus 2012 13 Covering Content beyond syllabus 2010 11 Giving Extra Experiments / Programs beyond Lab Syllabus 2011 12 Giving Extra Experiments / Programs beyond Lab Syllabus 2012-13 Giving Extra Experiments / Programs beyond Lab Syllabus
students monitoring. Monitoring Performance of the students. Personal Counselling for Career Guidance 30 Students in the section are assigned to one faculty member and the entire section is being supervised by a senior faculty member again. The parents of poorly performing students are informed through SMS and counselling is given. Students are encouraged to present papers at various conferences Lectures and Tests Weekly Twice
Lectures Interspersed with discussions
Monthly
Practical
Monthly
March 2013
201
2010 11 Analysis Result Analysis of the student scores 2011 12 Result Analysis of the student scores 2012 13 Result Analysis of the student score * Note: Specific information is available at respective Departments. Table 7.9: Mentoring System Details
Total development
Once in a semester
Efficiency of the System: The mentoring system developed by the college has been proved to be effective considering different parameters. The involvement of students in the academics has been increased, like class work attendance, paper presentations, presentation of models in exhibitions, participation in cultural activities etc. Because the number of students allocated to each of the mentor is limited to 20, personal interaction on regular basis has been taken up. Teachers are also becoming more responsive to the learner needs day by day which is being reflected in the proctor diary maintained by the teacher.
7.2.3. Feedback analysis and reward / corrective measures taken, if any (5)
(Instruction: The institution needs to design an effective feedback questionnaire. It needs to justify that the feedback mechanism it has developed really helps in evaluating teaching and finally contributing to the quality of teaching). A standard feedback questionnaire is collected from the students every midsemester course wise. Feedback mechanism is a well organized system in the college. The system of feedback collection is manual Collected feedback is scrutinized by the head of department. The feedback is quantified All the parameters mentioned in the feedback form will be analyzed. Ability of teaching with respect to each item and comprehensive ability of the teachers will be analyzed All the comments written by the students in the feedback forms will be communicated to the respective faculty members along with their feedback levels to know their strengths and weaknesses and to enhance their teaching skills. Percentage of students participating Specify the feedback analysis process
: :
75% to 95%
202
The feedback analysis is done manually All the parameters mentioned in the feedback form will be analyzed in two levels 1st level: Average of one parameter with respect to teachers is calculated. nd 2 level: Average of averages of the parameters is calculated. Ability of teaching with respect to each item and comprehensive ability of the teachers will be analyzed All the comments written by the students in the feedback forms will be communicated to the respective faculty members along with their feedback levels to know their strengths and weaknesses and to enhance their teaching skills. Basis of reward / corrective measures, if any : Faculty members who get average feedback below 3 on 1-5 scale are identified. Those faculty members are given orientation lectures and special inputs by the head of the department. Also the faculty members who get average feedback of 4 or above 4 on 1-5 scale are appreciated at the department level staff meetings. Number of corrective actions taken in the last three years 2011 12 2010 11 2009 10 : : : 16 40 58 :
Number of awards in : 2011 12 : 2010 11 : 2009 10 :
270 395 270
Justification: The questionnaire being administered on the students has 11 items which cover the following questions. 1. Physical 2. Experiential 3. Overall perspective based Thus the questionnaire based on the types of questions given above develops a comprehensive analysis of the pedagogy process by the teacher.
7.2.4. Scope for self learning (5)

(Instruction: The institution needs to specify the scope for self learning / learning beyond syllabus and creation of facilities for self learning / learning beyond syllabus.)
March 2013
203
The college developed an academic system which presents a curriculum which is having flexibility without prejudice to the fundamentals of any subject which are required. The curriculum offers courses like term paper (IT6054), mini project(IT 7053), major project (IT8052) where the topics are self selected or based on guide suggestion. The component of self learning is evaluated in these courses. Every student has to submit a home assignment in every course which has been evaluated for 5 marks. Some of these tasks are beyond syllabus to encourage outstanding students to develop their self learning capabilities. Some of the tasks in the lab courses (IT3041, IT4051, IT6051, IT6052) are challenge based which has to be solved by the students on their own enhancing their skills. The program planned weekly time table and facilities in such a way that the students have space and time to explore and implement their ideas. Computer Lab with well equipped and internet facility opened 24X7 for students. Department library with sufficient number of volumes on core and application areas, technology awareness journals are opened during college working hours. Digital library is provided in central library where students can access all kinds of ejournals. Two afternoons in a week are planned to keep the faculty available for the students to explore their ideas. A state of art Research & Development laboratory is opened for the students to develop applications and projects.
7.2.5. Generation of self-learning facilities, and availability of materials for learning beyond syllabus (5)
(Instruction: The institution needs to specify the facilities for self learning / learning beyond syllabus.) Modes and Modules for self learning and learning contents beyond syllabus: S.NO. 1. FACILITY/ITEM Digital Library DESCRIPTION
2. 3. 4. 5.
2000 CDs 22 computers with internet and intranet facility E learning resources NPTEL, DELNET, N-LIST,VIDEOS,E-BOOKS 5000, Central Computer Centre 60 computers with internet and intranet facility Department Laboratories 200 computers with internet facility Events that encourage self- 1. Engineers day learning 2. Techno fest/AFOSEC 3. Seminars 4. Workshops 5. Conferences
204
6. Guest Lectures 7. Technical models / paper presentations outside the institution 8. Industrial Tours Table 7.10: Facilities for Student self-learning Programmes organized towards Self Learning: Year 2008 09 2009 10 2010 11 2011 12 2012 13 Seminars/ Conferences 8 12 15 22 8 Workshops Guest Lectures/ Student Festivals / Others 8 24 14 32 19 61 08 39 15 28 Industrial Tours 16 11 23 20 18
7.2.6. Career Guidance, Training, Placement, and Entrepreneurship Cell (5)

(Instruction: The institution may specify the facility and management to facilitate career guidance including counselling for higher studies, industry interaction for training/internship/placement, Entrepreneurship cell and incubation facility and impact of such systems) Effective services for career guidance including counseling for higher studies S.No Course/Activity Status of the Course Curricular Level at which it is offered I/IV B.Tech Duration Source of the resources In-house
2 3
4 5
6
Technical English & Communication skills Professional Ethics Professional Communication Practice Communication skills English Language Communication skills Organizational
March 2013
I Semester
Curricular Curricular
I/IV B.Tech II/IV B.Tech
I Semester I Semester
In-house In-house
Curricular Curricular
III/IV B.Tech I/III MCA
I Semester I Semester
In-house In-house
Curricular
I Year MBA
I Semester
In-house
205
7 8 9
Communication English for Professionals Aptitude Spoken English and other skills
Co-academic Co-academic Co-academic
10
11 12
Campus Co-academic Recruitment Training Workshops Co-academic Event specific Co-academic programmes like GATE,TOEFL, GRE etc. Table 7.11: Student Training facilities for placement details
I Semester I Semester beyond the college hours IV/IV B.Tech Subject to change from time to time Open to allOccasion specific Open to the Occasion specific all the aspirants
III/IV B.Tech & I/III MCA III/IV B.Tech II/IV B.Tech
I Semester
In-house In-house External
External
External Both internal and external
Provisions for improving Placements: Offering more elective subjects in order to offer a wider perspective for the students to choose from. On other hand, the students would get an opportunity to have exposure to the emerging technologies. Some of the students may even come to a clear understanding that such sub-areas exist in their area of activity such they would visualize their career in those areas. Electives from III year onwards are being offered as a positive step towards rationalized Learner autonomy. Introduction Student practice courses as an endeavour to make the students Rounded Professionals which is a step towards crystallizing ones professional; objectives . 3 credits are introduced Free slots in Elective list to accommodate changing industry requirement. Innovative experiments Mini projects and Term papers are introduced in order encourage positive compartmentalization of learning and to offer simulated industrial operations. In addition to all the above, teachers offer counselling individually or in small groups Due to increase in the no. of campus placements there is a gradual fall in the no. of students preferring for higher studies. We are maintaining separate Career & Guidance cell in the library. There we are maintaining competitive magazines and books for the GRE, GATE, TOFEL, IELTS, CAT and year books for the use of Students. Outcome:The students have been utilizing the infrastructural facilities and training offered by the college pertaining to higher studies and with regard to mould their career. At this
206
juncture, it is to be submitted that because of the tremendous increase in the conduct of campus interviews, the number of students appearing at GMAT, TOEFL, GRE, IELTS etc., has come down considerably. Many of those students appearing at the said examinations for executing higher studies abroad secured respectable ranges and scores during the last 3 years Our students have been faring well at GATE obtaining admission into PG courses in Engineering at various prestigious institutions of Technical Education. Also, out students registered successful performance in the competitive professional tests organized by Andhra Pradesh State Corporations. The details of the students qualified in the said examinations and the details pertaining to scores are available in the respective department reports. Training and placement facility with training and placement officer, industry interaction for training/internship/placement Facility:Infrastructure: A separate division is available No. of chambers for personnel : 02 No. of chambers for conducting Interviews: 10 HR:Full time officers :02(TPO & ATPO) Full time Trainers :03(01-Soft Skills,02-Aptitude) Non Teaching :02 Training: a) In House Training :The training needs of students relating to employment are taken care by an In house training module. 1. English for professionals-III/IV B.Tech, II year MCA. 2. Aptitude training III/IV B.Tech Out Sourcing:b) Training students by external parties is reported to, to enhance communication skills and to brush them up in the areas of critical reasoning and vocabulary-just before the commencement of placement season. YEAR 2010-2011 TYPE OF TRAINING Campus recruitment Training Awareness session about GRE new pattern Awareness session about Indian Navy Interactive session by Wg.Cdr.Srinath from Infosys Campus recruitment ORGANIZATION TIME Vijayawada TIME Vijayawada Indian Navy Vizag Infosys TIME Vijayawada DAYS/DATES 3 days(12th ,13th & 14th Nov 2010) 1st July 2011 26th July 2011 3rd Aug 2011 4 days (17th Aug to
207
2011-2012
March 2013
2012 -13
Training Soft Skills Special Training for 2nd year B.Tech & 1st Teaching Fish MCA students Soft Skills Special Training for 3rd year Teaching Fish nd B.Tech & 2 MCA students A talk by swami childrupanandha on Chinmaya Mission comparision competition competence One day workshops on HCL Noida Industry readiness Special Training program Internal Trainers M.Tech Final year students Interactive section by PayPal Ms.M.Ajitha Campus Recruitment Time Vijayawada Training for final year B.Tech & M.Tech students and M.C.A students Campus Recruitment Mechanical & CSE Training For B.Tech Final Department Students Campus Recruitment EIE Department Training For B.Tech Final Students Apprenticeship walk Ins APDE & BOAT for B.Tech Students Today Special Training University of leads session for B.Tech final year and Ex- professor of students of CSE, IT by BITSPILANI Dr.N.Venkateswarulu Employablitiy training JNTUK classes for B.Tech final year students Table 7.12: Outsource training details for students
20th Aug 2011) 30 days (1st Nov to 30th Nov 2011) 30 days (1st Dec 2011 to 31st Dec 2011) 13th Dec 2011 20th Dec 2011 28th July to 4th August 2012(7 Days) 07th August 2012 30th August 1st September(2 Days) 5th & 6th September (2Days) 12th & 13th September (2Days) 12th October 2012 8th & 9th November 2012 14th & 15th Dec 2012
Impact:-
Year 2009-2010
No. of Students Registered 513
No. of Companies Visited 29
No. of Students Selected 189
March 2013
208
2010-2011 2011-2012 2012-2013
767 760 843
45 18 28
580 532 265
Entrepreneurship cell and incubation facility Entrepreneurship Development Cell aims to improve and generate a culture of innovation and development of entrepreneurial spirit amongst the students and budding entrepreneurs and start their own enterprise. It also attempts to train and equip them with the knowledge and resources them need to build successful business. Facility: Entrepreneurship cell is attached with the training & placement cell No. of chambers of personal : 01 Full time officers : 01 Full time trainers : 01 Non-teaching : 01(Attender) Incubation Facility: 1) TIFAC Core for engineering and related products. 2) MOU with ALEAP for other than engineering products 3) MOU with EFFTRONICS Training: The Students were exposed to different projects, seminars, workshops and interactive sessions to make them a perfect Technocrat. Date Name of the Resource Person workshop/Seminar 20-01-2009 Orientation on Mr.Sudhakar (General Manager)and Entrepreneurship Prof.Rajesh Jampala 21-08-2009 Choosing and Preparation of a Project 07-12-2009 An Entrepreneurship awareness program 09-01-2010 Recipe for Mr.Tadank Venkat Entrepreneurship 27-07-2010 How to become a Mr.Chandra Shekar, successful entrepreneur General Manager 09-08-2010 Developing the Centre for Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship Development
S.No 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
209
7. 8. 9.
08-07-2011 09-07-2011 18-11-2011
qualities An Interactive session An Interactive session Awareness program on credit guarantee scheme Interactive session Entrepreneurship Orientation program Interactive session
Mr.G.Praveen Kumar,young Entrepreneur Dr.Ramchandra NGALL Chairman Amarraja Industries Association of lady Entrepreneurs of Andhra Pradesh (ALEAP) Mr.Rahul Dream-In Bangalore Mr.G.Sudharshan NSIC
10. 11. 12.
01.02.2013 22.02.2013 06.03.2013
Mr.G.Rajendra Prasad General Manager district industries centre Vijayawada & Y. Satyanarayana AGM SBH Vijayawada Table 7.13: Student Training by experts details
7.2.7. Co-curricular and Extra-curricular Activities (5)

(Instruction: The institution may specify the Co-curricular and extra-curricular activities, e.g., NCC/NSS, cultural activities, etc) Facilities: The college has NSS, NCC units besides a Literary and cultural club which are coordinated by members of faculty In addition to the above, the departments has their professional organizations SUMMIT-IT. Literary and cultural club organizes competitions on specific occasions in addition to organizing Annual Literary and cultural competitions. Counseling is offered when the students represent the college at other places SUMMIT Activities:2011-12
Event Date 23/07/2011 Event Name Group Discussion Participants Nishanth, Girija, RohithYadav, Vijayalakshmi, Sravan, Shruthi, Rishanth, Supriya,Prasanna, Abhinav, K.V.S.Tejaswi, K.Ranjani, G.MohanKrishna, Sravya Abhinav & Kamala (Group-1); Aean & Sneha (Group2); Devi Prasanna& Nishanth (Group-3); Supriya & Rishanth (Group-4); Sravya & Girija (Group-5); Rohit Yadav & Sruthi (Group-6); Aamir Sohail & Ranjani (Group-7); Rishanth,Divya(batch1); Winners Nishanth, Girija,RohithYadav,Vijayala kshmi,Sravan,Shruthi, Rishanth, Supriya Aamir Sohail & Ranjani (Group-7).
06/08/2011
India Calling
20/08/2011
Picture Reading
March 2013
Batch-4 : Rohit & Ranjani 210
27/08/2011
03/09/2011
17/09/2011
24/09/2011
22/12/2011
Sravan,Sneha(batch-2); Jyothi,Supriya(batch3); Rohit,Ranjani(batch-4); Sruthi,Sravya(batch5); Srilakshmi,Praveena(batch-6); Sekar,chaitanya(batch7); Alekhya,Tejaswi(batch-8); PrasannaKumar,RaviTeja(batch9), Saif,Sravan(batch-10). General & Girija,Y.Pavan,G.Pavan,GiriChandra,B. Technical Quiz Hemanth(Batch-1); Sravya,Nagarjuna,VamsiKrishna,Ramy a,Praveen(Batch-2); Jaya,PrasannaKumar,MohanKrishna,A marendra,PhaniDeepika (Batch3);K.Mahesh,V.MohanSaiKumar,M.Ve nkatesh, HariKrishna, K.ManiKrishna(Batch4); Pavani,K.Sandeep, J.Gopikumar, M.SuryaNarayana,A.Srinu(Batch-5); M.D.L Devi, Ch.Rishanth, B.Sarath, M.SriHarsha,M.Haritha (Batch-6 ShivaKumar,PraveenKumar,Harish,Har sha,B.Srilaya(Batch-7) Yogi,S.V.P.RaviTeja,K.Mounica,B.Trinat h,A.Satish (Batch-8) G.SaiRam,J.Sravan,G.Bhavani,C.Balaji, G.Abhinav (Batch-9) Word-O-Mania Sarath,GirinanadanSai,D.MohanKrishn a,S.Harish,CH.Balaji, Rishanth,Swathi,Ramya,Poojitha, Anusha,Bhavani,Swathi,Devi, Girija,Supriya,Manoj,Sravan,Rohit Penathon G.Pavan,P.Meghana,N.Meghana,M.Tej a,Sarath,Sahithi, k.GirinandaSai, Satyavathi, Alekhya, SheelaKeerthi, GopiKumar, K.V.S.N.AjayKumar ,I.Swathi,DeviLakshmi,Mounica, Susmitha, S.Sruthi, T.Janisha, Aparna,Ch.Vijayalakshmi Chess Praveen, Tejaswi, Nishanth, Mohan Krishna, M.Hareesh ,P.Jayanth, Y.Sandeep, Chaitanya,S.Aparna , Ravindra Babu ,Abhinav, G.Pavan ,SriHarsha , Sridhar, J.Siva, P.Jyothendra,Sravan, Shruthi,Saleem , S.Srinivas,Srinivasa Rao, Prabhu Kiran, Dinesh, Mahesh Throwball BhagyaSri,Bhavana,Sravani,Anusha,M.
March 2013
Batch-6: M.D.L.Devi,Ch.Rishanth,B.S arath,M.SriHarsha, M.Haritha
Sravan & Devi
Sarath
Y.Sandeep
Sravani,Anusha,M.D.L.Pras 211
22/12/2011
Volleyball
29/12/2011
Cricket
D.L.Prasanna,G.Sneha,Teja,Jenisha, anna,G.Sneha,Teja,Jenisha, Sahithi, Grija, Archana, Sindhu, Sahithi, Grija, Archana Priyanka , Phanisree, Soujanya, P.Mounica, Anjali, Supriya D.Venkatesh , G.Sudheer , G.Dasaradh Ram , D.Bhagyaraju , K.Anudeep , J.Premsagar Mahesh(C), RajaRao Murali, Srinivasa Rao, Harsha, Hariram , Govind ,Chaitanya, Sai ,Venkateswarlu, Santosh
2012-13
Event Date 04/10/2012 Event Name General Technical Quiz Participants Winners & K.v.s.n.Sujith,M.Ramakrishna, V.Sai Barathi,Rohitha, T.Bharathkumar,Y.Abhi, S.Swarnalatha,K.Meenakshi, S.Suneel, K.Prathima, V.Mounika,Shalini L.Sowjanya, Ch.Sruthi, K.Mounika, Y.v.Nandini, V.Sai Barathi, Rohitha, S.Swarnalatha, K.Meenakshi V.Mounika, Shalini, S.Mahesh, P.Susmitha, P.Swapna, N.Swathipriya, D.MohanKrishna,.V.S.Harish, G.Sekhar, S.Anil abu, B.Sarath, R.Vivek CH.Kasim, K.Eshwar, D.V.Sravan Kumar G.RAMAKRISHNAB.PRAVEEN A.RAJESH V.MOHAN SAI P.L.S.KRISHNA KUMAR K.ESWAR BABU N.TEJASWI B.PRAVEEN K.ESWAR TEJA V.MANIKANTA SRAVAN V.SHEELA KEERTHI P.DRARMIKA V.MOHAN SAI KUMAR D.MOHAN KRISHNAV.MOUNIKA CH.VAMSI K.SAI NANDINI 2nd Year vs 3rd Year 3rd Year 212
15/11/2012
Chess
07/01/2013
Cricket
March 2013
24/01/2013 14/03/2013 21/03/2013
Throwball & 2nd Year vs 3rd Year Volleyball PointCounterpoint JAM (in Telugu)
3rd Year J.Gopi Kumar T.Bharath Sarath
Table 7.14: Extra-curricular activities(Summit) details NSS Activity: The funds for NSS Unit are from University. 16 % of students from 1st and 2nd year are working as volunteers in NSS. In addition to our regular NSS Program, this year in association with 'Janyaa foundation (USA) we adopted about 17 Govt.schools in and around Vijayawada for this program. About 70 students are allotted for this and they are monitoring the program every 15 days. Events conducted by NSS unit Year wise:2010-2011
S.NO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 EVENT NAME A Seminar on GVK EMRI 108 Ambulance facilities to the Engineering Students NSS unit has collected Rs.3300/- for Abhinethra Integrated School for the blind Organized a Dental Camp for Engineering students and faculty in association with Dentys and Hindu NSS volunteers participated in AIDS Rally Collected Rs.3,605/- for GSR Welfare association for the disabled Blood Donation Camp organised by NSS unit in association with Red Cross. Eye camp organized by NSS unit in association with Vasan Eye Care. Conducted a Motivation Lecture ORGANISED SOCIAL AND PROFESSIONAL BEHAVIOUR by Smt.B.N.Syamala Devi, Crime and Student counsellor DATE July, 2010 November, 2010 16.11.10 01.12.10 04.01.2011 29.03.2011 31.03.2011 25.04.2011
2011-2012
S.NO 1 EVENT NAME Collected Rs. 15,570.00 from the students and staff of our college and handed over an amount of Rs. 10,000.00 to Miss Yamini Deepika parents for her medical expenses (Heart problem) and balance amount is credited to NSS A/c. Tree plantation at our campus. About 52 NSS volunteers are participated About 90 students are participated in a patriotic event Vande Gandheeyam at IGMC Stadium, Vijayawada NSS unit in association with aus nirvana foundation conducted a seminar on Breast cancer awareness for the DATE 18-07-2011
2 3 4
02.08.2011 02-10-2011 17-10-2011
March 2013
213
girls students and women faculty & Staff of our college. A sum of Rs. 13,355.00 has collected from the students of various departments and an amount of Rs. 10,000.00 is given to sarath chandras mother for his medical expenses and the balance amount 3,355.00 is given to Mr. Visweshwar a friend of Ranjith reddy for his medical expences. Organized a seminar on Blood donation awareness About 500 students participated. Dr. V.S. Sastri, DMHO, Krishna District and Dr. S. Madhan Mohan, Chief Medical officer enlighten the students. Collected an amount of Rs.5040.00 from 504 students @10/- for YRC membership. Conducted a blood donation and grouping camp in association with Redcross society, Vijayawada . About 63 students donated the blood and about 250 students known their blood group. Collected an amount of Rs. 3512.00 for Armed Forces Flag Day and Rs.5001.00 for the medical expenses of Sri. Kadiyala Ravi, Kanuru. Conducted Voter enrollment awareness Camp in association with EENADU on the occasion of National Voters Day. In this Venkata Rao RDO, P. Venkatata Ramana Asst. Municipal Commissioner, Vijaya Kumar MRO and Our college principal Dr. K. Mohan Rao addressed the gathering. Conducted a blood donation & Grouping Camp in association with Lions Club, Patamata. About 180 students donated their blood and about 40 students known their blood group. Conducted an eye check-up & awareness camp in association with Vasan Eye Care, Vijayawada. About 600 students & Staff participated in this program. Dr. Rama Krishna, Chief Medical Officer, Surgeon, Vasan Eye care explained various things related to eyes & their protection through PowerPoint presentation. Collected an amount of Rs. 4,050.00 for the medical expenses of Baby P. Kavya D/o Srinivas.
27/10/11 at 10.30pm.
03.11.11
Dec 2011
10
24.01.12
11
16.02.12
12
29.02.12 & 01.03.12
13
29.02.2012
14
15
Organised International Womens day celebrations. Smt. N. Vidya Kanna, Director, Jan Sikshana Samsthan acted as Chief Guest of the function. On this function 8 women 09.03.12 faculty who had doctorate degree were felicitated by NSS volunteers. Students of 1st and 2nd year played a charitable match (VPL cricket match ) branch wise for raising funds to donate to an old age home Manasa Devi charitable trust, 16.4.12 to 28.4.12 Kanchikacharla. An amount of Rs.50,000.00 was collected from sponsors and through ticket selling. ME Branch
214
16
students won the matchon IT Branch students in the finals. VRSEC Alumni President Sri Ravi Kumar, the chief guest of closing ceremony, presented memento to Ketan, Captain of ME Branch team. 15 NSS volunteers donated their blood at Boppana Hospital to Redcross Society, Vijayawada on the occasion 14.06.12 of International Blood Donars Day.
2012-2013
S.NO 1 EVENT NAME About 70 NSS volunteers donated their blood in a Mega Blood donation camp organized by Revenue department in association with Red Cross, Vijayawada at Ambedkar Bhavan, Vijayawada An Amount of Rs. 5151.00 is collected from the staff members for the medical expenses of G. Subba Rao, Lab Attender, CE Dept. An Eye Donation Awareness rally is conducted in association with LEO Vaibhav of Lions club. About 200 NSS Volunteers and LEO members participated in it. An awareness program on alternatives of Plastic was conducted in poranki ZPH school An awareness Energy Saving was conducted in Pedavogirala village NSS volunteers donated food, medicines, plants, Blankets, utensils in old age home Kanuru, Kanchirchalara, Vanukuru, Road side people NSS Foundation Day, NSS volunteers participated in campus cleaning Green club of NSS conducted a Rally on Green pease- Save Earth NSS volunteer planted 30 Trees in ZPH school kanur Blood Donation camp and Blood grouping camp Organized Rally on National human trafficking awareness day in association with Serve the needy an NGO Organize Rally on National Voters day, Pludge, Human chain An amount Rs 45,000 collected from Charity Cricket match and donated to Sai Netra old age home Kanchirachala NSS volunteers monitoring the school program of Janyaa an US based organization. DATE 25.07.12
2 3
21.08.12 31.08.12
4 5 6
13.09.2012 14.09.2012 22.09.2012, 24.09.2012, 29.09.2012, 01.01.2013, 25.01.2013, 17.02.2013 24.09.2012 16.10.2012 13.11.2012 28.12.2012 11.01.2013 24.01.2013
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Table 7.15: NSS Activity Details NCC Activities: 1 (A) EME COY NCC Unit in VRSEC, Vijayawada was established in 16 Aug 1982. In this unit P.I staff guide the cadets for B & C Certificate Courses. This course is offered for B.Tech Sem-II students. Members of this unit are Commanding Officer, Associate N.C.C. Officer and P.I Staff.
March 2013
215
Providing free Competitive examinations training to the NCC cadets for Government jobs. Under the guidance of Commanding Officer, A.N.O is conducting various programmes and Social activities like tree plantation, Blood donations, Rallies, Awareness programmes etc at the time of events special training was giving to these cadets. Every year VRSEC Celebrating Independence Day and Republic day celebrations grandly. For every academic year strength of cadets for two years course-100 Academically 1 credit Point is provided for NCC Cadets. 33% seats are reserved for girl students in NCC Rank of ANO is Lt
Events conducted by NCC unit Year wise:2010-11

S.NO 1. EVENT NAME Senior Division Cadets of NCC in Vijayawada City welcome the Queens Baton Relay symbolizing calling on Common Wealth Games being held in our country A Nation Wide Tree Plantation will be carried out by all the cadets of NCC. The drive campaign has been done In collaboration with Zee News Ltd with the aim of entering in the LIMCA BOOK OF RECORDS.Mrs. Nannapaneni Rajakumari, MLC will be the chief guest of the event & plant the first sapling at unit Premises Special NCC Parades will be organized at PWD Grounds, Vijayawada on account of Mahatma Gandhiji Jayanthi. M/S Checkmate Ltd is recruiting NCC Cadets for security related jobs in Kakinada Area and the selection of Cadets will be done at Vijayawada. Childrens day celebrations at vijayawada Municipal Stadium with Vijayawada MP Shri Lagadapati Rajagopal presiding over the function & Shri S. Nepoleon Honble Minister of State for Social Justice & Empowerment will be the chief guest organized by trustee of the Rajagopal Foundation NCC Day Celebrations 1 (A) EME COY Organizing a Tree Plantation Programme at VRSEC Campus. NCC Day Celebrations 1 (A) EME COY Organizing a visit to a handicap school, Sai Prema, Bharathi Nagar, Vijayawada with NCC Cadets Armed Forces Flag Day-2010 Observanced on 7th Dec2010 Collection of Funds through Sale of 150 Nos. of Token Flags and 45 Nos. of Car Stickers, for this NCC Cadets of VRSEC collect the Voluntary Contribution from the students and others by selling the above items as per
March 2013
DATE [17/08/10]
2.
[25/08/10]
3. 4.
[02/10/10] [25/10/10]
5.
[14/11/10]
6. 7.
[16/11/10]
[18/11/10]
8.
[14/12/10]
216
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15. 16.
the cost Token Flag-Rs5/- each & Car Stickers-Rs.10/each. NCC National Voters Day Awareness Rally from VRSEC to [21/01/11] Benzcircle NCC Cadets of VRSEC 1(A) EME COY NCC acted as volunteers in the Ralley Conducted by Menatally [26/03/11] Handicapped Sai Prema Childrens, Vijayawada from Autonagar to Bharathi Nagar VRSEC 1(A) EME COY NCC Conducted an Awareness Rally by NCC Cadets on Health from VRSEC to Patamata to [07/04/11] mark the World Health Day Col SR Sriram, the Group Commander of NCC Group HQ, Kakinada on assuming the Command will be visiting [20/04/11] the 1(A) EME COY NCC Unit between 10.30 and 11.30 hrs On his familiarization visit Even the inclement weather could not stop the enthusisam of NCC Cadets of 1(A) EME Coy NCC to [22/04/11] participate in Tree Plantation Program to mark the World Earth Day in the Premises of VRS Engineering College, Vijayawada. LT MSVD SUDARSAN ANO of 1(A) EME COY NCC, VRSEC [23-05-11 to 01attended Combined Annual Training Camp-VI held at M K 06-11] Baig Municipal High School, Vijayawada from 23 May to 01 June 2011. EME COY NCC of VRSEC Conducted an Anti-Tobacco Rally [31/05/11] in the city on 31 May 2011 with the Cadets. EME COY NCC of VRSEC Conducted Rally against Drug [26/06/11] Abuse and Illicit Trafficking in the city on 26 June 2011 with the Cadets.
2011-12
S.NO 1. EVENT NAME Debate On Combating Terrorism to 1(A) EME COY NCC CADETS at VRSEC & Col MZU Siddiquie SM Commanding Officer of the unit presided over the event and Delivered a Valedictory speech to the cadets. Tree Plantation will be carried out by all the cadets of NCC 1(A) EME COY NCC Cadets Conducted a ralley on Vandey Gandheevam on occasion of Gandhi Jayanthi from VRSEC to Indira Gandhi Municipal Stadium at 2pm 1(A) EME COY NCC Conducted Training in Disaster Management Course for all NCC B & C Cadets for 3 days from 4.30-6.30pm at VRSEC Ground 1(A) EME COY NCC organized a Seminar regarding the Importance of Blood Donation on the eve of National
March 2013
DATE [19/07/11]
2.
[02/08/11] ,[12/08/11]
3.
[02/10/11]
4. 5.
[10/10/11 to 3/10/11] [27/10/11]
217
6.
7. 8.
9.
10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.
Voluntary Blood Donation Month by Dr.T.V.S.Sastry & Dr.S.MadanMohan Introductory talk on Indian Armed Forces & National Cadet Core to all Branches of B.Tech. Students of VRSEC by Comanding Officer Col. MZU.Siddique,SM 1(A) EME COY NCC,KANURU Blood Donation Camp by 1(A) EME COY NCC Cadets at 17(A) BN NCC, Vijayawada location on the occasion of NCC Day Celebrations Awareness Aids Rally by 1(A) EME COY NCC Cadets on the occasion of World Aids Day NCC Cadets of 1(A) EME COY Participated on Defence Awareness Programme organized by Sainik School, Korukonda at Indira Gandhi Municipal Stadium in view of their Golden Jubilee Celebrations NCC Cadets of VRSEC taking training Firing of Weapons at Market yard, Nuzividu. NCC Cadets of VRSEC visits Tukkuluru Old Age Home, Nuzividu NCC Cadets of VRESC Wades through Jungle to Learn Fighting Terrorism, Nuzividu Visit of NCC Cadets of VRSEC to Priya Food Processing Unit, Nuzividu NCC Cadets of VRSEC Interacts with HIV Positive Children, Nuzividu District Youth Welfare Officer & CEO, Krishna District Dr.Velaga Joshi visited the NCC Cadets of VRSEC at Nuzividu and Addressed the Cadets Flag Area Competition held in Nuzividu for NCC Cadets of VRESC LT MSVD SUDARSAN ANO of 1(A) EME COY NCC, VRSEC attended Group Combined Annual Training Camp-XVI as Deputy Camp Commandant held at Agricultural Market Yard, Nuzividu
[10/11/11-14//11/11]
[23/11/11] [01/12/11]
[03/01/12]
[18/01/12] [19/01/12] [20/01/12] [21/01/12] [22/01/12] [23/01/12]
16.
[24/01/12]
17.
[16/01/12 -25/01/12]
2012-13
S.NO 1 2 3 4 5 6 EVENT NAME NCC Workshop : Interview & Group Discussion to 1(A) EME COY NCC CADETS by Commanding Officer Col. M.Z.U. Siddiquie. Independence Day Celebrations VRSEC ANO 1(A) EME COY NCC given a lecture on Indian Armed Forces to C-Cadets 1(A) EME COY NCC Commanding officer inaugurated NCC obstacle training court at VRSEC 1(A) EME COY NCC given an lecture on Awareness on HIV Aids SSB training program for VRSEC NCC cadets at Lt.col.Deols Minerva
March 2013
DATE [04/08/12] [15.08.12] [01.09.12] 14.02.2012 29.09.2012 05.01.2013218
7 8
Academy( Estd 1955) V.P.O.DOAN, Tehsil- Mohali, Panjab Organized Republic day celebrations at VRSEC Conduct of Certificate B,C examination 2013 at VRSEC ground for 1300 and 1181 NCC Cadets respectively of Vijayawada station.
14.01.2013 26.01.2013 2nd ,3rd , 22nd ,23rd 24th Feb 2013
Cultural and Exhibitions Wing Activities :2010- 11

S.NO 1 EVENT NAME Republic Day Celebrations were conducted in the College auditorium. Dr. K. Mohana Rao, Principal hoisted the National Flag. The following cultural activities were conducted on this day. i. Group Singing patriotic. (6students participated). ii. Group dance patriotic. (8 students were participated). iii. Felicitation programme is conducted to Freedom fighter Sri Parakala Pattabhi Rama Rao by the Principal and all the Teaching & non- teaching staff members, and students. 50 students of our college participated in the Science Exhibition conducted by Gora Science Centre, Benz circle, Vijayawada 2. The students displayed working models of petrol and diesel engines, gear boxes, clutch, computers, robots, etc.,. All the students got appreciation certificates. AFOSEC- Annual Festival (Cultural) of Siddhartha Engg College, Vijayawada was conducted . Nearly 100 students from 10 Engineering Colleges in and around Vijayawada participated in the following cultural activities. i. Personality contest. ii. Group Singing Classical iii. Group Dance- Classical. iv. Group Dance- western. v. Solo Dance- Classical vi. Solo Dance- Western vii. Solo Singing- light vocal. viii. Solo singing- classical. ix. Sportz quiz. x. General quiz. The winners of the above competitions were granted with certificates and mementoes. Nearly 100 students of V. R. Siddhartha Engineering College acted as Volunteers and they assisted the Teaching Staff to conduct the competitions in smooth manner. DATE 26-1- 2011
From 2nd to 4th December, 2010
29- 1- 2011
2011-12
S.NO 1 EVENT NAME Independence Day Celebrations were conducted in the College, near S & H
DATE 15 -8 2011 219
block entrance. Dr. K. Mohana Rao, Principal hoisted the National Flag. 4 Students participated in Group Singing (patriotic). We conducted preliminary Essay Writing competition for the Income Tax Department, Govt. of India, on the topic How to make India a corruption free country, in the department of Mechanical Engineering. Nearly 70 students participated from all the departments of the College. Two students won first and second places. They were directed to participate in the final Essay Writing competition at P. G. College, Siddhartha Academy , Mogalraja Puram, Vijayawada on 31- 10- 2011. 60 students of our college participated in the Science Exhibition conducted by Gora Science Centre, Benz circle, Vijayawada. The students displayed working models of various machines, dams, bridges, robots, electronic circuits, etc.,. All the students got appreciation certificates. 50 Students of our College participated in the following cultural activities related to the Youth Festival conducted at Acharya Nagarjuna University, Nagarjuna Nagar, Guntur District . Our students won prizes in 4 events i. Debate ii. Elocution. iii. Poster making iv. Western singing- Solo. 5 students of our college participated in Art Competitions , conducted by The Andhra Academy of Arts, M. S. Murthi Lalit Kala Art Gallery, Near Sai Mandir, Mutyalampadu, Vijayawada -11. One student got second prize in the above competition. 10 students of our college participated in various cultural activities in Vignan Mahotsav- 2012, conducted by Vignan University, Vadlamudi, Guntur Dist. NCC Cadets of 1(A) EME COY Participated on Defence Awareness Programme organized by Sainik School, Korukonda at Indira Gandhi Municipal Stadium in view of their Golden Jubilee Celebrations 1(A) EME COY NCC ANO conducted a talk on ROLE OF NCC IN NATION BUILDING for 1/4 B.Tech students by COL MZU Siddiquie SM Save Electricity Campaign by the Cadets of 1(A) EME COY NCC Vijayawada
25- 10- 2011
From December 7 th to 9 th, 2011
From 18 th to 22 nd December, 2011.
25.12.2011
From 6 th to 7 th January, 2012. [03/01/12]
[31/03/12]
[31/03/12]
10
B Cadets of 1(A) EME COY NCC, VRSEC attended Horse Riding Training Camp in Summer at NTR Veterinary College Campus, Gannavaram. Awareness Rally on THE MEASURES TO BE TAKEN TO PREVENT SUMMER DISEASES by 1(A) EME COY NCC B-Cdts
[09/05/12 13/05/12] [07/05/12]
to
11
March 2013
220
12
NCC Day Celebrations on the Occasion of 58th Raising day of NCC, 1(A) EME COY Organized Several Programmes like Anti Drug Rally, Blood Donation Camp, Ceremonial Parade and took NCC Pledge at VRSEC College.
[01/06/12]
2012-13
S.NO EVENT NAME 1 Independence Day Celebrations were conducted in the College, near S & H block entrance. Dr. G.Samba Siva Rao, Principal hoisted the National Flag. 4 Students participated in Group Singing (patriotic). 2 70 students of our college participated in the Science Exhibition conducted by Gora Science Centre, Benz circle, Vijayawada. The students displayed working models of various machines, dams, bridges, robots, electronic circuits, etc.,. All the students got appreciation certificates. 3 AFOSEC- Annual Festival (Cultural) of Siddhartha Engg College, Vijayawada was conducted . Nearly 100 students from 10 Engineering Colleges in and around Vijayawada participated in the following cultural activities. DATE 15 -8 2012 From December 7 th to 9 th, 2012 22- 22013
i. ii. iii. iv. v. vi. vii. viii. ix. x.
Personality contest. Group Singing Classical Group Dance- Classical. Group Dance- western. Solo Dance- Classical Solo Dance- Western Solo Singing- light vocal. Solo singing- classical. Sportz quiz. General quiz.
The winners of the above competitions were granted with certificates and mementoes. Nearly 100 students of V. R. Siddhartha Engineering College acted as Volunteers and they assisted the Teaching Staff to conduct the competitions in smooth manner.
Table 7.17: NCC Activity details
7.2.8. Games and Sports facilities, and qualified sports instructors (5)
(Instruction: The institution may specify the facilities available and their usage in brief) Details of department of physical education S. No 1) a. b. Name of the Area Badminton-Indoor Table Tennis Halls
March 2013
Plinth Area in Sq. Mtrs. 171 Sq. Mtrs 173 Sq. Mtrs
221
c. d. e.
Gymnasium Hall Department Room
Store Room Play-Ground Consists of 400mtrs Athletic Track, Volleyball, Beach Volleyball, Ball Badminton, Netball Courts, Long2. Jump, Shot-put, Hammer, Discuss Throw Pits Football, throw ball, tenni coit and lawn tennis courts, and Cricket fields Table 7.18: Physical Department Details List of equipment:
141 Sq. Mtrs a). 12 Sq. Mtrs b). 12 Sq. Mtrs 32 Sq. Mtrs. 40,200 Sq. Mtrs.
S. No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7. 8 9 10 S.No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
List of Equipment in the Gymnasium. Squat Press Multi Purpose Bench Steel Dumbell-50 kg Bench Press Leg Press Seated Chest Press Stepper with Handle Rowing Machine Tread Mill Dumbbells /Plate Rack Table 7.19: Gymnasium Equipment Details Name of the facility Availability for usage No. Of students Usage 30 25 35 36 18 16 10 22 192 12 16
Table tennis boards 4 Badminton-indoor 1 Gymnasium hall 17individual stations Volleyball courts 4 Throwball 1 Tennicoit-outdoor 4 Ball badminton 1 Football Cricket 4oomtrs athletics track Badminton courts outdoor 2 hockey Table 7.20: Physical Department Equipment Details
Management of the above facilities: Refilling, resoling of the playfields with fine quality of red earth, marking and laning, as and when needed for the utilization to conduct the above events from time to time ie.,
March 2013
222
intramural competitions for men and women students, teaching and nonteaching staff, selection trials and coaching schedules etc, Recognition Physical Director Attended as Technical Official for Yonex Sunrise Badminton World Cup2009 held at Gachibowli, Hyderabd Technical official for PECET 2008, 09, and 2010 conducted by APSCHE at Acharya Nagarjuna Univeristy, Nagarjuna Nagar. Organizing secretary for ANUIC Cricket, Volleyball (women) and Archery , TABLE TENNIS events Manager and Coach for ANU Mens Cricket , KHO-KHO, Teams Selection committee member for ANU Swimming, Cricket, Table Tennis, Lawn Tennis, Badminton teams. Broad activities of the department Preparation of Play fields for the use of players from time to time Conduct of Selection trials to pick-up talented players for participation at Intercollegiate tournaments of Acharya Nagarjuna University, practice matches and invitation tournaments of students and staff Coaching provided to the participating teams Providing games and sports material for the regular practice To tone-up general fitness purpose, Gymnasium Equipment ie., 23 individual stations available for the students Calling quotations for the purchase of quality sports material Attending University Tournaments and General Body meeting of Acharya Nagarjuna University Organizing practice matches for different events from time to time Sending outstanding players for participation at National level events, tournaments and also for the coaching camps Guiding Students/players towards academic accomplishments Providing sports uniform for the students for participation in tournaments Financial support to the outstanding sports persons to participate in international/ national level tournaments Conducting intramural games and sports competitions for men and women students separately in volleyball, cricket, football, table tennis, badminton, throwball, tennicoit, athletic events. Conducting games and sports competitions for the staff of the college both teaching and non-teaching( men and women) separately Presenting meritorious certificates and mementoes to the winners and runners in intramural competitions for students and staff on college annual sports day celebrations Providing T.A,D.A and Sports Uniform to the College team players for participation at inter-collegiate and other recognized tournaments Grant of attendance to the participating students in the competitions NOTEWORTHY PARTICIPATIONS:
March 2013
223
ACHARYA NAGARJUNA UNIVERSITY INTER-COLLEGIAITE For the first time Men Power lifting and weight lifting event participated
AVERAGE DAILY PARTICIPATION IN GAMES AND SPORTS ACTIVITIES : 396 students STUDENTS- REPRESENTED ACHARYA NAGARJUNA UNIVERSITY AT ALL INDIA/SOUTHZONE INTER-UNIVERSITY TOURNAMENTS DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
YEAR CRICK ET GYMNA STICS/B OXING 0/1 1/1 1 1 BADMI NTON/S HUTTLE 1/0 1/1 ----1 SWIM MING/ TAEKW ANDO 1/1 1 1 1 EVENTS TABLE SOFTB TENNIS ALL/FO /TENIC OTBAL OT L 5 --1/1 0/1 1 ---1 .
BASKETBALL
HOCK EY
VOLLE YBALL
CHESS
2012-13 2011-12 2010-11 2009-10
1 1 1 *3
-----1
1 1 1 ..
--1 2
1 1 1 1
*Selected to represent ANU Cricket team but due to disturbances ANU team not participated during 2009-10
ANUIC TOURANMENTS ORGANISED by VR SIDDHARTHA ENGINEERING COLLEGE
March 2013
224
YEAR 2012-13
2011-12
2010-11
EVENTS CRICKET ARCHERY Organized C-zone inter collegiate cricket tournaments for the year 2012-2013 ANU EAST ZONE CRICKET TOURNAMENT ORGANISED in the month of October, 23rd TO 26th Organized JNTUK cricket tournament in the month of feb, 2012 ANU EAST ZONE CRICKET TOURNAMENT ORGANISED in the month of October, 2010 Organized ANU EAST-Z0NE (16TH October,09 to24th October, 2009) and Inter-zone tournament from 2nd to 8th December, 2009 Followed by ANU Cricket Team selection trials on 9th and 10th December,2009
VOLLEYBALL
ORGANISED ANU WOMEN VOLLEYBALL TOURNAMENT ON 4TH NOVEMBER, 2010
2009-10
STAFF PARTICIPATION AT OTHER TOURNAMENTS EVENTS YEAR BADMINTON(shuttle) CRICKET PARTICIPATED IN 40TH AP COLLEGE TEACHERS, ABDMINTION TOURANMENT, HELD AT P.B.SIDDHARTHA ARTS AND SCIENCE, VIJAYAWADA IN MONTH OF DEC 2012 PARTICIPATED IN 37TH AP COLLEGE TEACHERS ABDMINTON TOURANMENT-3MENTS, 2 MIXED DOUBLES TEAM AND WOMEN DOUBLES TEAM HELD AT ANR COLLEGE, GUDIVADA ..
2012-13
PARTICIPATED IN CHANDUS INVITATION CRICKET TOURAMENT FOR COLLEGE TEACHERS HELD AT JKC COLLEGE, GUNTUR IN MONTH OF JANUARY 2013
2010-11
PARTICIPATED IN CHANDUS INVITAITON CRICKET TOURAMENT FOR COLLEGE TEACHERS HELD AT JKC COLLEGE, GUNTUR
2009-10
..
March 2013
225
OUTSTANDING SPORTS PERSONS-INTERNATIONAL, ALL INDIA INTER-UNIVERSITY & NATIONAL LEVEL MEDALISTS EVENT(S) CRICKET NAME(S) OF THE PARTICIPANT(S) Mr.K.HARISH INTERNATIONAL/ALL INDIA INTERUNIVERSITY Under-25 Krishna District Mens team for the inter district cricket matches for the year 2012-13 ACA cricket matches. Secure silver medal in the 24th Inter district roller skating Champaign ship for the year 2012 held at Visakhapatnam. Secured state level silver medal in the rink event held at thadikonda. Secured 4 individual gold medals inthe ANUIC tournament held at BSSB Degree college Mr.Y.Sandeep has represented consecutively JNTUK mens Chess team and stood consistent player in the University selection trails and participated at South-zone interuniversity mens chess tournaments. Krishna District Badminton Championship for the year 2012 held recently at DRMC Stadium, Vijayawada. Selected to represent Krishna District team team to play ACA Central zone Senior selection matches, 2012 at Anantapur. Secured 3rd place FM rating in the International rate in chess tournament held at srilanka from 7th to 10th October 2011. Silver medal in Chess Challenge 2011 International Rating Open Chess Championship, organized by Knights Flame Chess Club of KurunegalaSrilanka from 9th to 13th December, 2011, on behalf of The Chess Federation of Srilanka and FIDE. National level tournament in Vignan Mahostav 2012 AP State Engineering college open badminton tournament 2011 at DRMC Vijayawada from 10th to 11th Dec 2011. 35th Inter district and 47th Table Tennis state champion ship held at LB Stadium Hyderabad from 29th November to 2nd December 2011. SECURED 5TH FM RATING IN ETHUGALPURA INTERNATIONAL RATING CHESS TOURNAMRENT HELD AT SRILANKA IN THE YEAR 2010-11 226
ACHIEVEMENT Vice captain
Silver Medal
Roller Skating
Ms.Naga Ramya Ms.Naga Ramya Ms.P.Anusha
Silver Medal Gold Medal
Rink Event Swimming
Valuable University player of JNTUK, 2011-12 Runners up position in mens single Selected to represent Krishna district FM RATING
CHESS
Mr.Y.SANDEEP
BADMINTON
Mr.L.SIVA NAGARAJU Mr.K.HARISH
Inter Zonal Matches CHESS
MR. D. SAI SRINIVAS MR. D. SAI SRINIVAS
Silver Medal
CHESS
Winner Runner up
CHESS Badminton
MR. D. SAI SRINIVAS Mr.Sai Siva rama Krishna Mr.D.Sri Harsha
Runner up
Table Tennis
FM RATING
CHESS
MR. D. SAI SRINIVAS
March 2013
PARTICIPATION
CHESS
MR. D. SAI SRINIVAS
SECOND
CHESS
Mr. D. SAI SRINIVAS
WINNER(200809)
CRICKET
Mr. N. JYOTHI SAI KRISHNA 2/4 C.E
FIRST
SHOT-PUTATHLETICS CHESS
Mr.D. KIRAN KUMAR Mr. D. SAI SRINIVAS Mr. V. SANKARA RAO MR. l. LOKESH
FIRST
SECOND SILVER
TCHOUKBALL BADMINTON
GOLD
GYMNASTICS
Mr. J. ARUN
GOLD
BADMINTON (SHUTTLE)
Mr. A. PRUDHVI
GOLD
BADMINTON (SHUTTLE)
Mr. P. SUN I L
PARTICIPATED IN 31ST NATIONAL TEAM CHESS CHAMPIONSHIP 2011 HLED AT CHESS ASSOCIATION KERALA FROM 21ST TO 28TH FEBRUARY, 2011 Runner-up INDIVIDUAL CHESS CHAMPIONSHIP TITLE AT NATIONAL LEVEL YOUTH TOURNAMENTS in the year 2009-10 at vignan national level university WON FOR THE FIRST TIME VIZZY TROPHY AT ALL INDIA INTER-ZONE INTERCUNIVERISTY CIRKCET TOURNAMENT 2008-09 represented ANU & College SECURED GOLD MEDAL IN SHOT PUT EVENT AT NATIONAL LEVEL YOUTH ATHLETICS CHAMPIONSHIP 2008-09 WON INDIVIDUAL CHESS CHAMPIONSHIP TITLE AT NATI ONAL LEVEL YOUTH TOURNAMENTS 2008-09 REPRESENTED AP TCHOUKBALL TEAM IN SENIOR NATIONAL CHAMPIONSIHP 2006-07 ALL INDIA INTER UNIVERISTY BADMINTON SILVER MEDAL HELD AT JIWAJI UNIVERISTY GWALIOR IN TH EYEAR 2005-06 WON GOLDMEDAL IN ALL INDIA INTERUNIVERSITY GYMNASTICS CHAMPIONSHIP 2004-05 ALL INDIA INTER UNIVERSITY TWICE GOLD MEDALIST represented Indian Junior Badminton team at Asian Junior Badminton championship held at Yangaon, Mayanmannar in 2003-04 and Sub Junior National Boys Doubles Title ALL INDIA INTER UNIVERSITY TWICE GOLD MEDALIST, and represented Indian Junior Badminton Junior Men team at Junior World Cup held at China in the year 2000
March 2013
227
8. Governance, Institutional support and financial resources (75)

8.1. Campus Infrastructure and Facility (10) 8.1.1. Maintenance of academic infrastructure and facilities (4)
(Instruction: Specify distinct features) Infrastructure & Facility Maintenance Description Land Built up Area Exclusive for Cleanliness is maintained by the outsourced people the Institution organized by the institute level incharge. Land : 24.05acres Build-up floor space: 52270.57sq.m. Class Rooms Well furnished class rooms are cleaned by out sourced sweepers every day. Seminar Halls Seminar hall of the department is maintained by departmental in charge faculty & Technician at regular intervals Tutorial Rooms Tutorial rooms are cleaned every day and maintained by faculty in charge. Laboratories A faculty in charge and a laboratory technician looks after the maintenance of each laboratory. They put together propose the budget for the required consumables, new equipment, repairs and calibration if required Equipment Technicians maintain the log book for equipment of the laboratory. They prepare the preventive maintenance schedules under the guidance of faculty-in-charge and carry out regular maintenance as per the schedules. Computers A programmer/ Technician and a faculty in-charge of each computer laboratory are responsible for maintenance of systems and software. Programmer carryout maintenance of each computer at regular intervals and record in the log book. Faculty in charge prepares necessary budget and submit to HOD. Main Library All the books are accessioned accordingly by the serial number of accession number and classified subject wise and shelved in the rack according to call numbers regularly. Dept. Libraries Faculty members of departments can borrow books from Dept. Library, and students in their free time can make use of the books available in the Dept. Library. One Faculty member is made in-charge of the Dept. Library.
228
Internet /Intranet
Internet related matters are maintained by a team of faculty, systems administrator and programmers in computer science department. They maintain the daily band width, usage, band width allocation, sharing etc. Electricity Maintenance Engineer, Two technicians and one attender look after the maintenance of electricity. Water A number of bore-wells available to meet requirements of garden and toilets .It caters needs of Staff & Students ,Buildings etc. Table 8.1: Academic Infrastructure & Facilities Maintenance details Ambience, Green cover The college is spread over 24.5 acres of land surrounded by greenery of the fertile lands and on one side by the Krishna Canal. The college evinces interest in ambience management, Landscaping, environmental preservation including water harvesting without losing the professional touch. Maintenance: One supervisor and 12 gardeners maintain the Green cover. Built-up space: College Buildings are constructed in the form of different blocks covering an area of 51731 square meters. All the Engineering Departments are located in separate & wide blocks. The campus is surrounded by a compound wall separating the college from the surrounding environment. All the buildings are well connected by wide internal roads so that the central facilities are accessible to all the members of faculty and students. Maintenance: One Engineer, 2 Supervisors, carryout repairs and maintenance job. Following are some of the highlights of the ambience management and landscaping Multi-color plantation highlighting the verdure with nominal inscription (i.e. the name of the college carved with plants) at the T-junction Adorning the Statue of the benefactor of the college with a bio-necklace. The towering emeralds on the main road Clasping green at the faculty parking lot Green carpet on the quadrangle Multi-facility play field spanning over10+ acres. Rows of natural oxygen pots all over the college
229
Eco-park In order to create eco-friendly atmosphere, lawns are developed and maintained around different blocks Underground pipelines interconnect the sprinklers for watering plants, Lawns etc Ambience of the work places Each and every Department has sufficient number of classrooms and laboratories that are fully ventilated and provided with necessary concealed electrical wiring and electrical items like fans, lights, computer systems with internet connectivity etc. Faculty members are provided with separate staff rooms with all the necessary facilities(Like internet facility, intercom) Proper maintenance of Classroom infrastructure Environmental Preservation Following items present the efforts related to environmental preservation With a missionary zeal related to social forestry, around 200 well-grown trees are spread over the entire area of the campus. For continuing next-gen greenery, the college is nursing about 1000 plants Thus, the college management is keen on the environmental protection and preservation, and to take up measures to reduce soil erosion and land degradation. Cleanliness Cleanliness is maintained on the campus by disposing all the waste material on a daily basis with the help of sufficient man-power. Waste water is drained out by the wellmaintained side canals. All the Biodegradable waste such as dry leaves, twigs and paper are collected on a daily basis, and made into good compost which again is added to the soil to maintain soil fertility. Each block is provided with toilets in each of the floors for boys, girls and faculty separately. All the toilets are cleaned every day Besides the regular cleaning process, the environmental protection in the college is maintained by some activities like plantation in which the students also participate as a part of NSS Programs. Maintenance: One Supervisor and 42 maintenance workers maintain the regular cleaning & maintaining job. Water Harvesting In order to facilitate the water harvesting, the college has taken a few measures like absorption pit method and percolation pit method. There is enough open space and mud paths to harvest the rain waters
230
There is enough extent of plantation to reduce evaporative loss and soil erosion.
8.1.2. Hostel (boys and girls), transportation facility, and canteen (2)
Hostels Hostel for Boys Hostel for Girls No of Rooms 58 150* No of students Accommodated 161 210
Table 8.2: Hostel Details *Hostel Old Block No of Rooms:120 No of students per room:1 No in Waiting: Nil Hostel New Block No of Rooms:30 No of students per room:3 No in Waiting: Nil Transport Transportation is provided exclusively and State transport is also available.College is located within the city limits on Machilipatnam Vijayawada high way with city bus every 3 minutes. 3 Boys Hostel Students, Girls Hostel Students. Table 8.3: Transportation Details Canteen facility is available for students, faculty and staff on subsidized rates in the campus. Canteen Yes Number of Canteen(s) 01 Area 524 sq m Daily Usage 1000-1200 Table 8.4: Canteen Details Number of Buses Facility availed to
8.1.3. Electricity, power backup, telecom facility, drinking water, and security (4)
(Instruction: Specify the details of installed capacity, quality, availability, etc.) A. Electricity and Power back-up: The college has wide spread arrangements for power connections with a central Substation, Control panel and Power room. Breakers are available at substations,
March 2013
231
Control panels are available at power room. Panels, and Distributions boxes are available at Individual Departments. Types of cables used: Under Ground Cables, Aluminum armed 3 Phase with neutral Cable Sizes : 240 Sq.mm to 6 Sq.mm Other important details: College has a 500 KVA transformer (11KV - 415 V) with Breakers and current maximum demand is 250 KVA. During power failures, the electricity backup is provided using two diesel generators each of 125 KVA diesel generators and two generators of 125 KVA are ordered. The load is optimally shared on the two generators during different times of the college. When load is below 125 KVA, only one generator is used and when load is above 125 KVA two generators are put to the operation. The annual maintenance cost of generators is about Rs 3,17, 000. B. Telecom facility: The college has created facilities for smooth and fast communication involving different kinds of phone connections in tune with the requirements Landline telephones are available in the Chambers of the Principal, Steno to the Principal, office of the Principal, Training and Placement Cell and in Autonomous (confidential) section. Intercom facility is extended to the functionaries in the Office of the Principal, chambers of Heads of Departments, Department Offices, select laboratories, Main entrance and other importance units of the college. The college has the following kinds of telephone connections Landline connections with STD facility six lines) Fax enabled Landline connection Cellular Phones Intercom Phone connections C. Drinking water The college has a water purifying unit with Reverse Osmosis process. The unit processes 1000 Liters of water per hour every day. The college has an organized supply mechanism to different departments. Equipment available with the plant : 6(one connection has :1 :1 : 120
March 2013
232
Name of the Equipment Cost of the item Reverse Osmosis Water Plant 2.25 lakhs Table 8.5: Water Plant Equipment details D. Security Measures of the college: Infrastructural: All the buildings are constructed taking proper care with the required iron gates and windows. All the buildings have two or more entrances/ exits which are managed based on the need. All the classrooms, laboratories, offices, libraries and all the places of work are properly locked without prejudice to the balance of secrecy and transparency. Human Resource oriented: The college has a two-tier security system. In-house mechanism- There are 3 Watchmen who work on 3 shifts The college hired the services of a reputable security agency OPDSS in Vijayawada through which 20 Security personnel work in the college. The annual financial commitment on the college is about Rs.12 lakhs for both the items put together.
S. No 1.
8.2. Organization, Governance, and Transparency (10) 8.2.1. Governing body, administrative setup, and functions of various bodies (2)
(Instruction: List the governing, senate, and all other academic and administrative bodies; their memberships, functions, and responsibilities; frequency of the meetings; and attendance therein, in a tabular form. A few sample minutes of the meetings and action taken reports should be annexed.) Organization and Governance The college has a well-marked administrative set up conforming to the norms of the AICTE and the UGC. The Governing body functionalities are enclosed in APPENDIX IX
March 2013
233
Figure 8.1: Internal Organization Structure Administrative Setup There is a Convener acting as the representative of the management. The Principal wields the powers with regard to financial and to all the academic and administrative matters including the conduct of examinations. Each of the departments has a head of the department who, in turn, assigns various tasks to different members of faculty. As far as running the autonomous stream, the statutory and non-statutory committees look after the academic and administrative procedures. The statutory committees are constituted as per the guidelines of the UGC There are 14 Non-statutory committees which have their well-defined Charters duly ratified by the Governing body For undertaking examination-oriented tasks, Principal is the Chief Controller of Examinations There is a Controller of examinations who is assisted by a Deputy controller and 3 Assistant controllers of examinations. As far as the administrative functions are concerned, the Administrative Officer and the Manager look after the activities executed by clerical, programming, data entry and ministerial staff. The departments have their own respective department offices which function under the guidance of respective heads of departments. All the monetary transactions (both the receipts and payments) are processed through a Nationalized bank
234
The faculty and students are involved in several activities in addition to academic assignments. The sense of involvement makes them develop a sense of belonging for the institution. With regard to the ISO certification process, a Member of faculty is appointed as the Management Representative who coordinates the activity with the help of the heads of departments and the department level ISO coordinators. Every Funded project has a coordinator who is totally responsible along with his or her team for the project. Principal wields the financial power. On the whole, the members of faculty and non-teaching staff of the college believe in the dignity of labour, and all the functions of the college are meticulously planned, properly coordinated and perfectly executed.
The following four statutory committees are functioning in the college to look after the administrative and academic procedures as per the norms stipulated by the University Grants Commission. Statutory Committees Governing Body Number of Members 12 Functions & Responsibilities Frequency Attendance of Meetings 2012 Meetings Twice in a 11 year
Academic Council
22
Board of Studies
Finance Committee
HOD, entire Faculty of the department & 5 outside members. 3 members
All the academic, Administrative & Financial matters related to faculty, staff & students. Scrutinizing and Approval Proposals with or without modifications of BOS with regard to Academic Regulations, Curricula , Syllabi etc., Preparation of Academic Regulations, Curricula , Syllabi etc., Approval Budget estimation.
Once in a year
22
Once in a year
95%
Twice in a year
03
A few sample minutes and action taken reports are enclosed in Annexure I. In addition to the committees or bodies presented above, the college has the following Non-statutory committee 1. Admissions committee 2. Examinations committee 3. Grievance appeal committee
235
4. Student affairs and welfare committee 5. Library committee 6. Academic audit and quality assurance committee 7. College Development Planning and Evaluation committee 8. Co & Extracurricular activities committee 9. Games and sports committee 10. Counseling Coordination Committee (Anti Raging Committee) 11. Academic Results Monitoring committee 12. Central Purchase committee 13. Building and works committee 14. Anti sexual harassment committee 15. Infrastructure Management committee The said committees have been functioning in the college in order to facilitate the successful functioning of autonomy. Each of the committees has been conducting its meetings the minutes of which have been ratified in the governing body meetings from time to time. The Disciplinary committees have been constituted on a dynamic basis both for academic and for general discipline. Principal constitutes the committees whenever the situation demands. In addition to the above, Anti ragging Vigilance committees are formed with staff of the college with specific schedules and locations in the college especially during the initial months of academic session for the I year students of B.Tech and other programmes. On the whole, the college has Four Statutory and Fifteen Non-statutory committees. Implementation of TEQIP: In the light of the award of TEQIP grant to the college, the college has formed the Institutional TEQIP unit as per the recommendations enshrined in the Project Implementation Plan issued by the National Project Implementation Unit of the Government of India.
8.2.2. Defined rules, procedures, recruitment, and promotional policies, etc. (2)
(Instruction: List the published rules, policies, and procedures; year of publications; and state the extent of awareness among the employees/students. Also comment on its availability on Internet, etc.) The rules are well defined and are enclosed in APPENDIX X. The policies and procedures are made clear. These rules concerned with the General administration of the college, Recruitment Procedure and service conditions of the staff, Leave rules of the staff, Policies of Promotion and increment are framed properly and came into enforcement from 05-03-1981. The college ISO quality manual contains the relevant information. All the newly recruited staff and the newly admitted students are made aware
236
of these rules through orientation programmes. These are also made available on the college website. Hand book is made available for all the students at the time of their admission into college. The hand book comprises of academic regulations, general rules and regulations of the college with regard to discipline and awareness among anti ragging act. Recruitment is done in a transparent manner purely on the basis of merit, after notifying the vacancies in the leading news papers. Recruitment of faculty and staff for regular appointment is done by the JNTUK staff selection committee headed by the Vice chancellor and comprising the subject experts, the SAGTE management representative and the Principal. In case of immediate requirement, recruitment is done by the college staff selection committee consisting of the SAGTE management members, Principal, the Head of the concerned department and the subject experts. The published rules, policies and procedures with regard to faculty and staff Recruitment, promotions, leaves, retirement and PF are published on 05-031981and these are made available on the college website.
8.2.3. Decentralization in working including delegation of financial power and grievance redressal system (3)
(Instruction: List the names of the faculty members who are administrators/decision makers for various responsibilities. Specify the mechanism and composition of grievance redressal system, including faculty association, staff-union, if any.) There is decentralization in working and as far financial powers are concerned management is the highest authority. The financial aspects are discussed in Finance committee The principal is given the power to spend Rs 1,00,000/- with Rs. 5,000/- as a single piece of expenditure. Heads of departments are given Imprest amount of Rs. 4,000. The account is periodically reviewed by the principal. Annual Budget is prepared by the Heads of departments. Principal reviews those statements. Management finally grants the permission to those budget statements. As far as Grievance redressal is concerned, there is a committee looking after the matter. Principal constitutes separate committees based on the requirements. Based on the recommendations of the individual committees Principal takes action. Administrators / Decision makers: - Head of the Institution : Principal - Heads of Academic sections : Heads of the Departments The following members of faculty have been assigned with administrative responsibilities. The following members of faculty have been assigned with administrative responsibilities.
237
S.NO Name of the member of faculty 1. Dr.N.Vijaya Sai 2. Dr. TSR Chowdary 3. Dr.B.Panduranga Rao 4. Dr.V. Srinivasa Rao
5. Dr. K.Sree Rama Krishna 6. Dr.M.Sree Krishna Rayalu 7. Dr. Y.Raja Rao 8. Dr.A.Koteswara Rao 9. Dr.AV Ratna Prasad 10. Dr.L.Anuradha 11. Sri.K.Anji Reddy
Basic academic designation Professor of Mechanical Engg. Professor of Civil Engg. Professor of Civil Engg. Professor of Computer Science & Engg. Professor of ECE Professor of EEE Professor of EIE Professor of IT Professor of Mechanical Engg. Professor of Business Management Senior Assistant Professor of Computer Applications Associate Professor of Mathematics Associate Professor of Physics Professor of Chemistry Associate Professor of English Assistant Professor of Computer Applications Assistant Professor of Mathematics Associate Professor of Physics Associate Professor of Business Management Professor of ECE Associate Professor
Additional / Administrative responsibility(ies)* Controller of Examinations Deputy Controller of Examinations HOD, Civil Engg. HOD, CSE.
HOD, ECE & chairman, Admissions committee HOD, EEE HOD, EIE HOD, IT HOD.ME & chairman, Examinations committee HOD, MBA HOD, MCA & Asst. Controller of Examinations
12. Dr.Ch.Baby Rani 13. Dr. Sri Devi 14. Dr.A.Ratnakar 15. Dr. K. Ram Chandra
HOD, Mathematics HOD, Physics HOD, Chemistry & I/C of I/IV B.Tech HOD, English, Asst. Controller of Examinations & Chairman, Extracurricular activities committee Asst. Controller of Examinations
16. Sri J.Hari Krishna
17. Lt.MSVD Sudarsan 18. Dr.K.Narendra
Associate NCC officer(Commissioned) NSS Programme officer
19. Dr.NCS Rao
Management representative of ISO certification Chairperson, Library committee Chairperson, Academic Audit and
238
20. Dr.A Jhansi Rani 21. Smt.M.Suneetha

of IT Quality Assurance committee 22. Dr.NR Krishna Professor of Civil Chairman, Grievance Appeal committee Murthy Engg. 23. Dr.N.N. Sastry Professor of EIE Head, R&D wing 24. Sri.B.Hari Babu Assistant Professor of Assistant controller of Examinations MBA Table 8.6: List of faulty with Academic responsibilities Grievance Appeal Committee The Grievance Appeal committee is intended to undertake the processes of attending to the grievances put forward by the students and staff. It focuses on setting proper facilitation procedures for settling the issues in a cordial atmosphere. The committee is expected to initiate proper or appropriate enquiry or investigative mechanism within 24 hours from the receipt of the complaint in written form duly signed by complainant(s). The committee is expected to meticulously adhere to the standard arbitration procedures of the college and those of AP education act 1982, AP prohibition of ragging act 1997, AP service rules corrected up to 01-042008, Industrial disputes act 1947 (Section-9C Chapter II B), the administrative tribunal act 1985, negotiable instruments act 1881, Societies registration act 1860 and all other such enactments of the Government of Andhra Pradesh and Government of India from time to time. (Details are given in Basic functions). Scope of the operations: The committee shall take into consideration all the redressal criteria and rules and regulations of the college and government of Andhra Pradesh both in admitting the complaint and in conducting the enquiry. The committee is expected to commence its operations by constituting a special committee in case of need. The observations, findings, suggestions and recommendations are merely recommendatory in nature and do not carry any legal binding for the college to follow or implement. The committee is expected to submit the minutes of its meetings along with observations, suggestions, if any, and resolutions to the respective statutory committees for further processing the same at the deliberations. The chairman and the members of the committee shall undertake all the operations in coordination with the Heads of the departments and administrative office. Composition of the committee: A senior member of faculty is appointed as Chairman/ Chairperson by the Principal 10 members of faculty are nominated by the Principal The chairman is expected to undertake all the prime duties of the committee, namely convening the meetings, recording minutes, recording special observations and suggestions, if any, processing the data and obtaining ratification of the minutes, resolutions, observations, taking necessary steps for tabling the said documents for ratification by the statutory bodies etc.
239
Basic functions of the committee: The following items fall under the purview of the committee. The committee is expected to extend its co-operation to the members of faculty and staff appointed or drafted for specific tasks from time to time like other members of faculty including heads of departments or nonteaching staff appointed or drafted by the Principal for taking up a special enquiry related to any complaint, controller of examinations and other personnel drafted by the principal in case of an examination oriented grievance etc. The activities are classified in two categories Planning, and Monitoring & execution. Planning activity: Preparing the grievance redressal procedures from time to time and notifying the tenets to the staff and students. Studying and compiling the relevant enactments of the Government of AP and Government of India. Identifying the relevant on-going litigations and keeping the institution abreast of different verdicts of the Local courts and higher courts or tribunals or other legal bodies including Lokayukta and Human rights commission. Monitoring and Execution activity: Receiving appeals from the students and staff. Identifying the gravity of the appeal. Ascertaining the legal implications of the appeal. Ascertaining whether it falls under the purview of a non-statutory committee or not. Classification of appeals into academic, administrative and discipline-oriented. Constitution of a separate committee in case of need. Ascertaining the provisions of the committee. The committee may meet within 24 hours from the time of commencement of its operation and decide over the course of enquiry. Ascertaining the individuals to be involved in the enquiry. Categorizing the individuals enquired - Prime accused, second accused, connivers, Witnesses etc. based on the item if it is related to an act of indiscipline. Recording the depositions with time and date. Submission of the report after deliberations among the members of the committee Based on the report, the action taken can be finalized. The disciplinary action is finalized since the item falls under the jurisdiction of the Principal except in such circumstances which warrant the intervention of the statutory bodies namely Governing Body, Finance committee, Academic council, boards of studies and ultimately the Management. In case of an academic appeal, constituting a house-committee and subsequently the committee with experts from other institutions, and finally referring the reports of the committee to the academic council
March 2013
240
If it is an administrative appeal, an in-house committee has to be constituted the report of which shall be sent to the management for further action. In case of an appeal related to service matters, a committee shall be constituted to look into the verdicts of the tribunal of the government regarding similar items and submitting a report to the management for further action. Meeting Schedule and Process of convening a meeting: The chairman is expected to issue a circular with the schedule and agenda one week in advance. However the chairman reserves the right to conduct any emergency session under certain circumstances that can be deemed to be an emergency situation. If it is not possible for the chairman to convene a meeting because of any academic or administrative reasons, one of the senior members of the committee can take up the responsibility of convening the meeting with the prior approval of the Principal. Tentative schedule of the meetings during an academic year has to be drawn by the chairman. Quorum and other standard tenets: An Attendance of 5 members is considered the quorum for any of the meetings. The committee may prepare a draft plan for items presented supra for further processing by the relevant bodies. If any member comes up with an innovative proposal, he/she may be advised to prepare a full-stretch document of the project put forward with projected financial commitment with relevant documents failing which such open suggestions can deferred to the next meeting by requesting the members to be more focused in their approach. The deliberations are strictly confidential and shall be confined to in-house circulation, and if any member is found leaking the information to external agencies, the matter shall be reported for correctional administration.
8.2.4. Transparency and availability of correct/unambiguous information (3)

(Instruction: Availability and dissemination of information through the Internet. Information provisioning in accordance with Right to Information Act, 2005). Transparency In order to ensure transparency, the college takes the following measures. Academic and Administrative Transparency: All the members of faculty are the members in the Board of studies. All the issues are discussed in the meetings of the Heads of Departments, which are held periodically the minutes of which are circulated to all the departments. The decisions taken and the issues discussed in meetings of the Heads of Departments are informed to the faculty in the department level meetings
March 2013
241
All the decisions taken by the Statutory bodies pertaining to particular items are informed to all the staff All the important pieces of information are sent to the faculty, staff and students There are Notice Boards in all the Blocks through which information is made available to the staff and students and very significant circulars are sent to the classrooms. Student Attendance has to be posted every month by the respective members of faculty on the College website which gets consolidated and placed in the notice boards for information to the students Academic Results and all the important items are placed on the College website The Mandatory Disclosure is presented on the website including the academic regulations and syllabus. All the information about the college is made crystal clear through the college web-site. Every parent can get information about his/her wards attendance and performance.
Students can get details about: University marks and mid marks report Attendance Previous Papers Syllabus Course Structure Department News View Notices Staff Details Alumni Details The college has arranged web mail facility to the entire faculty with individual Ids for faster and more accurate information. Uploading college information related to extension of approval by the AICTE Making all the relevant documents available at the time of inspection to several bodies including Social welfare departments, university committees, UGC committees, NBA, NAAC, ISO and Corporate accreditations like TCS etc. Since the college is not receiving any grant for running the institution, Right to information act 2005 does not apply to the college.
8.3. Budget Allocation, Utilization, and Public Accounting (10)

Summary of current financial years budget and the actual expenditures incurred (exclusively for the institution) for three previous financial years.
Item 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11 2009-10 Budgeted Expenses Budgeted Expenses Budgeted Expenses Budgeted Expenses up to up to 3131/12/ 12-2013 12 Incurred and Incurred and Incurred and Incurred and maintained by maintained by maintained by maintained by
Infrastructural
242
built-up Management Library 9.00 4.42 Laboratory 151.40 51.66 equipment Laboratory 4.16 3.00 consumables Teaching and non- 1292.00 1181.47 teaching staff salary R&D 1.50 0.75 Travel 1.25 0.52 Other, specify 150.52 193.83 Total 1607.62 1436.81
Management 20.00 11.683 97.483 73.091 3.00 4.930
Management 25.00 17.132 64.531 86.913. 2.00 3.02
Management 19.00 13.28 85.462 47.640 1.00 2.693 891.64 2.176 3.234 361.178 1321.85
1356.00 1298.474 990.00 5.00 6.00 336.357 1823.84 2.623 5.00 3.699 6.00 485.547 587.651 1880.048 1680.182
1002.308 864.00 1.003 5.00 2.79 6.00 368.540 414.572 1481.697 1395.034
Table 8.7: Budget Report (Instruction: The p r e c e d i n g list of items is not exhaustive. One may add other relevant items if applicable.)
8.3.1. Adequacy of budget allocation (4)

(Instruction: Here the institution needs to justify that the budget allocated over the years was adequate.) The yearly budget is prepared according to the needs & requirements of the departments taking into consideration of annual intake of students, laboratory & infrastructure developments. Students, faculty & staff requirements and promotions and latest technologies etc., Formal budget estimates will be prepared by each department and will be reviewed in HODs meeting with the Principal. After deliberations formal budget made altered in departments and forwarded to Principal for preparing final budget at college level. The final budget is sent to Management for approval and sanction. The Management is approving almost 100% which was proposed by the institute. The budget allocation and utilisation for the last three years is adequate.
8.3.2. Utilization of allocated funds (5)

(Instruction: Here the institution needs to state how the budget was utilized during the last three years.)
Utilization of allocated funds 2011-12 2010-11 2009-10 2008-09 94.75% 101.2%
103.08% 88.19%
Table 8.8: Fund Utilization report
March 2013
243
8.3.3. Availability of the audited statements on institutes Web site (1)

(Instruction: Here the institution needs to state whether the audited statements are available on its Web site.)
2009 10 NO Yes URL: www.vrsiddhartha.ac.in/audit 2010 11 NO Yes URL: www.vrsiddhartha.ac.in/audit 2011 12 NO Yes URL: www.vrsiddhartha.ac.in/audit 2012 13 NO Yes URL: www.vrsiddhartha.ac.in/audit
Table 8.9: Details of Audited Statements
8.4. Program Specific Budget Allocation, Utilization (10)

Summary of budget for the CFY and the actual expenditures incurred in the CFYm1 and CFYm2 (exclusively for this program in the department):
Items Budgeted in CFY 2012-13 Actual expenses in CFY (till March 15th 2013) 13,50,000 3,06,720 80,135 17,36,855 3,50,000 50,000 1,10,000 20,10,000 Budgeted in CFYm1 2011-12 Actual Expenses in CFYm1 Budgeted in CFYm2 2010-11 Actual Expenses in CFYm2
Laboratory equipments Software purchase R&D Laboratory consumables Maintenance and spares Travel Miscellaneous expenses for academic activities Total
24,35,000 7,00,000 4,50,000 3,50,000 39,35,000
15,00,000
13,50,000 2,40,670 4950 24,274 16,19,894
10,66,000
8,76,800 -
2,60,000 50,000 50,000 14,26,000
2,55,926 4,000 32,472 11,69,198
Table 8.10: Program Budget Details
8.4.1. Adequacy of budget allocation (5)

(Instruction: Here the institution needs to justify that the budget allocated over the years was adequate.) The budget is progressively increased to meet the new facilities for equipment, replacement of outdated equipment and new labs due to revision in syllabi.
8.4.2. Utilization of allocated funds (5)

(Instruction: Here the institution needs to state how the budget was utilized during the last three years.)
March 2013
244
Year Budgeted Expenses Budgeted in CFY (201239,35,000 17,36,855 2013) Budgeted in CFY (m1) 20.10,000 16,19,894 (2011-2012) Budgeted in CFY (m1) 14,26,000 11,69,198 (2010-2011) Table 8.11: Fund Utilizations report 8.5. Library (20)
Utilization of funds 44.13% 80.59% 81.99%
8.5.1. Library space and ambience, timings and usage, availability of a qualified librarian and other staff, library automation, online access, networking, etc. (5)
(Instruction: Provide information on the following items.). Carpet area of library (in m2) Reading space (in m2) Number of seats in reading space Number of users (issue book) per day Number of users (reading space) per day Timings: During working day, weekend, and vacation Number of library staff Number of library staff with degree in Library Management Computerization for search, indexing, issue/return records Bar coding used Library services on Internet/Intranet INDEST or other similar membership Archives Ambience: The library has good ventilation with both sides windows and on the top maximum number of lights and fans are fitted. We are maintaining SC, ST Book Bank Scheme separately and separate technical Section is available for classification and cataloguing. We have Separate Digital Library for e-recourses. The books are arranged according to subject classification and arranged in the library in systematic manner. We have a separate News paper section. We are conduction user orientation programme for fresh students every year. Separate reference section for text books are also available in the library.
Carpet area of library (in sq m) Reading space (in sq m ) Number of seats in reading space Number of users (issue book) per day Number of users (reading space) per day Timings: During working day, weekend and vacation Number of library staff
Library:- 1300 sq m. 450 sq m. 150 650 above per day 850 above per day
8:00 am to 8:00pm, 10:00am to 1:00pm 12 245
Number of library staff with degree in Library Management Computerization for search, indexing, issue/return records Bar-coding used Lib services on internet/intranet INDEST or other similar membership Archives
5 YES YES YES I-EEE, AISME, ASCE, Mc.GRAWHILL, ELSEVER, N-LIST,DELNET, J-GATE. EBSCO.
Table 8.12: Details of Library
8.5.2. Titles and volumes per title (4)

Number of titles Year 17517 Number of volumes Number of New Editions Added 430 360 375 71240 Number of New Titles Added 140 255 385 Number of New Volumes Added 2625 2460 2425
2010-11 2011-12 2012-13
Table 8.13: Details of Titles and Volumes in Library
8.5.3. Scholarly journal subscription (3)

Details CFY CFYm1 CFYm2 Science As soft copy ------As hard copy ------Engg and Tech As soft copy 512 486 265 As hard copy 142 142 161 Pharmacy As soft copy ------As hard copy ------ARCHITECTURE As soft copy ------As hard copy ------Hotel As soft copy ------Management As hard copy ------Table 8.14: Scholarly journal subscription details CFYm3 ----240 161 -------------
8.5.4. Digital Library (3)

Availability of digital library contents: If available, then mention number of courses, number of e-books, etc. Availability of an exclusive server:
246
Availability over Intranet/Internet: Availability of exclusive space/room: Number of users per day: Availability of Digital Library contents: YES If available, then mention number of Courses-9, CDs-2000, Courses, number of e-Books etc. Computers-19, e.books-1875 Availability of an exclusive Server: YES Availability over Intranet/Internet: YES Availability of exclusive space/room: YES Number of Users per day: 175 Table 8.15: Digital Library Details
8.5.5. Library expenditure on books, magazines/journals, and miscellaneous contents (5)

Year Book Expenditures Magazine / Journals (for hard copy subscription) 1,89,000 1,46,470 1,69,120 Magazine / Journals (for soft copy subscription) 7,98,000 14,67,642 1.19.916 Misc. Conten ts Comments
2010-11 2011-12
8,42,000 9,88,510 8,57,321
2,75,000 3,27,536 1,39,427
----
2012-13
Table 8.16: Library Budget Details
8.6. Internet (5)

Name of the Internet provider: Net Links Available bandwidth: 12 mbps Access speed: Excellent Availability of Internet in an exclusive lab: Yes Availability in most computing labs: All labs Availability in departments and other units: Yes Availability in faculty rooms: Yes Institutes own e-mail facility to faculty/students: Provided for faculty Security/privacy to e-mail/Internet users: Yes (Instruction: The institute may report the availability of Internet in the campus and its quality of service.)
Internet Provider
Net Links
247
Bandwidth
20shared bandwidth under NMEICT of Dept MHRD
Access Speed Availability
Excellent Table 8.17: Internet Facility Details

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes- The college has an IT policy which provides guidelines for usage of IT infrastructure and addresses security & privacy issues of users.
Availability in an exclusive lab for Internet use ? Availability in most computing labs? Availability in departments and other units? Availability in faculty rooms? Institutes own Email facility to faculty/students
Security/privacy to e-mail/Internet users:
8.7. Safety Norms and Checks (5) 8.7.1. Checks for wiring and electrical installations for leakage and earthing (1)
The safety of electrical equipments is taken by properly selecting the Conductor size (wire size) so that the wire will withstand during short Circuits and unbalances. The safety of equipment and wires is provided by MCB, RCBO and fuses. MCB provides protection during short circuits and RCBO provides protection from earth leakages. Fuses provide protection from over currents. Every piece of equipment is provided with proper earthing so that it will be provid protection from internal faults. Earthing & Earth pits: As the college has a multi-block academic ambience precautions have been taken for proper earthing.All the major pieces of equipment are provided with proper earthling materials.32 Earth pits are available in the college. Required amount of charcoal, salt, and earthling rods are made available to the personnel.Geographically, Vijayawada is 19 metres above the mean sea level and the earth pits are arranged above 15.25 meters above mean sea level area. Observation Report for Earth pits Year 2009-10(1st july 2009-30th june 2010) Regular maintenance is done the annual observations reports of which are presented below.
S.No Date No. of Earth pits Checked Remarks /Observations 248
March 2013
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
25-06-2010 31-03-2010 28-01-2010 20-11-2009 23-09-2009 27-07-2009
05 nos 06 nos 07 nos 05 nos 08nos 06nos
Filling 1kg salt and coal Filling 3kg salt and 2kg coal Filling 1 kg coal and salt Filling 2kg coal and salt Filling 1kg coal and salt Filling 1kg salt and coal
8.18: Safety Norms and checks details Note: Regular watering every month Observation Report for Earth pits Year 2010-11(1st july 2010-30th june 2011) Regular maintenance is done, the annual observation reports of which are presented below No. of Earth pits Remarks S.No Date Checked /Observations 1. 20-06-2011 09 nos Filling 3kg salt and coal 2. 30-03-2011 07 nos Filling 2kg salt and coal 3. 24-01-2011 04 nos Filling 3kg salt and coal Note: 4. 28-11-2010 04 nos Filling 2kg salt and coal 5. 24-09-2010 05 nos Filling 2kg salt and coal 6. 31-07-2010 06 nos Filling 1kg salt and coal Regular watering every month.
March 2013
249
Observation Report for Earth pits Year 2011-12(1st july 2011-30th june 2012) S.No 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Date 25-01-2012 20-12-2011 24-11-2011 18-10-2011 22-09-2011 30-07-2011 No. of Earth pits Checked 10 nos 06 nos 06 nos 02 nos 04 nos 08 nos Remarks /Observations Filling 20 kg salt and coal Filling 10 kg salt and coal Filling 2kg salt and coal Filling 1kg salt and coal Filling 3kg salt and coal Filling 2kg salt and coal
Note:
Regular watering every month.
Fire-fighting measurements: Effective safety arrangements with emergency / multiple exits and ventilation/exhausts in auditoriums and large classrooms/labs, fire-fighting equipment and training, availability of water, and such other facilities (1)
All the academic buildings have two or more entrances / exits. Fire fighting is very essential where large gatherings are there of students. Labs are the places where large number of students work with equipment carrying considerable amount of current and having voltages. To avoid damage to the equipment and to the furniture and students fire fighting equipment should be placed at all the places where large gatherings are expected. These will help in saving lives, property from fire. To do fire fighting generally fire fighting cylinders containing powder mixtures to emit CO2 to extinguish fire. These are available in different sizes. In case of large fire, multiple exists should be designed to the buildings and places so that immediate evacuation is required. The college has the required firefighting equipment the details of which are given below. Type and size of the equipment ABC 2 KG/1KG Fire Extinguishers No of pieces of equipment 125 Cost of the equipment About Rs.1,50,000 The expected coverage of the 4 Thousand people Equipment The placement of the equipment All the Academic blocks, Library, Auditorium, Administrative Block, Seminar Halls & Hostels Table 8.19: Fire-Fighting equipment details In addition to the fire extinguishers, water is available abundantly which can be of immense utility in case of emergency. Water points in all the blocks. Plastic water tubes are available which can be used for pouring the water. Every year our college has been organizing one day training program with
250
firefighting equipment to NCC cadets, security people and technical staff.
8.7.2. Safety of civil structure (1)

The college takes all the precautions before it goes for constructing a building. The following measures get meticulously executed before, during and after construction. Processes of Construction The plans are developed by eminent engineers outside the institution. The site is inspected and necessary fortification gets done. The soil is monitored by the department of Civil Engineering. Necessary approvals are obtained by relevant government bodies Full-time engineers work on the construction. The progress of constructions is reviewed both by college administration and the management representatives on a regular scale. All the norms laid down by the law-enforcing authorities are adhered to. The department of civil engineering monitors structures. Stability tests are carried out on in-house facilities. Safety management of civil structures The college accords prime importance to safety of the constructions. The flooring is monitored on a periodic basis and whenever there is need it is relaid. The ceiling is monitored and care is taken in order to see that there would not be rashes. Window frames are checked and painted whenever there is a need. Buildings are white washed on a periodic basis. Doors are protected from white ants and painted on a periodic basis. Roofs of the buildings are maintained and steps are taken to prevent seepage. Proper drainage system is provided to prevent water logging. The Department of Civil Engineering maintains all these activities.
8.7.3. Handling of hazardous chemicals and such other activities (2)

(Instruction: The institution may provide evidences that it is taking enough measures for the safety of the civil structures, fire, electrical installations, wiring, and safety of handling and disposal of hazardous substances. Moreover, the institution needs to show the effectiveness of the measures that it has developed to accomplish these tasks.) The college takes all the care regarding the chemicals or other materials which may turn out be hazardous in nature One of the places where chemicals are largely used is the Chemistry Laboratory. The chemicals are given in diluted form to the students at the time of experiments In addition to diluting the chemicals teachers and supporting staff warn about the possible dangers of mishandling or careless handling of those chemicals.
251
Exhaust fans and fuming cupboard are arranged in the chemistry Laboratory in order to remove gasses and odorous chemicals from the Laboratory. In the Physics laboratory also, specific care is taken in order not get the students and staff exposed to the LAZER beamer. The following care is taken in work shop and in other labs Students are required to wear uniform/apron and shoes in order to protect them from welding sparks, heat etc. Also, they will use black glass shield to protect their eyes from ultraviolet rays liberated in the arc welding sparks. All the welding cables are properly insulated in order to avoid electric shock to the students and insulation tape is widely fixed around cuts to the electrical wires, if any. All the tools have been periodically sharpened to have proper cutting at moderate effort and the clamping of the work pieces has been done properly. Mains are switched off when electrical connections are in progress. Fuse wire is provided in the circuit in order to eliminate burning of entire circuit, in the case of over loads. Since scissors and G.I.Sheet, chisels have sharp edges; students are given instructions that they should handle them properly in order to avoid cuts. All the rotating hattie machines, milling machines, drilling machines are covered with proper guards to avoid accidents when the operator is dealing with the change of belt on the pulleys, etc. Petrol, Diesel and lubricants are kept in proper tins by sealing them with caps. Match sticks are not allowed to light in fuel lab to avoid explosure and fire accidents. Students are instructed to maintain minimum one meter distance from rotating members like fly wheels, fans, pulleys of the I.C.Enginees. Exhaust manifold and silencer pipe are insulated properly to avoid injuries to the students and staff. Exhaust gasses are left far away to avoid air pollution in the lab. Students have to wear hand glouse, masks for nose etc. While working with the chemicals and proper ventilation is provided for the composite Laboratory. Freon gas leakage is arrested by using proper seals at the pipe joints and guards & meshes are provided for safety.
8.8. Counseling and Emergency Medical Care and First-aid (5)

Availability of counseling facility Arrangement for emergency medical care Availability of first-aid unit (Instruction: The institution needs to report the availability of the facilities discussed here.) Availability of counselling facility: The college has a multi layered Counselling mechanism.
March 2013
252
General Counseling and Mentorship: Immediately on the admission into the First year of the B.Tech Programme, the college commences its process of mentoring the students by employing the method of Group counseling as well as individual counseling. 20 students are attached to a teacher counselor. The teacher counselor is advised to monitor the regularity in attendance and performance of the student in academics. In addition to the above, the teacher counselor is expected to offer counseling human values and core principles of success to the students attached to him/her A Behavioral Counseling: The college invites experts in the field and arranges Lectures and orientation programmes to offer training in several aspects related to organized and fruitful human behaviour Qualifications of Counselors and Mechanisms Adopted: The members of faculty of the college who are Post graduates and above Guest counselors are eminent or recognized trainers. General counseling goes on a regular basis and whenever there is any need a special counseling is conducted. Records are maintained by the respective teacher counselors. Professional Ethics course at I/IV B.Tech: Since thought structuring is a core principle in personality development, a course on Professional Ethics has been made mandatory for all the students Life skills, Soft skills and up bringing ones life: For this the courses in communication skills have specifically been designed in order that the students acquire a thorough understanding regarding the patterns of social and professional behavior expected of Psychiatric counseling: Siddhartha Academy of General & Technical Education is also been running a Medical college which caters to the needs of such counseling. There was not any necessity for VR Siddhartha Engineering College to approach the medical college for this purpose Availability of Psychiatrists and Psychologist 1. Dr.Kodali Madhavi, M.D. 2. K.G.Dhanesh, M.Sc., Ph.D. No. of cases handled: 03 Severity of the cases handled: 03 Type of counseling: oral, psycho-analytical Response: immediate Arrangement for emergency medical care The college has a qualified doctor: Dr.N.V.Krishna Rao, M.D., who visits the college every day. There are 6 super-specialty hospitals (Nagarjuna & Time etc) & 12 other small hospitals within two kilometers Range. All those hospitals have Ambulance Facility. The response time of those ambulances is about fifteen minutes.
253
Besides the said Ambulances, there are 108 Ambulances run by emergency Management Research Institute, a public-private partnership company, the pioneer in emergency management services in India, the response time for which happens to be not more than half an hour. Availability of first-aid unit: College has a Dispensary with 2 beds. All the Departments and units of the college have First aid boxes with basic items like Cotton, Tincture iodine, healing plasters etc
March 2013
254
9. Continuous improvements
This criterion essentially evaluates the improvements of the different indices that have already been discussed in earlier sections. 9.1. Improvement in Success Index of Students (5) From 4. 1
Items Success index
LYG 0.75
LYGm1 0.93
LYGm2 0.84
Assessment 0.84
Table 9.1: Success Index of Students 9.2. Improvement in Academic Performance Index of Students (5) From 4. 2 Items API LYG 7.72 LYGm1 7.4 LYGm2 7.17 Assessment 7.43
Table 9.2: Academic Performance Index of Students 9.3. Improvement in Student-Teacher Ratio (5) From V-P. 1 Items STR CAY 19.24 CAYm1 19.76 CAYm2 19.69 Assessment 19.56
Table 9.3: Student-Teacher Ratio 9.4. Enhancement of Faculty Qualification Index (5) From V-P. 3 Items FQI LYG 25.12 LYGm1 24.28 LYGm2 23.28 Assessment 24.26
Table 9.4: Faculty Qualification Index
March 2013
255
9.5. Improvement in Faculty Research Publications, R&D Work and Consultancy Work (10)
From 5. 6 and 5. 7 Items FRP FPPC 10.42 15.28 LYG 10.37 15.55 LYGm1 4.61 14.30 LYGm2 Assessment 8.46 15.04
Table 9.5: Faculty Research Publications, R&D Work and Consultancy
9.6. Continuing Education (10)

In this criterion, the institution needs to specify the contributory efforts made by the faculty members by developing the course/laboratory modules, conducting short-term courses/workshops, etc., for continuing education during the last three years.
Module Description
Developed / organized by
Any other contributory Inst./ Industry
Duration
Resource Persons
Target Audience
Usage and citation etc.
Multimedia Open Office Office tools MOODLE POGIL STEP
CMT ES -
IT IT
3 Months 2 Weeks
Y.Sandeep M.Ramesh
IT Faculty and UG students Office Staff of the college College Staff IT Faculty IT Faculty & Students
To enrich self employment skills Automation of Office work Online Course Management Interactive Course Management Learning by Doing
IIIT
IT IT IT
5 Days 1 Week 6 Months
K.R.Anne K.R.Anne S.Sriharsha R.RamaKris hna
March 2013
256
Open CV Beagle Board-XM Guest lecture
IT
1 Week
B.L.Phanee ndra Radhe Syam Y.Bhanusre e Prof Narasimha m
IT Faculty & IV students IT Faculty & IV students
IT
1 Week
Capable of doing projects in Signal Processing To develop working models with ARM processor
Bapatla Engine erin-g college , Baptla Bapatla Engine ering college , Baptla
1Day
Guest lecture
1Day
K.R.Anne
Introduction to LATEX
Faculty Enablement Program Workshop On Advanced Programmin g in Java
1 Week
K.R.Anne
Faculty of Various engineering colleges IT IV year Students and Faculty
Machine Learning
1 Week
Pushkal Consultancy ,Hyderabad
Workshop IT IV year on Advanced RSRL, 1 Week Students and Programmin Vijayawada Faculty g Essentials Table 9.6: List of Workshops, short term courses for continuing education
9.7. New Facility Created (15)

Specify new facilities created during the last three years for strengthening the curriculum and/or meeting the POs: Facility Developed / Target Audience Usage and citation etc. Description organized by New Building Management Faculty & Students Faculty & Students Enough space and individual staff rooms To Encourage Research Publications For immediate and easy referencing for research, teaching
257
Research and Management development LAB Exclusive dept Management library

Faculty & Students
WIFI Management Faculty & Students connectivity for department MOODLE Faculty Faculty & Students Online Course Management Laptops Management Faculty Ease of learning e-materials POGIL Faculty Students Interactive Course Management Synchronous Faculty Students E-Teaching distance teaching via MOODLE Individual staff Management Faculty For better class room teaching and rooms with research internet facility Table 9.7: List of facilities for strengthening curriculum
and studying Comfortable Internet Access
9.8. Overall Improvements since Last Accreditation, if any, Otherwise, since the Start of the Program (20)
Specify the overall improvements: Specify strengths/ weakness the Improvement brought in Contributed by List the PEO(s), which are strengthe ned I-V II,III,V I-V Com ments , if any
In CAYm2 Less qualified No. of faculty with M.Tech. have faculty increased No R & D Wing Research lab is established and open 24X7 for staff and students Need to recruit 2 Faculty at senior level with PhD were faculty at senior recruited level Faculty Teaching in Faculty refreshment program on Telugu effective communication is arranged Consultancy External consultancy and sponsoring trust consultancy is strengthened In CAYm1 Management Management Management
Dr. K.R. Anne Faculty
IV III,V
No research Research culture is introduced by way Faculty culture in the of applying for projects and designing department projects for students
II,III,V
258
Less qualified 76% of faculty withM.Tech qualification faculty Faculty pursuing 7 faculty members enrolled for PhD Ph.D No funded UGC funded MRP projects In CAY Publications
Faculty Faculty Dr. K.R. Anne
I-V II.III,V III,V
32 publications in referred Faculty national/international Journals / national/ international conferences Table 9.8: Improvements since last accreditation
II,III,V
March 2013
259
March 2013
260
APPENDIX I
ALUMNI SURVEY If you are graduated from Velagapudi Ramakrishna Siddhartha Engineering College with B.Tech
in Information Technology, we would
like to hear from you. We would appreciate if you would take a few minutes and respond to this survey. This survey is placed by the Department of Information Technology, VRSEC, Vijayawada, Andhra Pradesh in order to assess the Program Educational Objectives
Share Your Experiences Here !!!
Personal Information
Thanks for your help !!
Name ( in full ) Firm / Organization Current Position
March 2013
261
Year of Graduation ( passed out ) Register number (* optional ) Email-id Contact number
For each question, place a tick () that best describe your opinion.
1. What is your initial position in professional career?
2. How comfortable were you in the training/initial months in your first employment?
Very Satisfied
Satisfied
Good
Average
3. What is your current position at your employment?
March 2013
262
4. What is the nature of projects you handled after your graduation (either in employment or individually) Government sponsored Testing Any other (specify) : E-Governance Application Development Collaboration / Research Information Security
5. What is the size of your team in profession when working in teams? (Mark all that apply) 3-5 4-6 5-10 10-12
6. To meet the current job requirements, please specify the tools/technologies you used other than what you have learnt during the program.
7. Have you pursued any higher education? If yes please specify the following.
i)
What is your masters degree that you had pursued? (Mark all that apply). M.S / M.Tech / MBA / Any other (please specify)
March 2013
263
ii)
What is the duration taken to complete the masters program?
8. Have you taken any diploma courses (minimum 6 months duration) since graduation? If yes, specify below Yes / No
9. Please provide any additional comments or suggestions that will improve our program?
March 2013
264
March 2013
265
APPENDIX II
Rubrics for Program Outcomes Assessment
Rubric for analyzing a given problem and identifying computing requirements

Name: ____________________Internal/External Evaluator:______________________ Course: ______________ Date:___________ Intended Outcome. Analyze and Identify and define the computing requirements for a given problem which are appropriate to its solution
Highly competent 3 Problem statement Problem statement describes complete understanding of the problem. Describes fully the known information and what needs to be determined. Clear and concrete description of computing requirements in terms of hardware and software specifications
Competent Problem statement describes some understanding of the problem. Describes most of the known information and what needs to be determined . Description of computing requirements is some what clear in terms of hardware and software specifications
Beginner Problem statement is not specified at all.
Requirement specifications
No clear computing requirements for the problem solution.
March 2013
266
Rubric for usage of current techniques/skills/modern tools

Name: ____________________Internal/External Evaluator:______________________ Course: ______________ Intended Outcome. Select/Explore the new tool and able to work on it Date:___________
Rubric Knowledge of professional tools
Below expectations 1
Is not familiar with state-of-the-art tools (hardware, software).
Meets expectations 2
Knows what tools are generally available and is competent to use them at a basic level. Can usually identify tools that might fit a particular problem or project.
Exceeds expectations 3
Maintains expertise in appropriate tools for the field
Selection of tools
Is not able to identify the right tools for a particular problem or project.
Can identify and evaluate which tools are best for a particular problem or project.
Use appropriate simulation design tools
Not used any tool in any of the Used tool but could not phases of the problem conclude the results
Used
tool
effectively
and
concluded results with various test cases.
Ability to expertise
develop
new
skills
and Is unable to independently learn Is able to eventually learn new

new tools and skills; requires assistance. tools and skills, but is sometimes inefficient and uncomfortable doing so.
Is able to quickly and effectively learn new tools and skills.
March 2013
267
Rubric for local/global impact of computing in society

Name: ____________________Internal/External Evaluator:______________________ Course: ______________ Intended Outcome. Analyze real world problems using accomplished knowledge Date:___________
Rubric for Term Paper Rubric Awareness of global effects Moderate(1) Good(3) Good understanding of the widespread effects but with somewhat limited perspective about long-term factors; Good understanding economic factors as applied to problem computation and how it affects other relate problems Excellent(5) Deep understanding of the immediate and long-term issues on users and non-users locally and globally. Deep understanding of economic factors applied to this and related computing problems and the impact they may have on the economy at large as well as long term trends. Deep understanding of the immediate and longterm implications to society in the creation and/or use of the computing technology, and the overall potential benefits and risks to society.
Some awareness of the more extended effects of computing
Understanding of economic factors
Some understanding of the economic factors as
Awareness of implications to society at large
Moderate understanding of the implications to society in the creation and/or use of computing technology
Good understanding of the implications to society in the creation and/or use of the computing technology as well as its relation to general societal issues;
March 2013
268
Rubric for Mini and Major Projects
Rubric Knowledge
Unacceptable(1) Not able to identify the economic, social and environmental costs of Information Technologies.
Below Expectations(3) Able to identify the economic, social and environmental costs of Information Technologies, but not able to define why technology can transform the way of live.
Meets Expectations(5)
Comprehension
Not able to foresee how their current and future work will influence the economy, society and the environment, . Not able to tackle real problems related with computing skills, and apply the acquired knowledge to find solutions, taking into account economic, social and environmental constraints.
Application
Able to identify the economic, social and environmental costs of Information Technologies, and be able to define why technology can transform the way of live. Able Able to foresee how their current and to foresee how their current and future future work will work will influence the economy, society and influence the economy, society and the the environment, environment, but cannot apply this to their daily and apply this to their daily work. work. Able to tackle real problems but Able to tackle real problems related with cannot apply the acquired computing skills, and apply the acquired knowledge to find solutions, taking knowledge to find solutions, taking into into account economic, social and account economic, social and environmental constraints. environmental constraints.
March 2013
269
Rubric for understanding of professional/ethical/social and security issues

Name: ____________________Internal/External Evaluator:______________________ Course: ______________ Intended Outcome. Understand the professional/ethical and legal issues relevant to IT Date:___________
Highly competent 3 Always documents source of others' work and make an effort to determine if use is appropriate
Competent 2 Referencing use of others' work
Beginner 1 Has been caught turning in the work of others
Originality
Professional Competency
Formulate specific professional Acknowledges that a software Lack of awareness standards and how they apply to design is professionally sub- professional standards software design. standard. software design.
of in
Security issues
Can clearly articulate and assess Student is aware of Security issues Lack of awareness of likelihood of securities issues in a but cannot articulate security issues in software case of software design. design.
March 2013
270
Rubric for working in multidisciplinary teams

Name: ____________________Internal/External Evaluator:______________________ Course: ______________ Intended Outcome. Participate as responsible member of a team in developing software solutions Date:___________
Rubric
Unsatisfactory
Developing
Satisfactory
Exemplary
Assumes individual and team responsibility
Does not complete assigned tasks or actively participate in the team.
Completes all assigned tasks by deadline and participates in many team activities.
Completes all assigned tasks by deadline to advance the project and participates in most team activities.
Thoroughly completes all assigned tasks by deadline and proactively helps other team members to advance the project. Treats team members respectfully and manages or resolves conflicts in ways that strengthen overall team cohesiveness.
Recognizes and appreciates varied backgrounds of team members
Rejects alternate viewpoints and has some disrespectful or impolite communication.
Respectfully redirects focus away from conflict to the immediate task at hand.
Respectfully identifies and acknowledges conflict to work towards resolution.
March 2013
271
Rubric for communication skills

Name: ____________________Internal/External Evaluator:______________________ Course: ______________ Intended Outcome. Oral and written communication of students in Term Paper/Projects
Rubric for Term Paper
Rubric Speaks clearly Organization Of presentation Content completeness Very good (5) Acceptable (3) Unacceptable (1) Mumbling or poor volume or spoken language is poor Cannot understand presentation because there is no sequence of information. Presentation lacks Some key information Mostly unclear And not formatted Errors in sentence structure and grammar. There is a repetition of the same words and phrases
Date:___________
Writing skills Language (grammar and word choice)
Speaks effectively Presentation audible to all and spoken language is Presentation mostly audible and very good spoken language is good Information is in logical Information is in logical, interesting sequence sequence which audience can with visuals which audience can follow. follow. Presentation includes all Presentation includes Key information needed Most key information Writes effectively information is in logical Information is in logical sequence with diagrams, sequence without diagrams, table table etc., complete and formatted. etc., complete and formatted Sentences are complete and grammatical. Words In a few places, errors in sentence choice is good. structure and grammar. Word choice could be improved.
March 2013
272
Rubric for Mini Projects

Rubric Excellent (5) Acceptable (3) Oral presentations Delivery Clear voice , good spoken language and confident delivery Complete explanation of key concepts with relevant literature and visuals Eye contact over entire room appropriate responses to questions Low voice, acceptable spoken language and general delivery Complete explanations of key concepts with some relevant literature and poor visuals. Eye contact with limited group within audience. Generally appropriate responses to questions Inaudible voice and poor delivery Explanations of concepts with literature are inaccurate. Makes some eye contact with audience. Responds to questions inadequately Unacceptable (1)
Subject knowledge
Relating to audience
Written communications Content and style Information is in logical sequence with diagrams, table etc., complete and formatted. Sentences are complete and grammatical. Words choice is good. information is in logical sequence without diagrams, table etc., complete and formatted Mostly unclear And not formatted Errors in sentence structure and grammar. There is a repetition of the same words and phrases
Language (grammar and word choice)
In a few places, errors in sentence structure and grammar. Word choice could be improved.
March 2013
273
Rubric for Major Projects

Rubric Excellent (5) Acceptable (3) Oral presentations Expresses ideas clearly Relating to audience Accurate and complete. Explanation of key concepts with relevant literature Eye contact over entire room and elaborate appropriate responses to questions Effective use of visuals enhance/add impact to presentation partial complete explanation of key concepts with relevant literature. Eye contact with limited group and limited responses to questions visuals are partially added the impact to presentation Explanation of concepts not accurate with literature. Minimal eye contact with audiences and limited responses to questions visuals are used, some are distracting the audience from the presentation Poor (2)
Visuals
Written communications Content and knowledge Demonstration of full knowledge of the subject with explanations and elaboration. Sentence structure accurately varied and clear. Easy to comprehend. Reference section complete and comprehensive. At ease with content and able to elaborate and explain to some degree. Sentence structure generally varied and clear. Easy to comprehend Minor inadequacies in references. Uncomfortable with content. Only basic concepts are demonstrated and interpreted. Sentence structure often neither varied nor clear. Moderate interference with comprehension. Inadequate list of references or references in text.
Clarity and composition
References
March 2013
274
Rubric for continuing professional development

Name: ____________________Internal/External Evaluator:______________________ Course: ______________ Intended Outcome. identifying and usage of information sources to accomplish a given assignment Date:___________
Rubric for Term Paper
Highly competent Rubrics 3 Recent and highly effective tool or technology or process or research trend is selected Takes self responsibility for learning and searches data extensively about tool and related ones.
Competent 2 Recent but moderately effective tool or technology or process or research trend is selected Takes self responsibility for learning and searches data extensively about tool but collects no data about related ones.
Beginner 1 Not recent not effective tool or technology or process or research trend is selected
Selection of task
Self learning and extensive use of resources
Takes no responsibility for learning and collects minimal data about tool.
March 2013
275
Rubric for Mini and Major Projects
Highly competent Rubrics 3 Recent and highly effective tool or technology or process or research trend is selected Digs up all kinds of information, comes up with exhaustive information including all the background.
Competent 2 Recent but moderately effective tool or technology or process or research trend is selected Collects adequate information about the tool but not much about related ones
Beginner 1 Not recent not effective tool or technology or process or research trend is selected
Selection of task
Research/information gathering
Collects minimal information and about just the particular tool/ technology
March 2013
276
Rubric for understanding engineering and management principles

Name: ____________________Internal/External Evaluator:______________________ Course: ______________ Intended Outcome. applying engineering and management principles as an individual and team member Date:___________
Rubrics
Unsatisfactory
Developing
Satisfactory
Project Planning
Lack of capability in choosing appropriate team
Selects appropriate team but lack of awareness about proper planning in terms of timeline etc., Arrives prepared for group meetings but does not work effectively as group member Able to deliver only projects rough draft on time
Completely aware of the project, project team and project control.
Project Process
Attends group meetings without any preparation
Arrives prepared for group Meetings on time and works effectively as a group member Delivers project on time and also effective professional content.
Project Delivery
Fail to deliver project on time
March 2013
277
March 2013
278
APPENDIX III
Sample Course Assessment IT 3004 DATA STRUCTURES
I.
Course syllabus
UNIT I: Introduction: Basic Concepts, Algorithm Specification Data Abstraction, Performance AnalysisTime complexity, Space complexity. Stacks: Definition and examples, Representing stacks, Applications: Infix, Postfix and Prefix, Recursion, Towers of Hanoi problem. Queues: Queue and Its Sequential Representation, Queue as an abstract data type, implementation of queues, insert operation, circular queue, implementation and operations. Linked lists: Singly Linked Lists and Chains, Representing Chains, linked stacks and queues, polynomials, Doubly Linked List, Circularly Linked List, Operations on a Circular Linked List. Insertion, deletion, traversal. UNIT II: Trees: Introduction: Terminology, Representation of Trees Binary Trees: Properties of binary trees, binary tree representation, Complete Binary Tree, Expression trees construction and evaluation. Binary Tree Traversals: Inorder, Preorder and Postorder recursive and non-recursive. Binary Search Trees: Definition, searching a Binary Search Trees (BST), Insertion into a binary search tree, Deletion from a binary search tree. UNIT III: Graphs: Terminology, Graph Representations: Adjacency Matrix, Adjacency List Elementary Graph Operations: Depth First Search and Breadth First Search, Spanning Trees: Prims and Kruskals algorithms. Shortest Paths and Transitive Closure: Dijsktshtras Algorithm, Warshals Algorithm, Floids Algorithm. UNIT IV Efficient Binary and Multi Search Trees: AVL trees- rotations, insertion and deletion, Introduction to m-way Search Trees, B Trees-insertion and deletion. Searching: Sequential search, Binary Search, Comparison and analysis. Sorting: Insertion Sort, Selection, Bubble Sort, Quick Sort, Merge Sort, Heap Sort, Radix Sort, Practical consideration for Internal Sorting. Hashing: Hash Functions, Collision Resolution Strategies Content Beyond Syllabus: External sorting algorithms, red black trees Learning resources Text Books: 1. Horowitz Sahni and Anderson-Freed Fundamentals of Data Structures in C. 2 ed, Universities Press. 2. Yedidyah Langsam , Moshe J. Augenstein and Aaron M. Tenenbaum, Data Structures using C and C++. 2 ed, Pearson Education. Reference Books: 1. Mark Allen Weiss, Data structure and Algorithm Analysis in C. Addison Wesley Publication. 2. Jean Paul Trembley and Paul G. Sorenson, An Introduction to Data Structures with Applications, McGraw Hill. 3. Thomas Cormen, C. Leiserson, R. L. Rivest and C. Stein, Introduction to Algorithms. 2 ed, PHI.
March 2013
279
II.
Concept map of Data Structures course
March 2013
280
III.
Course outcomes (COs)
Having successfully completed the course, student will be able to:
CO CO 1:
Description Interpret and compute asymptotic notations of an algorithm to analyze the consumption of resources (time/space). Exemplify and implement stack, queue and list ADT to manage the memory using static and dynamic allocations. Implement binary search tree to design applications like expression trees. Identify, model, solve and develop code for real life problems like shortest path and MST using graph theory. Develop and compare the comparison-based search algorithms and sorting algorithms. Identify appropriate data structure and algorithm for a given contextual problem and develop in C
CO 2:
CO 3: CO 4:
CO 5:
CO 6:
IV.
Mapping of Course outcomes (COs) to Program outcomes (POs)

Data structure course maps majorly to a, b, c, e program outcomes
Pos A Cos B C d E f g H I j k
CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5 CO6
2 2
1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 3 3
1 1 1 1
2 2 1 1
Fig 1: Mapping of Course outcomes to Program outcomes
March 2013
281
V.
CO1
Assessment of Course outcomes
Interpret and compute asymptotic notations to describe work done by an algorithm and relate to the consumption of resources (time/space).
Delivery methods Assessment method/ period of assessment Home assignment Mid-term exams Laboratory End exam
Sample Focus questions
BB for Mathematical orientation Guided enquiry learning for practice End of semester Monthly Weekly End of semester
Execute a search algorithm in C language for unsorted data whose time complexity is O(n). Write a C program to implement Binary search program using recursive and non recursive methods. Is time complexity and space complexity same for both methods? Explain. Write a c program to construct a data structure where traversal requires less space complexity and traversal is allowed in both directions .Give disadvantages if any in this data structure. Write comparative searching techniques to search a key in a dynamic list. Calculate the time and space complexity of search algorithm. Try to reduce the complexity to O(log n) of search algorithm. Discuss the possibilities Execute a C program that will search an element in an array with a time complexity of O(log n) 2 5 6 9 10 13 6 Key value 6 is present at index 3. 2 4 5 6 13 6 Key value 6 is present at index 4. 2 4 5 6 8 Key value 8 is not present. 13 78 19
Input 1 : Key : Output 1: Input 2 : Key : Output 2: Input 3 : Key : Output 3:
98
78
98
CO2
Exemplify and implement how abstract data types such as stack, queue and linked list can be implemented to manage the memory using static and dynamic allocations.
Delivery
Power point presentation and BB Laboratory programs

282
methods Assessment method/ period of assessment Home assignment Mid-term exams Laboratory Quiz/ tutorial End exam End of semester Monthly Weekly End of topic End of semester
Write Abstract Data Type of a data structure which can be applicable for recursion process and implement this data structure in C language using arrays. Modify Queues implementation in C program such that the disadvantage of de queued space is non reusable is overcome Can you implement a stack with the following node structure? Explain the possibilities and implement a stack using suitable node structure
P prev
v
P prev Data
Next
Next
Write a program that simulates a mouse in a maze. The program must print the path taken by the mouse from the starting point to the final point, including all spots that have been visited and backtracked. Thus, if a spot is visited two times, it must be printed two times; if it is visited three times, it must be printed three times.(Back tracking would help the situation) Construct memory in a fashion that data enterd will follow a sequence of orderly input and orderly output and no priority is given to the middle values. Use contigious memory spaces to execute it.
ata
CO3
Implement binary tree traversals and operations on binary search trees to design applications like directory structure management and expression trees.
Delivery methods Assessment method/ period of assessment
Power point presentation and BB Laboratory programs Home assignment Mid-term exams Laboratory Quiz/ tutorial End exam End of semester Monthly Weekly End of topic End of semester
It is known that when dynamically added data is stored using a binary search tree and traversed in in-order yields incremental sorted order. Modify either the data structure or order of traversing in a BST to yield a decremented sorted order. Find the polished expression using non linear data structure.
CO4
Identify, model, solve and develop code for real life problems like shortest path, network flow, and minimum spanning using graph theory.
Delivery
Power point presentation and BB

283
methods Assessment method/ period of assessment
Laboratory programs Home assignment Mid-term exams Laboratory Quiz/ tutorial End exam End of semester Monthly Weekly End of topic End of semester
Solve the problem of a sales man who needs to visit all capitals of Indian states with minimum cost. He is not willing to travel a city twice. A manager of MNC needs to visit Dubai from Vijayawada through airways and there is no direct flight to fly. Provided all flight services with source destination and cost. Identify the minimum cost path to plan his journey through connecting flights. Implement an algorithm to find the shortest packet sending path from all servers to every client provided the weights between them. Consider at least 3 hubs each with 6 systems.
CO5
Develop and compare the comparison-based search algorithms and sorting algorithms.
Delivery methods Assessment method/ period of assessment
Power point presentation and BB You tube Videos Home assignment Mid-term exams Laboratory Quiz/ tutorial End exam End of semester Monthly Weekly End of topic End of semester
Execute a search algorithm in C language for unsorted data whose time complexity is O(n). On what type of data searching can be done? Given the program for Linear search on integers write a program for linear search on characters Explain best case, average case and worst case of linear search. It is known that when dynamically added data is stored using a binary search tree and traversed in in-order yields incremental sorted order. Modify either the data structure or order of traversing in a BST to yield a decremented sorted order.
CO6
Identify data structuring strategies that are appropriate to a given contextual problem and able to design, develop, test and debug in C language considering appropriate algorithm.
Delivery methods
Overall essence of all the subject
March 2013
284
Assessment method/ period of assessment
Home assignment Laboratory
End of semester Weekly
Write a program that simulates a mouse in a maze. The program must print the path taken by the mouse from the starting point to the final point, including all spots that have been visited and backtracked. Thus, if a spot is visited two times, it must be printed two times; if it is visited three times, it must be printed three times.(Back tracking would help the situation) It is known that when dynamically added data is stored using a binary search tree and traversed in in-order yields incremental sorted order. Modify either the data structure or order of traversing in a BST to yield a decremented sorted order. Write comparative searching techniques to search a key in a dynamic list. Calculate the time and space complexity of search algorithm. Try to reduce the complexity to O(log n) of search algorithm. Discuss the possibilities In a particular data base that is stored in a dynamic fashion, it is observed that same data is replicated. It is decided to remove all these replicates in order to optimize the memory used. Implement a solution to achieve this. Write a program for zip/postal code look up (i.e., if u given postal code output will be city name and area name and pin code) using a data structure. Write a program that reads a list of names and telephone numbers from user and inserts them into a BST tree. Once the tree has been built, present the user with a menu that allows him or her to search the list for a specified name, insert a new name, delete an existing name, or print the entire phone list. At the end of the job, write the data in the list back to the file. Test your program with at least 10 names. Solve the problem of a sales man who needs to visit all capitals of Indian states with minimum cost. He is not willing to travel a city twice. A manager of MNC needs to visit Dubai from Vijayawada through airways and there is no direct flight to fly. Provided all flight services with source destination and cost. Identify the minimum cost path to plan his journey through connecting flights. Implement an algorithm to find the shortest packet sending path from all servers to every client provided the weights between them. Consider at least 3 hubs each with 6 systems.
March 2013
285
Data structures IT 3004 Academic Year:2010-11

Teaching Methodology:
Enrolled students:135
Assessment tools: Continuous assessment Practicals End semester exam
Lecture by teacher PPT
COMPREHENSIVE RESULT ANALYSIS: Assignm ent-1 22 32 81 Continuous assessment

90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 81 79 assessment Continuous 65 38 32 53 4141 0-5 marks 5-7 marks 7-10 marks
Marks Range 0-5 5-7 7-10
Sessional- Assignme Sessional1 nt-2 2 No. of students in the range 38 22 41 32 34 41 65 79 53 Semester end Assessment 115 29 37 17 12 9
32 22
34 22
Total no. of students passed Ex A+ A B C

286
Failed A: Appeared
20 R:Reached Micro Result Analysis: Strongly attained

Assessment method
Moderately attained
Attainme nt level Mappe d PO
CO
Assignment 1
Sessional 1
Assignment 2
Sessional 2
Practical assessme nt
Home assignme nt
End semester exam
of CO
Q1
Q2
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q1
Q2
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q 1
R A/R 135 A/R 135
Q 2
Q 3
Q 4
Q 5
CO 1 CO 2 CO 3 CO 4 CO 5 CO 6
13 5 10 0 13 5 8 4 13 5 8 9
a, c e a, e a, c, e a, b, e a, b, c,e
135
135
13 5
12 1
13 5
8 4
135
135
135
135
135
135
135
135
March 2013
287
othe r
13 5
10 0
13 5
11 3
13 5
9 8
13 5
8 8
13 5
5 3
Instructor Report:
Impact of delivery methods Course outcome Attainment remarks orientation is not completely attained Student Feedback Scope for improvement Course co-ordinator Remarks be changed in evaluation methods.
: Able to understand and identify core concepts : Course outcomes are not entirely attained. Self learning and practical : Need more practice. : Teaching methodologies and evaluation methods are to be changed : For the next academic year during curriculum revision changes has to
March 2013
288

Assessment tools: Continuous assessment Home assignment Practicals End semester exam
Lecture by teacher Class discussion
COMPREHENSIVE RESULT ANALYSIS: Continuous assessment

150 124 99 62 50 0 Assignment 1 Sessional 1 Assignment 2 Sessional 1 27 20 34 50 6 16 91 0-5 marks 32 23 5-7 marks 7-10 marks
Assignm ent-1 27 20 99
Sessional- Assignme Sessional1 nt-2 2 No. of students in the range 62 6 32 34 16 23 50 124 91 129 29 37 17
100
Semester end Assessment Total no. of students passed Ex A+ Failed
March 2013
289
A: Appeared
R: Reached
Micro Result Analysis: Strongly attained

Assessment method
Moderately attained
Attainment level Mapped PO
CO
Assignment 1
Sessional 1
Assignment 2
Sessional 2
Practical assessment
Home assignmen t
End semester exam
of CO
Q1
A R A
Q2
R A
Q1
R
Q2
A R A
Q3
R A
Q1
R A
Q2
R A
Q1
R A
Q2
R A
Q3
R A/R 145 A/R 146
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
CO 1 CO 2 CO 3 CO 4 CO 5 CO 6
107 85 146 126 100 96 144 128
a, c e a, e a, c, e a, b, e a, b, c, e
145
146
145 144 130 63 44
146
145 111 99
146
145
146
146 146 105 84 73 97 84
Instructor Report:
March 2013
290
Impact of delivery methods: Programming abilities are improved Course outcome Attainment remarks: Attainment of CO 2 requires most of the semester time. Student Feedback: Submission of home assignments can be completed only after the attainment of CO 1 to CO 5. So unable to submit on time Scope for improvement: ....... Course co-ordinator Remarks: Assessment for CO 1 is not done and steps should be taken to assess and measure its attainment.

Assessment tools: Continuous assessment Home assignment Practicals End semester exam
Lecture by teacher Guided enquiry learning Group activities Applicative oriented practicals Challenge labs COMPREHENSIVE RESULT ANALYSIS: Assignm ent-1 37 35 68 Continuous assessment
120 100 80 60 40
Continuous 107 assessment

103 68 3735 71 3731 1416 0-5 marks 25 11 5-7 marks 7-10 marks

Sessional- Assignme Sessional1 nt-2 2 No. of students in the range 37 14 11 31 16 25 71 107 103
Semester
20 0
March 2013
291
end Assessment
Total no. of students passed Ex A+ A B+ B C D Failed 115 13 24 17 16 13 24 10 23
A: Appeared
R: Reached
Micro Result Analysis: Strongly attained

Assessment method
Moderately attained
Attainment level Mapped PO
CO
Assignment 1
Sessional 1
Assignment 2
Sessional 2
Practical assessment
Home assignment
End semester exam
of CO
Q1
A R A
Q2
R A
Q1
R
Q2
A R A
Q3
R A
Q1
R A
Q2
R A
Q1
R A
Q2
R A
Q3
R A/R 140 A/R 140
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
CO 1 CO 2 CO 3 CO 4 CO 5
140
79
137
120
a, c e a, e a, c, e a, b, e
140 68 24 103 77 95 63 137 116
140
140 89 85
140
140 85 65 89 82
140
140 140 115
140
March 2013
292
CO 6
140
140
a, b, c,e
Instructor Report:
: Many students acquired skills like critical thinking, self learning, problem solving and process skills Course outcome Attainment remarks : Course outcomes are attained to a satisfactory level. Student Feedback : Student feedback regarding the course is greater than 4.5.Students considered the course self challenging Scope for improvement : CO 2 has to be improved and may be teaching methodology has to be modified. Course co-ordinator Remarks : POGIL methodology should be implemented to make sure the failures can be reduced.
Impact of delivery methods
March 2013
293
APPENDIX IV Sample PO Assessment

PO 10: An ability to communicate effectively with a range of audiences.
Assessment Criteria:
PO (j.1): Oral and written communication shown by the students in curriculum PO (j.2): Communication skills shown in extra-curricular activities
Assessment Process and tools:
PO (j.1)
The ability of the students to communicate effectively is assessed regularly during the program through various courses. The communication abilities are broadly categorised into oral and written communication skills. Precisely, these abilities are assessed over the following courses during the program using appropriate assessment tools for each course. In addition to these courses, these abilities are also
assessed by the faculty in other courses when students present the seminars and write the home assignments
Course FY2003: Technical English and Communication Skills IT 3052: Communication skills Lab Measurement Assessment Tool
Performance in internal and External marks external exams. Performance in two spoken activities, Rapid speaking session to assess spontaneity, written communication task as part of internal marks. Performance/marks in external lab Technical report submitted Oral and Power point presentation at the end of course Technical
External marks
IT 6054: Term Paper
Assessed by a team of evaluators with a pre published rubric (Snippet of rubric is given) Rubric 1 by a team of evaluators with a pre published
IT 7053: Mini Project

report Assessed
294
IT 8052: Major Project
submitted Oral and Power presentation at the course Technical submitted Oral and Power presentation at the course
point end of Rubric 2 report Assessed point end of
rubric (Snippet of rubric is given)
by a team of evaluators with a pre published rubric (Snippet of rubric is given) Rubric 3
PO (j.2)
Communication skills shown during the extra-curricular activities in addition to the curriculum are considered taking in to consideration of the following: . Program level Statistics: (PLS) Workshops and seminars participated in other institutions and our institute. TOFEL/IELTS Survey reports: Exit Survey: After the end of the program Alumni Survey: After one year of graduation Employer Survey: After one year of graduation
Measurements considered under this section to assess the PO are:
Number of students participated in various extracurricular activities like Workshops, Seminars, Paper Presentations, Technical Quiz etc. Number of students participated in entrance examinations like TOFEL, IELTS etc
Program level statistics: At the end of every academic year annual report is developed where the statistics of students who have participated in professional bodies/ student chapters/workshops/seminars/conferences/paper presentations/internships/industry visit/TOFEL/GATE/IELTS etc. is prepared. A comparative statement with the previous academic year is considered to indirectly assess the PO
March 2013
295
Survey reports: Exit survey: The IT program has developed a written questionnaire for graduating students called as Exit Survey. This has to be submitted by all the graduating students. The students feedback data is used to help identify any emerging trends in either a positive or a negative direction. The survey questions related to this PO are as follows:
How much effective are you able to communicate your ideas to others either oral/written/presentation? Do you observe your communication skills are improved after your graduation course?
Alumni Survey: The alumni survey is a written questionnaire which alumni are asked to complete. Data will be collected after one year of graduation. The data will be analyzed and used in continuous improvement. The survey questions related to this PO are as follows: How well has your graduate education helped you to write a technical document? Are you comfort in presenting company/institute? documents and power points at your
Employer Survey: The employer survey is a written questionnaire which employers of the programs graduates are asked to complete. The survey questions related to this PO are as follows: Can our graduate effectively communicate ideas and technical information? How often do you select our student to communicate with customers?
Assessment Analysis: The communication abilities were assessed with student data which was collected during the course work. Both course level assessment and FY 2003 oral assessment by the faculty indicate that most of the students presentation and writing skills are good. Some difficulty in answering questions precisely and accurately was observed. The figure 1 illustrates these observations
March 2013
296
90% 80% 70% 60% 50% 40% 30% 20% 10% 0% Two spoken activities 60%
80%
50% 35%
Observation book
Rapid speaking session
Written task
Figure 2. Assessment for Technical English and Communication Skills Courses
With the direct assessment, it was observed that overall students were able to perform spoken and written activities at an acceptable level (80-85%). Students did not perform as well on Rapid speaking session which is useful to identify the spontaneous communication abilities of our graduates (60-65%). (57%
In IT 3052 some difficulties were observed in graduates with respect to group discussions and individual communications. The necessary actions were taken to overcome the identified weaknesses by inviting external bodies to give appropriate practices. The students performance in the course IT 6054 was evaluated along five dimensions with Table 1
rubric. The first three are mainly concerned with the individual student's oral skills and how well the student relates to the audience. The fourth and fifth evaluate the students writing skills. Each of these dimensions is assigned a score. The figure 2 gives the Term Paper assessment results analysis.
Assessment of IT 6054 for AY 2010-11 and AY 2011-12

100 80 60 40 20 0
Very Good (5) Acceptable (3) Unacceptable (1)
Figure 2: Assessment for Term Paper

297
The course IT 7052 was evaluated the student performance along five dimensions. The first three are mainly concerned with the individual student's presentation delivery, subject knowledge skills and how well the student relates to the audience. The fourth and fifth evaluate the students writing skills. The figure 3 gives the assessment results analysis.
90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
Figure 3: Assessment analysis for Mini Project course

Total 150 student records were used for the assessment of Mini Project course during the academic year 2010-11 and are shown in figure 4. Which indicates that the presentation and delivery skills of students were good (>85% scored 5s and 3s, <5% scored 1s). In the oral assessment, students performed well on two dimensions, some weakness were apparent in subject knowledge (>5% scored 1s and <70% scored 5s and 3s). From figure 5, it was observed that most students were able to perform acceptable performance on both oral and written communication for the academic year 2011-12. More than 70% of the students scored above level 3 and less than 12% of the students scored below level 3in Mini Project. With the help of guest lectures and workshops students were gained relevant subject knowledge and improved their performance in this course as compared to last year. 77% 89%
90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
March 2013
298
Figure 4: Assessment analysis for Major Project course IT 8052 The students performance in IT 8052 was evaluated along six dimensions. The first three are mainly concerned with the individual student's presentation skills, what types of visual aids were used to enhance the presentation skills and how well the student relates to the audience. The fifth and sixth evaluate the students writing skills in terms of content, clarity and reference section. The figure 4 gives the assessment results analysis.
From the figure 6, it is evident that students performance in terms of communication abilities was good (65-75%). The usage of visual aids in the presentation was poor (40-45% only). However, on criteria 4th and 5th students were performed at an acceptable level. It was observed that on criteria 6th students were not able to perform at the acceptable level. From the figure 7, it was observed that students performance in communication abilities was very good (75-80%) . The usage of visual aids in the presentation also good (65-75%). Criteria 4th and 5th, students were performed at an acceptable level. It was observed that on criteria 6th students were able to perform at the acceptable level as compared to the last year. 65% 75%
Presently with regarding to writing, two changes are to be included in IT 8052 to improve students writing skills. The first activity will involve distribution of actual engineering reports followed by good and bad characteristics of formatting or organization, clarity and content, and how these items could be improved. The second activity will involve each team evaluating its own first major submittal. This will be followed by a group discussion on what can be improved and how will improve their subsequent submittals.
In addition, the number of students participated in various extracurricular activities like workshops, paper presentations conducted at various institutions and our institute is collected at end of the each academic year. This data is used for communication abilities assessment. Also, the number of students appeared and qualified for TOEFL/IELTS entrance exams were used for the assessment of the outcome. The assessment result analysis is shown in figure 8 and figure 9.
80% 70% 60% 50% 40% 30% 20% 10% 0% 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12 Paper Presentation Work shop
Figure 8: Student participation in various activities

299
Participation in Enterence Examinations 80% 70% 60% 50% 40% 30% 20% 10% 0% 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12 Appeared Qualified
Figure 9: Student participation in entrance examinations

From the figure 6 and figure 7, we observed that there was an increase in participation of our graduates in paper presentations and workshops. This shows that, the ability to perform communication skills was good and was at the satisfactory level. There was also an increase in participation of our passed out graduates during in entrance exams like GATE, GRE, TOEFL, CAT and almost 80-90% of the participants obtained eligibility to pursue higher education.
Around 100s of our graduates were participated in various co-curricular activities. Apart from participation our students secured prizes for events like technical paper presentation, model exhibition etc.,. Students exhibited their talent by presenting their papers at IIT Delhi , IIT Kharagpur and BITS Hyderabad.
Nearly 50-60% of our graduates showed interest towards pursuing higher education. Most of our graduates were qualified.
With the help of indirect assessment, the students communication abilities were evaluated. The survey template was used for the assessment of communication abilities as shown below.
Template of Program level statistics

Measurment Participation in Paper presentations, workshops and seminars Attending TOFEL/IELTS No of students
Template for evaluating survey reports.
March 2013
300
Question Exit survey
Sample size
Average on 1-5 scale
How much effective are you able to communicate your ideas to others either oral/written/presentation?
Do you observe your communication skills are improved after your graduation course? Alumni survey
How well has your graduate education helped you to write a technical document?
Are you comfort in presenting documents and power points at your company/institute? Employer survey
Can our graduate effectively communicate ideas and technical information?

How often do you select our student to communicate with customers?
55-5% of Alumni responding to the Alumni Survey indicated 4.1 response rate 45-50% of employers responding to the Employer Survey indicated they are satisfied with the communication skills exhibited by our graduates and response rate is 3.5 Summary
Exit Survey was completed by 136 of 150 graduating seniors with almost 4.5 response rate.
Rubrics for evaluating PO attainment with performance indicators:
Completely attained Performance indicators: At least 60 % of the students are at high competence level and 30% students are at moderate competence level from IT 2003, IT 3052(exam results), Rubric 1 (term paper), Rubric 2 (mini project), and Rubric 3 (major project) 3
Attained 2
Partially attained 1
PO (j.1): Oral and written communication shown by the students in curriculum (60% weightage)
At least 50 % of the students are at high competence level and 30% students are at moderate competence level from IT 2003, IT 3052(exam results), Rubric 1 (term paper), Rubric 2 (mini project), and Rubric 3 (major project)
At least 30 % of the students are at high competence level and 30% students are at moderate competence level from from IT 2003, IT 3052(exam results), Rubric 1 (term paper), Rubric 2 (mini project), and Rubric 3 (major project)
March 2013
301
PO (j.2): Communicatio n skills shown in extracurricular activities
Program Level Statistics (20% weightage) Survey Reports(20 % weightage)
60% of the students have participated (taken from PLS template.)
50% of the students have participated (taken from PLS template.)
Less than 30% of the students have participated (taken from PLS template.)
Average of survey report is >3.5
Average of survey report is between 2 and 3.5
Average of survey report is <2
Evaluation of PO attainment for A.Y 2010-11

Score Completely attained Performance indicators: PO (j.1): Oral and written communication shown by the students in curriculum (60% weightage) 3 Attained 2 Partially attained 1
60%*3
1.8
PO (j.2) Communic ation skills shown in extracurricular activities
Program Level Statistics (20% weighta ge) Survey Reports( 20% weighta ge)
20%*3
0.6
20%*3
0.6 3
Score obtained on scale 3
Evaluation of PO attainment for A.Y 2011-12

Completely attained Attained Partially attained Score
March 2013
302
3 Performance indicators: PO (j.1): Oral and written communication shown by the students in curriculum (60% weightage)
60%*3
1.8
PO (j.2) Communic ation skills shown in extracurricular activities
Program Level Statistics (20% weighta ge) Survey Reports( 20% weighta ge)
20%*3
0.6
20%*3
0.6 3
Score obtained on scale 3
Observations and Steps to improve attainment of PO
Program Outcome (j) attainment is said be completely attained from the rubrics of evaluation in both AY 2010-11 and AY 2011-12
From direct assessment tool, 70% of our graduates are able to exhibit their inter personal skills through various courses in graduate program.
80 -85% of students were able to achieve higher education/placement by succeeding communication skills.
There was an increase in proportion in participation of our graduates in entrance exams like TOFEL/IELTS and 80-85% of the participants obtained eligibility to pursue higher education.
The students participation in Paper Presentations, Workshops and various activities were increased and 50-60% of the participants secured prizes in prestigious institutions.
Evidences:
March 2013
303
Internal and external exam papers for these courses are available in examination section. Samples copies of Term Paper, Mini Project and Major Project are available in the department Library. Annual report of the department for co-curricular activities and competitive exams data which was placed in department office. Exit survey, Alumni and Employer Survey documents files are available in the department office.
Rubrics used Snippet of Rubrics: Rubric 1: For term paper

Level of Achievement Rubric Very Good (5) Acceptable (3) Speaks effectively Presentation audible to all and spoken language is very good Information is in logical, interesting sequence with visuals which audience can follow. Presentation includes all key information needed Presentation mostly audible and spoken language is good Mumbling or poor volume or spoken language is poor Cannot understand presentation because there is no sequence of information. Presentation lacks some key information Unacceptable (1)
Speaks clearly
Organization of presentation
Information is in logical sequence which audience can follow.
Content completeness
Presentation includes most key information
Writes effectively Information is in logical sequence with diagrams, table etc., complete and formatted. Sentences are complete and grammatical. Words choice is good. Information is in logical sequence without diagrams, table etc., complete and formatted In a few places, errors in sentence structure and grammar. Word choice could be improved.
mostly unclear and not formatted
Writing skills
Language (Grammar and Word Choice)
Errors in sentence structure and grammar. There is a repetition of the same words and phrases
March 2013
304
Rubric 2: For mini project

Level of Achievement Rubric Excellent (5) Acceptable (3) Oral Presentations Clear voice , good spoken language and confident delivery Complete explanation of key concepts with relevant literature and visuals Eye contact over entire room Appropriate responses to questions Low voice, acceptable spoken language and general delivery Complete explanations of key concepts with some relevant literature and poor visuals. Eye contact with limited group within audience. Generally appropriate responses to questions Inaudible voice and poor delivery Unacceptable (1)
Delivery
Subject Knowledge
Explanations of concepts with literature are inaccurate.
Relating to Audience
Makes some eye contact with audience. Responds to questions nadequately
Written Communications Information is in logical sequence with diagrams, table etc., complete and formatted. Information is in logical sequence without diagrams, table etc., complete and formatted In a few places, errors in sentence structure and grammar. Word choice could be improved.
mostly unclear and not formatted
Content and style
Language (Grammar and Word Choice)
Sentences are complete and grammatical. Words choice is good.
Errors in sentence structure and grammar. There is a repetition of the same words and phrases
Rubric 3: For major project

Level of Achievement Rubric Oral Presentations Accurate and complete. explanation of key concepts with relevant literature Eye contact over entire room and elaborate appropriate responses
March 2013
Excellent (5)
Acceptable (3)
Poor (2)
Expresses Ideas Clearly
Partial complete explanation of key concepts with relevant literature. Eye contact with limited group and limited responses to questions
Explanation of Concepts not accurate with literature. Minimal eye contact with audiences and limited responses to questions
Relating to Audience
305
to questions Effective use of visuals enhance/add impact to presentation visuals are partially added the impact to presentation Visuals are used, some are distracting the audience from the presentation
Visuals
Written Communications Demonstration of full knowledge of the subject with explanations and elaboration. Sentence structure accurately varied and clear. Easy to comprehend. Reference section complete and comprehensive. Uncomfortable with content. Only basic concepts are demonstrated and interpreted. Sentence structure often neither varied nor clear. Moderate interference with comprehension. Inadequate list of references or references in text.
Content and Knowledge
At ease with content and able to elaborate and explain to some degree.
Clarity and composition
Sentence structure generally varied and clear. Easy to comprehend Minor inadequacies in references.
References
March 2013
306
APPENDIX V Graduate Survey

For each question, please indicate with a () , the extent to which you agree with each of the following statement regarding you program.
Name (in Full) : E-maill-id : Register number (*optional) :
1. What is your general impression of the Bachelors degree program in Information Technology? Excellent Good Average Fair 2. What is the impact of the study of Mathematics and Sciences in solving engineering problems? Strong Moderate Low No
3. Are you able to analyse a problem and formulate the computing requirements appropriate to its solution? Yes Better No
4. Given a new tool or environment how Comfortable are you to utilize and develop with it? Extremely Good Comfortable Uncomfortable 5. Do you follow any non-technical constraints such as environmental, social, political, ethical, health and safety, and sustainability? Yes Better No
6. How comfortable are you in identifying and designing an appropriate solution for an engineering problem? Excellent Satisfactory Average Poor
7. Have you ever participated in NGO activities or any external social welfare association during the college? Yes
No
307
8. How far you are able to self-learn new tools, algorithms, and/or techniques that contribute to the software solution of the given team project? Mostly Somewhat little Not at all
9. How frequently are you able to function effectively on teams to accomplish a common goal? Always Frequently Occasionally Never
10. Have you planned to continue on for Post graduate studies, either immediately or eventually? Yes No
11. Are there any resources or services that you would like to see offered to graduates?
12. Could you provide suggestions for how to improve your graduate Program?
March 2013
308
APPENDIX VI
ALUMNI SURVEY If you have pursued a B.Tech degree in Information Technology at V.R.Siddhartha Engineering College, we are eager to hear about you by spending a moment of time in responding to this survey. The survey is conducted in order to obtain information helpful to the department in program planning and in assisting the current students.
Sincere thanks for your cooperation

For each question, please indicate with a () ,showing the extent to which you agree with each of the following statement regarding the program.
Name (in Full) : Firm / Organisation: Register number (*optional) :
Current Position : Year of Graduation (passed out) : Email-id :
1. To what extent the study of Mathematics and Sciences helped you in analysing the problems in your career? Strong Moderate Low
2. Are you able to identify and define the computing requirements for a given problem which are appropriate to its solution? Yes Better No
3. How satisfied are you in using new software/environment? Very Satisfied Satisfied Unsatisfied
4. How well are you participating in social welfare activities? Excellent Good Average Fair
5. Are you able to implement global, security and safety issues at your career? Yes Better No
6. Are you able to work effectively in multidisciplinary teams? Yes

Better
No
309
7. How far you are able to self-learn new tools, algorithms, and/or techniques that contribute to the software solution of the given team project? Excellent Satisfactory Average Poor
8. Have you pursued any higher education? If yes please specify the following i) What is your masters degree that you had pursued? ( M.S / M.Tech / MBA / Any other )
ii)
What is the duration taken to complete the masters program?
9. When giving people a deadline to complete their project work, do you expect them to coordinate with others if and when they need to? Yes Better No
10. How well you prepare a specific timeline and sequence of activities, and use them to manage the overall project to ensure its timely completion? Very Satisfied Satisfied Neutral Unsatisfied
11. Could you provide suggestions if any for betterment of the IT graduate program?
March 2013
310
APPENDIX VII
Course Syllabi
FY 1001 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS I Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 4 hrs/ Week 1 hr/ week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 4
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course the student will be familiar with: Explain the Knowledge of solving System of equations, Eigen value problems. Identify the shape of the geometrical figures from the study of quadratic forms. Discuss the convergence and Divergence of infinite series it is useful in the study of communication systems. Determine the solutions for differential equations which are useful in the Study of Circuit theory and oscillatory systems. Apply partial differential equations for Electro- magnetic theory, Transmission lines and Vibrating membranes.
UNIT I Matrices: Rank of a matrix, Elementary transformations, Echelon-form of a matrix, normal form of a matrix, Inverse of a matrix by elementary transformations (Gauss Jordan method). Solution of system of linear equations: Non homogeneous linear equations and homogeneous linear equations. Linear dependence and linear independence of vectors. Characteristic equation, Eigen values, Eigen vectors, Properties of Eigen values. CayleyHamilton theorem (without proof). Inverse of a matrix by using Cayley-Hamilton theorem. UNIT II Reduction to diagonal form, Modal matrix orthogonal transformation. Reduction of quadratic form to canonical form by orthogonal transformations, Nature of a quadratic form, Hermitian and skew-Hermitian matrices. Sequences and series: Convergence of series comparison test DAlemberts Ratio test Cauchys Root Test Alternating series Absolute convergence Leibnitzs Rule. UNIT III Ordinary differential equations: Formation, separable equations, exact equations, integrating factors, linear first order differential equations, Bernoullis equation, orthogonal trajectories. Newtons Law of Cooling, Heat Flow, Linear equations of higher order with constant coefficients. UNIT IV Linear dependence of solutions, method of variation of parameters, equations reducible to linear equations, Cauchys homogeneous linear equation, Legendres linear equation, simultaneous linear equations with constant coefficients. Partial Differential Equations: Formation of Partial Differential Equations, Solutions of a Partial Differential Equation Equations solvable by direct integration, Linear Equation of First order. Content Beyond Syllabus:
311
Integral calculus Interpolation
Learning Resources: Text Books: 1. Dr.B.S.Grewal, A text book of Higher Engineering Mathematics, 40 ed. Khanna Publishers. Reference Books: 1. Krezig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 8 ed.: John Wiley & Sons. 2. Peter.V., et al., Advanced Engineering Mathematics. 3. R.K.Jain and S.R.K.Iyengar, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 3 ed.: Narosa Publishers. 4. N.P.Bali and M. Goyal, A Text book o Engineering Mathematics: Laxmi Publications(P) Limited. 5. B.V.Ramana, A text book of mathematics Tata MC Graw Hill. Web resources: 1. Peeyush Chandra, 20 January). A lecture notes on Engineering mathematics. Available: http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IIT-KANPUR/mathematics2/index.html 2. P. A. Mattuck. 20 January). A lecture notes on Differential Equations. Available: http://www.learnerstv.com/lectures.php?course=ltv223&cat=Maths&page=1 3. P. R. Cascaval and (2009, 20 January). A video lecture notes on Ordinary differential equations. Available: http://freevideolectures.com/Course/2789/Math-443-OrdinaryDifferential-Equations# 4. Prof. Sunita Gakkhar, (20 January). A video lecture series on Mathematics - II. Available: http://www.learnerstv.com/lectures.php?course=ltv092&cat=Maths&page=1
March 2013
312
FY 1002C ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 3 hrs/ Week 1 hr/ week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 3
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course the student will be familiar with: Understand various water treatment methods, boiler troubles understand conduction mechanism in conducting polymers. Understand construction and the working principle of different electrodes batteries/ sensors and their applicability. Understand the types of corrosion and protection methods. Understand the instrumental mechanism and its applicability.
UNIT I Water technology: Water treatment for drinking purpose - sedimentation, coagulation, filtration, various methods of disinfection and concept of break-point chlorination. Boiler troubles: Scales, sludges, caustic embrittlement and boiler corrosion, causes and prevention, Desalination of brakish water, Principle and process of electrodialysis and reverse osmosis. Polymer technology: Conducting polymers Examples, classification-intrinsically conducting polymers and extrinsically conducting polymers- mechanism of conduction of undoped, p-doped and n-doped polyacetylenes applications of conducting polymers. UNIT II Electrochemistry and Electrochemical energy systems Reference electrodes: Calomel electrode, silver-silver chloride electrode, quinhydrone electrode and glass electrode, determination of pH using glass electrode, concept of concentration cells, Potentiometric titrations. Electrochemical energy systems: Types of electrochemical energy systems Storage cells Zincair battery, Ni-Cd battery, Lithium batteries Li/SOCl2 and LixC/LiCoO2 Advantages of lithium batteries Electrochemical sensors Principle, working and applications. UNIT III Corrosion and its control: Introduction chemical and electrochemical corrosion electrochemical theory of corrosion corrosion due to dissimilar metals, galvanic series differential aeration corrosion concept of passivity. Forms of corrosion pitting, crevice, stress corrosion cracking and microbiological corrosion. Factors affecting corrosion: Relative anodic and cathodic areas, nature of corrosion product, concentration of D.O., pH and temperature. Protection methods: Cathodic protection (impressed current and sacrificial anode), anodic protection, corrosion inhibitors types and mechanism of inhibition. Electrolytic methods in electronics: Electroplating principle and process of electroplating of copper on iron Electroless plating principle and electroless plating of copper, Self assembled nanofilms.
UNIT IV Instrumental techniques in chemical analysis: Introduction of spectroscopy interaction of electromagnetic radiation with matter. UV-visible (electronic) spectroscopy: Frank-Condon principle types of electronic transitions. Lambert-Beers law, numericals (simple substitution) Instrumentation-Single beam UV-visible spectrophotometer. Applications of UV-visible spectroscopy: Qualitative analysis, quantitative analysis, detection of
313
impurities, determination of molecular weight and dissociation constants. Infrared (vibrational) spectroscopy: Principle of IR spectroscopy, types of molecular vibrationsstretching and bending vibrations, vibrational spectra diatomic molecules, selection rule for harmonic vibrational transition Instrumentation. Applications of IR spectroscopy: Determination of force constant numericals (simple substitution), detection of impurity and identification of nature of hydrogen bonding.
Learning Resources: Text Book: 1. P.C. Jain, Engineering Chemistry. 15 ed, New Delhi:Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company (P) Ltd
Reference Books: 1. S.S. Dara, A text book of Engineering Chemistry. 10 ed, New Delhi: S. Chand & Company Limited. 2. Shashi Chawla, A text book of Engineering Chemistry. New Delhi: Dhanpat Rai & Company Pvt. Ltd. 3. B.S. Bahl and G. D. Tuli, Essentials of Physical Chemistry. 4. Y. Anjaneyulu, K. Chandrasekhar and Valli Manickam, Text book of Analytical Chemistry. 5. O. G. Palanna, Engineering Chemistry. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.
March 2013
314
FY 1003 B BASICS OF CIVIL AND MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 4 hrs/ Week -. Course Outcomes: Upon completion of this course the student will be familiar with: Attain basic knowledge on simple Stresses & Strains Attain basic knowledge on Civil engineering materials & Civil engineering structures Attain basic knowledge on masonarys, sub-structure & super-structure of a building. Attain basic knowledge on the principles of surveying, types in surveying, measuring the distances & angles in surveying Attain the basic knowledge on civil engineering structures like roads, bridges, dams. Gain fundamental knowledge about the basics of manufacturing methods. Understand the principle of operation of different I. C. engines. Describe the performance of different types of refrigeration systems. Learn about gear nomenclature, and the simple calculations in transmission of Power Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 4
Part A Civil Engineering UNIT I Simple stress and strains: Definition of Mechanics- External and Internal forces-Stress and Strain-Elasticity and Hooks Law- Relations between elastic constants. Civil Engineering Materials: Bricks, Stones, Cement, Steel and Cement Concrete. Sub-structure and Super structure: Soil, Types of Foundations, Bearing capacity of Soil, Brick Masonry, Stone Masonry, Flooring, Roofing and Plastering.
UNIT II Surveying: Objectives, Types, Principles of Surveying. Measurement of distances, angles Leveling. Civil Engineering Structures: Roads- Classification, Cross section of roads. Bridges- Necessity, Components, Classification. Dams- Purpose, Classification Part B Mechanical Engineering UNIT III Basic Manufacturing Methods: Principles of casting, green sand moulds, Advantages and applications of casting; Principles of gas welding and arc welding, Soldering and Brazing. Hot working hot rolling, Cold working cold rolling; Description of basic machine tool- Lathe operations turning, threading, taper turning and drilling. Power Transmission: Introduction to belt and gears drives, types of gears, Difference between open belts and cross belts, power transmission by belt drives (theoretical treatment only ). UNIT IV Power Plants: Introduction, working principle of nuclear power plant and steam power plant, Alternate sources of energy solar, wind and tidal power. Refrigeration & Air Conditioning: Definition COP, Unit of Refrigeration, Applications of refrigeration system, vapor compression refrigeration system, simple layout of summer air conditioning system C Engines: Introduction, Main components of IC engines, working of 4-stroke petrol engine and
315
diesel engine, working of 2- stroke petrol engine and diesel engine, difference between petrol and diesel engine, difference between 4- stroke and 2- stroke engines. Contents Beyond Syllabus: Drinking Water Supply Systems, Estimation of the Demand, Identification of Resource and Quality Estimation. Survey for Treatment Plant and Distribution. Learning Resources: Text Books 1. Palanichamy, Basic Civil Engineering: Tata Mc Graw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, 2002,398 pages. 2. T. Rajan, Basic Mechanical Engineering: Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Age International Ltd, 1993,236 pages Reference Books: 1. G. Shanmugam and M. S. Palanichamy, Basic Civil and Mechanical Engineering: Tata Mc Graw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2004. 2. R. Rudramoorthy, Thermal Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd. New Delhi. 2003. 3. N. K. Giri, Problems in Automotive Mechanics:Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 2004. 4. N. K. Giri, "Automotive Mechanics," 1989 5. K. Singh, Automobile Engineering vol. 1: Standard Publishers, New Delhi, 1997. Web Resources: 1. Dr.Jayanth Kumar Gosh and 21 January). Surveying lecture notes NPTEL. Available: http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IITROORKEE/SURVEYING/home.htm 2. P. s. Som. 20 January). Lecture Series On Basic Thermodynamics. Available: http://www.nptelvideos.com/video.php?id=1157&c=7 3. Dr. B. Bhattacharjee. 20 January). A video lecture series on Building Materials and Construction. Available: http://www.learnerstv.com/video/video.php?video=1719&cat=Engineering 4. P. M. Ramgopal. 20 January). Refrigeration and Air Conditioning. Available: http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses.php?branch=Mechanical
March 2013
316
FY 1004M MECHANICS FOR ENGINEERS Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 4 hrs/ Week 1 Hr/Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 4
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course the student will be familiar with: Construct free body diagrams and calculate the reactions necessary to ensure static equilibrium. (a,e) Understand internal forces in members. (a,e) Locate centroids and determine moment of inertia for composite areas. (a,e) Analyze the systems with frictional forces. (a,e) Determine the mass moment of inertia of rigid bodies(a,e) Apply Newtons second law of motion and dynamic equilibrium to particle motion. (a,e).
UNIT I: Concurrent Forces in a Plane: Principles of statics, Force, Addition of two forces: Parallelogram Law Composition and resolution of forces Constraint, Action and Reaction. Types of supports and support reactions. Free body diagram. Equilibrium of concurrent forces in a plane Method of Projections Moment of a force, Theorem of Varignon, Method of moments. Parallel Forces in a Plane: Introduction, Types of parallel forces, Resultant. Couple, Resolution of Force into force and a couple. General case of parallel forces in a plane. Centroids: Determination of centroids by integration method, centroids of composite plane figures. UNIT II General Case of Forces in a Plane: Composition of forces in a plane Equilibrium of forces in a plane. Friction: Introduction, Classification of friction, Laws of dry friction. Co-efficient of friction, Angle of friction, Angle of repose, Cone of friction, Wedge friction. Moment of Inertia of Plane Figures & Rigid Bodies: Moment of Inertia of a plane figure with respect to an axis in its plane and an axis perpendicular to the plane of the figure, Parallel axis theorem. Concept of Mass moment of inertia. UNIT III Kinematics of Rectilinear Translation: Introduction, displacement, velocity and acceleration. Motion with Uniform acceleration. Kinetics of Rectilinear Translation: Equations of rectilinear motion. Equations of Dynamic Equilibrium: DAlemberts Principle. Work and Energy, Conservation of energy.
UNIT IV Kinematics of Curvilinear Motion: Introduction, rectangular Components of velocity & acceleration. Normal and Tangential acceleration, Motion of projectiles. Kinetics of Curvilinear Translation: DAlemberts Principle in curvilinear motion- Rectangular components, Normal & tangential components - simple problems.
317
Content Beyond Syllabus: Displacements, Velocity and acceleration, their relationship Relative motion Curvilinear motion Newtons law Work Energy Equation of particles Impulse and Momentum Impact of elastic bodies. Learning Resources: Text Books: 1. S. Timoshenko and D. H. Young, Engineering Mechanics: McGraw Hill International Edition. 2. A. K. Tayal, Engineering Mechanics Statics and dynamics: Umesh Publication, Delhi. Reference Books: 1. Beer and Johnston, Vector Mechanics for Engineers Statics and Dynamics: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi. 2. S. Bhavikatti and K. Rajasekharappa, Engineering Mechanics. 3. K. V. K. Reddy and J. S. Kumar. Singers Engineering Mechanics: Statics and Dynamics 3 ed. Web Resources: 1. S. Karmakar. 18 December). Lecture notes Available: http://my.opera.com/sarpyl/blog/?id=22107012 2. P. M. K. Harbola. 18 December). Video Lecture NPTEL. Available: http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/video.php?courseId=1048 3. M. Negahban. 21 January). Lecture notes Available: http://emweb.unl.edu/
March 2013
318
FY 1005 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTING Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 2 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 2
Course Outcomes:
Upon successfully completing this course, student will be familiar with: Explain the changes in hardware and software components Explain the history and classifications of the computers Explain Internal and External data representation Explain Input and output devices, Different types of memories Know the introduction to Programming Languages Develop algorithms and prepare flow charts to simple mathematical and logical problems Classify different functions of the operating system and the types of OS Know the introduction to Computer Networks and classify the types of networks.
UNIT I: Introduction: Algorithms, A Simple model of a computer, Characteristics of a computer, Problem solving using computers. Data Representation: Representation of characters in computer, representation of Integers, fractions, number systems, binary system, octal system, hexadecimal system, organizing of memories, representation of numbers, alpha numeric characters, error detection codes. Computer Generation and Classification: Computer generations, Classifications of computers. UNIT II: Computer Architecture: Interconnection of units, Input Units: Keyboard, VDU, OMR, MICR, OCR and BAR Coding. Output Units: Types of Printers, Plotters. Computer memory: Memory cell, Organization, Read-Only-Memory, Magnetic Hard Disk, CDROM.
UNIT III: Computer Languages: Why programming Language, Assembly language, Higher Level Programming Languages, Compiling High Level Languages. Algorithm and Flowcharting: Introductory programming techniques, Algorithms, Structure of Algorithms, Types of Algorithms, Structure of a Flowchart, Terminal Symbol Off page connector symbol, Modification Symbol, Group instruction symbol, Connection symbol, Drawing efficient flowcharts. UNIT IV Introduction to operating system, functions of operating system, basic introduction to DOS, LINUX, WINDOWS XP. Definition and Applications of Computer Network, LAN, MAN and WAN, Intranet, Internet.
Content beyond Syllabus: Basics of System Software: 1. Translators - Compilers 2. Loader - Linker Learning Resources: Text Book:
319
1. V. Rajaraman, Fundamentals of Computers, 4 th Edition ed.: PHI. Reference Books: 1. M. C. S. Govindaraju and T. R. N. A. Abdul Haq, Introduction to Computer Science: Wiley Eastern Limited. 2. P. Sinha, Computer Fundamentals: BPB Publications, New Delhi.
March 2013
320
FY 1006PE PROFESSIONAL ETHICS Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 2Hrs/Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 2
Course outcomes :
Upon completing this course student will be familiar with know: Understand the Human and Moral values of people in the society. Understand the Codes of Ethics, rules and regulations of professional bodies. Develop knowledge about ethics and apply in real life and professional services.
UNIT I Engineering Ethics: Senses of Engineering Ethics - variety of moral issued - types of inquiry moral dilemmas - moral autonomy - Kohlberg's theory - Gilligan's theory - consensus and controversy Models of Professional Roles - theories about right action - Self-interest - customs and religion - uses of ethical theories. UNIT II Human Values: Morals, Values and Ethics Integrity Work Ethic Service Learning Civic Virtue Respect for Others Living Peacefully caring Sharing Honesty Courage Valuing Time Co-operation Commitment Empathy Self-Confidence Character Spirituality. UNIT III Engineering as Social Experimentation: Engineering as experimentation - engineers as responsible experimenters - codes of ethics - a balanced outlook on law - the challenger case study. Safety, Responsibilities and Rights: Safety and risk - assessment of safety and risk - risk benefit analysis and reducing risk - the three mile island and Chernobyl case studies. Collegiality and loyalty - respect for authority - collective bargaining - confidentiality - conflicts of interest - occupational crime - professional rights - employee rights - Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) discrimination.
UNIT IV Global Issues: Multinational corporations - Environmental ethics - computer ethics - weapons development - engineers as managers-consulting engineers-engineers as expert witnesses and advisors - moral leadership-sample code of Ethics (Specific to a particular Engineering Discipline). Content Beyond the Syllabus: Case Studies on Safety, Responsibilities and Rights. Computer ethics. Learning Resources Text Books: 1. M. M. a. R. Schinzinger, Ethics in engineering: McGraw Hill, New York, 1996,439 pages 2. N. S. Govindarajan M, Senthil Kumar V. S, Engineering Ethics: Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2004.
321
Reference Books: 1. Engineering ethics Gail D. Baura - Academic Press, 2006 - 220 pages. 2. Engineering ethics Charles E. Harris, Michael S. Pritchard, Michael Jerome Rabins 2009, 313 pages.
March 2013
322
Lecture : Tutorial : Practical :
FY 1051C ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LABORATORY Internal Assessment: Final Examination: 3 Hrs/Week Credits:
25 50 2
Course Outcomes:
After performing the experiments listed in the syllabus, the student will be familiar with : Perform the analytical experiments; improve analytical skills and attitude which help them to apply these skills in their field of engineering. Understand the handling maintenance and performance of analytical instruments. Understand the practical knowledge of various chemical phenomena by demonstration of experiments. List of Experiments 1. Determination of total alkalinity of water sample a) Standardization of HCl solution b) Determination of total alkalinity 2. Determination of chlorides in water sample a) Standardization of AgNO3 solution b) Determination of chlorides in the water sample 3. Determination of hardness of water sample a) Standardization of EDTA solution b) Determination of total hardness of water sample 4. Determination of available chlorine in bleaching powder a) Standardization of sodium thiosulphate b) Determination of available chlorine 5. Estimation of Mohrs salt Dichrometry a) Standardization of K2Cr2O7 solution b) Estimation of Mohrs salt 6. Estimation of Mohrs salt Permanganometry a) Standardization of KMnO4 solution b) Estimation of Mohrs salt 7. Conductometric determination of a strong acid using a strong base 8. pH metric titration of a strong acid vs. a strong base 9. Determination of corrosion rate of mild steel in the absence and presence of an inhibitor 10. Electroplating of Nickel on iron article 11. Chemistry of Blue Printing 12. Colorimetric determination of potassium permanganate 13. Preparation of Phenol-Formaldehyde resin 14. Spectrophotometry Learning Resources: Text Books: 1. Sunitha Rattan, S.K.Kataria & Sons, Experiments in Applied Chemistry. 2. S.K.Bhasin and Sudha Rani, Laboratory Manual on Engineering Chemistry. Dhanpak Rai Publishing Company.
March 2013
323
FY 1052 BASIC COMPUTING LABORATORY Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : -3 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 25 50 2
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course the student will be familiar with: Apply MS Office tools Design & develop basic softwares (Application and System software) Attain basic knowledge on hardware (I/O devices, Mother board, processor etc...)
LIST OF PROGRAMS Execution of Simple DOS Commands COPY, REN, DIR, TYPE, CD, MD, BACKUP Create your Bio-Data in MSWord giving Educational and Personal Details. Create an Excel Worksheet entering marks in 6 subjects of 10 Students. Give ranks on the basis of Total marks and also generate graphs. Create a Database in MS-Access for Storing Library Information. Ex Fields: Book name, author, book code, subject, rack no, price, volumes Enter Sample data of 15 books in to database. Design a PowerPoint presentation with not less than 10 slides on any of your interesting topic. Ex: Literacy, Freedom Struggle, Siddhartha Engineering College, Evolution of Computers, Internet etc. Register for new Email address with any free Email provider and send. Email using Internet to your friends, parents, teachers etc. Search Internet using Search Engines like Google.com, Yahoo.com. Ask.com for files, pictures, power point presentations etc. Downloading files, EBooks, EContent from Internet. Practice in installing a Computer System by giving connection and loading System Software and Application Software. Accessing and Changing BIOS settings. Installing Windows XP operating System. Assembling of PC. Disassembling of PC.
Learning Resources: Text Books : 1. A. L. a. M. Leon, Introduction to Computers with MSOffice: TATA McGraw HILL. 2. A. L. a. M. Leon, Internet for Every One: Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., Jungpura, New Delhi. 3. Familiarity With the computer, Software, Internet and their uses. Reference Books: 1. G. SK Basandra, Computers Today Publication Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi. 2. L. a. Leon, Fundamentals of Information Technology: Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., Jungpura, New Delhi. 3. A. Wirasinha, Surviving in an E-World: Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
324
Design Experiments: Windows Basic Navigation. Spread sheet. Internet research and Boolean searches.
March 2013
325
FY 1053 W WORKSHOP PRACTICE Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 3 hrs/ Week . Course Outcomes: Upon completion of this course the student are familiarize with : Model and design various basic prototypes in the carpentry trade such as Lap joint, Lap Tee joint, Dove tail joint, Mortise & Tenon joint, CrossLap joint Design and model various basic prototypes in the trade of Welding such as Lap joint, Lap Tee joint, Edge joint, Butt joint and Corner joint. Make various basic prototypes in the trade of Tin smithy such as plain Cylindrical pipe, Cylindrical pipe one end inclined, Cylindrical pipe both ends inclined, Hexagonal pipe one end inclined, and funnel preparations. Perform various basic House Wiring techniques such as connecting one lamp with one switch, connecting two lamps with one switch, connecting a fluorescent tube, Series wiring, Go down wiring Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 25 50 2
LIST OF PROGRAMS Week 1: Carpentry To make the following jobs with hand tools a) Lap joint b) Lap Tee joint c) Dove tail joint d) Mortise & Tenon joint e) Cross-Lap joint Week 2:Welding using electric arc welding process / gas welding. The following joints to be welded. a) Lap joint b) Tee joint c) Edge joint d) Butt joint e) Corner joint Week 3: Sheet metal operations with hand tools. a) Saw edge b) wired edge c) lap seam d) grooved seam e) funnel Week 4: House wiring a) To connect one lamp with one switch b) To connect two lamps with one switch c) To connect a fluorescent tube d) Stair case wiring. e) Go down wiring. Learning Resources: Text Books : 1. A. L. a. M. Leon, Introduction to Computers with MSOffice: TATA McGraw HILL. 2. A. L. a. M. Leon, Internet for Every One: Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., Jungpura, New Delhi.
326
3. Familiarity With the computer, Software, Internet and their uses. Reference Books: 1. G. SK Basandra, Computers Today Publication Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi. 2. L. a. Leon, Fundamentals of Information Technology: Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., Jungpura, New Delhi. 3. A. Wirasinha, Surviving in an E-World: Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. Design Experiments: Windows Basic Navigation. Spread sheet. Internet research and Boolean searches.
March 2013
327
FY 2001 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS II Lecture : Tutorial: Practical: 4 hrs/ Week 1 hr/ week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 25 70 4
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course the students will be familiar with State Mean value theorems & apply it in communication systems, equilibrium states of physical systems State generalized mean value theorems to express any differentiable function in Power series in signals and systems. Simplify the complicated integrals by changing variables Interpret the divergence (physically), Grad and Curl in electromagnetic fields. Provide interpolation techniques which are useful in analyzing the data that is in the form of unknown function
UNIT I Differential Calculus: Limit, continuity, differentiability Rolles Theorem Lagranges Mean Value Theorem Taylors Series (without proof) Maxima and Minima of functions of two variables Lagranges multipliers Curvature radius of curvature Centre of curvature. UNIT II Integral Calculus: Double integrals Evaluation in Cartesian and Polar coordinates Changing the order of integration Evaluation of areas using double integrals Evaluation of triple integrals Evaluation of volume using triple integrals, change of variables. UNIT III Vector Calculus: Scalar and Vector fields Differentiation of scalar and vector point functions gradient of Scalar fields directional derivatives divergence and curl of vector fields vector identities. Line and surface integrals Greens theorem in a plane (without proof) Gauss divergence theorem (without proof) Stokes theorem (without proof). UNIT IV Interpolation: Introduction, Finite Differences Forward, Backward, Central Differences, Symbolic Relations, Differences of a polynomial, Newtons formula for interpolation, Central difference interpolation formulae Gausss, Stirlings, Bessels formulae Interpolation with unequal intervals Lagranges and Newtons interpolation formulae. Content beyondthe syllabus: Fourier series and Transformation, Numerical methods, Differentiation and Integration.
Learning Resources: Text Books: 1. Dr.B.S.Grewal, A text book of Higher Engineering Mathematics, 40 ed.: Khanna Publishers Reference Books:
328
1. Krezig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 8th ed. Singapore: John Wiley &Sons(Asia), 2001. 2. T. Veerarajan, Engineering Mathematics. NewDelhi: Tata McGraw Hill 1999. 3. T. Peter.V.O.Neil, Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Canada. 4. R. K. J. a. S.R.K.Iyengar,Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 3rd ed.: Narosa. 5. B.V.Ramana, A text book of mathematics: Tata Mc Graw Hill. 6. M. G. N.P.Bali, A Text book o Engineering Mathematics: Laxmi Publications.
Web Resources : 1. P. I. K.Rana. Mathematics-I http://www.cdeep.iitb.ac.in/nptel/Core%20Science/Mathematics%20I/TableofContents.ht ml 2. P.S.M.Prof.Swagato K.Ray, et al.Mathematics http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/video.php?courseId=1019
March 2013
329
FY 2002P ENGINEERING PHYSICS Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 3 hrs/ Week 1 hr/ week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 3
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, the students will be familiar with: Analyse and understand the basics of electricity and how these basic ideas are used to enhance our current prosperity. Understand the differences between classical and quantum mechanics and learn about semiconductor technology. Analyse and learn about how materials behave at low temperature, causes for their behaviour and applications. Analyse and understand various types of lasers and optical fibers and their applications. Understand the fabrication of nanomaterials, carbon nanotubes and their applications in various fields.
UNIT I Electricity, Electromagnetism and Semiconductors: Gauss law in electricity (Statement and proof) and its applications: Coulombs law from Gauss law, spherically distributed charge, Hall effect, Biot-Savarts law: B due to a current carrying wire and a circular loop, Faradays law of induction, Lenzs law, Induced electric fields, Gauss law for magnetism, Maxwell equations (Qualitative treatment), Electromagnetic oscillations in LC circuit (quantitative), A.C. circuit containing series LCR circuit (Resonance condition). Semiconductors: Carrier transport, Carrier drift, Carrier diffusion, Generation and recombination process (qualitative), Classification of materials based on energy diagram. UNIT II Modern Physics: Dual nature of light, Matter waves and Debroglies hypothesis, Davisson & Germer experiment, Heisenbergs uncertainty principle and its applications (Non- existence of electron in nucleus, Finite width of spectral lines), Classical and quantum aspects of particle. One dimensional time independent Schrodingers wave equation, physical significance of wave function, Particle in a box (One dimension). Optoelectronic Devices: LED, LCD, Photo emission, Photo diode, Photo transistor and Solar cell and its applications. UNIT III Superconductors and Advanced Physics: Superconductivity: Introduction, Critical parameters, Flux quantization, Meissner effect, Types of Superconductors, BCS theory, Cooper pairs, Londons equation-penetration depth, high temperature super conductors, Applications of superconductors. Advanced physics:Lasers: Spontaneous emission, stimulated emission, population inversion, Solid state (Ruby) laser, Gas (He Ne) laser, Semiconductor (Ga As) laser, Applications of lasers, applications of Infrared radiation. Fiber optics: Propagation of light through optical fiber, types of optical fibers, Numerical aperture, Fiber optics in communications and its advantages. UNIT IV Nanotechnology: Introduction, Physical & Chemical properties, Fabrication: AFM, SEM, TEM, STM, And MRFM. Production of nanoparticles: Plasma Arcing, Sol-gel, Chemical vapour deposition. Carbon nanotubes: SWNT, MWNT, Formation of carbon nanotubes: Arc discharge, Laser ablation, Properties of carbon nanotubes, Applications of CNTs & Nanotechnology.
330
Content Beyond the syllabus: Optics, fiber optics, Magnetic properties, superconductivity, dielectric properties, Thermal properties, Science and technology of nanomaterials. Learning Resources: Text Books: 1. Halliday and Resnick, Physics vol. Part-II. 2. Gaur and Gupta, "Engineering Physics." Reference Books: 1. 2. 3. 4. S.O.Pillai, Solid State Physics. M.Armugam, Engineering Physics A.S.Vasudeva, Modern engineering physics. P. K. Palanisamy, Engineering Physics
March 2013
331
FY2003E TECHNICAL ENGLISH AND COMMUNICATION SKILLS Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 2 hrs/ Week 2 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 3
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, the students will be familiar with: Be aware of the elements of functional English in order to make them authentic users of language in any given academic and/or professional situation Be proficient in making academic presentations Be exposed to the real-time career oriented environment Develop felicity of expression and familiarity with technology enabled communication Be exposed to the corporate etiquette and rhetoric
UNIT I Written Communication Skills: Description (through Paragraph Writing), Reflection (through Essay Writing), and Persuasion (through indented Letter Writing). UNIT II Reading Comprehension: Types of Reading, Sub skills of Reading, Eye span fixation, Reading Aloud & Silent Reading, Vocalization & Sub-vocalization. UNIT III Vocabulary and Functional English: Vocabulary a basic word list of one thousand words, Functional grammar, with special focus on Common Errors in English, Idioms & Phrasal verbs. Listening and Speaking: The use of diphthongs, Elements of spoken expression, Varieties of English, Towards accent neutralization. UNIT IV Technical Communication Skills: Technical Report Writing (Informational, Analytical & Special reports), Technical Vocabulary. Content beyond the syllabus: Writing: Structure-Sentence structure, CV Writing, Writing in Work context-Circulars, Minutes of the meeting. Learning Resources: Text Books: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. R. Quirk and Longman, "Use of English," 2004. T. A. J. M. A.V, "Practical English Grammar," 2001 T. E. Berry, "Common Errors in English," 2001. B.S.Sarma, Structural Patterns & Usage in English, th edition ed., 2007. J. Langan, College Writing Skills: McGraw Hill, 2004. L. e. a. Sellinkar, English for Academic and Technical Purposes Newbury House Publishers, 1981. 7. M. Cutts, Oxford guide to Plain English: Oxford University Press, 2004. 8. V.Sethi and P. V. Dhamija, Phonetics and spoken English: Orient Longman, 2004. 9. M. Raman and S. Sharma, Technical Communication- Principles and Practice: Oxford University Press, 2009. Reference Books :
332
1. Cambridge, "Tony Lynch: Study Listening," 2007. 2. S. Sharma and B. Mishra, Communication Skills for Engineers and Scientists. 3. H. M. Prasad and U. R. Sinha, Objective English for Competitive Examination: Tata McGraw Hill, 2005. Web Resources : 1. Web Tutorial by Vocational Information Center http://www.khake.com/page66.html 2. D. o. H. a. S. S. Dr. T. Ravichandran Associate Professor of English, Indian Institute of Technology Kanpur http://home.iitk.ac.in/~trc/ 3. D. o. E. S. Eric Mario de Santis .Presentationhttp://acoustics.aau.dk/~ems/comm/Technical%20English%20Communicati on.ppt
March 2013
333
FY2004EN ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 3Hrs/Week 1 Hr/Week -Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 25 75 3
Course outcomes :
Upon completion of this course, the students will be familiar with: Understand the importance of environment Identify the environmental problems and issues on local, regional and global scale Identify problems due to human interactions with the environment Get encouragement to contribute solutions for the existing environmental issues Understand the enforcement of environmental acts in our constitution
UNIT I Introduction: Definition, Scope and Importance of Environmental Sciences, Present global issues Natural resources management:Forest resourcesuse and over exploitation, Mining and Dams, their effects on Forest and Tribal people. Water resources-Use and over utilization of surface and ground water, Floods, Droughts, Water logging and Salinity, Water conflicts. Energy resources- Energy needs renewable and Non renewable Energy sources, use of alternate Energy sources, Impact of Energy use on Environment. UNIT-II Ecosystems: Introduction, characteristic features, structure and functions of Ecosystem Forest, Grass land, Desert, Aquatic. Biodiversity and Conservation: Value of Biodiversity- Consumptive and Productive use, Social, Ethical, aesthetic and option values, Bio-geographical classification of India- India as a mega diversity Habitat, Threats to Biodiversity- Hot spots, Habitat Loss, Poaching of Wildlife, loss of species, seeds, etc., In-situ and Ex- situ conservation of Biodiversity. UNIT III Environmental Pollution: Causes, effects and control measures of Air pollution, Indoor Air pollution, Water pollution, Soil pollution, Marine pollution, Noise pollution. Solid waste management: Urban, Industrial, nuclear and e-waste management. UNIT IV Information technology and Environment: Role of information technology in environmental sciences. Social issues and Environment: Effects of human activities on the Quality of Environment: Urbanization, Transportation, Industrialization, Green revolution, Water scarcity and Ground water depletion. Population growth and Environment: Environmental Impact Assessment. Environmental Acts: Water (Prevention and control of pollution) act, air (prevention and control of pollution) act, Environmental Protection Act, Forest conservation act.
Content beyond the syllabus: Ecosystem: Solar Radiation, Productivity, Food Chains and Food Webs, Metabolism and Size of Individuals, Carrying Capacity, Complexity, Sustainability, Net energy, Energy Futures, Money Learning Resources Text Books:
334
1. 2. 3. 4.
AnjaneyuluY, Introduction to Environmental sciences. Hyderabad: B S Publications . Anjireddy.M, Environmental science & Technology. Hyderabad: BS Publications. B. Joseph, Environmental Studies. New Delh: Tata McGraw- Hill, 2005. P. V. G. Rao, Principles of Environmental Science. & Engg. New Delhi: Prentice-Hall of India 2006. 5. R. G. Santosh Kumar Garg and o. R. Garg, Ecological and Environmental Studies. New Delhi: Khanna Publishers, 2006. 6. K. J. R. Nagendran, Essentials of Environmental Studies: Pearson Education publishers, 2005. 7. O. E. P. a. B. G. W., Fundamentals of Ecology: Thomson Brooks/Cole, 2005 Reference Books: 1. A. K. Dee, Environmental Chemistry: New Age India. 2. B. Erach: Mapin Publishing. Web Resources : 1. S. Dutch. Environmental Science Notes and Visual Aids.http://www.uwgb.edu/dutchs/EnvSC102Notes.HTM 2. D. J. R. Anderson. Environmental Science.http://facstaff.gpc.edu/~janderso/world.htm 3. G. Ritchison. Environmental Sciences. http://people.eku.edu/ritchisong/envscinotes1.html
March 2013
335
FY 2005 PROGRAMMING IN C Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 3 Hrs/week 1 Hr/week . Course Outcomes: Upon completion of this course the students will be familiar with: Recognize the changes in hardware and software technologies with respect to the evolution of computers and describe the function of system softwares (operating Systems) and application softwares Illustrate the flowchart and inscribe an algorithm for a given problem Inscribe C programs using operators Develop conditional and iterative statements to write C programs Exercise user defined functions to solve real time problems Inscribe C programs that use Pointers to access arrays, strings and functions. Exercise user defined data types including structures and unions to solve problems Inscribe C programs using pointers and to allocate memory using dynamic memory management functions. Exercise files concept to show input and output of files in C Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 3
Pre-requisites: Introduction to Computing UNIT I Constants, Variables and Data Types: Character Set, Keywords and Identifiers, Constants, Variables, Data Types, Declaration of Variables, Assigning values to Variables, Declaring variable as a constant. Operators and Expressions: Introduction, Arithmetic Operators, Relational Operators, Logical Operators, Increment and decrement operators, Conditional Operators, Bitwise Operators Special Operators. Precedence of Arithmetic Operators. Managing Input and Output Operations: Introduction, reading a character, writing a character, formatted I/O. UNIT II Decision Making and Branching: Introduction, Decision making with IF statement, Simple IF Statement, the IF ELSE Statement, Nesting of IF ELSE Statement. The ELSE IF Ladder, The Switch Statement, the GOTO Statement, break and continue. Decision Making and Looping: Introduction, the WHILE statement, the DO Statement, the FOR statement, Jumps in Loops. UNIT III Arrays: Introduction, One Dimensional Arrays, Declaration of one dimensional arrays, Initialization of one dimensional array, two-dimensional arrays, initializing two dimensional arrays, multi dimensional arrays. Character Arrays and Strings: Introduction, Declaring and Initializing string variables. Reading strings from Terminal. Writing string to screen. Arithmetic operations on characters. Putting strings together, Comparison of two strings, string handling functions. User Defined functions: Introduction, user defined functions, storage classes, a multi function program, elements of user defined functions, definition of functions, return values and their types, function calls, function declaration, parameter passing techniques, recursion. UNIT IV
336
Structures and Unions: Introduction, Defining a structure, Declaring structure variables, Accessing structure members, Structure initialization, Operations on individual members, Unions. Pointers: Introduction, Understanding Pointers, Accessing the address of the variable, Declaring pointer variables, Initialization of pointer variables, Accessing a variable through its pointer. File Management in C: Introduction, Defining and Opening a file, Closing a file, Input/Output Operations on files, Pre processor directives and macros. Content beyond the syllabus: Derived types, Searching, Introduction to Data Structures and trees. Learning Resources: Text Book: 1. Balagurusamy, Programming in ANSI C4ed.: TMH, 2009. Reference Books: 1. B. Gottfried, Programming with C (Schaum's Outlines) Tata Mcgraw-Hill. 2. Kernighan and Ritchie, The C programming language: Prentice Hall. 3. Venugopal, et al., Programming with C: TMH. 4. B.A. Forouzan and R.F. Gilberg, A structured programming approach using C, Third edition, Thomson. 5. A.S.Tanenbaum, Y. Langsam, and M.J. Augenstein, DataStructures Using C, PHI/Pearson education. Web resources: 1. Kernighan and Ritchie. The C Programming Language.http://cfaq.com/~scs/cclass/krnotes/top.html 2. S. Summit. Introductory C Programming Class Notes.http://www.eskimo.com/~scs/cclass/notes/top.html 3. S. Holmes. C Programming University of Strathclyde Computer Centre. http://www.neu.edu.cn/cxsj/materal/otherc/imada/
March 2013
337
FY 2006G ENGINEERING GRAPHICS Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 2 hrs/ Week 6 hrs/ Week . Course Outcomes: Representing various conics and curves. Perform dimensioning to a given drawing. Construction of Plain and Diagonal scales. Orthographic projections of Lines, Planes, and Solids. Construction of Isometric Scale, Isometric Projections and Views. Sectioning of various Solids and their representation. Understand Development of surfaces and their representation. Conversion of Pictorial views to Orthographic Projections Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 5
UNIT I General: Use of Drawing instruments, Lettering - Single stroke letters, Dimensioning, Representation of various types of lines - Geometrical Constructions. Scales: Construction and use of Plain and Diagonal Scales. Conic Sections: Conic Sections - General construction method for Ellipse, Parabola and Hyperbola, Special methods for Conic Sections. Curves: Curves used in Engineering practice - Cycloidal Curves - Cycloid, Epicycloid and Hypocycloid; Involute of Circle. UNIT II Method of Projections: Principles of Projection - First angle projection and third angle projection of points and straight lines. Projection of Planes: Projections of planes of regular geometrical lamina. UNIT III Projections of Solids: Projections of simple solids such as Cubes, Prisms, Pyramids, Cylinders and Cones in various positions. Sections of Solids: Sections of Solids such as Cubes, Prisms, Pyramids, Cylinders and Cones, True Shapes of Sections. (Limited to the Section Planes perpendicular to one of the Principal Planes). UNIT IV Development of Surfaces: Lateral development of cut sections of Cubes, Prisms, Pyramids, Cylinders and Cones. Isometric Projections: Isometric Projection and conversion of Orthographic Projections into Isometric Views. (Treatment is limited to simple objects only). Introduction to Isometric Projections to Orthographic Projections.
Learning Resources: Text Book: 1. N. D. Bhatt & V. M. Panchal, Elementary Engineering Drawing, Forty-Ninth ed.: Charotar Publishing House, Anand, 2006.
338
Reference Book: 1. K. L. Narayana. P. Kannaiah. Text Book on Engineering Drawing vol. Second Edition fifth reprint 20006: Scitech publications(India) Pvt. Ltd., Chennai
March 2013
339
FY2051P ENGINEERING PHYSICS LABORATORY Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 3 Hrs/week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 25 50 2
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of the course, the student is familiar with : Elucidate the concepts of physics through involvement in the experiment by applying theoretical knowledge Illustrate the basics of electro magnetism, optics, mechanics, semiconductors & quantum theory Develop an ability to apply the knowledge of physics experiments in the later studies
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.
Minimum of 8 Experiments to be Completed out of the following AC Sonometer Verification of Laws Measurement of thickness of a foil using wedge method Photo tube-study o f V-I Characteristics,determination of work function Torsional Pendulum-Rigidity modulus calculation Variation of magnetic field along the axis of current-carrying circular coil Compound pendulum-Measurement of g LCR circuit-Resonance Solar cell Determination of Fill Factor Hall effect- Study of B & I Variation Fibre Optics-Numerical aperture calculation Sensitive Galvonometer Figure of merit Diffraction grating-Measurement of wavelength Losses in Optical Fibres Newtons Rings-Radius of curvature of plano convex lens Photovoltaic cell-Energy gap
Learning Resources: Text Books: 1. Indu Prakash & Rama Krishna, practical physics vol. vol.1. 2. D. K. M. J.C. Mohanty, University practical physics: Kalyani publishers, Delhi. Reference Books 1. D P Khandelwal, A laboratory manual of Physics: vani educational books, Delhi. 2. D. K. V. R. Dr. Y.Aparna, Laboratory manual of engineering Physics: VGS Publications,Vijayawada. Design Experiments: Thermal Conductivity and Electromagnetic induction
March 2013
340
FY2052 C PROGRAMMING LABORATORY Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 3 Hrs/week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 25 50 2
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, the student will be familiar with to: Illustrate flowchart and algorithm for a given problem Understand basic Structure of the C-PROGRAMMING, declaration and usage of variables Inscribe C programs using operators Exercise conditional and iterative statements to inscribe C programs Exercise user defined functions to solve real time problems Inscribe C programs using Pointers to access arrays, strings and functions. Inscribe C programs using pointers and allocate memory using dynamic memory management functions. Exercise user defined data types including structures and unions to solve problems. Exercise files concept to show input and output of files in C.
List of Lab Exercises Week 1 1. Write a C-Program to perform the simple arithmetic operations. 2. Write a C-Program to calculate area and circumference of the triangle and rectangle. 3. Write a C-Program to swap the two numbers without using third variable. Week 2 1. Write a C-Program to find the biggest of the given three numbers. 2. Write a C-Program to find the roots of the given quadratic equation. 3. Write a C-Program to implement the calculator application (using switch)
Week 3 1. Write a C-program to convert given Decimal number to Binary number. 2. Write a C-Program to check the given number is Palindrome or not. 3. Write a C-Program to check the given Armstrong or not. Week 4 1. Write a C-Program to find the sum first N natural numbers. 2. Write a C-Program to generate the Fibonacci series. Ex: 0,1,1,2,3,5,8,13,21,ni , n i+1 , n i +n i+1 3. Write a C-Program to print the prime numbers between 1 to N. Week 5 1. Write a C-Program to find the biggest and smallest numbers in the given array.
341
2. Write a C-Program to find the sum, mean and standard deviation by using arrays. Week 6 1. Write a C-program to remove duplicate elements in the given array. 2. Write a C-program to insert an element at the specified location of the array. 3. Write a C-program to store the polynomial using arrays and differentiate it. Week 7 1. Write a C-Program to perform the Matrix addition, subtraction and multiplication using arrays. 2. Write a C-Program to print the transpose of the given Matrix without using the second matrix. Week 8 1. Write a C-Program to find the given element is existing in the given list or not. 2. Write a C-Program to arrange the given elements in the ascending order. Week 9 1. Write a C-Program to check the given string is Palindrome or not. 2. Write a C-Program to perform the following operations with and without using String handling functions i) Length of the string ii) Reverse the given string iii) Concatenate the two strings iv) Compare the two strings Week 10 1. Write a C-Program to swap the two number using call by value and call by reference. 2. Write a C-Program to find the factorial of the given number using recursion. 3. Write a Program to find NCR using functions. 4. W rite a Program to find Mean and standard deviation of a given set of numbers.(Define functions for mean and standard deviation)
Week 11 1. Write a C program to read name of the student, roll number and marks obtained in subjects from keyboard and print name of the student, roll number, marks in 3 subjects, and total marks by using structures concept. 2. Write a C-program to count number of characters, spaces, words and lines in given file. 3. Write a C Program to copy the contents of one file into another file. Learning Resources: Text Book: 1. Balagurusamy, Programming in ANSI C 4ed.: TMH, 2009. Reference Books:
342
1. B. Gottfried, Programming with C (Schaum's Outlines) Tata Mcgraw-Hill. 2. Kernighan and Ritchie, The C programming language: Prentice Hall. 3. Venugopal, et al., Programming with C: TMH. Design Experiment : To design an UNIX compiler in C language
March 2013
343
IT 3001 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS III Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 30 4 hrs/ Week 1 hr/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 4 30
Pre-requisites: Engineering Mathematics II be able to: After studying the course the student can Course Outcomes: Upon completion of this course, the student will be familiar with Upon of this course the be able to: completion Provide the Knowledge ofstudent solvingwill linear differential equations with constant coefficients. Analyze general periodic functions in the form of an infinite convergent series of sine and cosines useful in digital signal processing. Exercise Fourier transforms in designing the computer storage devices in Circuit theory. Apply the numerical methods for transitioning a mathematical model of a problem to an programmable algorithm obtaining solution numerically or graphically Afford Mathematical devices through which solutions of numerous boundary value problems of engineering can be obtained
UNIT I Laplace Transforms: Definition and basic theory Linearity property condition for existence of Laplace transform. First & Second Shifting properties, Laplace Transform of derivatives and integrals; Unit step functions, Dirac delta-function. Differentiation and Integration of transforms, Convolution Theorem, Inversion. Periodic functions. Evaluation of integrals by Laplace Transform. Transforms of periodic function. Unit impulse function (Dirac delta function). Convolution and applications to differential equations with constant coefficients, variable coefficients. UNIT II Fourier Series: Introduction, Euler's Formulae, Conditions for a Fourier expansion, Functions having points of discontinuity, change of interval, odd and even functions, Expansions of odd and even periodic functions, Half - range series, Parseval's formula, complex form of Fourier series. UNIT III Fourier Series: Practical harmonic analysis. Fourier Transforms: Introduction, Definition, Fourier integrals, Fourier sine and cosine integrals - complex form of Fourier integrals. Fourier transforms, Fourier sine and cosine transforms - Finite Fourier sine and cosine transforms, Fourier transforms of the derivatives of a function. UNIT IV: Numerical Methods: Solution of Algebraic and Transcendental Equations : Introduction, Newton - Raphson method, Solution of simultaneous linear equations Gauss Elimination Method - Gauss - Seidel iterative method. Numerical Differentiation and Integration : Finding first and second order differentials using Newton's formulae. Trapezoidal and Simpsons 1/3rd Rule, Numerical solutions of ordinary and partial differential equations, Euler's method, Taylor's series method Picard's method. Runge Kutta method of 4th order. Boundary value problems, Solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations by iteration. Learning Resources: Text Book:
344
1. Dr.B.S.Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 40th Edition ed.: Khanna Publishers. Reference Books: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics. 8 ed, Wiley publishers. Jain Iyengar, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 3 ed, Narosa Publishers. B.V.Ramana,A text book of Mathematics, Tata MC GrawHill. N.P.Bali, Manish Goyal,Engineering Mathematics, 7 ed, Lakshmi Publications(U-1,2,3) S.S.Sastry, Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis(U-IV)
March 2013
345
IT 3002 BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 4 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 4
Pre-requisites: Basics Knowledge of Science
Learning Outcomes:
Up on completion of this course students will be familiar with: Identify the basic elements of the electrical engineering To write the programs for controlling electrical elements The significance of electrical engineering for software fields
UNIT I Introduction to Electrical Engineering: Electric current, potential and potential difference, electromotive force, electric power, ohms law, basic circuit components, electromagnetism related laws, Magnetic field due to electric current flow, force on a current carrying conductor placed in a magnetic field, Faradays laws of electromagnetic induction. Self-inductance and mutual inductance, Types of induced e.m.f, Kirchhoffs laws. Simple problems. Network Analysis: Basic definitions, types of elements, types of sources, resistive networks, inductive networks, capacitive networks, and series parallel circuits, star delta and delta star transformation (simple problems on above topics). UNIT II Network theorems (Only on DC and independent sources) Superposition, Theveninss, Maximum power transfer theorems and simple problems. Alternating Quantities: Principle of ac voltages, waveforms and basic definitions, Relationship between frequency, speed and number of poles, root mean square and Average values of alternating currents and voltage form factor and peak factor, phasor Representation of alternating quantities, the J operator and phasor algebra, analysis of Ac circuits with single basic network element, single phase series circuits, single phase Parallel circuits, single phase series parallel circuits, power in ac circuits. UNIT III Transformers : Principles of operation, Constructional Details, Ideal Transformer and Practical Transformer, EMF equation, Losses, Transformer tests (OC and SC), efficiency and regulation calculations (All the above topics are only elementary treatment and simple problems) DCMachines: DC Generator: Principle of operation of dc generator, lap and wave windings, EMF equation of a dc generator (Simple problems on e.m.f.). DC Motor: Principle of operation of DC motor, back emf, Torque equation (only theory). UNIT IV A.C Machines: Three phase induction motor: construction and principle of operation, slip and rotor frequency. Alternator: Principle of operation of AC generator, e.m.f. equation (Simple problems on e.m.f.), regulation by synchronous impedance method. Learning Resources: Text Book: 1. T. K. Nagasarkar and M. S. Sukhija, Basic Electrical Engineering Oxford University Press.
346
2. M.S.Naidu and S. Kamakshiah, Basic Electrical Engineering TMH. Reference Books: 1. 2. 3. 4. Kothari, et al., Theory and solutions of Basic Electrical Engineering PHI. B. L. Thereja, Electrical Technology J. B. Guptha, Theory of Electrical machines V. David, et al., Essentials of Electrical and Computer Engineering Irwin Pearson.
Web Resources: 1. N. K. De Electrical Engineering web course NPTEL. http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/Webcoursecontents/IIT%20Kharagpur/Basic%20Electrical %20Technology/New_index1.html
March 2013
347
IT 3003 DISCRETE MATHEMATICAL STRUCTURES Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 3hrs/ Week 1hr/week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 3
Pre-requisites: Engineering Mathematics II
Learning Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course the student will be able to: Interpret statements presented in disjunctive normal form and determine their validity by applying the rules and methods of propositional calculus Reformulate statements from common language to formal logic using the rules of propositional and predicate calculus, and assess the validity of arguments Apply basic counting principles including the pigeonhole principle and rules for counting permutations and combinations. Determine when a relation is reflexive, symmetric, anti-symmetric or transitive, apply the properties of equivalence relations and partial orderings, and explain the connection between equivalence relations and partitioning a set. Explain basic definitions and properties associated with simple planar graphs, including isomorphism, connectivity, and Euler's formula, and describe the difference between Euclidian and Hamiltonian graphs..
UNIT I: Fundamentals of Logic: Propositions, Connectives, Propositional functions, Truth tables, Tautology, Contradiction, Logical equivalences, Normal forms, Logical inferences, Methods of proof of an implication First Order Logic: Predicate, Quantifiers, Rules of Inference for Quantified Propositions UNIT II: Basics of Counting: Sum and Product rules, indirect counting, One to One correspondence, Combinations and Permutations, Enumerating Combinations and Permutations with and without repetitions Advanced Counting Techniques: Generating function of Sequences, Recurrence relations, Solving recurrence relations-Substitution-Generating functions-The method of Characteristic roots, Solution of In-homogeneous recurrence relations UNIT III: Relations and Directed Graphs: Special properties of binary relations, Equivalence relation, Partially ordered sets, Hasse diagrams, Lattices, Operations on relations, Paths and Closures, Directed graphs and Adjacency matrices, Warshalls algorithm- Transitive closure UNIT IV: Basic concepts, Sum of degrees theorem, Isomorphism and sub graphs, Planar graphs, Eulers formula, Multi graphs and Euler circuits, Hamiltonian graphs, Grin-bergs theorem, Graph coloring, Chromatic numbers Content beyond the syllabus: Predicate Calculus, Algebraic Structures, Boolean Algebra and Logic Gates, Graph Theory, Algorithms, Posets and Network etc. Learning Resources
348
Text Books: 1. Mott, et al., Discrete Mathematics for Computer Scientists & Mathematicians: PHI, 2003. Reference Books: 1. Rosen, Discrete Mathematics and Its Applications, 4 ed.: WCB, McGraw-Hill, Boston, Massachusetts, 1999. 2. Trembly and Manohar, Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to Computer Science: TMH, 1997. Web Resources: 1. Lecture videos and notes from the University of Colorado. Available: http://cmes.uccs.edu/Fall2008/Math215/archive.php
March 2013
349
IT 3004 DATA STRUCTURES Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 4 hrs/ Week 1 Hr/Week Pre-requisites: Programming in C Upon completion of this course the student will be able to: Course Outcomes: CO1: Interpret and compute asymptotic notations of an algorithm to analyze the consumption of resources (time/space). CO2: Exemplify and implement stack, queue and list ADT to manage the memory using static and dynamic allocations CO3: Implement binary search tree to design applications like expression trees CO4: Identify, model, solve and develop code for real life problems like shortest path and MST using graph theory. CO5: Develop and compare the comparison-based search algorithms and sorting algorithms. CO6: Identify appropriate data structure and algorithm for a given contextual problem and develop in C Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 4
UNIT I: Introduction: Basic Concepts, Algorithm Specification Data Abstraction, Performance Analysis-Time complexity, Space complexity. Stacks: Definition and examples, Representing stacks, Applications: Infix, Postfix and Prefix, Recursion, Towers of Hanoi problem. Queues: Queue and Its Sequential Representation, Queue as an abstract data type, implementation of queues, insert operation, circular queue, implementation and operations. Linked lists: Singly Linked Lists and Chains, Representing Chains, linked stacks and queues, polynomials, Doubly Linked List, Circularly Linked List, Operations on a Circular Linked List. Insertion, deletion, traversal. UNIT II: Trees: Introduction: Terminology, Representation of Trees Binary Trees: Properties of binary trees, binary tree representation, Complete Binary Tree, Expression trees construction and evaluation. Binary Tree Traversals: Inorder, Preorder and Postorder recursive and non-recursive. Binary Search Trees: Definition, searching a Binary Search Trees (BST), Insertion into a binary search tree, Deletion from a binary search tree.
UNIT III: Graphs: Terminology, Graph Representations: Adjacency Matrix, Adjacency List Elementary Graph Operations: Depth First Search and Breadth First Search. Spanning Trees: Prims and Kruskals algorithms. Shortest Paths and Transitive Closure: Dijsktshtras Algorithm, Warshals Algorithm, Floyds Algorithm. UNIT IV Efficient Binary and Multi Search Trees: AVL trees- rotations, insertion and deletion, Introduction to m-way Search Trees, B Trees-insertion and deletion. Searching: Sequential search, Binary Search, Comparison and analysis. Sorting: Insertion Sort, Selection, Bubble Sort, Quick Sort, Merge Sort, Heap Sort, Radix Sort, Practical consideration for Internal Sorting.
350
Hashing: Hash Functions, Collision Resolution Strategies Content Beyond Syllabus: External sorting algorithms, red black trees Learning resources Text Books:
3. Horowitz Sahni and Anderson-Freed Fundamentals of Data Structures in C. 2 ed, Universities

Press.
4. Yedidyah Langsam , Moshe J. Augenstein and Aaron M. Tenenbaum, Data Structures

C and C++. 2 ed, Pearson Education. Reference Books:
using
4. Mark Allen Weiss, Data structure and Algorithm Analysis in C. Addison Wesley Publication. 5. Jean Paul Trembley and Paul G. Sorenson, An Introduction to Data Structures with Applications, McGraw Hill. 6. Thomas Cormen, C. Leiserson, R. L. Rivest and C. Stein, Introduction to Algorithms. 2 ed, PHI.
March 2013
351
IT 3005 COMPUTER ORGANIZATION Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 4 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 4
Pre-requisites: Introduction to Computing Course Outcomes: Upon the successful completion of the course, students will be able to: CO1: Analyse the designing process of combinational and sequential circuits CO2: Express arithmetic logic and shift micro operations in symbolic form at a register transfer level. CO3: Identify the addressing modes used in macro instructions. CO4: Apply algorithms for arithmetic operations and implementation for ALU design CO5: Develop micro code for typical instructions in symbolic form
UNIT I: Digital Logic Circuits: Logic Gates, Boolean Algebra, Map Simplification, Combinational Circuits, Flip-Flops, Sequential circuits. Digital Components: Decoders, Multiplexers, Registers, Counters. Data Representation: Data Types, Complements, Fixed Point Representation, Floating Point Representation, Error Detection Codes.
UNIT II: Register Transfer and Micro-Operations: Register Transfer Language, Register Transfer, Bus and memory Transfers, Arithmetic Micro-operations, Logic Micro-operations, Shift Microoperations, Arithmetic Logic Shift Unit. Basic Computer Organization and Design: Instruction codes, Computer Registers, Computer Instructions, Timing and Control, Instruction cycle, Memory-Reference Instruction, Input-Output and Interrupt, Design of Basic Computer. UNIT III: Micro Programmed Control: Control Memory, Address Sequencing, Micro-Program example, Design of Control Unit. Central Processing Unit: General register Organization, Stack Organization, Instruction Formats, Addressing Modes, Data Transfer and Manipulation, Program Control. UNIT IV: Computer Arithmetic: Addition and Subtraction, Multiplication Algorithms, Division Algorithms, Floating-point Arithmetic operations. Memory Organization: Memory Hierarchy, Main Memory, Auxiliary memory, Associative Memory, Cache Memory, Virtual Memory. Input-Output Organization: Peripheral Devices, Input-output Interface, Asynchronous Data Transfer, Modes of Transfer, Priority Interrupt, Direct Memory Access (DMA). Content Beyond the syllabus: Reduced Instruction Set Computer-RISC Characteristics, CISC Characteristics. Learning Resources: Text Book:
352
1. M. Moris. Mano, Computer Systems Architecture, 3rd edition ed.: ,Prentice Hall India,
2007. Reference Books:
2. V. Carl Hamachar, Computer Organization: McGraw Hill. 3. J. P. Hayes, Computer Architecture and Organization: TMH.
March 2013
353
IT 3006 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATING SYSTEMS Lecture: Tutorial : Practical : 4 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 4
Pre-requisites: Introduction to Computing Learning Outcomes: Upon completion of this course the student will be able to: CO1: Analyze the concepts of Operating System and process. CO2: Illustrate the Scheduling of a processor for a given problem instance. CO3: Identify the dead lock situation and provide appropriate solution. CO4:Analyze memory management techniques and implement page replacement Algorithm. CO5: Understand the implementation of file systems and directories.
UNIT I: Introduction: What Operating Systems Do Computer-System Architecture, Operating-System Structure, Operating-System Operations Process Management, Memory Management, Storage Management, Protection and Security, Distributed Systems, Open-Source Operating Systems.Operating-System Structures: Operating-System Services, User Operating-System Interface, System Calls, Types of System Calls, System Programs, Operating-System Structure, Virtual Machines, Operating-System Generation. Processes: Process Concept, Process Scheduling, Operations on Processes, Inter Process Communication, Examples of IPC Systems. UNIT II: Threads: Overview, Multithreading Models, Thread Libraries, Threading Issues. OperatingSystem Examples. CPU Scheduling: Basic Concepts, Scheduling Criteria, Scheduling Algorithms, Thread Scheduling, Multiple-Processor Scheduling, Operating System Examples. Process Synchronization: Background, The Critical-Section Problem, Petersons Solution, Synchronization Hardware, Semaphores, Classic Problems of Synchronization, Monitors, Synchronization Examples. UNIT III: Deadlocks: System Model, Deadlock Characterization, Methods for Handling Deadlocks, Deadlock Prevention, Deadlock Avoidance, Deadlock Detection, Recovery from Deadlock. Memory Management: Background, Swapping, Contiguous Memory Allocation, Paging, Structure of the Page Table, Segmentation. Virtual Memory: Background, Demand Paging, Copy-on-Write, Page Replacement, Allocation of Frames, Thrashing. UNIT IV File-System Interface: File Concept, Access Methods, Directory and Disk Structure, File System Mounting, File Sharing, Protection. File-System Implementation: File-System Structure, FileSystem Implementation, Directory Implementation, Allocation Methods, Free-Space Management. I/O Systems: Overview, I/O Hardware, Application I/O Interface, Kernel I/O Subsystem, Transforming I/O Requests to Hardware Operations, Streams. Content beyond syllabus Protection and Security, Multimedia Systems. Learning Resources: Text Book:
1. Abraham Silberschatz, et al., Operating System Concepts, 8 ed.: John Wiley.

354
Reference Books:
1. P. Chandra and Bhatt, An Introduction to Operating Systems Concepts and Practice: PHI. 2. C. Crowley, Operating Systems : A Design-Oriented Approach: Tata McGraw HillCo,
1998. 3. Stallings and Operating Systems- Internal and Design Principles, 5 ed.: PHI, 2005. Web Resources :
1. C.Surendar. Introduction to OS. Professor of Computer Science, UNITed States. .

a. Available:
2. P. J. K . . . and U. Berkeley. 20 January). Deadlock/CPU Scheduling. Available:

http://freevideolectures.com/Course/2398/Operating-Systems-and-System-ProgrammingFall-2009/10# 3. C. Franklin and D. Coustan. 20 January). Memory Management. Available: http://computer.howstuffworks.com/operating-system7.htm
March 2013
355
IT 3051 DATA STRUCTURES LAB Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 3 Hrs/Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 25 50 2
Course Outcomes:
Up on completion of this course, students will be familiar with: Familiar to map real world problems into the Programming language. Can solve the problems in systematic way Efficiently implement linear, nonlinear data structures and various searching and sorting techniques
LIST OF PROGRAMS Week 1: 1. Write a program to implement the operations on stacks. 2. Write a program for converting a given infix expression to postfix form 3. Write a program for evaluating a given postfix expression Week 2: 1. Write a program to implement the operations on queues 2. Write a program to implement the operations on circular queues Week 3: Write a program to implement stack operations using singly linked list. Write a program to implement the operations on doubly linked list. Write a program to implement the operations on circular linked list. Write a program for the representation ofpolynomialsusingcircularlinkedlistand for the addition of two such polynomials. Week 4: Write a program to implement searching techniques. Week 5: Write a program to create a binary search tree operations and also implementing the tree traversal techniques using recursion. Week 6: Write a program to perform B-tree operations: Insertion into a B-tree and Deletion from a B-tree.
Week 7: Write a program to perform the following operations: Insertion into an AVL-tree and Deletion from an AVL-tree. Week 8: Write a program for finding the Depth First Search of a graph and Breadth First Searchofagraph. Week 9: Write a program for finding the shortest pathfromagivensourcetoanyvertexina digraph using Dijkstra's algorithm Week 10: Write a program to implement all sorting techniques Bubble sort Selection sort
356
Insertion sort Heap sort
Design Experiments: Applications of Linked List, Dynamic storage management, Generalized list, Garbage Collection and Compaction. Learning Resources: Text Book:
1. Horowitz and Sahni, Fundamentals of Data Structures in C, 2 ed.: University Press,

2007.
March 2013
357
IT 3052 COMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : Course Outcomes 2 Hrs/week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 25 50 1
Up on completion of this course, students will be familiar with: It is expected that the course would refurbish and fortify the linguistic abilities of the 4 learners It is expected that the learners would develop familiarity with different linguistic patterns including forms of writing It is expected that the aplomb of learners would develop by multifold Oral communication:
I.
A. Fluency vs Accuracy i. Constructing authentic sentences ii. Contextual use of Rhetoric iii. Audience Orientation iv. Contextual Determination of Scope and extent of speech acts, including job interviews B. Pre-Programmed presentation vs Spontaneous delivery of expressions i. Sentence Patterns(Technical & Semi Technical) ii. Modes of Reference iii. Process of Argumentation & Substantiation C. Discourse Analysis i. Across the table discussion ii. Interactive Presentation iii. Modeling Practicals: Brief &interludes, Group Discussion, MOCK Press, MOCK Interviews, Seminar Presentations. II. Writing Communication A. Letter writing i. Letters of persuation ii. Letters of Direction iii. Letters of Corporate Interaction iv. Announcements B. Articles i. Types of Articles ii. Means of Literature Search iii. Administering Questionnaires iv. Personal Interviews v. Triangulation of Data &Composition vi. Linguistic representation including punctuation vii. Graphic Representation viii. Syntactic Felicitators &Semantic signals. Practicals: Compilation of i. Letters & Announcement: Business Letters, Letters of enquiry, acceptance & refusal, job Applications. ii. Articles: Technical, semi technical &popular articles III. Preparations of
358
i. ii. IV. Project
Visual aids like Transparencies Electronic presentations using power point, flash etc
Technical Paper/Report Writing V. Evaluation: Presentation of Technical Paper & 15min.Duaration using OHP/LCD. Learning Resources: Text Books & Reference Books: 1. 2. 3. 4. Better English Pronunciation JOD CONNOR ,2nd Edition 2009,CUP English Pronouncing Dictionary, Daniel Jones (EPD) 17th Edition 2006,CUP Strengthen your writing, VR Narayanan Swamy, 3rd Edition 2005,Orient Longman Text, Context, Pretext, Critical issues in Discourse Analysis,2004, 1st Edition Blackwell.
Design Experiments Technical Report writing Types of formats and styles, subject matter organization, clarity, coherence and style, planning, data-collection, tools, analysis.
March 2013
359
IT 4001 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 4 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: 1 hr/ week Final Examination: Credits: Pre-requisites: Discrete Mathematical Structures Upon completion of this course, students will be familiar with Understand various types of distributions like discrete, continuous and sampling and can inference the means, variances and proportions Provides knowledge of probability, statistics and modeling in the presence of uncertainties Apply random phenomena of sample to develop an intuition. Testing of Hypothesis and Inferences concerning mean, variance and proportions Analyze Quality improvement, control charts and reliability to improve statistical skills.. 30 70 4
Learning Outcomes:
UNIT I Discrete Distributions: Random variables (discrete and continuous), Expectation, variance and standard deviation of discrete random variable, binomial distribution, poisson distribution. Continuous Distributions: Expectations, variance and standard deviation of continuous random variable, Normal distribution, Normal approximation to the Binomial distribution, other probability densities, Uniform distribution, log normal distribution, Gamma distribution, Beta distribution, Weitall distribution. Sampling Distributions: Populations and samples-Sampling distribution of the mean (SD known)- Sampling distribution of the mean (SD unknown) Sampling distribution of the variance. UNIT II Inferences Concerning Means: Point Estimation Interval Estimation Bayesian Estimation Test of Hypothesis Null Hypothesis and significance tests Hypothesis concerning one mean Relation between tests and confidence internals-Operating characteristic curves Inferences concerning two means.
UNIT III Inferences Concerning Variances: Estimation of variances Hypothesis concerning one variance - Hypothesis concerning two variances. Inferences Concerning Proportions: Estimation of Proportions - Hypothesis concerning one Proportions - Hypothesis concerning several Proportions The Analysis of r x c Tables Goodness of fit UNIT IV The Statistical Content of Quality Improvement Programs: Quality Control Control Charts for Measurements - Control Charts for Attributes. Applications to Reliability and Life Testing: Reliability Failure Time Distributions The Exponential Model in Reliability. Content beyond syllabus: Typographical conventions in mathematical formulae. Learning Resources:
360
Text Book:
1. Richard and Johnson, Probability and Statistics for Engineers: Prentice Hall of India.
Reference Books:
1. Walpole, et al., Probability & Statistics for Engineers & Scientist, 6 ed.: , Prentice Hall of
India/Pearson Education.
2. P. Chandra Biswal, Probability and Statistics: Pearson Education/ Prentice Hall of India
2007.
March 2013
361
IT 4002 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 4 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 4
Pre-requisites: Discrete Mathematical Structures, Probability & Statistics
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: CO 1: Analyze the basic concepts and architecture associated with DBMS CO 2 : Apply normalization steps in database design and removal of data anomalies CO 3 : Describe the characteristics of database transactions and how they affect database integrity and consistency. CO 4 : Create, maintain and manipulate a relational database using SQL CO 5: Employ the conceptual and relational models to design large database systems
UNIT I Introduction: Introduction, An example, Characteristics of database approach, Advantages of using DBMS. Database concept and architecture: Data Models, Schemas and Instances, DBMS Architecture and Data Independence, Database Languages and Interfaces. SQL: Simple Queries in SQL, Sub queries, Full-Relation Operations, Database Modifications, Defining a Relation Schema, View Definitions, Constraints and Triggers: Keys and Foreign Keys, Constraints on Attributes and Tuples, Modification of Constraints, Schema-Level Constraints and Triggers, Java Database Connectivity, Security and User Authorization in SQL. UNIT II Data Modeling Using the Entity-Relationship Approach: High-Level Conceptual Data Models and Database Design, ER Model Concepts, Entity-Relationship (ER) Diagrams, Proper Naming of Schema Constructs, Relationship Types of Degree Higher than Two, Relational Database Design Using ER-to-Relational Mapping. The Relational Data Model and Relational Algebra: Relational Model Concepts, Relational Integrity Constraints, Update Operations on Relations, Defining Relations, Relational Algebra, Relational Calculus, Tuples Relational Calculus, Domain Relational Calculus, Overview of the QBE Language. UNIT III Functional Dependencies and Normalization for Relational Databases: Informal Design Guidelines for Relation Schemas, Functional Dependencies Normal Forms Based on Primary Keys, General Definitions of Second and Third Normal Forms, Boyce-Codd Normal Form (BCNF), Multivalued Dependencies and Fourth Normal Form, Join Dependencies and Fifth Normal Form.
UNIT IV Transactions Processing Concepts: Introduction to Transaction Processing, Transaction and System Concepts, Desirable Properties of Transactions, Schedules and Recoverability, Serializability of Schedules. Concurrency Control Techniques: Locking Techniques for Concurrency Control, Concurrency Control Techniques Based on Timestamp Ordering, Multi version based. Validation protocols and multi granularity. Recovery Techniques: Recovery Concepts, Basic Recovery Techniques: log based.
362
Contents Beyond the Syllabus: Overview of Storage and Indexing: Storing Data Tree Structured Indexing Hash Based Indexing Security Learning Resources:
Text Book: 1. Elmasri and Navathe, Fundamentals of Database Systems, 3 ed.: Addison Wesley, Pearson Education, 2000. Reference Books:
1. C. J. Date., An Introduction to Database Systems 8ed.: Pearson Education, 2003. 2. R. Ramakrishnan, Database Management Systems: Tata McGraw Hill, 2003. 3. A. S. Henry, et al., Database System Concepts: Tata McGraw-Hill Publications
Web Resources: 1. S. Sharma. Introduction to DBMS. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1f34MwqUhx8 2. P. B. Mahanty. DBMS and RDBMS. http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/video.php?courseId=1128&v=7952RsbAx2w8 3. R. A.Morelan. SQL. http://youtube.com/watch?v=FCRY-MZNSjA 4. Prof.D.Janakiram. DBMS. Available: http://www.crazyengineers.com/forum/computerscience-engineering/30296-dbms-video-tutorial.html
March 2013
363
IT 4003 OPERATING SYSTEMS: USE AND CONFIGURATION Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 3 hrs/ Week 2 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 4
Pre-requisites: Principles of Operating Systems Course Outcomes: Upon completion of the course, the students will be familiar with CO1-Analyze basic system information, perform troubleshooting and optimize the system performance. CO2-Configure a Linux distribution to perform common system administrator tasks. CO3-Develop shell scripts and programming and employ these principles in solving technical problems. CO4-Examine the differences and similarities of Linux GUIs and select the appropriate Linux GUI. CO5-Generate local or domain users accounts and implement security policies. CO6-Design FTP servers and Web servers to deploy services for the clients.
UNIT I: Introducing the Windows, Windows Interface, Organizing and Finding Files, Saving, Sharing and Playing Digital Media and Networking. Tweaking and Tuning and Troubleshooting: Establishing and Monitoring Performance Baseline, Basic strategies for improving performance. Performing Routine Maintenance: Introducing Action center, Keeping your system secure with Windows update, Checking Disks for Errors, Defragmentation Disks for Better Performance, Managing Disk space. UNIT II: Linux Installation: Introduction to Linux, Linux distributions, partitioning, user account creation, Logging in, virtual console creation and permissions. The Linux Shell and File Structure: The Shell, The Shell Scripts and Programming, Shell Configuration, Linux Files, Directories and Archives. UNIT III: GNOME: GNOME 2.x Features, Interface, components and Configuration. KDE: Configuration and Administration Access, KDE Desktop, KDE Menus, Quitting KDE, Accessing System Resources from the File Manager Configuring Your Desktop, Desktop Link Files and URL Locations, KDE Windows, Virtual Desktops, KDE Desktop Pager, KDE Panel. System Administration and Maintenance: Managing user accounts, file systems, and devices, backup, scheduling jobs, and managing files and directories.
UNIT IV FTP Servers:Available Servers, FTP Users, Anonymous FTP, FTP User Account, FTP Group, Creating New FTP Users, Anonymous FTP Server Directories, Anonymous FTP Files, Using and Accessing FTP Sites, Configuring Server, Mirroring, Secure FTP Server, Running Configuring, Access Controls, Virtual Hosts, Virtual Users . Professional FTP Daemon: Install and Startup, Authentication, Anonymous Access, Virtual FTP Servers.
364
Apache Web server: Linux Apache Installations, Apache Multiprocessing Modules, Starting and Stopping the Web Server Apache Configuration Files, Apache Configuration and Directives, Global Configuration, Server Configuration, Directory-Level Configuration, Access Control, URL Pathnames MIME Types, CGI Files, Automatic Directory Indexing, Authentication,. Log Files, Virtual Hosting on Apache, IP-Based Virtual Hosting, Name-Based Virtual Hosting, Dynamic Virtual Hosting. Content Beyond Syllabus Windows File Management, Backup Restore and Recovery, Sharing and Synchronizing digital media, Windows Registry, Managing user accounts, passwords and logins, Security and Networking, Troubleshooting Windows Errors and Crashes. Learning Resources: Text Books:
1. C. S. EdBott and C. Sfinson, Windows 7 INSIDE OUT: Microsoft Press, 2010. 2. R. Petersen, The Complete Reference Linux Sixth Edition: Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008. 3. Linux All in one Desk Reference by Emmett Dulaney, Naba Barakakati.
Reference Books:
1. C. Simmons, Windows : A beginners guide. 2. N. Wells, Guide to Linux Installation and Administration: Vikas Publishing House, 2000
.
March 2013
365
IT 4004 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 4 hrs/ Week 1 hr/ week Pre-requisites: Programming in C Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 4
Course Outcomes:
Up on completion of this course, the student should be able to CO 1: Distinguish Oops features with procedural Oriented and analyse these features to a real world object. CO2: Analyse and implement memory allocation at run-time through Late-Binding. CO 3: Analyse generic data type for the data type independent programming which relate it to reusability. CO 4: Interpret and implement the Exception Handling Techniques for resolving run-time errors. CO 5: Design, develop and implement programs using file operations for the large data.
UNIT I: An Overview of C++: Origins of C++, What is Object Oriented Programming, Overview of OOP features: Encapsulation, Inheritance and Polymorphism, C++ fundamentals: Sample C++ program, I/O Operators, Declaring Local variables, bool data type, old style vs Modern C++, new C++ headers, namespaces, Introducing C++ classes, function overloading, operator overloading, C++ keywords Classes and Objects: Classes, structures and classes are related, Unions and classes are related, Anonymous unions, friend functions, friend classes, inline functions, defining inline functions within a class, constructors, destructors, parameterized constructors, static class members, static member functions, scope resolution operator, passing objects to functions, returning objects, object assignment UNIT II: Arrays, Pointers, References and the dynamic allocation operators: Arrays of objects, pointers to objects, this pointer, pointers to class members, passing references to objects, returning references, C++ dynamic allocation operators, initializing allocated memory, allocating arrays, allocating objects Copy Constructors and default arguments: Overloading constructors, Copy constructors, address of an overloaded function, default function arguments, default arguments vs overloading, function overloading and ambiguity Operator Overloading: Creating a member operator function, creating prefix and postfix forms of the increment and decrement operators, overloading shorthand operators, operator overloading restrictions, overloading new and delete, overloading special operators like [],(),->, comma operator UNIT III: Inheritance: Base-class access control, inheritance and protected members, inheriting multiple base classes, constructors and destructors in inheritance, passing parameters to base class constructors, granting access, virtual base classes Virtual functions and polymorphism: Virtual functions, calling a virtual function through a
366
base class reference,virtual attribute is inherited,virtual functions are hierarchical, pure virtual functions, abstract classes, early vs late binding Templates: Generic Functions, A function with two generic types, overloading generic functions, overloading function template, generic function restrictions, Generic classes, an example with two generic data types, Applying template classes UNIT IV Exception Handling: Exception handling fundamentals, catching class types, using multiple catch statements, handling derived class exceptions, catching all exceptions, restricting exceptions, Re-throwing an exception, uncaught_exception() function C++ I/O system basics: C++ stream classes, C++ predetermined streams, formatting using ios members, setting the format flags, clearing format flags, using width(), precision() and fill(), using manipulators to format I/O C++ File I/O: Opening and closing a file, reading and writing text files, unformatted and binary I/O: put(), get(), read(), write(), getline(), detecting EOF,Random Access,, obtaining the current file position, Introducing the standard Template Library: Introducing STL items: Containers, algorithms, iterators Contents Beyond the Syllabus: Standard Template Library: List, Vector, Map, Set, Stack and Queue. Several applications of stack queue and tree. Learning Resources: Text Book:
1. Herbert Schildt, The Complete Reference C++. 4 ed, Tata McGraw-Hill.

Reference Books:
1. E.Balaguruswamy, Object Oriented Programming in C++. 4 ed, Tata McGraw-Hill. 2. Bjarne Stroustrup, Programming: Principles and Practice Using C++. 4 ed, AddisonWesley.
Web Resources: 1. C++ language tutorial http://www.cplusplus.com/doc/tutorial/ 2. P. Muller Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming Using C++. http://www.desy.de/gna/html/cc/Tutorial/tutorial.html 3. C++ Programming Language. http://www.indy.cc.ks.us/pierson/C++/cprogram.html
March 2013
367
IT 4005 BASIC ELECTRONICS Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 4 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 4
Pre-requisites: Basic Electrical Engineering
Course Outcomes:
Up on completion of this course, the student should be able to Understand the theory of semiconductor materials. Understand the basic operation and characteristics of semiconductor devices like Diodes, BJTs, FETs Analyze simple diode circuits, transistor and FET biasing circuits. Understand and justify the basic applications of electronic devices like rectifier and amplifier. Understand the basic operation and characteristics of optical devices like LED, LCD, Photodiode, solar cell, CRT. Classify different types of feedback amplifiers, oscillators and power amplifiers. Understand the basic principles and applications of operational amplifier. Understand the basic operation and application of integrated circuits like Timer, VCO and Voltage regulator
UNIT I: Semi Conductor Diodes: Semiconductor Diode, Resistance levels, Diode Equivalent circuits, Zener diodes, Load line Analysis, Series diode configurations with D.C Inputs, Half-Wave rectification, Full-Wave rectification Bipolar Junction Transistor: Transistor construction, Transistor operation, Common base configuration. Transistor amplifying action, Common emitter configuration, Common collector configuration, Operating Point, Fixed Bias circuit, Emitter Stabilized Bias circuit, Voltage divider Bias.
UNIT II: Unipolar Devices: Construction and characteristics of JFETs, Transfer characteristics. Depletion type MOSFETs, Enhancement type MOSFETs, Fixed bias configuration, Self-bias configuration, Uni junction Transistor. Optical Devices: Light Emitting Diodes, Liquid Crystal Display, Photo Diodes, Photo Conductive Cells, Solar Cells, Principles of Cathode Ray Tube. UNIT III: Feedback and Oscillator Circuits: Feedback concepts. Feedback -Connection types, Barkhaussen Criteria, Phase-Shift Oscillator, Wien Bridge Oscillator, Harteley Oscillator, Colpitts Oscillator UNIT IV Operational Amplifiers: Differential and Common Mode operation, Op-Amp basics. Op-Amp specifications, Voltage Summing, Voltage Buffer, Differentiator and Integrator. Linear I.Cs Timer IC unit operation. Voltage Controlled Oscillator. Voltage Regulators: I.C. Voltage regulators. Learning Resources: Text Book:
368
1. R. Boylestad and L. Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, 9 ed.: PHI.
Reference Books:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Milliman and Halkies, Integrated Electronics: Tata McGraw Hill. S.Salivahanan and Vallavaraj, Electronic Devices and Circuits: Tata McGraw Hill. N. Bhargava and Kulasresta, Basic Electronics: Tata McGraw Hill S. Gupta, Electronic devices and circuits: Dhanpat Rai Publications. V. K. MEHTA Principles of electronics, 11 ed.: S.CHAND.
March 2013
369
IT 4051 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS LAB Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 3 hr/week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 25 50 2
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to Understand how to create and place constraints on databases. Write simple queries to retrieve data. Summarize data by means of group by operation and arranging the records using order by operation. Use database privilege operations Write PL/SQL programs for small applications
Week 1: Data Definition Language (DDL) commands in RDBMS Data Manipulation Language (DML) and Data Control Language (DCL). Week 2: Simple queries: selection, projection, sorting on a simple table. Small-large number of attributes. Distinct output values. Renaming attributes. Computed attributes Simple-complex conditions (AND, OR, NOT). Week 3: Partial Matching operators (LIKE, %, _, *?). ASC-DESC ordering combinations. Checking for Nulls. Week 4: Multi-table queries (JOIN OPERATIONS). Simple joins (no INNER JOIN). Aliasing tables Full/Partial name qualification. Inner-joins (two and more (different) tables). Inner-recursive-joins (joining to itself). Outer-joins (restrictions as part of the WHERE and ON clauses). Using where & having clauses. Week 5: Nested queries. In, Not In. Exists, Not Exists. Dynamic relations (as part of SELECT, FROM, and WHERE clauses) Week 6: Set Oriented Operations.
370
Union. Difference. Intersection. Division. Week 7: PL/SQL Programming I: Programs using named and unnamed blocks. Programs using Cursors, Cursor loops and records. Week 8: PL/SQL Programming II: Creating stored procedures, functions. Week 9: Packages and Exception handling Week 10: Triggers and auditing triggers Content Beyond the Syllabus: Forms design Learning Resources: Text Books :
1. K. Loney, Oracle Database 10g The Complete Reference: Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Limited.
2. C. Urman, Oracle 9i PL/SQL Programming: Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company

Limited. 3. P. Bhatia, et al., Simplified Approach to Oracle: Kalyani Publishers.
March 2013
371
IT 4052 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING LAB Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : Course Outcomes: 3 hr/week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 25 50 2
Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to: Implements fundamental constructs of OOP-classes, objects and inline functions Understands friend functions to access the private data of a class. Implements different forms of Inheritance. Virtual functions to realize runtime polymorphism. Executes error handling models List of Lab Programs: Week l a) Write a C++ program to exchange the contents of two variables using a call by value and call by reference. b) inline functions Week 2 Define the matrix ADT using a class. The operations supported by this ADT are: i) Reading a matrix. ii) Printing a matrix. iii) Addition of matrices. iv) Subtraction of matrices. v) Multiplication of matrices. Week 3 Design an application for the maintenance of library information system using Static data Members, Static member function, Friend function & Dynamic memory allocation. Week 4 a) Write a C++ program to generate a Fibonacci series by Operator overloading of (i) Prefix operator (ii) Postfix operator. b) Write a C++ Program to implement function Overloading. Week 5 Write a C++ program to implement. (i) Inserter and extractors (ii) Formatting I/O (iii) File I/O (iv) Unformatted and Binary I/O. (ii) Week 6 Write a C++ program to implement (i) Single Inheritance (ii) Multiple Inheritance (iii) Hybrid Inheritance Week 7 Write programs to demonstrate (i) Virtual functions (ii) Virtual constructor (iii) Abstract base class. (iv) Pure virtual functions (v) virtual destructor Week 8 a) Write a C++ program to implement sorting using function templates. b) Write a C++ program to implement linked list using Class Templates. Week 9 a) Write a C++ program to implement Queue using Exception Handling b) Write a C++ program to implement Stack using Exception Handling.
372
Week 10 Write C++ programs to demonstrate command line arguments a) Copies one file to another. b) Counts the characters, lines and words in the Text file.
Learning Resources: Text Book :
1. R. Lafore, Object-Oriented Programming in C++, 4 ed.: sams publishers

Reference Books:
1. Savitch, Problem solving with C++, 4 ed.: Pearson education. 2. Dietel and Dietel, C++ - How to Program, 4 ed.: Pearson Education.
.
March 2013
373
IT 4053 OPERATING SYSTEM LAB Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 3 hr/week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 25 50 2
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course the student will be able to: Understand the implementation of different operating systems Understands CPU Scheduling, synchronization Know the OS support for I/O
LIST OF PROGRAMS Week l Administration of Windows 2000(including DNS, LDAP, Directory Services) Week 2 Administration of LINUX Operating System Week 3 Program to implement FCFS scheduling algorithm. Week 4 Program to implement SJF scheduling algorithm. Week 5 Program to implement Round Robin scheduling algorithm. Week 6 Program to implement Dining Philosophers Problem using Semaphores. Week 7 Program to implement Producer Consumer Problem using Semaphores.
Week 8 Program to implement Page Replacement algorithms. a) FIFO b)LRU c)Optimal Week 9 Program to implement for shared variables using Monitors. Week 10 Implement some memory management schemes for eg: Free space is maintained as a linked list of nodes with each node having the starting byte address and the ending byte address of a free block. Each memory request consists of the process-id and the amount of storage space required in bytes. Allocated memory space is again maintained as a linked list of nodes with each node having the process-id, starting byte address and the ending byte address of the allocated space.
374
Learning Resources: Text Book:
1. Abraham Silberschatz, et al., Operating System Concepts, 8 ed.: John Wiley.

Reference Books: 1. P. Chandra and Bhatt, An Introduction to Operating Systems Concepts and Practice: PHI. 2. C. Crowley, Operating Systems : A Design-Oriented Approach: Tata McGraw HillCo, 1998. 3. Stallings and Operating Systems- Internal and Design Principles, 5 ed.: PHI, 2005.
March 2013
375
IT 5001 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 3 hrs/ Week 1 hr/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 3
Pre-requisites: Professional Ethics, Technical Communication Skills Course Outcomes: Upon completion of this course the students will be able to understand: CO1: Identify and build an appropriate process model for a given project CO2: Analyze the principles at various phases of software development. CO3: Translate a specification into a design, and identify the components to build the architecture for a given problem, all using an appropriate software engineering methodology CO4: Define a Project Management Plan and tabulate appropriate Testing Plans at different levels during the development of the software CO5: Understand the software project estimation models and estimate the work to be done, resources required and the schedule for a software project
UNIT I Introduction to Software Engineering: The Evolving Role of Software, Software, The Changing Nature of Software, Legacy Software, Software Myths. A Generic View of Process: Software Engineering - A Layered Technology, A Process Framework, The CMMI, Process Patterns, Process Assessment, Personal and Team Process Models, Process Technology, Product and Process. Process Models: Prescriptive Models, The Waterfall Model, Incremental Process Models, Evolutionary Models, Specialized Process Models, The Unified Process. An Agile View of Process: What Is Agility? , What Is an Agile Process? , Agile Process Models.
UNIT II Software Engineering Practice: Software Engineering Practice, Communication Practices, Planning Practices, Modeling Practices, Construction Practice, Deployment. Requirements Engineering: A Bridge To Design and Construction, Requirements Engineering Tasks, Initiating the Requirements Engineering Process, Eliciting Requirements, Developing Use-cases, Building the Analysis Model, Negotiating Requirements, Validating Requirements. Building the Analysis Model: Requirements Analysis, Analysis Modeling Approaches, Data Modeling Concepts, Flow-Oriented Modeling, Creating a Behavioral Model.
UNIT III
March 2013
376
Design Engineering: Design within the Context of Software Engineering, Design Process and Design Quality, Design Concepts, The Design Model, Pattern-Based Software Design. Creating an Architectural Design: Software Architecture, Data Design, Architectural Styles and Patterns, Architectural Design, Assessing Alternative Architectural Designs, Mapping Data Flow into Software Architecture. Modeling Component-Level Design: What Is a Component? , Designing Class-Based Components, Conducting Component-Level Design, Designing Conventional Components. Performing User Interface Design: The Golden Rules, User Interface Analysis and Design, Interface Analysis, Interface Design Steps, Design Evaluation. UNIT IV Testing Strategies: A Strategic Approach to Software Testing, Strategic Issues, Test Strategies for Conventional Software, Test Strategies for Object-Oriented Software, Validation testing, System testing, The art of debugging. Testing Tactics: Software Testing Fundamentals, Black-Box and White-Box Testing, White-Box Testing, Basis Path Testing, Control Structure Testing, Black-Box Testing, Object-Oriented Testing Methods, Testing Methods Applicable at the Class Level, Interclass Test Case Design, Testing for Specialized Environments, Architectures and Applications, Testing Patterns. Estimation: Observations on estimation, The project planning process, Software project estimation, Decomposition techniques, Empirical estimation models, Estimation for OO Projects, Specialized Estimation techniques, The make/buy decision.
Content Beyond Syllabus: Modeling real world systems using different diagrams. More detailed study over component and deployment levels of software development. Learning Resources: Text Book: 1. R. S.Pressman, Software Engineering- A Practitioner's Approach, 6 ed.: Tata McGrawHill International. Reference Books: 1. I. Somerville, Software Engineering', 6 ed.: Pearson Education. 2. C. Ghezzi, et al., Fundamentals of Software Engineering, 2 ed.: PHI. 3. RajibMall, Fundamentals of Software Engineering, 2 ed.: PHI. Web Resources: 1. 20 January). Software engineering NPTEL. Available: http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/video.php?courseId=1076 2. 15 December). Soft ware engineering MIT Videos. Available: http://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electrical-engineering-and-computer-science/6-912introduction-to-copyright-law-january-iap-2006/video-lectures/lecture-4-softwarelicensing
March 2013
377
IT 5002 ADVANCED DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 3 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: 2 hr/ Week Final Examination: Credits: Pre-requisites: Data Base Management Systems Upon completion of this course the students will be familiar with: CO1: Select appropriate technique implemented over disks and files to allocate relations and conclude the best among. CO2: Develop a good query evaluation plan for evaluating user query, an access path and produce the tuples satisfying the constraints. CO3: Examine the generic architecture of Parallel and Distributed database systems, differentiate the properties for concurrent execution of transactions. CO4: Illustrate the concepts of Object Database systems and explore the features of R DBMS and ODBMS. CO5: Analyze access control over the Database system and implement internet applications using scripting languages. 30 70 4
Course Outcomes:
UNIT I Overview of Storage and Indexing : Data on external storage, File Organizations and Indexing, Index Data structures, Indexes and Performance tuning Storing Data : Disks and Files : Memory Hierarchy, Redundant arrays of independent disks Tree Structured Indexing : Intuition for tree indexes, Indexed Sequential access method, B+ trees, Search, insert, delete Hash Based Indexing : Static hashing, Extendible hashing, Linear hashing, Extendible vs Linear hashing UNIT II Overview of Query Evaluation : The System catalog, Introduction to operator evaluation, Algorithms for relational operations, introduction to query optimization Evaluating Relational Operators : The Selection Operation, General Selection Conditions, The Projection Operation, The Join Operation, The Set operations, Aggregate Operations A Typical Relational Query Optimizer : Translating SQL Queries into Algebra, Relational Algebra Equivalences, Enumeration of Alternative Plans, Nested Subqueries UNIT III Recovery System : Failure Classification, Storage structure, Recovery and Atomicity, Logbased Recovery, Recovery with Concurrent Transactions, Buffer Management Parallel and Distributed Databases : Introduction, Architectures for Parallel Databases, Parallel query evaluation, Parallel query optimization, Introduction to distributed databases, Distributed DBMS Architectures, Storing data in a Distributed DBMS, Distributed Catalog Management, Distributed Query Processing Object Database Systems : Motivating Example, Structured Data types, Operations on structured data, Encapsulation and ADTs, Inheritance, Objects, OIDs and Reference types, Database design for an ORDBMS, OODBMS, Comparing RDBMS, OODBMS and ORDBMS UNIT IV
March 2013
378
Security and Authorization : Introduction to Database Security, Access Control, Discretionary Access control, Mandatory Access control, Additional issues related to Security Database Application Development : Accessing databases from applications, an introduction to JDBC, JDBC classes and interfaces, SQLJ, Stored procedures Internet Applications : Introduction, Internet concepts, HTML documents, XML documents, The three-tier application architecture
Learning Resources: Text Books: 1. Raghuramakrishnan, Database Management Systems, 5 ed.: TMH. 2. A. S. Henry F.Korth and S.Sudarshan, Database System Concepts, 5 ed.: Tata McGrawHill Publications Reference Book: 1. Silberschatz, Korth, and Sudarshan, Database System Concepts. Sixth ed. 2010: McGraw Hill. Web Resources 1. V.k.Jain. Advanced DBMS. Available: http://media-express-downloads.com/access.php 2. Z. Ahmer. Lecture slides in ADBMS.Data Models Available: http://www.scribd.com/doc/7235614/Lecture-2-Database-Database-Systems-DBMS
March 2013
379
IT 5003 DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 4 hrs/ Week 0 hr/ week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 4
Pre-requisites: Engineering Mathematics , Probability & Statistics
Course Outcomes:
Up on completion of this course, students will be familiar with CO1: Understand asymptotic notations to analyze the performance of algorithms CO2: Identify the differences in design techniques and apply to solve optimization problems. CO3: Apply algorithms for performing operations on graphs and trees. CO4: Solve novel problems, by choosing the appropriate algorithm design technique for their solution and justify their selection CO5: Analyze deterministic and nondeterministic algorithms to solve complex problems
UNIT I Introduction: Algorithm, Pseudo code for expressing algorithms, Performance Analysis-Space complexity, Time complexity, Asymptotic Notation- Big oh notation, Omega notation, Theta notation and Little oh notation, Probabilistic analysis, Amortized analysis. Disjoint Sets, disjoint set operations, union and find algorithms, spanning trees, connected components and biconnected components. UNIT II Divide and conquer: General method, applications-Binary search, Quick sort, Merge sort, Strassens matrix multiplication. Greedy method: General method, applications-Job sequencing with deadlines, knapsack problem, Minimum cost spanning trees, Optimal storage on tapes, Optimal merge patterns, Single source shortest path problem. UNIT III Dynamic Programming: General method, applications-Matrix chain multiplication, Multi stage graph problem, Optimal binary search trees, 0/1 knapsack problem, All pairs shortest path problem, Traveling sales person problem. Backtracking: General method, applications-n-queen problem, sum of subsets problem, graph coloring, Hamiltonian cycles, 0/1 knapsack problem.
UNIT IV Branch and Bound: General method, applications - Traveling sales person problem, 0/1 knapsack problem- LC Branch and Bound solution, FIFO Branch and Bound solution. NP-Hard and NP-Complete problems: Basic concepts, non deterministic algorithms, NP Hard and NP Complete classes and Cooks theorem.
Learning Resources: Text Book: 1. E. Horowitz, et al., Fundamentals of Computer Algorithms: Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd.
380
Reference Books: 1. M.T.Goodrich and R.Tomassia, Algorithm Design: Foundations, Analysis and Internet examples: John Wiley and sons. 2. T.H.Cormen, et al., Introduction to Algorithms, 2 ed.: PHI Pvt. Ltd. / Pearson Education. 3. A. Weiss, Data structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++ vol. 2: Pearson Education. Web Resources 1. Abhiram.Lecture videos on algorithms http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/video.php?courseId=1065 2. Charles. Lecture on Algorithms MIT http://academicearth.org/courses/introduction-to-algorithms
March 2013
381
IT 5004 JAVA PROGRAMMING Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 4 hrs/ Week 1 hr/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 4
Pre-requisites: Object Oriented Programming
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course the students will be able to understand CO1: Implement object oriented principles for reusability CO2: Assign priorities and resolve run-time errors with Multithreading and Exception Handling techniques CO3: Interpret Events handling techniques for interaction of the user with GUI CO4: Analyze JDBC drivers to connect Java applications with relational databases CO5: Develop client/server applications using socket programming
UNIT I Introduction: Introduction to Java, features of Java, Comparison with CPP, key words, Data Types, variables and arrays: Primitive types, Integers, Floating-Point Types, characters, Booleans, variables, type conversion and casting, Arrays. Classes and objects: Class fundamentals, declaring objects, assigning object reference variables, introducing methods, constructors, this keyword, Garbage collection, finalize method, overloading methods, using objects as parameters, Returning objects, Recursion, static and final keywords, nested and inner classes. Inheritance: Inheritance basics, using super, multilevel hierarchy, method overriding, dynamic method dispatch, using abstract classes, final with inheritance, Object class. Packages and interfaces: Defining a package, finding package and CLASSPATH. Access protection, importing packages. Interfaces: Defining an interface, implementing interfaces, nested interfaces, applying interfaces, variables in interfaces. Strings: Exploring the String class, String Buffer Class, String Tokenizer UNIT II Exception handling: Exception handling fundamentals, exception types, uncaught exceptions, using try and catch, multiple catch clauses, throw, throws, finally, creating own exception subclasses. Multithreading: Concepts of multithreading, Differences between process and thread,thread life cycle,Creating a thread:Implementing Runnable, Extending Thread, creating multiple threads, Thread Priorities, Synchronization: Using Synchronized methods, The synchronized Statement, Daemon thread IOStreams:IOClasses and interfaces, File: Directories, using FilenameFilter, Creating Directories, Stream Classes: the Byte Streams- InputStream, OutputStream, FileInputStream, FileOutputStream, Print Stream, Data OutputStream and Data InputStream. The Character Streams:Reader, Writer, FileReader, FileWriter, CharArrayReader, CharArrayWriter, BufferedReader, BufferedWriter, PrintWriter The Applet Class: Applet Basics, Applet Architecture, Life cycle of an applet, Creating applets, Passing Parameters to Applets.
382
UNIT III Event Handling and AWT: The delegation event model- Events, Event Sources, Event Listeners. Event Classes, Event Listener Interfaces, Using the delegation Event Model AWT Components: Labels, Buttons, Checkboxes, TextField, TextArea, Layout Managers, Menu Bars and Menus, File Dialog boxes, Adapter Classes Swings:Introduction, JLable, ImageIcon, JTextField, The Swing Buttons: J Button, CheckBoxes, RadioButtons, JTabbedPane, JScrollPane, JComboBox, Trees, JTable UNIT IV JDBC :The concept of JDBC- JDBC Driver Types- JDBC Process- Database ConnectionStatement Objects:Prepared Statement, Callable Statements, Result set- Reading the ResultSetMetaData Networking: Networking Basics, InetAddress, URL, URLConnection, TCP/IP Client Sockets, DatagramsDatagaramSocket, DatagramPacket, Java.net Package, Introduction to RMI Content Beyond Syllabus Javax.sql.*, java.io.*, java.lang.* packages, Core java concepts like introspection, persistence. Learning Resources: Text Books: 1. H. Schildt, The Complete Reference java J2SE, 7th Edition ed.: TMH Publishing company Ltd, New Delhi. 2. Jim Keogh, J2EE Complete Reference, : TMH Publishing company Ltd, New Delhi. Reference Books: 1. 2. 3. 4. H. M. D. a. P. J. Diete, Java How to program, sixth edition ed.: Pearson education/PHI. C. S. H. a. G. Cornell, Core java 2, Seventh Edition ed.: Pearson Education. C. S. H. a. G. Cornell, Core java2, Seventh edition ed.: Pearson education. C. Horstmann, Big Java, 2nd Edition ed.: john Wiley and Sons, Pearson Edu
March 2013
383
IT 5005 COMPUTER NETWORKS Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 4 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 4
Pre-requisites: Operating Systems : Use & Configuration, Computer Organization
Course Outcomes:
Upon the completion of the course the students will be able to: CO 1: Analyse the concepts of networks, types and architectures CO 2: Identify error free transmission of data and analyse data collision with various protocols. CO 3: Apply various routing algorithms over a network to provide optimal path. CO 4: Illustrate the real time applications of networks CO 5: Examine the addressing entities of a network with implementation of TCP, UDP protocols.
UNIT I Introduction: Uses of Computer Networks, Network Hardware, LANs, MANs, WANs, Network Software. Reference Models: The OSI Reference Model, TCP/IP Reference Model, the comparison of OSI, and TCP/IP reference models. The Physical Layer: Guided transmission media: Magnetic Media, Twisted Pair, Coaxial Cable and Fiber Optics. UNIT II The data link layer: Data link layer design issues, Error detection and correction, Elementary data link protocols and Sliding window protocols. The Medium Access Control Sub layer: The channel allocation problem, Multiple access protocols, ETHERNET and Wireless LANs. UNIT III The Network Layer: Network Layer Design Issues, Routing Algorithms: Shortest Path, Flooding, DVR and Link State routing algorithm, Congestion Control Algorithms and Quality of Service.
UNIT IV The Transport Layer:The Transport Service, Elements of Transport Protocols, and the Internet Transport Protocols TCP and UDP.Application Layer:The Domain Name System (DNS) and EMail. Content beyond Syllabus Traffic Management:Telephony nets, ATM Networks, Bluetooth, Broadcast Routing, SNMP Learning Resources: Text Book: 1. A. S. Tanenbaum, Computer Networks, 4th Edition ed.: Pearson Education / PHI. Reference Books
384
1. K. Ross, Computer networks A Top-down Approach Featuring the Internet: Pearson Education . 2. B. A.Forouzan, Data Communications and Networking 4th Edition ed.: TATA McGraw Hill 3. N. F.Mir, Computer and Communication Networks: PHI. 4. S. Kasera, Atm Networks Concepts and Protocols: TATA McGraw Hill Networking Series. Web Resources: 1. Lecture Series on Computer networks by Prof. Sujoy Ghosh ,Department of Computer Science And Engineering, IIT NPTEL course,Kharagpur. http://freevideolectures.com/Course/2276/Computer-Networks# accessed on 24/01/2011. 2. Lecture on Computer Networks by Khurram Khazi,Engineering and computer sciences,Newyork Institue of technology.http://www.iris.nyit.edu accessed on 24/01/2011. 3. Computer networks by Dheeraj Sanghi,Professor,Computer Sciences,Indian Institute of technology,Kanpur.http://www.cse.iitk.ac.in/users/dheeraj/cs425/ accessed on 24/01/2011.
March 2013
385
IT 5006 DISTRIBUTED SYSTEMS Lecture Tutorial Practical 4 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 3
Pre-requisites: Principles of Operating Systems Course Outcomes: Upon completion of this course the student will be able to: CO 1: Gain knowledge in issues for constructing the distributed systems CO 2: Examine how the message oriented communication can be done in a Distributed system to achieve the synchronous and asynchronous communication CO 3: Implement the suitable clock Synchronization algorithms to manage the resources in a distributed operating system environment. CO 4: Compare the client and data centric consistency models to improve performance and scalability in terms of memory. CO 5: Analyze issues dealing with recovery failure and able to implement Distributed file system in Network file system
UNIT I Communication in Distributed Environment: Introduction, ClientServer Paradigm, Threads in Distributed Systems, Remote Procedure Call, Remote Object Invocation, Message-oriented communication, Persistence and Synchronicity in Communication, Message-Oriented Transient Communication, Message-Oriented Persistent Communication, Unicasting Group Communication, Reliable and Unreliable Multicasting. UNIT II Distributed Operating Systems: Issues in Distributed Operating System, Clock synchronization, Physical Clocks, Clock Synchronization Algorithms, Use of Synchronized Clocks, L amports Logical Clock, Vector Clock, Causal Ordering, Global States, Election Algorithms, Distributed Mutual Exclusion, Distributed Transactions, Distributed Deadlock, Agreement Protocol. UNIT III Distributed Shared Memory: Introduction, Data-centric consistency models, Strict Consistency, Linearizability and Sequential Consistency, Causal Consistency, FIFO Consistency, Weak Consistency, Release Consistency, Entry Consistency, Summary of Consistency Models, Clientcentric consistency models, Eventual Consistency, Monotonic Reads, Monotonic Writes, Read Your Writes, Writes Follow Reads, Atomic Transaction, Distributed protocols, consistency protocols. UNIT IV Fault Tolerance and Distributed File Systems: Introduction to fault tolerance, Basic Concepts Failure Models, Failure Masking by Redundancy, Process resilience, Design Issues, Failure Masking and Replication, Agreement in Faulty Systems, Distributed Commit Protocol, Distributed File System Architecture, Issues in Distributed File Systems, NFS.
Content Beyond the Syllabus: An introduction to Grid Computing, Mobile and Ubiquitous Computing, Other Learning Material: Learning Resources: Text Book: 1. Tanenbaum, A.S. and M.V. Steen, Distributed Systems. 2004: Pearson Education.
386
Reference Books: 1. Coulouris, G., J. Dollimore, and T. Kindberg, Distributed Systems Concepts and Design. Third ed. 2002: Pearson Education Asia. 2. Singhal, M., Advanced Concepts In Operating Systems. 1994: McGraw Hill Series in Computer Science. 3. Liu, M.L., Distributed Computing Principles and Applications. 2004: Pearson Addison Wesley. Web Resources: 1. Tanenbaum, A.S. and M.V. Steen. Distributed Systems: Principles and Paradigms. [cited 2011 20-01]; Available from: http://www.cs.vu.nl/~ast/books/ds1/. 2. Distributed Computer System Engineering. 2006 [cited 2011 20.01]; Available from: http://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electrical-engineering-and-computer-science/6-824distributed-computer-systems-engineering-spring-2006/lecture-notes/. 3. Bellur, P.U. CS 451 Distributed Systems. [cited 2011 20.01]; Available from: http://www.cse.iitb.ac.in/~cs451/. 4. Computer Science 244b. [cited 2011 20.01]; Available from: http://www.stanford.edu/class/cs244b/.
March 2013
387
IT 5051 JAVA PROGRAMMING LAB Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 25 50 2
3 hr/ Week
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course the student will be able to: Implement Object Oriented Programming Concepts. Use and create packages and interfaces in a Java program Use graphical user interface in Java programs Create Applets Implement exception handling in Java. Implement Multithreading. Use Input/output Streams. Handle security implementations in Java
List of Experiments: Week 1: a) Write a Java program that prompts the user for an integer and then prints out all prime numbers up to that Integer. b) Write a Java program that checks whether a given string is a palindrome or not. Ex: MADAM is a palindrome. c) Write a Java program for sorting a given list of names in ascending order. Week 2: a) Write a Java program to multiply two given matrices. b) Write a Java program that displays the number of characters, lines and words in a text file. Week 3: Write a Java Program, which illustrates the implementation of multiple inheritance using, interfaces in Java. Week 4: Write a java program that illustrates the following: a) Creation of simple package. b) Accessing a package. Week 5: Write a java program that illustrates the following a) Handling predefined exceptions b) Handling user defined exceptions Week 6: Write a Java program for creating multiple threads by a) Extending the Thread Class b) Implementing the Runnable interface. Week 7:
388
a) Write an applet that displays a simple message. b) Write a Java program that allows the user to draw lines, rectangles, polygons. Week 8: Write a Java program for handling mouse events and Key events. Week 9: Write a Java program that works as a simple calculator. Use a grid layout to arrange buttons for the digits and for the + - X % operations. Add a text field to display the result. Week 10: Write a Java program that lets users create Pie charts. Design your own user interface (with Swings & AWT). Learning Resources Text Book: 1. H. Schildt, The Complete Reference java J2SE, 7th Edition ed.: TMH Publishing company Ltd, New Delhi. Reference Books: 1. 2. 3. 4. H. M. D. a. P. J. Diete, Java How to program, sixth edition ed.: Pearson education/PHI. C. S. H. a. G. Cornell, Core java 2, Seventh Edition ed.: Pearson Education. C. S. H. a. G. Cornell, Core java2, Seventh edition ed.: Pearson education. C. Horstmann, Big Java, 2nd Edition ed.: john Wiley and Sons, Pearson Edu.
March 2013
389
IT 5052 NETWORKING LAB Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 3 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 25 50 2
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course the student will be able to: Demonstrate techniques to correct and detect errors during transmission. Demonstrate understanding of how computers communicate with each other and the routing algorithms employed to assure that the communication is reliable Implementation of client server applications with protocols TCP and UDP. LIST OF PROGRAMS Week 1: Implement the data link layer framing methods: character stuffing and bit stuffing. Week 2: Write a program to implement stop and wait protocol. Write a program to implement go-back-n sliding window protocol. Week 3: Implement on a data set of characters the three CRC polynomials- CRC12, CRC16. Week 4: Implement error detection method using checksum algorithm Week 5: Implement error correction method using Hamming distance method Week 6: Compute shortest route using Dijkstras algorithm. Week 7: Implement distance vector routing algorithm. Week 8: Construct a routing table at each node using link state routing algorithm. Week 9: Construct broad cast tree for a subnet of hosts. Week 10: Implement Client Server application using UDP Implement socket programming for chat application using TCP
Learning Resources: Text Book: 1. Silberschatz, et al., Database System Concepts, Sixth ed.: McGraw Hill, 2010.
March 2013
390
Reference Book: 1. B. A.Forouzan, Data Communications and Networking, 4th Edition ed.: TATA McGraw Hill, . Experimental Design: A company has two LANs, one in Chennai with 300 hosts and another one in Madurai with 150 hosts. Could it be possible to connect those networks to the Internet using only one Class C network addresses? Justify the answer. If the answer is positive, create a network layout, assign IP addresses to every router and to one host in the network, and specify the routing tables of all routers and the specified host. You have 3 computers belonging to different networks. Configure them to be able to access each other. Note: Use at least three routers, one for each internal network. Change the IP Address to match the diagram below. Take note that you will need a fourth network (a new network address!) for all the routers so that they can communicate with one another .You can also use switches.
March 2013
391
IT 6001 FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPUTER VISION Lecture Tutorial Practical 4 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 4
Pre-requisites: Probability & Statistics , Programming in C, Design & Analysis of Algorithms Course Outcomes: Upon completion of this course the student will be able to: CO1: Calibrate a geometric camera by using mathematical model of image formation process. CO2: Implement algorithms to segment, label, and compute the position and orientation of a set of objects in an image. CO3: Implement the main gradient based edge detection operations and apply techniques to extract useful features from an image CO4: Analyze the suitable Expectation-Maximization algorithm for missing data problems of image and camera models. CO5: Exemplify the aspect graphs for object recognition.
UNIT I: Introduction: Image Formation & Image Models: Introduction to computer vision, Pinhole cameras.Geometric camera models:-Elements of analytical geometry, camera parameters & perspective projections.Geometric camera calibration:-Least squares parameter estimation:Linear least square methods, a linear approach to camera calibration . Radiometry:Light in space, Light at surfaces. Important special cases: Radio city, Directional hemispheric reflectance. Sources, Shadows and Shading: Radiometric Properties of Light Sources, Qualitative Radiometry. Sources and their Effects, Local Shading Models. Color: The Physics of Color, Human Color Perception, Representing Color. UNIT II: Linear filters: Linear Filters and Convolution, Shift invariant linear systems, Spatial Frequency and Fourier Transforms, Sampling and Aliasing.Edge Detection: Estimating Derivatives with Finite Differences, Noise, Edges and Gradient-based Edge Detectors. Texture: Representing Texture, Analysis (and Synthesis) Using Oriented Pyramids.The Geometry of Multiple Views: Two Views, Three Views.Stereopsis: Reconstruction, Binocular Fusion.
UNIT III: Segmentation using Clustering: Human vision, Applications: Shot Boundary Detection, Background Subtraction. Image Segmentation by Clustering Pixels, Segmentation by GraphTheoretic Clustering. Fitting: The Hough Transform, Fitting Lines, Fitting Curves. Segmentation and Fitting using Probabilistic Methods: Missing Data Problems, Fitting and Segmentation. Tracking: Tracking with Linear Dynamic Models. UNIT IV Correspondence and pose consistency: Initial Assumptions, Obtaining Hypotheses by Pose Consistency, Obtaining Hypotheses by Pose Clustering, Obtaining Hypotheses Using Invariants, Verification. Finding Templates Using Classifiers: Classifiers, Building Classifiers from Class Histograms, Feature Selection. Recognition by Relations between Templates: Finding Objects by Voting on Relations between Templates, Relational reasoning using probabilistic model and search. Aspect Graphs: Differential Geometry and Visual Events, Computing the Aspect Graph.
392
Content Beyond the Syllabus: Video representation, transmission, Image Compression, Content Based Image Retrieval. Learning Resources: Text Book: 1. Forsyth and Ponce, Computer Vision A Modern Approach: PHI- Eastern Economy Edition. Reference Books: 1. Shah, M., Fundamentals of Computer Vision. 2. Dyer, C.R., Volumetric scene reconstruction from multiple views, in Foundations of Image Understanding. 2001, Boston. 3. Shapiro, L.G. and G.C. Stockman, Computer Vision. First ed. 2001: Prentice Hall. 4. Hartley, R. and A. Zisserman, Multiple View Geometry in Computer Vision. Second ed. 2004: Cambridge University Press. 5. Ballard, D.H. and C.M. Brown, Computer vision First ed. 1982: Prentice Hall 6. Sonka, M., V. Hlavac, and R. Boyle, Image processing, analysis and machine vision. Third ed. 2007: CL-Engineering. Web Resources: 1. Williams, A.V. Fundamentals of Computer Vision. CMSC 828D 2000 [cited 2011 20.01]; Available from: http://www.umiacs.umd.edu/~ramani/cmsc828.html. 2. Siddiqi, K. Centre for Intelligent Machines.[cited 2011 20.01]; Available from: http://www.cim.mcgill.ca/~siddiqi/558b.html. 3. Duraiswami, R. Computer Vision. Spring 2005 [cited 2011 20.01]; Available from: http://www.umiacs.umd.edu/~ramani/cmsc426/index.html. 4. Digital Image Processing. 2008 [cited 2011 20.01]; Available from: http://www.icaen.uiowa.edu/~dip/syllabus.html
March 2013
393
IT 6002 DATA WAREHOUSING Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 4 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 4
Pre-requisites : Advanced Data Base Management Systems Course Outcomes: Upon completion of this course the student will be familiar with: CO1: Describe the differences between OLTP systems and data warehouses, the need for data warehousing CO 2: Summarise the dominant data warehousing architectures and their support for quality attributes. CO 3: Assess the data quality in terms of accuracy, completeness and consistency. CO 4: Explore the real world applications of data warehousing using OLAP technologies CO 5: Extract, transform, and load data from an operational data source to a data warehouse
UNIT I: Introduction to Data Warehousing : Need for Data Warehousing, Differences between Data Warehouse and DBMS, Historical developments of data warehousing Architecture aspects of Data Warehousing : Data Warehouse Architectural Components, Architecting the Data, Enterprise Data Model and its Benefits, Granularity of Data in Data Warehouse, Role of Metadata UNIT II: Data Modeling for Data Warehouse : Need for Dimensional Modeling, Differences between ER Modeling and Dimensional modeling, Basic concepts of Dimensional Modeling, Visualization of Dimension model , Star, snowflake and other advanced models, Aggregated Fact tables , Relational DBMS Support for Dimensional Modeling Advanced Topics in Dimensional Modeling, Selecting a Modeling Tool ,Population Data Warehouse. UNIT III: Data Pre-processing Techniques : Why Data Pre-Processing? ETL Overview, Data Cleaning Methods, Descriptive Data Summarization Methods , Data Reduction Data Discretization and Concept hierarchy Generation UNIT IV: Data Analysis Techniques Online Analytical Processing : OLAP, differences between OLAP and OLTP systems, Multi Dimensional Data Model , OLAP operators, Relational DBMS support for OLAP, Data Cube Demonstration using SQL , Various Categories of OLAP Tools , Efficient processing of OLAP queries
Content Beyond Syllabus: Comparing the two data warehouse methodologies, Data Warehouse database design. Learning Resources:
March 2013
394
Text Book: 1. Data Mining Concepts and Techniques by Jiawei Han and Micheline Kamber, Second Edition, Elsevier Publications, 2006 2. Data Modeling Techniques for Data Warehousing byChuck Ballard, DirkHerreman, Don Schau, Rhonda Bell,Eunsaeng Kim, Ann Valencic, 1998. Reference Book: 1. B. W. H. InmonWiley, Building the Data Warehouses: Dreamtech. 2. S.A.Dennis and Murray, Data Warehousing in the Real World: Pearson Edn Asia. 3. Paulraj and Ponniah, Data Warehousing Fundamentals: John Wiley & Sons, 2001.
March 2013
395
IT 6003 ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 3 hrs/ Week 1 hr/ Week Pre-requisites: Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 3
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course the student will be able to Understand Henri Fayols principles of management, Appreciate the functions of a Personnel Department and evaluate a job for wage determination. Apply Law of diminishing Utility and Law of equimarginal utility for any market condition Understand Factors influencing demand, and Elasticity of demand ,the relations between ATC and MC and relations between AC and MC. Understand how to maximize profit under competition. Apply various work study techniques to reduce work content and ineffective time Familiarize with various functions of marketing and market research. Choose the best alternative from various options and calculate depreciation using different methods.
UNIT I: General management: Principles of scientific management, Henri Fayol's principles of management. Brief treatment of managerial functions: planning, organizing, staffing, directing, coordinating and controlling etc. Forms of Business Organization: Salient features of sole proprietorship, partnership, Joint Stock Company: private limited and public limited companies. Personnel management: The personnel function, functions of a personnel management, Job Evaluation Methods UNIT II: Managerial Economics: Introduction, Basic Economic concepts, Supply and Demand Law of diminishing utility, Marginal utility and Total utility, Demand Analysis , Elasticity of Demand, Elastic and Inelastic Demand, Isoquants (Equal product curves, Cost output relationship (Theory of Cost) .Relationship between ATC and MC , Relationship between AC and MC. Theory of Firm Profit maximization under perfect maximization, Returns to scale.
UNIT III: Work study: Introduction, Management techniques to reduce work content and ineffective time. Method Study: Procedure, Tools for recording information: charts and diagrams, use of fundamental hand motions (Therbligs), principles of motion economy, SIMO chart, cycle graph and chromo cycle graph. Work Measurement: Objectives and techniques, time study methods and rating systems. Allowances: Standard time. UNIT IV Marketing Management: Concept of selling and marketing differences, functions of marketing, market research, advertising and sales promotion, break-even analysis, distribution channels types, product life cycle. Financial Management: Functions of financial management, simple and compound interest, Methods of evaluating alternatives- Present Worth method. Future worth Method, Annual equivalent method. Depreciation, common methods of depreciation: straight line method, declining balance method, sum of years digits method
396
Content Beyond the syllabus: Business economics, Personnel economics, Management science. Learning Resources: Text Books: 1. ILO, Introduction to work study, 3 ed.: Oxford & IBH Publishing Company Pvt. Ltd. . 2. MarthandT and Telsang, Industrial& business management. 3. Edward, et al., Engineering Economic Anlisis, 9 ed.: Oxford University Press Published, 2004. Reference Books: 1. 2. 3. 4. W. sullivan, et al., Engineering economy, 13 ed.: Prentice-Hall, 2005. Blank, Engineering Economy, 6 ed.: Mc Graw Hill, 2004. Thuesen, Engineering Economy: Prentice Hall 1993. Sullivan, Engineering Economy, 13 ed.: Pearson, 2005.
Web resources: 1. A. Dube. A video lecture series on Fundamentals of Economics Department of Economics, Indiana University. http://www.learnerstv.com/lectures.php?course=ltv325&cat=Economics&page=1 2. A.M Clausing. Lecture notes. http:/www.mechse.illinois.edu/EngEconNotes_2004.doc
March 2013
397
IT 6004 NETWORK SECURITY Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 4 hrs/ Week 1 hrs/ Week Pre-requisites: Computer Networks Course Outcomes: Upon completion of this course the student will be familiar with: CO1: Analyze the basic concepts of network security to predict and classify attacks on a network CO2 : Illustrate the process for hiding the information with cryptographic algorithms CO3 : Apply authentication techniques to provide secure communication CO4 : Analyze public cryptosystems and disseminate from conventional systems for the quality of security CO5 : Understand the security implementations in real time applications of OSI & TCP/IP models Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 4
UNIT I: Security Attacks: Interruption, Interception, Modification and Fabrication, Security Services: Confidentiality, Authentication, Integrity, Non-repudiation, Access Control and Availability and Mechanisms, A model for Internetwork security, Internet Standards. Conventional Encryption Principles, Conventional encryption algorithms, cipher block modes of operation, location of encryption devices, key distribution Approaches of Message Authentication, Secure Hash Functions and HMAC. UNIT II Public key cryptography principles and algorithms, digital signatures, digital Certificates, Certificate Authority and key management Kerberos, X.509 Directory Authentication Service. Email privacy: Pretty Good Privacy (PGP) and S/MIME UNIT III IP Security Overview, IP Security Architecture, Authentication Header, Encapsulating Security Payload, Combining Security Associations and Key Management. Web Security Requirements, Secure Socket Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS), Secure Electronic Transaction (SET).
UNIT IV Basic concepts of snmp, snmpv1 community facility and snmpv3. intruders, viruses and related threats. firewall design principles, trusted systems. intrusion detection systems. Content Beyond Syllabus: Introduction to cryptanalysis Steganography
Learning Resources: Text Book: 1. W. Stalligs, Cryptography and network security: principles and practice, 4 ed.: Pearson education, 2007. 2. M. Burgess and JohnWiley, Principles of network and systems administration, 2 ed., 2000.
398
Reference Book: 1. W. Stallings, Network Security Essentials (Applications and Standards), 3 ed.: Pearson Education, 2006. Web Resources: 1. Mark Dermot Ryan. 20 January). Network Security lecture notes Available: http://www.cs.bham.ac.uk/~mdr/teaching/modules06/netsec/ 2. Xiang and Y. Li. Lecture. Available: http://www.cs.iit.edu/~cs549/
March 2013
399
IT 6005 WEB PROGRAMMING AND DEVELOPMENT Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 4 hrs/ Week 1 hr/ Week Pre-requisites: Java Programming Course Outcomes: Upon completion of this course the student will be able to: CO 1: Compare and Contrast HTML, DHTML, CSS, JavaScript, XML and other Web technologies. CO 2: Implement JavaScript Language to perform functionalities at client side application areas which include Banking. CO 3: Develop Graphical User Interface applications in Java by importing Applets and AWT. CO 4: Assess and evaluate the role of WEBSERVERS for the management and delivery of electronic information. CO 5: Design well formed JSP and Servlets Documents. CO 6: Develop Web based applications by Servlets and JSP to have an interactive applications such as Client Server Architecture. Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 4
UNIT I: Introduction to web technology:-Web pages-types and issues, tiers, the concept of a tier, web pages, static web pages, plug-ins, introduction to HTML, common tags, the need for dynamic web pages. Java Script: Introduction to scripting, Control Structures-I, Control Structures-II, Functions, Arrays, Objects. DHTML: Cascading style sheets, Object model and collections, Event Model, Filters and Transitions. UNIT II Extensible Markup Language:-Standard generalized markup language (SGML), basics of XML, XML parsers, The need for the standard. Web Servers: PWS, IIS, Tomcat, Apache, Jigsaw Web Servers. Java based Web Technologies: JAVA Servlets: Introduction to Java Servlets, Servlet Life Cycle, Http Servlet Class, Http Servlet Request & Response interfaces, Deploying a web application, Session Tracking, Cookies, Using JDBC from a Servlet UNIT III Java based Web Technologies: Java Server Pages(JSP).Introduction to JSP, JSP elements, JSP Directives: Page, Include Directives, Introduction to Java Beans, Action Elements: Use Bean, Custom Tag Libraries, Accessing database from a JSP Page. UNIT IV ASP: Common gateway interface (CGI), Microsoft ASP, Basics of ASP technology, ASP example, ASP trends. Content Management Systems: Introduction to content Management Systems, need and benefits of CMS, Case study using CMS Tools: Silver light, Joomla. Introduction to web development tools: Content Beyond Syllabus: Java server faces technology, Ruby concepts, Ajax. Learning Resources: Text Book:
400
1. Dietel and Nieto, Internet & World wide Web How to Program 4ed.: PHI/Pearson Education Asia. Reference Books: 1. 2. 3. 4. H. Schild, The Complete Reference JAVA2, 5 ed.: Tata McGraw Hill. B. Boiko, Content Management Bible. S. M. Grath, XML by Example, 5 ed.: Prentice Hall of India/Pearson Education. . C. Bates, Web Programming building Internet Applications, 2 ed.: WILLEY Dream Tech.
Web Resources: 1. XML in 10 point. http://www.w3.org/XML/1999/XML-in-10-points 2. Cascading Style Sheets from W3. http://www.w3.org/Style/CSS/ 3. Java Programming http://www.apl.jhu.edu/~hall/java/
March 2013
401
IT 6051 COMPUTER VISION LAB Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : -3 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 25 50 2
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course the student will be able to: Capture digital images, and master low-level, mid-level and high-level computer vision techniques, such as noise cleaning, feature extraction, object recognition Become proficient with computer skills for the analysis of digital Images. LIST OF PROGRAMS Week 1: Basics of OPENCV& adding libraries to project Week 2: Display an image in the environment Display text in an image Week 3: Displaying video Display the pixel matrix of an image Week 4: Basic operations I: Conversions: Gray scale, binary and Reshape, Repeat, Flip, CvtPixToPlane, CvtPlaneToPix,ConvertScale,ConvertScaleAbs Week 5: Basic Operations II:Add, Adds, Sub, Subs, SubRS, Mull, Div, And, Ands, Or, OrS, Xor, XorS, Not
Week 6: Contour detection Week 7: Edge detection: Sobel, Canny Week 8: Morphology Operations : Erosion, dilation,open,close operations Week 9: Histogram construction Week 10:
402
Contrast enhancement Week 11: Programs on texture identification and analysis Week 12: Object recognition
Text Book : Forsyth and Ponce, Computer Vision A Modern Approach: PHI- Eastern Economy Edition.
March 2013
403
IT 6052 DATA WAREHOUSING LAB Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : -3 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 25 50 2
Upon completion of this course the student will be able to Design and implement a simple data warehouse. Design a data warehouse or data mart to present information needed by Management in a form that is usable for management clients. Implement a high quality data warehouse or data mart Effectively administer a corporate data resource in such a way that it Will truly meet managements needs Evaluate standards and new technologies to determine their potential impact on your information resource List of Programs Week 1: Course Outcomes: To perform various commands in PL/SQL in Oracle (for brushing up) Week 2: Analyzing data with ROLAP, CUBE. Week 3: Cube slicing come up with 2-D view of data. Week 4: Drill-down or Roll-down- going from summary to more detailed data. Week 5: Roll up summarize data along a dimension hierarchy. Dicing projecting 2-D view of data.
Week 6: Building dimensions. Create and populate FACT table. Week 7: Creating Star Schema/Snowflake Schema. Week 8:
March 2013
404
Creating Fact constellation Schema Week 9: ETL: Extraction Options Full extraction Incremental extraction Change Data Capture(CDC) Week 10: ETL: Transformation Options 1. Transformation: during extraction, in staging area, during load, etc. 2. Multi-state transformation 3. Pipelined transformation Week 11: ETL: DW Load options Loader: SQL (DML) Data Pump Week 12: To implement data preprocessing Techniques using WEKA Learning Resources: Text Book : 1. Oracle 10G & 9i Oracle Press Manual.
March 2013
405
IT6053 WEB PROGRAMMING AND DEVELOPMENT LAB Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 2 hr/week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 25 50 2
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course the students will be familiar with To study hypertext markup language, specialized commands and tags for WWW documents that allow one to specify hyperlinks , lists, paragraphand attributes To design web pages for applications such as railway ticket reservation, hotel management etc.
List of Experiments: Week 1: Develop a static web page that demonstrates basic HTML tags.
Week 2: Develop a web page to demonstrate different types of CSS. Week 3: Develop a web application using Java script to perform the following tasks: a) Registration validation b) User login c) User profile and credit card payment. Week 4: Design an XML document to structure the student data and validate using DTD.
Week 5: Design an XML document to structure and display the data using an XSL. Week 6: Implement a simple Hello world program using Java Servlets. Implement User Management application using Java Servlets. Week 7: Implement a simple JSP page to perform simple functions. Implement User Management application using JSP. Week 8: Implement session Tracking and cookie Management in JSP. Week 9: Develop a simple application to create a custom tag using JSP. Week 10:
406
Implement User Management application in ASP. Learning Resources: Text Book: 1. Dietel and Nieto, Internet & World wide Web How to Program 4ed.: PHI/Pearson Education Asia. Reference Books: 1. 2. 3. 4. H. Schild, The Complete Reference JAVA2, 5 ed.: Tata McGraw Hill. B. Boiko, Content Management Bible. S. M. Grath, XML by Example, 5 ed.: Prentice Hall of India/Pearson Education. . C. Bates, Web Programming building Internet Applications, 2 ed.: WILLEY Dream Tech.
March 2013
407
IT 6054 TERM PAPER Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 1 hrs / week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 25 50 1
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of the course the students will be familiar with : Identification of real world problems Awareness of current trends in specific area of interest Technical report writing
Assessment and distribution of the marks are based on the academic regulation clause 10.2.4 of VR10
March 2013
408
IT 7001 OPERATIONS RESEARCH Lecture Tutorial Practical 3 hrs/ Week 1 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 3
Learning Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course the students will be familiar with Understand the usage Linear programming for the optimal allocation of limited resources such as men, machine, material and money Solve transportation problems to minimize cost and understand the principles of assignment of jobs Solve problems of Scheduling and sequencing of production runs. Use Game theory to identify the optimal strategies for the players Use Queuing theory to solve problems of traffic congestion, counters in banks, railway bookings etc Use PERT/CPM: (Project scheduling and allocation of resources) to schedule and control construction of dams, bridges, roads etc. in an optimal way.
UNIT I: Introduction to Operations Research: Introduction, Modeling in Operations Research, Phases of OR study, Scope of OR, Limitations of OR. Linear Programming and its Applications: Linear Programming Problem Formulation of LPP, Graphical solution of LP Problem. Simplex method, Artificial Variable Techniques (Big-M and Two-Phase Method), Dual Simplex method. UNIT II: Transportation and Assignment models: Introduction Methods of basic feasible solution (NWC, Least Cost and VAM) Optimality test, Degeneracy in transportation problem, unbalanced transportation Problem, Hungarian method for assignment problem. Sequencing and Scheduling: Introduction-Flow Shop Scheduling, Johnsons algorithm, Problems with n jobs and two machines, n jobs and m machines. UNIT III Theory of Games: Introduction, to solve the rectangular two person zero sum games, solution of rectangular games in terms of mixed strategies, solution of 2x2 games without saddle point, solution of a two person zero sum 2Xn game, Graphical method for 2Xn and nX2 games. Queuing Theory: Queuing systems and their characteristics. M/M/1 : FCFS/ / and M/M/1 : FCFS/ / N models. UNIT IV Project Management by PERT/CPM: Introduction, Basic steps in PERT/CPM techniques, Network diagram presentation, Rules of drawing network diagram, Fulkersons rule, Time estimates and Critical path in network analysis, Project Evaluation and Review Technique, Application areas of PERT/CPM. Crashing Cost consideration in CPM/PERT. Contents beyond the syllabus: Personnel staffing, automation, optimal routing, Decision analysis.
March 2013
409
Learning Resources:
Text Books: 1. S. Sharma, et al., Operations Research. 2. S. Kalavathy, Operations Research: Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd-New Delhi. 3. R. Pannerselvam, Operations Research: Pentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd-New Delhi. Reference Books: 1. L. S. Srinath, PERT and CPM Principles and Applications: Affiliated East West Press Pvt Ltd-New Delhi. 2. Hamdy and Taha, Operations Research: Pearson Education Pvt Ltd-New Delhi. Web Resources: 1. G. Srinivasan Fundamentals of Operations Research NPTEL. http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/video.php?courseId=1110
March 2013
410
IT 7002 DATA MINING Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 4 hrs/ Week Pre-requisites: Data Warehousing Course Outcomes: Up on completion of this course students will be familiar with CO1: Characterize a data mining system to examine the given database with an architecture. CO2: Improve the data quality by performing data preprocessing routines. CO3: conclude patterns, associations and correlations among real world data instances. CO4: design classifier models to predict future trends. CO5: Compute dissimilarities between objects by describing types of variables. CO6: Detect fraudulent activity by observing abnormal deviations in the data Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 4
UNIT I: Data Mining Introduction, importance of Data Mining, on what kind of Data, Data Mining Functionalities, Classification of Data Mining Systems, Data Mining task Primitives, Major issues in Data Mining. Data Preprocessing Need for the process of the data, Data cleaning, Data Integration & Transformation, Data Reduction, Data Discretization & Concept Hierarchy Generation. UNIT II: Mining Frequent Patterns, Associations, and Correlations Basic Concepts, Efficient and Scalable Frequent Itemset Mining Methods, Mining various kinds of Association Rules. UNIT III: Classification & Prediction: Introduction, Classification by Decision tree induction, Bayesian Classification, Classification by Backpropagation, Other Classification Methods, Prediction, Evaluating the accuracy of a Classifier or a Predictor. UNIT IV Cluster Analysis: Introduction, Types of data in Cluster analysis, A categorization of major clustering methods, partitioning methods, Hierarchical methods, Density-Based Methods: DBSCAN, Grid-based Method: STING; Model-based Clustering Method: Statistical approach, Outlier analysis. Content Beyond Syllabus: Rule based classification, Support Vector Machines
Learning Resources: Text Books: 1. J. Han and M. Kamber, Data Mining Concepts and Techniques, 2 ed.: Elseiver publishers. Reference Books:
411
1. Margaret H Dunham and Data Mining Introductory and advanced topics Pearson Education. 2. A. K. PUJARI, Data Mining Techniques: University Press. 3. Insight into Data Mining, K.P.Soman, S.Diwakar,V.Ajay, PHI,2008. 4. Data Mining, V.Pudi and P.Radha Krishna, Oxford University Press. 5. Data Mining: Methods and Techniques, A.B.M Shawkat Ali and S.A.Wasimi, Cengage Web Resources:
1. S. Chakrabarti Bridging the Structured, Unstructured Gap

http://videolectures.net/wsdm2010_chakrabarti_bsus/
2. QiLu Data mining Lecture.http://videolectures.net/kdd2010-lu-dmosi/
March 2013
412
IT 7003 OBJECT ORIENTED ANALYSIS AND DESIGN Lecture Tutorial Practical 3 hrs/ Week 2 hr/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 4
Course Outcomes:
Pre-requisites: Software Engineering Upon completion of this course the student will be familiar with:

CO1: Develop the skills to determine which processes and OOAD techniques should be applied to a given project CO2: Build use case diagrams by identifying use cases, actors and their relationships for a given application. CO3: Differentiate Sequence & Collaboration diagrams and generate interaction overview diagrams working out the exact time constraints for behaviour of the system. CO$: Construct State diagrams and Implementation diagrams for a given problem CO5: Identify classes, class protocols, stereotypes, relationships among the classes and construct class diagrams for a given real time application.
UNIT I: Object Oriented Design Fundamentals: The Object Model Overview of Object Oriented system Development Object Basic Object Oriented Systems Development Life Cycle. Object Oriented Methodologies: Methodologies - Shaler / Meller, Coad / Yourdon, RumBaugh et al.s Object Modeling Technique; The Booch Methodology; The Jacobsonet al. Methodologies; Patterns; Frameworks; The Unified Approach. Object Oriented Analysis Process: Identifying use cases: Introduction; Why Analysis is a Difficult Activity; Business Object Analysis: Understanding the Business Layer. Use-Case Driven Object-Oriented Analysis: The Unified Approach; Business Process Modeling; Use-Case Model; Developing Effective Documentation. UNIT II: Unified Modeling Language (UML): Introduction; Static and Dynamic Models; Why Modeling; Introduction to the Unified Modeling Language; UML Diagrams. Static Modeling: UML Use Case Diagram- Use case descriptions- Actors and actor descriptions - Use case relationships: communication association, include, extend and Generalization, System Boundary; case study ViaNet Bank ATM. Object Analysis (Classification): Introduction; classifications Theory; Approaches for Identifying Classes; Naming Classes; Identifying Object Relationships, Attributes and Methods: Introduction; Associations; Super-Sub Class Relationships; A-Part-of Relationships-Aggregation; Class Responsibility: Identifying Attributes and Methods; Class Responsibility: Defining Attributes by Analyzing Use Cases and Other UML Diagrams; Object Responsibility: Methods and Messages. Static Modeling: UML Class Diagram: Class, interface, package, Relationships between classes and other Notations of Class Diagram; case study ViaNet Bank ATM. UNIT III: Dynamic Modeling (Behavioral Diagram):-UML Interaction Diagrams UML Sequence Diagram:object, life line, Activation Bar, Types of Messages; UML Collaboration Diagram:object, object Connection, Message with sequence numbers, case study ViaNet Bank ATM. UML State-Chart Diagram: object State, Initial/Final State, Simple/Complex Transitions. UML Activity Diagram:Activity State, Transition, Swim Lane, Initial state, Final State, Synchronization Bar, Branching, case study ViaNet Bank ATM. UNIT IV
413
Implementation Diagrams Component Diagram: Component, Dependency and Interface; Deployment Diagram: Node, Communication Association, case study ViaNet Bank ATM; Model Management: Packages and Model Organization; UML Extensibility; UML Meta-Model. Object Oriented Design Process and Design Axioms: Introduction; The Object-Oriented Design Process; Object-Oriented Design Axioms; Corollaries. Designing Classes: Introduction; The Object-Oriented Design Philosophy; UML Object Constraint Language; Designing Classes: The Process; Class Visibility: Designing Well-Defined Public, Private, and Protected Protocols; Designing Classes: Refining Attributes; Designing Methods and Protocols; Packages and Managing Classes, case study ViaNet Bank ATM. View Layer: Designing Interface Objects: Introduction; User Interface Design as a Creative Process; Designing View Layer Classes; Macro-Level Process: IdentifyingView Classes by Analyzing Use Cases; Micro-Level Process. Learning Resources: Textbooks: 1. Ali Bahrami, Object Oriented Systems Development Using the Unified Modeling Language: Tata McGraw Hill International Editions. Reference Books: 1. G. Booch, 2 ed.: Pearson Education, 1999. 2. J. Rumbaugh, et al., Unified Modeling Language Reference Manual: PHI. 3. T. P. .UML Bible: John Wiley & Sons. Web Resources: 1. Video Lessons NPTEL. http://rationale.csail.mit.edu/project_natural_sketch_recognition_in_UML_class_diagram 2. Video series.http://www.scribd.com/doc/7072876/Ooad-With-Uml-Question-Bank
March 2013
414
IT 7004 WIRELESS NETWORKS Lecture Tutorial Practical 4 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 4
Course Outcomes:
Pre-requisites: Computer Networks Upon completion of this course the student will be familiar with: CO 1 : Analyze the technology trends for next generation wireless networks with various multiple access techniques CO 2: Exemplify and implement how the IEEE 802.1X standards can be used to build an authentication CO 3: Understands the advancements in wireless LAN standards and assess its performance in communication CO 4: Implement an algorithm to connect nearby Blue tooth devices and predict their activity required for transmission of data. CO 5: Examine and Analyze how CDMA offers increased capacity and improved performance
UNIT I: Introduction to Wireless Networks : Evolution of Wireless Networks, Early Mobile Telephony, Analog Cellular, Telephony, Digital Cellular Telephony, Cordless Phones, Wireless Data Systems, Fixed Wireless Links, Satellite Communication Systems, Third Generation Cellular Systems and Beyond Challenges: Wireless Medium, Unreliability, Spectrum Use, Power Management, Security, location/Routing, Interfacing with Wired Networks, Health Concerns, Multiple Access for Wireless Systems, Frequency Division Multiple Access, FDMA, Time Division Multiple Access, Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), ALOHA-Carrier Sense Multiple Access (CSMA), Polling Protocols, Performance Increasing Techniques for Wireless Networks, Diversity Techniques, Coding, Equalization, Power Control, Multi sub carrier Modulation. UNIT II: Fixed Wireless Access Systems: Wireless Local Loop versus Wired Access, Wireless Local Loop, Multichannel Multipoint Distribution Service (MMDS), Local Multipoint Distribution Service (LMDS), Wireless Local Loop Subscriber Terminals (WLL), Wireless Local Loop Interfaces to the PSTN, IEEE 802.16 Standards. Wireless Local Area Networks: Introduction, Benefits of Wireless LANs, Wireless LAN Applications, Wireless LAN Concerns, Scope of the Chapter, Wireless LAN Topologies, Wireless LAN Requirements, The Physical Layer, The Infrared Physical Layer, Microwavebased Physical Layer Alternatives, The Medium Access Control (MAC) Layer The HIPERLAN 1 MAC Sub layer, The IEEE 802.11 MAC Sub layer, Latest Developments, 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g, Other Ongoing Activities within Working Group 802.11. UNIT III: Personal Area Networks (PANs): Introduction to PAN Technology and Applications, Historical Overview, PAN Concerns, PAN Applications, Commercial Alternatives: Bluetooth, The Bluetooth Specification, The Bluetooth Radio Channel, Piconets and Scatternets, Inquiry, Paging and Link Establishment, Packet Format, Link Types, Power Management, Security, Commercial Alternatives: HomeRF, HomeRF Network Topology. The HomeRF Physical Layer, The HomeRF MAC Layer. Security Issues in Wireless Systems: The Need for Wireless Network Security, Attacks on Wireless Networks, Security Services, Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) Protocol , Mobile IP, Weaknesses in the WEP Scheme, Virtual Private Network (VPN), Point-toJanuary 2013 Format, March 2013 Department of IT, V R Siddhartha Engineering College
415
Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP), Layer-2 Transport Protocol (L2TP), Internet Protocol Security (IPSec). UNIT IV cdmaOne (IS-95):cdmaOne Protocol Architecture, Network Architecture-Radio Transmission, Channels, Network Operations,GSM:Network Architecture, Speech Coding, Radio Transmission Characteristics, Channels, Network Operations,GSM Authentication and Security. Data Operations:CDPD, HCSD, GPRS, D-AMPS, cdmaTwo (IS-95b), TCP/IP on Wireless-Mobile IP, WAP. Third Generation (3G) Cellular Systems :Introduction, 3G Concerns , 3G Spectrum Allocation, Spectrum Requirements, Enabling Technologies, Third Generation Service Classes and Applications. Learning Resources: Text Book: 1. Wireless Networks by Georgios I. Papadimitriou, Andreas S. Pomportsis, P. Nicopolitidis, Mohammed S. Obaidat, John Wiley & Sons Ltd. Reference Books: 1. W. Stallings, Wireless Communications and Networks: PHI/Pearson Education, 2003. 2. Wireless Communication Principles and Practice by Theodore S Rappaport, PHI, Second Edition.
March 2013
416
IT 7005A INDUSTRY NEED BASED ELECTIVE Lecture Tutorial Practical 4 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 3
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of the course the students will be familiar with : Understand the current needs of the industry ability to engage in life-long learning ability to use techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools Analyze and solve the problems of the society
The syllabus will be decided in consultation with industry and BoS members based on the proposals
March 2013
417
IT 7005B ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 4 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 3
Pre-requisites: Data Structures, Probability & Statistics, Object Oriented Analysis & Design Course Outcomes: Upon completion of this course the student will familiar with Various Ideas in AI. Various Types of Expert systems. Issues of the Knowledge Representation. Knowledge in writing Prolog programs.
UNIT I: Introduction: AI problems, foundation of AI and history of AI intelligent agents: Agents and Environments, the concept of rationality, the nature of environments, structure of agents, problem solving agents, problem formulation. Searching: Searching for solutions, uniformed search strategies Breadth first search, depth first search, Depth limited search, Iterative deepening depth first search bi-direction search comparison. Search with partial information (Heuristic search) Greedy best first search, A* search, Memory bounded heuristic search, Heuristic functions. UNIT II: Local search Algorithms, Hill climbing, simulated, annealing search, local beam search, genetical algorithms. Constrain satisfaction problems : Backtracking search for CSPs local search for constraint satisfaction problems. Game Playing: Adversial search, Games, minimax, algorithm, optimal decisions in multiplayer games, Alpha-Beta pruning, Evaluation functions, cutting of search. UNIT III: Knowledge Representation & Reasons logical Agents, Knowledge Based Agents, the Wumpus world, logic, propositional logic, Resolution patterns in propos ional logic, Resolution, Forward & Backward. Chaining. First order logic. Inference in first order logic, propositional Vs. first order inference, unification & lifts forward chaining, Backward chaining, Resolution.
UNIT IV Planning: Classical planning problem, Language of planning problems, Expressiveness and extension, planning with state space search, Forward states spare search, Backward states space search, Heuristics for stats space search. Planning search, planning with state space search, partial order planning Graphs. Learning: Forms of learning, Induction learning, Learning Decision Tree, Statistical learning methods, learning with complex data, learning with Hidden variables The EM Algorithm, Instance Based learning, Neural Networks. Learning Resources: Text Book:
March 2013
418
1. Russel and Norvig, Artificial Intelligence- A Modern Approach., Prentice Hall of India/Pearson Education, 2003. . Reference Books: 1. P. H. Winston, Artificial Intelligence, 2 ed.: Pearson Education/Prentice Hall of India., 1984. 2. E. Rich and K. Knight, Artificial Intelligence, 2 ed.: Tata McGraw Hill Edition, 1994 3. Giarratano, Expert Systems :Principles and Programming: Cengage Publications Web Resources: 1. A. Basu and S. Sarkar.( 22 January). Lecture Series on Artificial Intelligence Available: http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/video.php?courseId=1080 2. P. P. Dasgupta. (22 January). Lecture Series on Artificial Intelligence. Available: http://www.learnerstv.com/lectures.php?course=ltv067&cat=Computers
March 2013
419
IT 7005C SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 4 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 3
Pre-requisites: Software Engineering, Operations Research Course Outcomes: Upon completion of this course the student will be familiar with Develop software and propose personal and team models for software process. Deploy the software in the user community performing anaylsis, design, implementation and test. Requirement engineering tasks to establish a solid foundation for design & construction. Design a model of software with customer requirements correctly. Learns the Architecture highlight that provides a mechanism for considering the benefits of alternative system structures. Derive a set of tests that have the highest likelihood for uncovering errors in software Apply software metric efficiently
UNIT I: Software Project Management Renaissance: Conventional Software Management, Evolution of Software Economics, Improving Software Economics, The old way and the new way. Managing Software Projects: Project Management and the CMM, Project Management and CMMI, Project Management Process Framework. UNIT II: Project Planning: Software Life Cycle Models, Project Organizations and Responsibilities, Artifacts of the Project Management Process, Cost and Scheduling estimation, Establishing Project Environment, Risk Management, Quality Assurance and Configuration Management. UNIT III: Project Tracking and Control: Defect Tracking, Issue Tracking, Status Reports, Milestone Analysis, Defect Analysis and Prevention Methods, Process monitoring and audit, Reviews, Inspections and Walkthroughs, Seven Core Metrics, Management indicators, Quality Indicators. UNIT IV Project Closure: Project Closure Analysis, Role of Closure Analysis in a project, Performing Closure Analysis, Closure Future Software Project Management Practices, Modern Project Profiles, Next-Generation software Economics, Modern Process Transitions. Content Beyond the syllabus: System Test Process:Test specifications, Black box and white box testing, Test scripts, Unit and integration testing, Acceptance test specifications, Test tools, Final Phases & Other Issues Project Recovery: Documentation, Cutover/Migration, Post Project Reviews , Closing.
Learning Resources: Text Book: 1. W. Royce, Software Project Management: Pearson Education, 1998. Reference Books:
420
1. Watts and Humphrey, An Introduction to the Team Software Process,, 5 ed.: Pearson Education, Addison-Wesley, 2000. 2. Watts and Humphrey. (1995, A Discipline for Software Engineering.
March 2013
421
7005D GRID COMPUTING Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 4 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 3
Pre-requisites: Computer Networks
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course the student will familiar with Understand the progress of computational models from cluster to grid computing Understand and Apply 2-tier arc language constructs using computational model Understand and Analyze task parallelism with data parallelism Design and Analyze Distributed Pipe (DP) basing on location independent inter task communication Remember and Understand parallel programming Design and Analyze grid computing model Understand the design issues parallel computing on mobile clusters Understand and Apply distributed algorithm, simulated annealing algorithm for job scheduling
UNIT I: Introduction: Cluster to grid computing:-Cluster computing models, Grid models, Mobile grid models, Applications. Parset: System independent parallel programming on distributed systems:Motivation and introduction, Semantics of the parset construct, Expressing parallelism through parsets, Implementing parsets on a loosely coupled distributed system. Anonymous remote computing model:-Introduction, Issues in parallel computing on interconnected workstations, Existing distributed programming approaches, The arc model of computation, The two-tired arc language constructs, Implementation. UNIT II: Integrating task parallelism with data parallelism:-Introduction and motivation, A model for integrating task parallelism into data parallel programming platforms, Integration of the model into ARC, Design and implementation applications, performance analysis, guidelines for composing user programs, related work. Anonymous remote computing and communication model:-Introduction, Locationindependent inter task communication with DP, DP model of iterative grid computations, Design and implementation of distributed pipes, Case study, and Performance analysis. Parallel programming model on CORBA:-Introduction, Existing works, notion of concurrency, system support implementation performance, stability of CORBA: introspection.
UNIT III: Sneha-samuham: grid computing model:-Introduction, Sneha-samuham: a parallel computing model over grids, Design and implementation of the model, Performance studies, Related work. Introducing mobility into anonymous remote computing and communication model: Introduction, issues in mobile clusters and parallel computing on mobile clusters, moset overview, moset computation model, implementation, performance. UNIT IV Distributed simulating annealing algorithms for job shop scheduling:-Introduction, overview, distributed algorithms for job shop scheduling, implementation, results and observation. Parallel Simulated Annealing algorithms:-Introduction, Simulated annealing (SA) Technique,
422
Clustering algorithm for simulated annealing (SA), Combination of genetic algorithm and simulated annealing (SA) algorithm. Learning Resources: Text Book:
1. D.Janakiram, GRID COMPUTING-A Research Monograph: TMH, 2005..
Reference Books:
1. Grid Computing: A Practical Guide to technology and Applications: Ahmar Abbas,publishers:Charles River media, 2004. 2. J. Joseph and C. Fellenstein, Grid Computing: Pearson Education, 2009.
March 2013
423
IT 7005E NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 4 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 3
Pre-requisites: Computer Networks
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course the student will familiar with Understand the basic principles and architectures for management of networks and networked services Learn SNMP architecture and platform for network management Profound understanding of profile-based management Basic knowledge of ATM Systems and Autonomic Communication To be able to configure and use SNMP-based tools for network management To build skills in working with the applications of network management systems
UNIT I: Basic Foundations, Standards and Models: Network management standards, Network management model, information model, communication model, Functional model. SNMPv1 Network Management: Organization & Information model, The SNMP model, The Organization model, system overview, the Information model. Communications and Functional models; The SNMP communication model, Functional model. UNIT II: SNMP management SNMPv2: Major changes in SNMPv2, SNMPv2 structure of management information, The SNMPv2 management information Base, SNMPv2 protocol, compatibility with SNMPv1. SNMPv3: SNMPv3 documentation and Architecure. RMON: RMON SMI and MIB, RMON1, RMON2, ATM Remote monitoring. UNIT III: BROADBAND NETWORK MANAGEMENTATM Networks: Broadband networks and services, ATM Technology, ATM network management. Broadband Access control and technologies, HFC technology, Data over cable Reference architecture, HFC management, DSL technology UNIT IV Management Tools, systems and Applications: Network management Tools and systems, Network Statistics measurement systems. Network management Applications, Configurations management, fault management, performance management, Event correlation techniques, security management, Accounting management, Report management, Policy-Based management, Service level management. Content beyond the syllabus: CICSO networking, Management building blocks, Management Communication Pattern and Protocols, Service level metrics Learning Resources: Text Book:
1. M. Subramanian, Network management : Principles and Practices Addison Wesley

Longman.
424
Reference Books:
1. A. Clem, Network management fundamentals, 1 ed.: CICSOP PRESS., 2006. 2. H T Kung, Traffic management for high speed networks ,Fourth Lecture Series.: National
Academy press, Washington D.C 1997.
Web References:
1. P. T. Anderson. (2008, 20 January). Network management University of Washington

Online Course. Available: http://freevideolectures.com/Course/2829/CSEP-561Network-Systems#
March 2013
425
IT 7006A INDUSTRY NEED BASED ELECTIVE Lecture Tutorial Practical 4 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 3
Learning Outcomes:
Upon completion of the course the students will be familiar with : Understand the current needs of the industry Engage in life-long learning Use techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools Analyze and solve the problems of the society
March 2013
426
IT 7006B REAL TIME SYSTEMS Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : Objectives: 4 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 3
Describe the characteristics and architectural design of real-time systems. Analyse and apply a variety of static and dynamic scheduling mechanisms suitable for soft and hard real-time systems. Design, construct and analyse a small, concurrent, reactive, real-time system. Describe the design and implementation of systems that support real-time applications
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course the student will be familiar with : Concepts of real-time systems and recognize the characteristics of a realtime system. Basics of designing and/or choosing hardware and software for simple and advanced real-time systems. Current practical issues in real-time systems. Techniques and results for theoretical analysis of real-time scheduling algorithms. Architectural design of a real-time system. Software engineering principles for real-time system development.
Pre-requisites: Operating Systems UNIT I: Typical Real-Time systems: Digital control, High-Level controls, Signal Processing, Other real time applications. Hard versus soft Real-Time systems:Jobs and Processors, Hard Real-Time systems, Soft Real-Time systems. A reference model of Real-Time Systems:Processors and Resources, Temporal parameters of real-time workload, Periodic task model, Functional parameters, Scheduling Hierarchy. UNIT II: Commonly used approaches to Real-Time scheduling: Clock-Driven approach, Weighted Round-robin approach, Priority Driven approach, Dynamic vs Static systems , Off-line vs. Online scheduling. Clock-Driven scheduling:General structure of cyclic schedules, Scheduling sporadic jobs, Algorithm for constructing static schedules, Pros and Cons of Clock-driven scheduling. UNIT III: Priority-Driven scheduling of Periodic tasks: Static Assumption, Fixed-Priority versus Dynamic-Priority algorithms, Optimality of the RM and DM algorithms, A schedulability test for Fixed-Priority tasks with short response times and arbitrary response times, sufficient schedulability conditions for the RM and DM algorithms. Scheduling Periodic and sporadic jobs in Priority-Driven systems: Deferrable Servers, Sporadic Servers, Constant Utilization, Total Bandwidth and weighted Fair-Queuing Servers, Scheduling of sporadic Jobs. UNIT IV Resources and Resources Access Control: Assumptions on Resources and their usage, Nonpreemptive critical sections, Basic priority-Inheritance protocol, Basic Priority-Ceiling Protocol, Preemption-Ceiling Protocol. Scheduling Flexible computations and tasks with temporal distance Constraints:Flexible Applications, Tasks with Temporal Distance Constraints.
427
1. J. W.S.Liu, Real-Time Systems, 3 ed.: Pearson Education, 2002.

Reference Book:
1. C.M.Krishna and G.Shin. (1997, Real-Time Systems

Web Sources:
1. R. Bettati. 22 January). Lecture Series on RTS. Available:

http://faculty.cs.tamu.edu/bettati/Courses/663/Video/presentation.html 2. .M. Wickert. 24 January). Lecture Series on RTS. Available: http://freevideolectures.com/Course/2637/Real-Time-DSP#
March 2013
428
IT 7006C DESIGN PATTERNS Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 4 hrs/ Week Pre-requisites: Java Programming Course Outcomes: Upon completion of this course the student will be familiar with Ability to apply design patterns in the recurring design problems Obtains Knowledge in UML and Object oriented Principles. Analyze software problems by applying design patterns Identify common communication patterns between the objects. Understand how to speed up the Development Process. Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 3
UNIT I Introduction: What Is a Design Pattern?, Design Patterns in Smalltalk MVC, Describing Design Patterns, The Catalog of Design Patterns, Organizing the Catalog, How Design Patterns Solve Design Problems, How to Select a Design Pattern, How to Use a Design Pattern. Creational Patterns: Abstract Factory, Builder, Factory Method, Prototype, Singleton, Discussion of Creational Patterns. UNIT II Structural Patterns : Adapter, Bridge, Composite, Decorator, Faade, Flyweight, Proxy Patterns UNIT III Behavioral Patterns -I : Chain of Responsibility , Command, Interpreter, Iterator, Mediator Patterns UNIT IV Behavioral Patterns-II: Memento, Observer, State, Strategy, Template Method ,Visitor, Discussion of Behavioral Patterns. Content Beyond the syllabus: A Case Study: Designing a Document Editor : Design Problems, Document Structure, Formatting, Embellishing the User Interface, Supporting Multiple Look-and-Feel Standards, Supporting Multiple Window Systems, User Operations Spelling Checking and Hyphenation
March 2013
429
1. E. Gamma, et al., Design Patterns: Elements of Reusable Object-Oriented Software, 2

ed., 1994.
Reference Books:
1. A. Shalloway, Design Patterns Expalined: Pearson Education, 2002. 2. B. Hughes and M. CotterelI, Software Project Management, 5 ed.: Tata McGraw-Hill,
1968. 3. M. Grand and Wiley, Paterns in JAVA vol. 1: Dream Tech.
March 2013
430
IT 7006D INTRODUCTION TO MAIN-FRAME SYSTEMS Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 4 hrs/ Week Pre-requisites: Operating Systems Course Outcomes: Upon completion of this course the student will be familiar with Understands the main frame structure and various types of computers Understands the Evolution of Mainframes Learn Batch processing, online processing with Main frame operating system Learn Memory management techniques with mainframes. Understands Z-operating system and Multiple Virtual system(MVS) Understands Cobol statements , File systems and coding sheet Understand Main frame application development Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 3
UNIT I Evolution of Mainframe hardware. Overview of Computer Architecture -Classification of Computers - micro, mini, mainframes and super computer - Mainframe computer - key features benefits - Evolution of Mainframes - Different hardware systems. UNIT II Mainframes OS and Terminology Operating systems on mainframes, Batch processing vs. online processing mainframe operating system. - evolution - concepts of Address space, Buffer management - Virtual storage - paging swapping - Dataset management in mainframes. UNIT III Z/OS and its features Z-operating system (Z/OS) - Virtual storage - Paging process - storage Managers - Program execution modes - Address space - Multiple virtual system(MVS), MVS address space, Z/OS address space - Dataset - sequential and partial dataset - Direct access storage device(DASD) Access methods - Record formats - Introduction to virtual storage access methods(VSAM) Catalog VTOC. UNIT IV Introduction History, evolution and Features, COBOL program Structure, steps in executing COBOL Language Fundamentals Divisions, sections, paragraphs, sections, sentences and statements, character set, literals, words, figurative constants, rules for forming user defined words, COBOL coding sheet. Mainframe Application Development guidelines COBOL coding standards, relation between a COBOL file handling program and JCL, Different types of ABEND codes, COBOL-DB2 program pre-compilation, DBRM (Database Request Module), Application plan/packages, program execution methods (EDIT JCL, foreground and background modes). Learning Resources Text Books:
1. D. Lowe and M. Murach, MVS JCL, 2 ed.: Douglowe. 2. G. D. Brown, JCL Programming Bible (with z/OS), 5 ed.: Wiley India Dream Tech,
2001. Reference Books:
431
1. COBOL - Language Reference, 3 ed.: IBM Redbook. 2. COBOL - Programming Guide, 3 ed.: IBM Redbook.
Web-Sources:
1. T. Bergin. 20 January). Lecture Series on Main Frame PPTs. Available:

http://www.computinghistorymuseum.org/teaching/lectures/pptlectures/9MainframeComputers.ppt. 2. A. Hatfield-Mihelic. 20 January). Lecture Series on Main Frame PPTs Available: http://www.fspgroup.ca/docs/FSP20021108_01.ppt 3. P. A. Basu and P. S. Sarkar. 22 December). Lecture Series on Main Frame NPTEL. Available: http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/video.php?courseId=1080. 4. Prof.p.dasgipta. 20 December). Lecture Series on Main Frame Available: http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/video.php?courseId=1041.
March 2013
432
IT 7006E VIRTUAL REALITY Lecture Tutorial Practical 4 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 3
Pre-requisites: Computer Organization
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course the student will be familiar with: Understand the early commercial VR technology Understand the classic components of VR system and their Input devices Designing the Interfaces, Three-dimensional position trackers. Understand the Output Devices and Various Modeling Techniques Understand the Methodology & Terminology of VR health and safety issues Understanding the Computer Architectures of VR Applying Traditional and Emerging Virtual Reality Applications Understand the Virtual Reality Programming.
UNIT I: Introduction: The three Is of Virtual Reality, early commercial VR technology and the five classic components of a VR system. Input Devices: Trackers, Navigation, and Gesture Interfaces: Three-dimensional position trackers, Navigation and Manipulation interfaces, Gesture interfaces. UNIT II: Output Devices: Graphics Displays, Sound Displays & Hap tic feedback. Modeling:Geometric modeling, kinematics modeling, physical modeling, behavior modeling, model management. UNIT III: Human Factors:Methodology and terminology, user performance studies, VR health and safety issues. Computing Architectures for VR:The Rendering Pipeline, PC Graphics Architecture, Workstation-Based Architectures, Distributed VR Architectures. UNIT IV Traditional & Emerging VR Applications: Medical applications of VR, Military VR applications, VR Applications in manufacturing, Applications of VR in Robotics. VR Programming:Toolkits and Scene Graphs, WorldToolKit, Java3D, General Haptics Open Software Toolkit, PeopleShop. Contents Beyond the Syllabus Object oriented nature of VRML programming - Prototypes, nodes, fields. Structure of a VR Object. Creating Prototypes and Objects. Interface declaration semantics. Definition semantics. Rules for mapping. Scoping rules. External prototype semantics. Static and dynamic instantiation. Examples. Learning Resources: Text Books:
1. G. C. B. P. Coiffet, Virtual Reality Technology, Second Edition ed.: John Wiley & Sons,
Inc.,2003. 2. A. Davison, Killer Game Programming in Java: Oreilly-SPD, 2005. References Books:
433
1. 2. 3. 4.
A. Davison, Killer Game Programming in Java: Oreilly-SPD, 2005. E. M. K. Bill Fleming, 3D Modeling and surfacing. E. David H.Eberly, 3D Game Engine Design, edition 2 ed. S. Diehl, Distributed Virtual Worlds : Foundations and Implementation
Web Resources:
1. P. Slavk. Jan 26th). Video lecture on Virtual reality for VE. Available:
http://videolectures.net/ess07_slavik_vrv/
2. P. Young. Jan 26th). 3D Graphics and Virtual Reality. Available:

http://vrg.dur.ac.uk/misc/PeterYoung/cg-notes/default.htm
March 2013
434
IT 7051 DATA MINING LAB Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 3 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 25 50 2
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course the student will be familiar with different methods of preprocessing data. Understands the main concepts of data mining. Applying data mining on various applications.
List of Programs
Week 1: Introduction to the WEKA/any other Data Mining Tool Week 2: Applying Preprocessing concepts - Removal specified attribute, discrimination continuous valued attribute, standardization and normalization of data. Week 3: Selecting the features subset using different attribute selection measures Week 4: Finding Association Rules using Apriori principle for given dataset Week 5: For a given dataset, list all candidate item sets by candidate generation method. Week 6: Find the frequent, maximal, and closed itemsets in a given transaction data. Week 7: Find all frequent itemsets using the FP-growth algorithm Week 8: Implementation of Decision Tree based classification model. Week 9: Classify the given dataset records with Nave Bayes classification model Week 10: Implementation of Multilayer Feed forward Network classification model Week 11: Implementation of k-means clustering technique to classify the given dataset Week 12:
of a
435
Hierarchical based clustering technique to classify the given dataset Week 13: DBScan clustering technique to classify the given dataset Learning Resources: Text Book :
1. J. Han and M. Kamber, Data Mining Concepts and Techniques, 2 ed.: Elseiver
publishers. Reference Book :
1. A. K. PUJARI, Data Mining Techniques: University Press

Web References:
1. Weka is a set of software for machine learning and data mining developed. Weka is
open source software issued under License.http://www.cs.waikato.ac.nz/ml/weka/ the GNU General Public
March 2013
436
IT 7052 WIRELESS NETWORKING LAB Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 3 Hrs/Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 25 50 2
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course the student will be familiar with Applications for various mobile technologies. Applications for Bluetooth and Wi-Fi Technologies.
List of Experiments: Week 1: Write a J2ME Program to develop an MIDLET Application Write a J2ME Program to Create a Form in an MIDLET Application Week 2: Write a J2ME Program to create Soft Keys in the Form Write a J2ME Program to create Menu items on the GUI Application Week 3: Write a J2ME Program to Create an Mobile Information Device Profile (MIDP) Application Write a J2ME Program to Send an SMS Using Networking Applications. Week 4: Write a J2ME Program to send an E-mail using Networking Applications. Week 5: Write a J2ME Program to Create an Mobile Media API Application Week 6: Write a J2ME Program to Create an Wireless Messaging API. Week 7: Write a J2ME Application to Create Bluetooth Wireless Technology Application Using JAVA APIs Week 8: Write a J2ME Program to Create Web Services APIs Week 9: Write a J2ME Program to Create Mobile 3D Graphics. Week 10: Write a J2ME Program to Create an Animation MIDLET.
437
1. J. Schiller, Mobile Communications, Second ed.: PHI/Pearson Education.
March 2013
438
IT 7053 MINI PROJECT Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 1 hrs / week 2 hrs / week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 25 50 1
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of the course the students will be familiar with : Identification of real world problems Awareness of design methodologies & its implementation Advanced programming techniques Technical report writing
Assessment and distribution of the marks are based on the academic regulation clause 10.2.4 of VR10.
March 2013
439
IT 8001 SOFTWARE TESTING METHODOLOGIES Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 4 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 4
Pre-requisites: Software Engineering Course Outcomes: Upon completion of this course the student will be familiar with:

Identify the reasons for bugs and analyse the principles in software testing to prevent and remove bugs. Implement various test processes for quality improvement Apply the software testing techniques in commercial environments Provides practical knowledge of a variety of ways to test software and an understanding of some of the trade-offs between testing techniques. Familiar with the industry-standard testing tools such as JUnit, Winrunner, and IBM Rational Functional Tester
UNIT I: Introduction: Purpose of testing, Dichotomies, model for testing, consequences of bugs, taxonomy of bugs. Flow graphs and Path testing: Basics concepts of path testing, predicates, path predicates and achievable paths, path sensitizing, path instrumentation, application of path testing. UNIT II: Transaction Flow Testing: Transaction flows, transaction flow testing techniques. Dataflow testing: Basics of dataflow testing, strategies in dataflow testing, application of dataflow testing. UNIT III: Domain Testing: domains and paths, Nice & ugly domains, domain testing, domains and interfaces testing, domain and interface testing, domains and testability Paths, Path products and Regular expressions: Path products & path expression, reduction procedure, applications, regular expressions & flow anomaly detection. UNIT IV Logic Based Testing: Overview, decision tables, path expressions, kv charts, specifications. State, State Graphs and Transition testing: State graphs, good and bad state graphs, state testing, Testability tips.
1. B. Beizer, Software Testing Techniques, second edition ed.: International Thomson

Computer Press. Reference Books:
1. Perry, Effective Methods of Software Testing, John Wiley.

440
2. Dr.K.V.K.K.Prasad, Software Testing Tools: Dreamtech. 3. E. Kit, Software Testing in the Real World: Pearson. 4. Software Testing Techniques: SPD(Oreille).
Web Resources
1. jan 25). Testing video NPTEL. Available: http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/video.php?courseId=1076 2. Jan 25). software testing MIT. Available: http://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electricalengineering-and-computer-science/6-912-introduction-to-copyright-law-january-iap2006/video-lectures/lecture-4-software-licensing/
March 2013
441
IT 8002A INFORMATION RETRIEVAL SYSTEMS Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 4 hrs/ Week Pre-requisites: Data Mining Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 4
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course students will be familiar with Understands the overview of Information Retrieval Systems Learn and implements the process of indexing and Information Extraction Learn the stemming algorithms and implement with various data structures Understands the concepts of term clustering and Information Visualization Learns various text search algorithms.
UNIT I: Introduction: Definition, Objectives, Functional Overview, Relationship to DBMS, Digital libraries and Data Warehouses. Information Retrieval System Capabilities: Search, Browse, Miscellaneous. UNIT II: Cataloging and Indexing: Objectives, Indexing Process, Automatic Indexing, Information Extraction. Data Structures: Introduction, Stemming Algorithms, Inverted file structures, N-gram data structure, PAT data structure, Signature file structure, Hypertext data structure. UNIT III: Automatic Indexing: Classes of automatic indexing, Statistical indexing, Natural language, Concept indexing, Hypertext linkages. Document and Term Clustering: Introduction, Thesaurus generation, Item clustering, Hierarchy of clusters. UNIT IV User Search Techniques: Search statements and binding, Similarity measures and ranking, Relevance feedback, Selective dissemination of information search, weighted searches of Boolean systems, Searching the Internet and hypertext. Information Visualization: Introduction, Cognition and perception, Information visualization technologies. Text Search Algorithms: Introduction, Software text search algorithms, Hardware text search systems. Information System Evaluation: Introduction, Measures used in system evaluation, Measurement example TREC results. Content beyond syllabus:
Text categorization algorithms Information extraction and integration Learning Resources:
March 2013
442
Text Book:
1. M. T. M. Gerald J Kowalski, Information Storage and Retrieval Systems: Springer

International Edition,2005. Reference Books:
1. W. B. Frakes, Ricardo Baeza-Yates, Information Retrieval Data Structures and

Algorithms: Prentice Hall PTR, 2000.
2. R. Baeza-Yates, Modern Information Retrival: Pearson Education, 2000. 3. R. Korfhage, Information Storage & Retrieval: John Wiley & Sons, 2006.
March 2013
443
IT 8002B ADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 4 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 4
Pre-requisites: Computer Organization
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course the student will be familiar with: Principles of parallel processing. Issues in high performance processor design. Advanced processors, cache and memory technology and data dependencies. Parallel program development and Environments. Theory of parallelism, various hardware technologies, software for parallel programming. Pipelining techniques, parallel and scalable architectures
UNIT I: Introduction to Parallel Processing:Trends towards parallel processing, Parallelism in uniprocesser systems, Parallel computer structures, Architectural classification schemes, Parallel processing applications, memory hierarchy in parallel processing systems, addressing schemes. Principlesof Pipelining And Vector Processing:Pipelining, principles of linear pipelining, classification of pipeline processors, general principles and Reservation tables, interleaved memory organization, Instruction & arithmetic pipelines, Principles of designing pipeline processors, Vector processing Requirements. UNIT II: SIMD array processors, organization, masking and routing mechanisms, inter PE communications, SIMD interconnection networks, single stage and multi stage networks, mesh connected Iliac networks, parallel shifter, shuffle exchange and omega networks, parallel algorithms for array processors, matrix multiplication, parallel sorting, fast Fourier transform computation, associative array processor. UNIT III: Multiprocessor architecture:Loosely coupled and tightly coupled multiprocessor systems, processor characteristics, interconnection networks, crossbar switch and multi port memories, multi stage networks, banyan and delta networks parallel memory organization, multiprocessing operating systems, classification and requirements, software requirements for MPS, language features to exploit parallelism, multi processor scheduling strategies, parallel algorithms. UNIT IV Data flow computers: Control flow versus data flow, data flow computer architectures, data flow graphs, data flow languages, Dennis and Irvine machines, dataflow design alternatives, dependence driven and multi level event driven approaches, VLSI computing structures, systolic array architecture, VLSI matrix arithmetic processor. Content Beyond Syllabus: Symmetric and distributed shared memory architectures Performance issues Synchronization
444
Models of memory consistency Multithreading.
1. B. F. A. Hwang K, Computer Architecture and parallel processing Tata McGraw-Hill1990.
Reference Books:
1. Sima, Advanced Computer Architecture: A Design Space Approach Pearsoneducation2009.
2. K. A. Parthasarthy, Advanced Computer Architecture 2ed.: Vijay Nicole.
March 2013
445
IT8002C BIOINFORMATICS Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 4 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 4
Pre-requisites: Probability & Statistics Course Outcomes: Upon completion of this course the student will be familiar with: Understand the fundamental principles of bioinformatics: biological sciences and information technology Understand the principles of nucleotide and protein sequence searching Overview of various types of DNA Structures Familiar with pair wise alignment techniques Knowledge of analysis packages with DNA
UNIT I: Introduction and DNA Sequence analysis: Introduction to Bioinformatics: History of bioinformatics. Role of bioinformatics in biological sciences, Scope of bioinformatics, The Central dogma, DNA and Protein,Genetic code, Sequencing,Biological sequence/structure,GenomeProjects,Pattern recognitionanprediction,Foldingproblem,SequenceAnalysis,Homologyand Analogy. UNIT II: Data Bases in Bioinformatics: Protein Information Resources: Biological databases, Primary sequence databases, Protein Sequence databases, Secondary databases, Protein pattern databasesand Structure classification databases. Genome Information Resources : DNA sequence databases, specialized genomic resources UNIT III: Alignment Techniques: Pairwise alignment techniques: Database searching, Alphabets and complexity, Algorithm and programs, Comparing two sequences, sub-sequences, Identity and similarity, The Dotplot, Local and global similarity, different alignment techniques, Dynamic Programming, Pairwise database searching. Multiple sequence alignment: Definition and Goal, The consensus, computational complexity, Manual methods, Simultaneousmethods,Progressive methods, Databases of Multiple alignments and searching. UNIT IV Database Searching and Analysis Packages Secondary database searching: Importance and need of secondary database searches, secondary database structure and building a sequence search protocol Analysis Packages: Analysis package structure, commercial databases, commercial software, comprehensive packages, packages specializing in DNA analysis, Intranet Packages, Internet Packages. Content beyond the syllabus: Sequence alignment Patterns and sequence function relationships Learning Resources: Text Books:
446
1. S. P. T. K Attwood & D J Parry-Smith, Introduction to Bioinformatics: Pearson

Education Publications
2. DanE Krane, Michael L Raymer, Fundamental Concepts of Bioinformatics. Wright State

University: Benjamin Cummings.
Reference Books:
1. C. N. Jean-Michel Claveriw, Bioinformatics- A Beginners Guide: WILEY DreamTech 2003. 2. S. M. D. Leon, Sequence Analysis in A Nutshell, 1 ed.: OREILLY -2003.
Web Resources:
1. M. M.-. Berkely 24/01/2011). Bioinfomatics. Available:

http://academicearth.org/lectures/bioinformatics
March 2013
447
IT 8002D E-COMMERCE Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 4 hrs/ Week Pre-requisites: Computer Network Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 4
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course the student will be familiar with: the capabilities and quality characteristics required for E-Commerce the various security issues to web-commerce the process and architecture of SEPP the business requirements the facilities of EDI over the Internet various application tools of web based EP and also antivirus programs
UNIT I: Electronic Commerce Environment and Opportunities:Background, The Electronic Commerce Environment, Electronic Marketplace Technologies. Modes of Electronic Commerce: Electronic Data Interchange, Migration to Open EDI, Electronic Commerce with www/Internet, Commerce Net Advocacy, web Commerce Going Forward. Approaches to Safe Electronic Commerce: Secure Transport Protocols, Secure Transactions, Secure Electronic Payment Protocol (SEPP), Secure Electronic Transaction (SET), Certificates for authentication Security on web Servers and Enterprise Networks. UNIT II: Electronic Cash and Electronic Payment Schemes: Internet Monetary Payment & Security Requirements. Payment and Purchase Order Process, On-line Electronic cash.Internet/Intranet Security Issues and Solutions: The need for Computer Security, Specific Intruder Approaches, Security Strategies, Security Tools, Encryption, Enterprise Networking and Access to the Internet, Antivirus Programs, Security Teams. UNIT III: Master Card/Visa Secure Electronic Transaction: Introduction, Business Requirements, Concepts, payment Processing. E-Mail and Secure E-mail Technologies for Electronic Commerce: Introduction, The Means of Distribution, A model for Message Handling, E-mail working, Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions, Message Object Security Services, Comparisons of Security Methods, MIME and Related Facilities for EDI over the Internet. UNIT IV Internet Resources for Commerce: Introduction, Technologies for web Servers, Internet Tools Relevant to Commerce, Internet Applications for Commerce, Internet Charges, Internet Access and Architecture, Searching the Internet. Advertising on Internet: Issues and Technologies. Introduction, Advertising on the Web, Marketing creating web site, Electronic Publishing Issues, Approaches and Technologies: EP and web based EP. Content Beyond Syllabus Definition and capabilities limitation of agents security web based marketing search engines and Directory registration online advertisements Portables and info mechanics website design issues. Learning Resources: Text Book:
448
1. E. M. Daniel Minoli, Web Commerce Technology Handbook: TATA McGraw-Hill-1999.

Reference Books:
1. A. B. W. Ravi Kalakotar, Frontiers of Electronic Commerce: Pearson Education - 1996. 2. A. S. G. a. A. Kahate, Web Technologies TCP/IP to Internet Application Architectures
2003Tata McGraw-Hill. 3. P.Schneider, Electronic Commerce ., 8 ed.: Cengage Learning Technologies
March 2013
449
IT 8002E INDUSTRY NEED BASED ELECTIVE Lecture Tutorial Practical 4 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 3
Learning Outcomes:
Upon completion of the course the students will be familiar with : Understand the current needs of the industry ability to engage in life-long learning ability to use techniques, skills, and modernengineering tools Analyze and solve the problems of the society
March 2013
450
IT 8003A SOFT COMPUTING Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 4 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: Pre-requisites: Artificial Intelligence 30 70 4
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course the students will be able to understand: Understand basic concepts and limitations of soft computing Understand basics of Neural networks To apply soft computing techniques in solving practical problems Essentials of Artificial Neural Networks. Analyze recent advances in soft computing and put them in context
UNIT I Introduction: What is a Neural Net, |How are Neural Networks used. Simple Neural Networks for Pattern Classification: General Discussion: Architecture, Biases and Thresholds, Linear separability, Data Representation, Hebb Net: Algorithm, Application, Perceptron: Architecture, Algorithm, Application, Perceptron Learning Rule Convergence Theorem. Adaline: Architecture, Algorithm, Applications, Derivations, Madaline. UNIT II Discrete Hopfield Net, Hamming Net, Kohonen Self-Organizing Maps: Architecture, Algorithm Learning Vector Quantization: Architecture, Algorithm, Application, Variations, UNIT III Adaptive Resonance Theory: Introduction: Motivation, basic architecture, basic operation. ART1: Architecture, Algorithm, Application, Analysis ART2: Architecture, Algorithm, Application, Analysis. UNIT IV Standard Back Propagation Neural Net: Architecture, Algorithm, Applications, Fixed Weight Nets for Constrained Optimization:Gaussian Machine, Cauchy MachineBoltzmann Machine with Learning, Simple Recurrent Net.
March 2013
451
1. Fundamentals of Neural Networks Laurence Fausett, Pearson Education.

Reference Books:
1. Neural Networks James A.Freeman/ David A.Skapura,Pearson Education. 2. Neural Networks Simon Haykin 2nd edition, Pearson Education.
Web Resources
1. (P Somnath Sengupta 20 January). Lecture Series on Neural Networks NPTEL. Available:

http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/video.php?courseId=1114
March 2013
452
IT 8003B BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE AND ITS APPLICATION Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 4 hrs/ Week Pre-requisites: Data Mining Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 4
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course the student will be familiar with: Understand the concepts and components of Business Intelligence (BI) Design metrics to evaluate business operations Obtain hands-on experience with business intelligence tools Plan the implementation of a BI system Effectively apply data mining techniques in a variety of business applications
UNIT I: Introduction to Business Intelligence: Introduction to OLTP and OLAP, BI Definitions & Concepts, Business Applications of BI, BI Framework, Role of Data Warehousing in BI, BI Infrastructure Components BI Process, BI Technology, BI Roles & Responsibilities UNIT II: Basics of Data Integration (Extraction Transformation Loading), Concepts of data integration need and advantages of using data integration, introduction to common data integration approaches, introduction to ETL using SSIS, Introduction to data quality, data profiling concepts and applications.
UNIT III: Introduction to Multi-Dimensional Data Modeling: Introduction to data and dimension modeling, multidimensional data model, ER Modeling vs. multi dimensional modeling, concepts of dimensions, facts, cubes, attribute, hierarchies, star and snowflake schema, introduction to business metrics and KPIs, creating cubes using SSAS UNIT IV Basics of Enterprise Reporting Introduction to enterprise reporting, concepts of dashboards, balanced scorecards, introduction to SSRS Architecture, enterprise reporting using SSRS.
Content beyond the syllabus: BI application areas, specification of these areas, BI in the company management, effects of BI applications
1. D. Loshin, Business Intelligence: Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2003.

Reference Books:
453
1. M. Biere, Business intelligence for the enterprise, 2 ed.: IBM Press, 2003. 2. C. Howson, Successful Business Intelligence: Secrets to making Killer BI Applications, 1
ed.: McGraw-Hill 2007.
3. L. Langit, Foundations of SQL Server 2005, 1 ed., 2007.

Web Resources:
1. Angela Shen-Hsieh. 20 January). Available:

http://www.techrepublic.com/videos/whiteboard/next-generation-of-businessintelligence/218297 2. John O'Brien. 20 January). Web Course CTO of Dataupia. Available: http://www.techrepublic.com/videos/whiteboard/greening-the-datacenter/177737?tag=mantle_skin;content
March 2013
454
IT 8003C PRINCIPLES OF TCP/IP Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 4 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 4
Course Outcomes:
Pre-requisites: Computer Networks Upon completion of this course the student will be familiar with: Understand the concepts and applications of TCP/IP suite Provide knowledge about routing protocols Familiar with the configuration of hosts and troubleshoot with TCP/IP Understand the next generation protocol IPv6 Awareness in the concepts of Internet security and Firewall design process
UNIT I: Introduction and Overview: The Motivation for Internetworking, The TCP/IP Internet, Internet Services History And Scope Of The Internet. The Socket Interface Introduction Adding Network I/O to UNIX, Socket Programming. Review Of Underlying Network Technologies, Network Hardware Addresses, Ethernet Technology, Switched Ethernet Asynchronous Transfer Mode UNIT II: Protocol Layering:The Need for Multiple Protocols, TCP/IP 5-Layer Reference Model, Layering in a TCP/IP Internet Environment, Two Important Boundaries In The TCP/IP Model, The Basic Idea Behind Multiplexing and demultiplexing UNIT III: Routing Between Peers (BGP): Autonomous System Concept, Exterior Gateway Protocols and Reachability. BGP Routing algorithm, Routing within an Autonomous System (RIP, OSPF), Internet Multicasting - IGMP, Multicast Routing Protocols, IP Switching and MPLS UNIT IV Mobile IP: Mobility, Routing, and Addressing, Overview Of Mobile IP Operation, Foreign Agent Discovery, Agent Registration, Communication With A Foreign Agent Datagram Transmission And Reception. Bootstrap and Auto configuration (DHCP), Network Management (SNMP), Internet Security And Firewall Design (IPsec, SSL), A Next Generation IP (IPv6) Content beyond the syllabus: Address Resolution protocols,IP Protocol Learning Resources: Text Book:
1. Douglas and Comer, Internetworking with TCP/IP Principles, Protocols, and

Architecture, 4 ed. vol. 1: PHI, 2000. Reference Books:
1. Behrouz and Forouzan, TCP/IP Protocol Suite, 2 ed.: Tata McGraw Hill publications,
2005. 2. Gary, et al., TCP/IP Illustrated vol. 2: Pearson Education, 2002. Web Resources:
1. P. I. Sengupta and 20 January). Principles of TCP/IP NPTEL. Available:

455
http://freevideolectures.com/Course/2308/Internet-Technology/5# 2. S. Bowne and TCP/IP Concepts Review Course City College of San Francisco. Available: http://www.securitytube.net/TCP-IP-Concepts-Review-Lecture-by-SamBowne-video.aspx
March 2013
456
IT 8003D MIDDLEWARE TECHNOLOGIES Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 4 hrs/ Week Pre-requisites: Java Programming Course Outcomes: Upon completion of this course the student will be familiar with: Understand the benefits and architecture of Client Server Technology Familiar with concepts of middle ware technologies like CORBA, RMI and .Net technologies and mapping the CORBA with existing programming languages like Java. Able to write programs using c# Understand the integration of component based architectures with Enterprise applications Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 4
UNIT I: Introduction to Client Server Computing: Evolution of corporate computing models from centralized to distributed computing, client server models. Benefits of client server computing, pitfalls of client server programming. Introduction to Middleware Technologies:CORBA with Java: Review of Java concept like RMI, RMI API, JDBC. Client/Server CORBA-style, The object web: CORBA with Java. UNIT II: Introducing C# and the .NET Platform; Understanding .NET Assemblies; Object Oriented Programming with C#; Callback Interfaces, Delegates, and Events. Building c# applications: Type Reflection, Late Binding, and Attribute-Based Programming; Object Serialization and the .NET Remoting Layer; Data Access with ADO.NET; XML Web Services. UNIT III: Core CORBA / Java: Two types of Client/ Server invocations-static, dynamic. The static CORBA, first CORBA program, ORBlets with Applets, Dynamic CORBA-The portable count, the dynamic count, multicount. Existential CORBA: CORBA initialization protocol, CORBA activation services, CORBAIDL mapping CORBA java- to- IDL mapping, The introspective CORBA/Java object.
UNIT IV Java Bean Component Model: Events, properties, persistency, Introspection of beans, CORBA Beans. EJBs and CORBA: Object transaction monitors CORBA OTMs, EJB and CORBA OTMs, EJB container frame work, Session and Entity Beans, The EJB client/server development Process The EJB container protocol, support for transaction EJB packaging EJB design Guidelines. Content Beyond Syllabus: COM and .NET, Web Services Technologies
Learning Resources: Text Books:
1. R. Orfali and D. Harkey, Client/Server programming with Java and CORBA, 2 ed.: John
457
Wiley &Sons ,SPD. 2. G.Brose, et al., Java programming with CORBA, 3 ed.: Wiley-dreamtech, India John wiley and sons. Reference Books:
1. M. L. L. ,Distributed Computing, Principles and applications: Pearson Education. 2. R. O. D. Harkey and J. Edwards, Client/Server Survival Guide, 3 ed.: John Wiley &
Sons. Web Resources
1. Prof. I. Sengupta. 20 January). Lecture Series on Internet Technologies Department of

Computer Science Engineering, IIT Kharagpur. Available: http://freevideolectures.com/Course/2308/Internet-Technology/9# 2. Dave Goddeau. 22 January). Lecture Series on java ArsDigita University. Available: http://csvls.blogspot.com/2010/06/download-java-video-lectures.html
March 2013
458
IT 8003E PATTERN RECOGNITION Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : 4 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 30 70 4
Pre-requisites: Probability & Statistics Course Outcomes: Upon completion of this course the student will be familiar with: the underlying principles of pattern recognition and on the methods used to develop and deploy applications in the real world. the pattern recognition application development process, which includes problem identification, concept development, algorithm selection, system integration, and test and validation. the basic concepts and methods for the recognition of patterns in data. working knowledge of the pattern recognition application development process.
UNIT I: Introduction: Machine perception, pattern recognition systems, the design cycle, learning and adaptation. Bayesian Decision Theory: Introduction, continuous features two categories classifications, minimum error-rate classification- zeroone loss function, classifiers, discriminant functions, and decision surfaces. UNIT II: Normal density: Univariate and multivariate density, discriminant functions for the normal density different cases, Bayes decision theory discrete features, compound Bayesian decision theory and context. Maximum likelihood and Bayesian parameter estimation: Introduction, maximum likelihood estimation, Bayesian estimation, Bayesian parameter estimationGaussian case. UNIT III: Problems of dimensionality: Accuracy, Dimension and Training Sample size, Computational Complexity, Overfitting Component analyses and discriminants: Principal component analysis, Fisher Linear Discriminant, Multiple Discriminant Analysis, Nonlinear component analysis; Low dimensional representations and multi dimensional scaling. UNIT IV Hidden Markov Models: First- Order Markov Models, First- Order Hidden Markov Models, Hidden Markov Model computation, Evaluation, Decoding, Learning Un-supervised learning and clustering: Introduction, mixture densities and identifiability, maximum likelihood estimates, application to normal mixtures, K-means clustering. Date description and clustering similarity measures, criteria function for clustering. Contents beyond syallabus Discrete Hidden Morkov Models, Continuous hidden Markov models Learning Resources: Text Book:
1. Richard, et al., Pattern classifications,, 2 ed.: Stroke. Wiley student edition

Reference Books:
459
1. Earl Gose and Richard John baugh, Pattern Recognition and Image Analysis:
2004. 2. B. H. Lawerence Rabiner, Fundamentals of speech Recognition,: Prentice Hall,United States ed edition, 1993.
PHI,
Web Resources:
1. P. S. N. Srihari and Web course Department of Computer Science &
Engineering, University of buffalo. Available: http://www.cedar.buffalo.edu/~srihari/CSE555/ 2. P. U. Park. 20 January). Web course Computer Science and Engineering Michigan State University Available: http://www.cse.msu.edu/~cse802/#Schedule
March 2013
460
IT 8051 SOFTWARE TESTING TOOLS LAB Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : . Course Outcomes: . Upon completion of this course, students will be familiar with: Writing test plans for different application programs Test different applications manually and by automation using different test tools 3 Hrs/Week Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits: 25 50 2
LIST OF PROGRAMS Week 1 Implement Unit Testing for the following scenarios: Exercise all logical decisions on their true and false sides Exercise all loops at their boundaries and with in their operational bounds Exercise internal data structure to ensure their validity Exercise internal program structure to ensure performance Week 2 Test using Top-down integration testing and bottom-up integration testing. Week 3 Implement System Testing for the following scenarios: a) Functional specification based testing b) User Interface testing Week 4 Using WinRunner test for the following scenarios: a) GUI Checkpoint b) Bitmap checkpoint c) Database Checkpoint d) Text checkpoint Week 5 Use Load Runner for the following functional testing scenarios: a) Performance testing b) Procedure Testing c) configuration testing Week 6 Use Silk Tester for the following functional testing scenarios: a) Load testing b) Usability Testing c) Storage testing Week 7 Use Check Tester for the following functional testing scenarios: a) Recovery testing b) Load/Stress Testing
461
c) Procedure testing Week 8 Use CASE Tool for the following functional testing scenarios: a) Performance testing b) Procedure Testing c) configuration testing Week 9 Use HP Win Runner for the following functional testing scenarios: a) Performance testing b) Procedure Testing c) configuration testing Week 10 Use WET Web Tester for the following functional testing scenarios: a) Performance testing b) Procedure testing c) Configuration testing Week 11 Use CF-Test for the following functional testing scenarios: a) Performance testing b) Procedure Testing c) configuration testing Week 12 Use Load Runner for the following testing scenarios: a) Recovery testing b) Installation Testing c) Security testing Learning Resources: Text Books:
1. Prasad K.V.V.K, Software Testing Tools: Dreamtech, 2004. 2. E. Dustin, et al., Automated software testing: Addison-Wesley, 1999. 3. KanglinLi and MengqiWu, Effective software test automation: Wiley, 2004.
..IT 8052 MAJOR PROJECT Lecture : Tutorial : Practical : . Learning Outcomes: Upon completion of the course the students will be familiar with : Identification of real world problems
3 hrs / week 9*hrs / week
Internal Assessment: Final Examination: Credits:
50 100 12
462
Awareness of design methodologies & its implementation Advanced programming techniques Technical report writing
Student should work another 12 hours per week
Assessment and distribution of the marks are based on the academic regulation clause 10.2.5 of VR10.
March 2013
463
APPENDIX VIII
Faculty Publication Details
CAY : 2010-11
Name of the Faculty Title of the paper N J Dr.A.Koteswara Rao Extraction of Visual and Acoustic Features of the Driver for Monitoring Driver Ergonomics "Edge detection using CNN for the localization of non-standard license plate, published in Springer series Advances in Intelligent and Soft Computing, Volume 95/2011, 685-695 Dr.C.Narasimham Hierarchical Sequence Clustering Algorithm for Data Mining A perspective approach on Virtualized Cloud Security for Mobiles (Hand held Devices) G.Jaya Lakshmi E-Relations: Influence of Social Networking Sites on Young Adult and Women Users A Statically Report Journal I J N C I C Publication Details DOI/ISSN/Publisher Springer berlin / DOI : 10.1007/978-3-642-15503-1_8 Month/Year Jan 2010
DOI : 10.1007/978-3-642-20320-6_70
http://www.springerlink.com/content/h1367370q127g2x0/
Oct 2010
IJCSES/ISSN -0973-4406
July 2010
ICCCI / IEEE sponsored
Dec 2010
IJCSA / ISSN 2250 3765
Feb 2011
March 2013
464
A robust color lane marking detection approach for Indian scenario A robust color lane marking detection approach for Indian scenario
IJACSA/ISSN:2156-5570
http://thesai.org/Downloads/Volume2No5/Paper%2012A%20robust%20multi%20color%20lane%20marking%20detection%20approach%20for%20Indian%20scenario.pdf
May 2011
V.Radhesyam
IJACSA/ISSN:2156-5570
http://thesai.org/Downloads/Volume2No5/Paper%2012A%20robust%20multi%20color%20lane%20marking%20detection%20approach%20for%20Indian%20scenario.pdf
May 2011
V.Sreenivas
A cloud model to implement SaaS
AMR / DOI : 10.4028/www.scientific.net/AMR.341342.499http://www.scientific.net/AMR.341-342.499
May 2011
S.SriHarsha J.Ravi
A cloud model to implement SaaS Classification in Multiple Heterogeneous Database Relations: A Tuple Id Predication Approach
AMR / DOI : 10.4028/www.scientific.net/AMR.341342.499http://www.scientific.net/AMR.341-342.499 IJATIT/ ISSN 0974 9578
May 2011 April 2011
March 2013
465
CAY : 2011-12
Name of the Faculty
Title of the paper N J
Journal I J N C I C
Publication Details DOI/ISSN/Publisher Springer series Advances in Intelligent and Soft Computing, Volume 95/2011, 685-695, DOI: 10.1007/978-3-642-20320-6_70 2011 Month/Year Oct 2011
Dr.A.Koteswara Rao
Edge detection using CNN for the localization of non-standard license plate Driver emotion detection from the acoustic Features of the driver
ISAST/ ISSN: 1798-2448

http://users.jyu.fi/~timoh/ISAST_CIS2.pdf
July 2011
Dr.C.Narasimham
Intrusion prevention for virtual Data Centers (A Framework for Encryption and Decryption)
IJCST Vol. 2, ISSN : 0976-8491

http://www.ijcst.com/vol24/1/mahram.pdf
Dec 2011
A Tool to Find and Allocate Economically Suitable Resources in Clusters M.Suneetha Extraction Based Automatic Text Summarization System with HMM Tagger A Novel Automatic Text Summarization system with Feature Terms Identification S.Suhasini A case based study on decision tree induction with AVL tree,"
March 2013
IJCSE,
http://bit.kuas.edu.tw/~ijcses/current.htm
Jan 2011
Springer series / DOI : 10.1007/978-3-642-27443-5_48
Jan 2012
IEEEXplore Digital Library/DOI : 10.1109/indcon.2011.6139386
Dec 2011
International journal of computer science and applications (IJCSA), vol. 1, p. 6
June 2011
466
A Novel Approach to Detect Anomalies with Unsupervised Learning K.Sita Kumari A Query based Text Categorization using K-Nearest Neighbor Approach, A case based study on decision tree induction with AVL tree," G.Jayalakshmi E-Relations: Influence of Social Networking Sites on Young Adult and Women Users A Statically Report Edge detection using CNN for the localization of non-standard license plate Comprehensive Study on Image Transformation Basing on Mathematical Morphology Journal of Computer Science and Applications. S.Kranthi Automatic Recognition Number Plate
International journal of computational Intelligence and Information security (IJCIIS), vol.2,no9 p.14-24, ISSN 1837-7823
Sept 2011
DOI : 10.5120/3915-5513
Oct 2011
International journal of computer science and applications (IJCSA), vol. 1, p. 6 IJCSA
June 2011
Feb 2011
Springer series Advances in Intelligent and Soft Computing, Volume 95/2011, 685-695, DOI: 10.1007/978-3-642-20320-6_70 2011
Oct 2011
ISSN 2231-1270 Volume 3, Number 2 , pp. 107-113
June 2011
IJICT, vol. 2, p. 15, ISSN:0976-4860
July 2011
K.Pranathi
Automatic Recognition
Number
Plate
IJICT, vol. 2, p. 15, ISSN:0976-4860
July 2011
March 2013
467
V.Radhesyam
Edge detection using CNN for the localization of non-standard license plate Modelling and performance analysis of iBurst, HiperMAN and GSM IRIS Recognition and Identification system International Journal of Computer Science & Engineering Technology Automatic Recognition Number Plate
Springer series Advances in Intelligent and Soft Computing, Volume 95/2011, 685-695, DOI: 10.1007/978-3-642-20320-6_70 2011
Oct 2011
N.Praveena
International Journal of Advances in Computer Networks and Security, p77-83,2011
July 2011
P.Madhavilata
IJCSET 2011(refer ISSN/DOI)
July 2011
A.Srisaila
IJICT, vol. 2, p. 15, ISSN:0976-4860
July 2011
M.Varun
Skew correction and localization of number plate using Hough rectangular transform IRIS Recognition and Identification system International Journal of Computer Science & Engineering Technology Comprehensive Study on Image Transformation Basing on Mathematical Morphology Journal of Computer Science and Applications.
IJCST, vol-2. , p.1-9,ISSN 0976 8491
Sept 2011
J.Ravi
IJCSET 2011
July 2011
T.L.Surekha
June 2011
March 2013
468
Y.Sangeetha
IRIS Recognition and Identification system International Journal of Computer Science & Engineering Technology Comprehensive Study on Image Transformation Basing on Mathematical Morphology Journal of Computer Science and Applications. Comprehensive Study on Image Transformation Basing on Mathematical Morphology Journal of Computer Science and Applications. Location Based Spatial Queries (LBSQs) A Learning and matching of dynamic and robust visual tracking recognition CiiT
IJCSET 2011
July 2011
D.Madhavi
June 2011
Ch.Srividya
June 2011
K.Madhavi
CSI
June 2011
M.Ramesh
International Journal of Digital image processing (IJDIP), vol. 3, p. 9, ISSN 0974 9586
June 2011
March 2013
469
CAY : 2012-13
Name of the Faculty
Title of the paper N J
Journal I J N C I C
Publication Details DOI/ISSN/Publisher Springer series Advanced Intelligent Computing Theories and Applications, Volume 6839/2012, 491-501, DOI: 10.1007/978-3-64225944-9_64 International Journal of Computer Science & Communication Vol 3, No. 1 Impact Factor :0.47 ISSN : 0973-7391 Month/Year Dec 2012
Dr.A.Koteswara Rao
Knowledge Based Agent for Intelligent Traffic Light Control
Dr.G.Ramakoteswara Rao
Detecting and Preventing Assaults on Network & Transport Layers for Linux Systems Safety practices to avoid DoS attacks Linux Server
June 2012
Cloud and Big Data Analytics Conference Proceeding by PSG College of Technology, Coimbatore, in association with EMC Academic Alliance and ICT Academy of Tamilnadu(ICTACT) ACM Digital Library, DOI :10.1145/2393216.2393317
Feb 2013
M.Suneetha
An Extensive Empirical Study of Feature terms Selection for Text Summarization and Categorization A Feature Terms based Method for Improving Text Summarization with Supervised POS Tagging
October 2012
DOI : 10.5120/7494-0541
June 2012
K.Sita kumari
Assessing Pareto Software Reliability Using SPC
IJCSI/ DOI : 10.2307/2986296
Feb 2013
March 2013
470
Assessing Pareto Type II Software Reliability Using SPC
IJCA/ DOI : 10.5120/10060-4652
Jan 2013
S.Suhasini
An approach to identify anomaly in a network Classification of Vertebral Column using Nave Bayes Technique
IEEE Explore
Jan 2013
G.Jayalakshmi
Nov 2012 IJCA/ DOI : 10.5120/9298-3514
Potential Role Of Social Networks In Healthcare Information Exchange
ISSN : 2278-0181
Jan 2013
Real Time Human Gender Detection Based on Facial Features and Connected Component Analysis Simple and Effective Techniques for Skew Correction, Slant Correction and Core-Region Detection for Cursive Word Recognition
Springer series / DOI : 10.1007/978-3-642-31686-9_42
Dec 2012
Springer series Advances in Intelligent and Soft Computing, Volume 132/2012, 353-361, DOI: 10.1007/978-3-642-27443-5_40
Oct 2012
V.Radhesyam
Simple and Effective Techniques for Skew Correction, Slant Correction and Core-Region Detection for Cursive Word Recognition
March 2013
Springer series Advances in Intelligent and Soft Computing, Volume 132/2012, 353-361, DOI: 10.1007/978-3-642-27443-5_40
Oct 2012
471
M.Ashok kumar Handshaking Mechanism in EBusiness Applications Y.Sangeetha SPC for Software Reliability using Inflection S-Shaped Model
IJCA/ DOI :10.5120/8066-1458
Aug 2012
IJCA/ ISSN : 0975 8887
Dec 2012
Detection of Reliable Software using S-Shaped Model
IJCA/ ISSN : 0975 8887
Jan 2013
T.L.Surekha
A Nave Approach for Managing Virtualized Resources and Optimistic cost
International Journal of Information & Computation Technology. ISSN 0974-2239 Volume 2, Number 3 (2012),
Jan 2013
http://www. ripublication.com
Y.Sandeep
Detecting Misbehavior nodes and trust levels in manets
IEEE Explore
July 2012
March 2013
472
Ch.Srividya
A Nave Approach for Managing Virtualized Resources and Optimistic cost
International Journal of Information & Computation Technology. ISSN 0974-2239 Volume 2, Number 3 (2012),
Jan 2013
D.Madhavi
Handshaking Mechanism in EBusiness Applications A Nave Approach for Managing Virtualized Resources and Optimistic cost
IJCA/ DOI :10.5120/8066-1458
Aug 2012
K.Madhavi
International Journal of Information & Computation Technology. ISSN 0974-2239 Volume 2, Number 3 (2012), http://www. ripublication.com
Jan 2013
Y.Bhanusree M.Varun Detecting Misbehavior nodes and trust levels in manets An approach to identify anomaly in a network S.Sunitha A Novel Inter- Class Clustering Method for Image Reconstruction
IEEE Explore
July 2012
IEEE Explore Digital Library
Jan 2013
IJARCSEE/ISSN : 2277-9043
Dec 2012
March 2013
473
March 2013
474

VELAGAPUDIRAMAKRISHNA SIDDHARTHAENGINEERINGCOLLEGE (AUTONOMOUS) VIJAYAWADA520007
RECOMMENDEDCOMPOSITIONOFTHEGOVERNINGBODYANDITS FUNCTIONINANAUTONOMOUSCOLLEGE
A. Constitution of Governing Body of Private Management Autonomous College Number 5 Members Category Management Nature Trust or management as per the constitution or byelaws, with the chairman or president / director as the chairperson. Nominated by the Principal based on seniority. Nominated by the Management Nominated by the UGC Academician not below the rank of professor or state government official of Directorate of Higher Education / State Council of Higher Education. Nominated by the University Ex - Officio.
2 Members 1 Member 1 Member 1 Member
Teachers of the College Educationist or Industrialist UGC Nominee State Government Nominee University Nominee Principal of the College
1 Member 1 Member
Term: Two years, except for the UGC nominee whose term will be a full six years, Meeting: At least twice a year. Functions: Subject to the existing provision in the bye laws of respective college and rules laid down by the state government, the governing body of the college shall have powers to: -Fix the fees and other charges payable by the students of the college on the recommendations of the Finance Committee.
- Institute scholarships, fellowships, studentships, medals, prizes and certificates on the recommendations of the Academic Council.
-Approve institution of new programmes of study leading to degrees and / or diplomas.
-perform such other functions and institute committees, as may be necessary and deemed fit for the proper development, and fulfill the objectives for which the college has been declared as autonomous.
Minutes of the meeting of the Governing Body of Velagapudi Ramakrishna Siddhartha Engineering College, Autonomous, Vijayawada held at 10.30 am on 1511-2011 at Velagapudi Ramakrishna Siddhartha Engineering College, Vijayawada 520 007.
Sri S.V. Vishnu Vardhana Rao, Chairman of the Governing Body & President, Siddhartha Academy of General & Technical Education chaired the meeting and initiated the Proceedings of the meeting with a warm welcome to all the members present. Sri M. Rajaiah, Vice President, Siddhartha Academy of General & Technical Education
Sri N.Venkateswarlu, Secretary, Siddhartha Academy of General & Technical Education Sri S. Ramakrishna, Joint Secretary, Siddhartha Academy of General & Technical Education Sri P.Lakshmana Rao, Treasurer, Siddhartha Academy of General & Technical Education Dr. G.Savaraiah, UGC Nominee, Professor of Economics, Sri Venkateswara University, Tirupathi Dr. J V R Murthy, JNTUK Nominee, Prof. of CSE, JNTUK, Kakinada Sri M. Seshagiri Rao, State Government Nominee, Principal, Government Polytechnic, Vijayawada Dr. K. Mohana Rao, Principal, Velagapudi Ramakrishna Siddhartha Engineering College, Vijayawada
Dr. G. Sambasiva Rao, Vice-Principal, Velagapudi Ramakrishna Siddhartha Engineering College, Vijayawada, and
Dr. V. Srinivasa Rao, Prof & HOD-CSE, Velagapudi Ramakrishna Siddhartha Engineering College, Vijayawada
attended the meeting as members of the Governing Body. Sri Y. Chakradhara Rao, Administrative Officer, Siddhartha Academy of General & Technical Education attended the meeting as special invitee. Sri D. Madhusudhana Rao could not attend the meeting due to pre occupation. The Governing Body unanimously passed the following resolutions.
Resolutions passed:
1.
The Governing Body resolved to ratify the Minutes of the previous meeting held on 07-08-2010 (presented in the Report I page nos. 1 to 4).
2.
Dr. K. Mohana Rao informed the Governing Body that the college proposes to submit an application to All India Council for Technical Education for the following new programmes to be introduced and to increase in in-take in the following programmes from the academic year 2012-2013.
Adding new courses in existing programmes
Programme
Course
Existing Intake -
Proposed intake 60 18
B.Tech M.Tech
Mechatronics VLSI Design & Embedded Systems
Increase in intake
Programme
Course
Existing Intake
Proposed increase in intake 60 8
Total Intake
B.Tech M.Tech
Electronics and Communication Engineering Structural Engineering
180 10
240 18
Dr. J V R Murthy advised the college to interact with the industry pertaining to Mechatronics applications to ensure better employability of the prospective industry. Sri N. Venkateswarlu and Sri P. Lakshmana Rao responded positively. The Governing Body resolved and approved to submit an application to All India Council for Technical Education for introduction of new courses and increase in intake as stated above from the academic year 2012-2013.
3.
It is resolved to submit a proposal for Accreditation to National Board of Accreditation for the seven B.Tech UG programmes offered in the college and to submit a proposal to National Assessment and Accreditation Council for Assessment & Accreditation of the college.
4.
The Governing Body resolved to ratify the following new course started from the academic year 2011-2012
Program M.Tech
Course Information Technology
Specialization Computer Science & Technology
Intake 2010-2011 ----
Intake 2011-2012 36
and increase in intake Existing Intake 120 120 120 18 Proposed increase in intake 60 60 60 18 Total Intake 180 180 180 36
Programme B.Tech B.Tech B.Tech M.Tech
Course Civil Engineering Computer Science & Engineering Electronics & Communication Engineering Computer Science & Engineering
sanctioned by All India Council for Technical Education from the academic year 2011-2012.
5.
The Governing Body resolved to approve 1077 admissions made against approved intake of 1078 during the year 2010-2011 in various disciplines.
6.
It is resolved to approve the appointments, promotions and resignations of the faculty and staff between 21-07-2010 and 10-10-2011 (presented in the report - I page nos. 10 to 17).
Dr. G. Savaraiah explained the need for specialist faculty in all academic spheres. The office bearers of the academy present in the meeting and the Principal explained the measures taken by the college to recruit qualified and competent faculty.
7.
Dr. K. Mohana Rao, Principal explained Research & Development activities of the faculty and Research & Development projects obtained during the year 2010-2011. It is resolved to approve all the developmental activities of the college for the year 2010-2011 (presented in the Report I in page nos. 18 to 34).
8.
The Governing Body resolved to approve the statement of accounts for the year 2010-2011 (presented in the Report I in page nos. 35 to 41). Sri M. Seshagiri Rao enquired about the fee reimbursement to the college by the Government. The Principal explained about the position to the house.
9.
It is resolved to approve the budgetary proposals for the year 2011-2012 (presented in the Report I in page nos. 42 to 46).
10.
Dr. K. Mohana Rao, Principal presented a report of activities of the year 2010-2011 [such as Accreditation, Affiliation and Recognitions, Change of affiliation, details of workshops, seminars organized, students activities,
details of placement, festivals celebrated, industrial visits, NSS & NCC, literary and cultural club, details of co-curricular and extracurricular activities of the students, details of games and sports activities] before the Governing Body (presented in the Report I in page nos. 47 to 111). The external members appreciated the efforts of the Management for the sustained efforts made for the development of the college.
11.
It is resolved to ratify all the steps under taken during 2010-2011 for up gradation of Library.
12.
Principal of the college presented the results of 2010-2011 for B.Tech, M.Tech, MCA & MBA programmes before the Governing Body (presented in the report I in page nos. 113 to 123).
13.(a) Dr. K. Mohana Rao, Principal informed the Governing Body about Technical Education Quality Improvement Programme Phase II and its activities and he informed the Governing Body that our college secured 6th rank at National level and 1st rank at State level among Private Engineering colleges for its IDP. Accordingly Velagapudi Ramakrishna Siddhartha Engineering College signed Memorandum of Undertaking (MoU) with Andhra Pradesh State Government on 19-09-2011 to participate in Sub Component 1.2 of TEQIP II. Principal submitted the proposed project implementation plan for first 18 months of the project period before the Governing Body for approval.
(b) The project implementation plan time frame, and approximate cost involved under TEQIP II, Sub - Component 1.2 in next 18 months starting from 1st December, 2011 are presented in the Report II in page nos. 07 to 17. The salient features of the plan of action for the first 18 months are given below:
A. Improvement in teaching, training and learning facilities:
B. Providing Teaching and Research Assistantships for significantly increasing enrolment in existing and new Masters and Doctoral programmes in Engineering disciplines:
C. Enhancement of R&D and Institutional Consultancy activities:
D. Faculty and Staff development for improved competence based on Training Needs Analysis (TNA):
E. Enhanced interaction with Industry
F. Institutional Management Capacity enhancement
G. Implementation of Institutional reforms:
H. Academic support for weak students:
I. Incremental Operating Cost:
J. TA, DA, Out station allowances:
The Governing Body unanimously approved the activities planned for implementation of TEQIP II, Sub Component 1.2 with time frame and approximate cost involved in the project in first 18 months of project period.
(c) It is resolved to approve the Statutory and Non Statutory committees / bodies and their functions which are functioning in the college to look after the processing of Academic autonomy conferred on the college by the University Grants Commission and for constitution of the following additional committees for smooth & orderly implementation of TEQIP Phase II, Sub Component 1.2.
1) Central Purchase committee 2) Building and works committee 3) Anti sexual harassment committee 4) Infrastructure Management committee and also it is resolved to approve the expansion and scope of the following committees by renaming the existing ones. They are
1. Planning and Evaluation committee is renamed as College Development Planning and Evaluation committee
2. Academic audit committee is renamed as Academic audit and quality assurance committee
3. Student welfare committee is renamed as Student affairs and welfare committee 4. Results committee as Academic results Review and monitoring committee
The details of committees and their scope & function are presented in the Report II in page nos. 18 to 91. Principal informed the Governing Body, that the following four funds need to be established by the college as per the guidelines of the project implementation plan of TEQIP II, Sub Component 1.2.
Corpus Fund Faculty Development Fund Equipment Replacement Fund Maintenance Fund
and these funds should not be used during the project period as the funds for various activities are available under the project.
Governing Body unanimously approved the establishment of four funds for implementation of TEQIP II, Sub Component 1.2.
(d) It is resolved to open a Savings Bank a/c at Syndicate Bank, VRSEC campus to operate TEQIP II, Sub Component 1.2 funds and it shall be operated jointly by the Head of the Institution (Principal) and the Project Co-ordinator. 14. The Governing Body resolved to approve the minutes of the meetings held between 21-07-2010 and 31-10-2011 of Statutory and Non Statutory
Committees concerned with college academic autonomy and Rates of
Remuneration for examination work, payment of examination fee details as approved by Finance Committee (presented in the Repot III in page nos. 01 to 151).
15. (a) Dr. K. Mohana Rao, Principal explained the need for change in the nomenclature of the designation of the faculty of the college in view of the change of college affiliation from Acharya Nagarjuna University to Jawaharlal Nehru Technological University, Kakinada, as per its nomenclature with effect from 2010-2011 and also according to the norms of All India Council for Technical Education. The change of nomenclature of the designation of the faculty is given below. Nomenclature Present Change as
Lecturer Assistant Professor Professor
Assistant Professor Associate Professor Same as Professor
VELAGAPUDIRAMAKRISHNA SIDDHARTHAENGINEERINGCOLLEGE (AUTONOMOUS) VIJAYAWADA520007 RECOMMENDEDCOMPOSITIONOFTHEACADEMICCOUNCILANDITSFUNCTIONINAN AUTONOMOUSCOLLEGE
I. Composition: 1. The Principal (Chairman) 2. All the heads of department in the College. 3. Four teachers of the College representing different categories of teaching staff by rotation on the basis of seniority of service in the College. 4. Not less than four experts from outside the college representing such areas as Industry, Commerce, Law, Education, Medicine, Engineering, etc.., to be nominated by the Governing Body. 5. Three Nominees of the University. 6. A faculty member nominated by the principal (member secretary). II. Terms of Members: The term of the nominated members shall be two years.
III. Meetings: The principal shall convene a meeting of the Academic Council at least once a year.
IV. Functions: Without prejudice to the generality of functions mentioned, the Academic Council will have powers to:
(a) Scrutinize and approve the proposals with or without modification of the Boards of Studies with regard to courses of study, academic regulations, curricula, syllabi and modifications thereof, instructional and evaluation arrangements, methods, procedures relevant thereto etc., provided that where the Academic Council differs on any proposal, it will have the right to return the matter for reconsideration to the Board of Studies concerned or reject it, after giving reasons to do so. (b) Make regulations regarding the admission of students to different programmes of study in the college. (c) Make regulations for sports, extra-curricular activities, and proper maintenance and functioning of the play grounds and hostels. (d) Recommend to the Governing Body proposals for institution of new programmes of study. (e) Recommend to the Governing Body institution of scholarships, studentships, fellowships, prizes and medals, and to frame regulations for the award of the same. (f) Advice the Governing Body on suggestions(s) pertaining to academic affairs make by it. (g) Perform such other functions as may be assigned by the Governing Body.
VELAGAPUDIRAMAKRISHNA SIDDHARTHAENGINEERINGCOLLEGE (AUTONOMOUS) VIJAYAWADA520007 RECOMMENDEDCOMPOSITIONOFTHEBOARDOFSTUDIESANDITSFUNCTIONINAN

AUTONOMOUSCOLLEGE
I. Composition: 1. Head of the Department concerned (Chairman) 2. The entire faculty of each specialization. 3. Two experts in the subject from outside the college to be nominated by the Academic Council. 4. One Expert to be nominated by the vice-chancellor from a panel of six recommended by the college principal. 5. One representative from industry / corporate sector / allied area relating to placement. 6. One postgraduate meritorious alumnus to be nominated by the principal. The chairman, Board of Studies, may with the approval of the principal of the college, co-opt. (a) Experts from outside the college whenever special courses of studies are to be formulated. (b) Other members of Staff of the same faculty. II. Term: The term of the nominated members shall be two years.
III. Meeting: The principal of the college shall draw the schedule for meeting of the Board of Studies for different department. The meeting may be scheduled as and when necessary, but at least once a year.
IV.
Functions: The Board of Studies of a department in the college shall:
(a) Prepare syllabi for various courses keeping in view the objectives of the college, interest of the stakeholders and national requirement for consideration and approval of the Academic Council. (b) Suggest methodologies for innovative teaching and evolution techniques: (c) Suggest panel of names to the Academic Council for appointment of examiners and (d) Coordinate research, teaching, extension and other academic activities in the department / college.
VELAGAPUDIRAMAKRISHNA SIDDHARTHAENGINEERINGCOLLEGE (AUTONOMOUS) VIJAYAWADA520007 RECOMMENDEDCOMPOSITIONOFTHEFINANCECOMMITTEEANDITSFUNCTIONINAN AUTONOMOUSCOLLEGE
I. Composition: 1. The Principal (Chairman) 2. One person to be nominated by the Governing Body of the college for a period of two years. 3. One senior most teacher of the college to be nominated in rotation by the principal for two years. The Finance Committee will be an advisory body to the Governing Body, and will meet at least twice a year to consider; (a) Budget estimates relating to the grant received /receivable from UGC, and income from fees, etc. collected for the activities to undertake the scheme of autonomy; and (b) Audited accounts for the above.
Minutes of the Meeting of the 4thFinance Committee of Velagapudi Ramakrishna Siddhartha Engineering College (Autonomous) held at 9.30 AM on 03-09-2011.
Dr. K. Mohana Rao, Principal of the College and Chairman, Finance Committee chaired the meeting and extended a warm welcome to the Members and special invitees present.
Sri N.Venkateswarlu, Secretary, Siddhartha Academy of General & Technical Education, Dr. N.R. Krishna Murthy, Professor, Civil Engineering Department are present as Members of Finance Committee.
Sri M.Rajaiah, Vice-President, Siddhartha Academy and Convener of the college Sri P. Lakshmana Rao, Treasurer, Siddhartha Academy, Dr. G. Sambasiva Rao, Vice Principal, Dr. N.Vijaya Sai, Controller of Examinations have attended the meeting as special invitees.
The Finance Committee unanimously passed the following resolutions.
Resolutions:
1. It is resolved to ratify the Minutes of the previous meeting held on 08-112010.
2. It is resolved to approve the proposed income and expenditure of Autonomous wing for the year 2011-2012 (presented in the report in page no.7).
3. It is resolved to approve the procurement of BSNL land line phone connection for Autonomous Wing. 4. It is resolved to approve the following rates of revaluation fee for semester end examinations of M.Tech, MBA & MCA programmes with effect from 2010-2011 academic year.
Programme
Revaluation fee for one subject
M.Tech MBA MCA
Rs. 1,000/Rs. Rs. 750/750/-
5. It is resolved to approve for purchase of computer server with an approximate cost of Rs.3,50,000/- for Autonomous Wing.
6. It is resolved to approve for appointment of one more Assistant Controller of Examinations to look after PG examinations with an honorarium of Rs.3000/per month with effect from October, 2011.
7. It is resolved to approve for purchase of water cooler, two file cabinets and two file racks with an approximate cost of Rs.50,000/- for Autonomous Wing.
8. It is resolved to approve to pay remuneration of Rs.5000/- to staff members of P B Siddhartha Arts & Science College, Autonomous Wing who have worked for preparation of university record and consolidated marks lists and related software for B.Tech 2006 10 batch.
9. The committee felt that the part refund of revaluation fee for those students who got benefit of more than 10% of semester end examination marks should be continued.
10. It is resolved to approve to increase the following rates of remuneration to Non-Teaching Staff for practical examinations with effect from October / November, 2011 semester end examinations.
Sl.No.
Item
Present rates of remuneration (per candidate)
Approved rates of remuneration (per candidate)
1 2 3
Lab Technician / Programmer / Jr. Programmer Clerk Attender / Peon
Rs.4/Rs.2/Rs.1/-
Rs.5/Rs.3/Rs.2/-
11. It is resolved to approve the following rates of fee for issue of triplicate marks memo for all programmes.
Fee for triplicate marks memo
Rs.500/- per each memo
No further issue of marks memo after triplicate.
However, with the
permission of Chief Controller of examinations on genuine grounds, it is allowed to issue another marks memo with a fee of Rs.1000/-. 12. It is resolved to approve the following rates of examination fee for M.Tech, MBA & MCA programmes with effect from 2010-2011 academic year.
M.Tech 4 Sem
th
MBA 3 sem
rd
MCA 4 sem per candidate

th
6 sem
th
Examination Fee for Project Work
Rs.2500/-
Rs.1750/-
Rs.1750/-
Rs.1750/-
13. It is resolved to approve the following rates of remuneration to examiners for project work of M.Tech, MBA & MCA programmes with effect from 20112012 academic year.
M.Tech th 4 Sem
MBA rd th 3 sem 4 sem
MCA th 6 sem
per candidate External Internal Examiner HOD Guide Rs.250/Rs.250/Rs.500/Rs.100/Rs.100/Rs.200/Rs.100/Rs.100/Rs.100/Rs.200/-
14. Dr. K.Mohana Rao, Principal explained the progress of renovation of Administrative Block. He informed the Committee that Autonomous Section of our college has already shifted to second floor and first floor work is in progress and it will be completed with in two months. 15. It is resolved to approve the following sitting charges for the external members of Governing Body, Academic Council and Boards of Studies besides TA, DA and Accommodation. External Members Governing Body Academic Council Boards of Studies Sitting Charges Rs.5000/Rs.5000/Rs.3000/-

VR Engg College NBA

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

VR Engg College NBA

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Self Assessment Report (SAR)

For Accreditation of Undergraduate Engineering Programme (TIER I) B.Tech

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY Velagapudi Ramakrishna

SIDDHARTHA ENGINEERING COLLEGE

VIJAYAWADA-520 007 (A.P) March, 2013 To

NATIONAL BOARD OF ACCREDATION (NBA)

Part A ........................................................................................................ 13 1. Institutional Information ..................................................................... 13

2. Departmental Information ................................................................... 22

3. Program Specific information ............................................................. 25

Program Educational Objectives (15) ............................................................... 29

1.2.1. 1.2.2. 1.2.3. 1.2.4. 1.2.5.

Attainment of Program Educational Objectives (30) ......................................... 33

Assessment of the attainment of Programme Educational Objectives (40) .......... 39

2. Program Outcomes (225) ....................................................................... 51

2.1.1. 2.1.2. 2.1.3. 2.1.4. 2.1.5.

Attainment of Program Outcomes (40) ............................................................. 63

January 2013 Format,

Assessment of the attainment of Programme Outcomes (125) ............................ 83

2.3.1. (25) 2.3.2.

Use of assessment results towards improvement of programme (30) ............... 135

3. Program Curriculum(125) .................................................................... 137

3.6. 4.1. 4.2. 4.3. 4.4.

4. Students Performance in the Programme (75) ................................. 156

4.4.1. 4.4.2. 4.4.3. 4.4.4. 4.4.5. study (3)

5. Faculty Contributions (175) ................................................................. 168

January 2013 Format,

6. Facilities and Technical Support (75) ............................................... 183

Faculty Rooms in the Department (15) ....................................................... 185

Technical Manpower Support in the Department (15) ............................... 187

7. Academic Support Units and Teaching-Learning Process (75) ............... 189

Teaching Learning Process (40) .................................................................. 197

8. Governance, Institutional support and financial resources (75) ............... 228

Organization, Governance, and Transparency (10) .......................................... 233

Budget Allocation, Utilization, and Public Accounting (10) ............................ 242

8.3.1. 8.3.2. 8.3.3.

8.8. 9.1. 9.2. 9.3. 9.4.

9. Continuous improvements ................................................................ 255

January 2013 Format,

January 2013 Format,

Department of IT, V R Siddhartha Engineering College

January 2013 Format,

Department of IT, V R Siddhartha Engineering College

January 2013 Format,

Department of IT, V R Siddhartha Engineering College

January 2013 Format,

Department of IT, V R Siddhartha Engineering College

1985 1995 1998

2000 2003 2004

1.5. Mission and Vision of the Institution:

January 2013 Format,

Department of IT, V R Siddhartha Engineering College

1.6. Organisational Structure:

Figure I.1:Organisational chart showing the hierarchy of academics & administration

1.8. Nature of the trust/society:

1.9. External sources of funds:

Table I.3: External Source of Funds

Internally acquired funds:

2489.95 2651.56 Table I.4:Internal Funds

Scholarships or any other financial assistance provided to students?

Total number of engineering students:

2012-13 73 45 118 105 70 175

2011-12 75 46 121 107 66 173

2010-11 74 44 118 110 65 175

2009-10 75 44 119 113 67 180